[multiple changes]
[gcc.git] / gcc / ada / gnat_rm.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2
3 @c %**start of header
4
5 @c oooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo
6 @c o
7 @c GNAT DOCUMENTATION o
8 @c o
9 @c G N A T _ RM o
10 @c o
11 @c GNAT is maintained by Ada Core Technologies Inc (http://www.gnat.com). o
12 @c o
13 @c oooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo
14
15 @setfilename gnat_rm.info
16
17 @copying
18 Copyright @copyright{} 1995-2008, Free Software Foundation, Inc.
19
20 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
21 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or
22 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
23 Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover Texts being ``GNAT Reference
24 Manual'', and with no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is
25 included in the section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
26 @end copying
27
28 @set EDITION GNAT
29 @set DEFAULTLANGUAGEVERSION Ada 2005
30 @set NONDEFAULTLANGUAGEVERSION Ada 95
31
32 @settitle GNAT Reference Manual
33
34 @setchapternewpage odd
35 @syncodeindex fn cp
36
37 @include gcc-common.texi
38
39 @dircategory GNU Ada tools
40 @direntry
41 * GNAT Reference Manual: (gnat_rm). Reference Manual for GNU Ada tools.
42 @end direntry
43
44 @titlepage
45 @title GNAT Reference Manual
46 @subtitle GNAT, The GNU Ada Compiler
47 @versionsubtitle
48 @author AdaCore
49 @page
50 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
51
52 @insertcopying
53
54 @end titlepage
55
56 @ifnottex
57 @node Top, About This Guide, (dir), (dir)
58 @top GNAT Reference Manual
59
60 @noindent
61 GNAT Reference Manual
62
63 @noindent
64 GNAT, The GNU Ada Compiler@*
65 GCC version @value{version-GCC}@*
66
67 @noindent
68 AdaCore
69
70 @menu
71 * About This Guide::
72 * Implementation Defined Pragmas::
73 * Implementation Defined Attributes::
74 * Implementation Advice::
75 * Implementation Defined Characteristics::
76 * Intrinsic Subprograms::
77 * Representation Clauses and Pragmas::
78 * Standard Library Routines::
79 * The Implementation of Standard I/O::
80 * The GNAT Library::
81 * Interfacing to Other Languages::
82 * Specialized Needs Annexes::
83 * Implementation of Specific Ada Features::
84 * Obsolescent Features::
85 * GNU Free Documentation License::
86 * Index::
87
88 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
89
90 About This Guide
91
92 * What This Reference Manual Contains::
93 * Related Information::
94
95 Implementation Defined Pragmas
96
97 * Pragma Abort_Defer::
98 * Pragma Ada_83::
99 * Pragma Ada_95::
100 * Pragma Ada_05::
101 * Pragma Ada_2005::
102 * Pragma Ada_12::
103 * Pragma Ada_2012::
104 * Pragma Annotate::
105 * Pragma Assert::
106 * Pragma Assume_No_Invalid_Values::
107 * Pragma Ast_Entry::
108 * Pragma C_Pass_By_Copy::
109 * Pragma Check::
110 * Pragma Check_Name::
111 * Pragma Check_Policy::
112 * Pragma Comment::
113 * Pragma Common_Object::
114 * Pragma Compile_Time_Error::
115 * Pragma Compile_Time_Warning::
116 * Pragma Compiler_Unit::
117 * Pragma Complete_Representation::
118 * Pragma Complex_Representation::
119 * Pragma Component_Alignment::
120 * Pragma Convention_Identifier::
121 * Pragma CPP_Class::
122 * Pragma CPP_Constructor::
123 * Pragma CPP_Virtual::
124 * Pragma CPP_Vtable::
125 * Pragma Debug::
126 * Pragma Debug_Policy::
127 * Pragma Detect_Blocking::
128 * Pragma Elaboration_Checks::
129 * Pragma Eliminate::
130 * Pragma Export_Exception::
131 * Pragma Export_Function::
132 * Pragma Export_Object::
133 * Pragma Export_Procedure::
134 * Pragma Export_Value::
135 * Pragma Export_Valued_Procedure::
136 * Pragma Extend_System::
137 * Pragma Extensions_Allowed::
138 * Pragma External::
139 * Pragma External_Name_Casing::
140 * Pragma Fast_Math::
141 * Pragma Favor_Top_Level::
142 * Pragma Finalize_Storage_Only::
143 * Pragma Float_Representation::
144 * Pragma Ident::
145 * Pragma Implemented_By_Entry::
146 * Pragma Implicit_Packing::
147 * Pragma Import_Exception::
148 * Pragma Import_Function::
149 * Pragma Import_Object::
150 * Pragma Import_Procedure::
151 * Pragma Import_Valued_Procedure::
152 * Pragma Initialize_Scalars::
153 * Pragma Inline_Always::
154 * Pragma Inline_Generic::
155 * Pragma Interface::
156 * Pragma Interface_Name::
157 * Pragma Interrupt_Handler::
158 * Pragma Interrupt_State::
159 * Pragma Keep_Names::
160 * Pragma License::
161 * Pragma Link_With::
162 * Pragma Linker_Alias::
163 * Pragma Linker_Constructor::
164 * Pragma Linker_Destructor::
165 * Pragma Linker_Section::
166 * Pragma Long_Float::
167 * Pragma Machine_Attribute::
168 * Pragma Main::
169 * Pragma Main_Storage::
170 * Pragma No_Body::
171 * Pragma No_Return::
172 * Pragma No_Strict_Aliasing ::
173 * Pragma Normalize_Scalars::
174 * Pragma Obsolescent::
175 * Pragma Optimize_Alignment::
176 * Pragma Ordered::
177 * Pragma Passive::
178 * Pragma Persistent_BSS::
179 * Pragma Polling::
180 * Pragma Postcondition::
181 * Pragma Precondition::
182 * Pragma Profile (Ravenscar)::
183 * Pragma Profile (Restricted)::
184 * Pragma Psect_Object::
185 * Pragma Pure_Function::
186 * Pragma Restriction_Warnings::
187 * Pragma Shared::
188 * Pragma Short_Circuit_And_Or::
189 * Pragma Short_Descriptors::
190 * Pragma Source_File_Name::
191 * Pragma Source_File_Name_Project::
192 * Pragma Source_Reference::
193 * Pragma Stream_Convert::
194 * Pragma Style_Checks::
195 * Pragma Subtitle::
196 * Pragma Suppress::
197 * Pragma Suppress_All::
198 * Pragma Suppress_Exception_Locations::
199 * Pragma Suppress_Initialization::
200 * Pragma Task_Info::
201 * Pragma Task_Name::
202 * Pragma Task_Storage::
203 * Pragma Thread_Local_Storage::
204 * Pragma Time_Slice::
205 * Pragma Title::
206 * Pragma Unchecked_Union::
207 * Pragma Unimplemented_Unit::
208 * Pragma Universal_Aliasing ::
209 * Pragma Universal_Data::
210 * Pragma Unmodified::
211 * Pragma Unreferenced::
212 * Pragma Unreferenced_Objects::
213 * Pragma Unreserve_All_Interrupts::
214 * Pragma Unsuppress::
215 * Pragma Use_VADS_Size::
216 * Pragma Validity_Checks::
217 * Pragma Volatile::
218 * Pragma Warnings::
219 * Pragma Weak_External::
220 * Pragma Wide_Character_Encoding::
221
222 Implementation Defined Attributes
223
224 * Abort_Signal::
225 * Address_Size::
226 * Asm_Input::
227 * Asm_Output::
228 * AST_Entry::
229 * Bit::
230 * Bit_Position::
231 * Compiler_Version::
232 * Code_Address::
233 * Default_Bit_Order::
234 * Elaborated::
235 * Elab_Body::
236 * Elab_Spec::
237 * Emax::
238 * Enabled::
239 * Enum_Rep::
240 * Enum_Val::
241 * Epsilon::
242 * Fixed_Value::
243 * Has_Access_Values::
244 * Has_Discriminants::
245 * Img::
246 * Integer_Value::
247 * Invalid_Value::
248 * Large::
249 * Machine_Size::
250 * Mantissa::
251 * Max_Interrupt_Priority::
252 * Max_Priority::
253 * Maximum_Alignment::
254 * Mechanism_Code::
255 * Null_Parameter::
256 * Object_Size::
257 * Old::
258 * Passed_By_Reference::
259 * Pool_Address::
260 * Range_Length::
261 * Result::
262 * Safe_Emax::
263 * Safe_Large::
264 * Small::
265 * Storage_Unit::
266 * Stub_Type::
267 * Target_Name::
268 * Tick::
269 * To_Address::
270 * Type_Class::
271 * UET_Address::
272 * Unconstrained_Array::
273 * Universal_Literal_String::
274 * Unrestricted_Access::
275 * VADS_Size::
276 * Value_Size::
277 * Wchar_T_Size::
278 * Word_Size::
279
280 The Implementation of Standard I/O
281
282 * Standard I/O Packages::
283 * FORM Strings::
284 * Direct_IO::
285 * Sequential_IO::
286 * Text_IO::
287 * Wide_Text_IO::
288 * Wide_Wide_Text_IO::
289 * Stream_IO::
290 * Text Translation::
291 * Shared Files::
292 * Filenames encoding::
293 * Open Modes::
294 * Operations on C Streams::
295 * Interfacing to C Streams::
296
297 The GNAT Library
298
299 * Ada.Characters.Latin_9 (a-chlat9.ads)::
300 * Ada.Characters.Wide_Latin_1 (a-cwila1.ads)::
301 * Ada.Characters.Wide_Latin_9 (a-cwila9.ads)::
302 * Ada.Characters.Wide_Wide_Latin_1 (a-chzla1.ads)::
303 * Ada.Characters.Wide_Wide_Latin_9 (a-chzla9.ads)::
304 * Ada.Command_Line.Environment (a-colien.ads)::
305 * Ada.Command_Line.Remove (a-colire.ads)::
306 * Ada.Command_Line.Response_File (a-clrefi.ads)::
307 * Ada.Direct_IO.C_Streams (a-diocst.ads)::
308 * Ada.Exceptions.Is_Null_Occurrence (a-einuoc.ads)::
309 * Ada.Exceptions.Last_Chance_Handler (a-elchha.ads)::
310 * Ada.Exceptions.Traceback (a-exctra.ads)::
311 * Ada.Sequential_IO.C_Streams (a-siocst.ads)::
312 * Ada.Streams.Stream_IO.C_Streams (a-ssicst.ads)::
313 * Ada.Strings.Unbounded.Text_IO (a-suteio.ads)::
314 * Ada.Strings.Wide_Unbounded.Wide_Text_IO (a-swuwti.ads)::
315 * Ada.Strings.Wide_Wide_Unbounded.Wide_Wide_Text_IO (a-szuzti.ads)::
316 * Ada.Text_IO.C_Streams (a-tiocst.ads)::
317 * Ada.Text_IO.Reset_Standard_Files (a-tirsfi.ads)::
318 * Ada.Wide_Characters.Unicode (a-wichun.ads)::
319 * Ada.Wide_Text_IO.C_Streams (a-wtcstr.ads)::
320 * Ada.Wide_Text_IO.Reset_Standard_Files (a-wrstfi.ads)::
321 * Ada.Wide_Wide_Characters.Unicode (a-zchuni.ads)::
322 * Ada.Wide_Wide_Text_IO.C_Streams (a-ztcstr.ads)::
323 * Ada.Wide_Wide_Text_IO.Reset_Standard_Files (a-zrstfi.ads)::
324 * GNAT.Altivec (g-altive.ads)::
325 * GNAT.Altivec.Conversions (g-altcon.ads)::
326 * GNAT.Altivec.Vector_Operations (g-alveop.ads)::
327 * GNAT.Altivec.Vector_Types (g-alvety.ads)::
328 * GNAT.Altivec.Vector_Views (g-alvevi.ads)::
329 * GNAT.Array_Split (g-arrspl.ads)::
330 * GNAT.AWK (g-awk.ads)::
331 * GNAT.Bounded_Buffers (g-boubuf.ads)::
332 * GNAT.Bounded_Mailboxes (g-boumai.ads)::
333 * GNAT.Bubble_Sort (g-bubsor.ads)::
334 * GNAT.Bubble_Sort_A (g-busora.ads)::
335 * GNAT.Bubble_Sort_G (g-busorg.ads)::
336 * GNAT.Byte_Order_Mark (g-byorma.ads)::
337 * GNAT.Byte_Swapping (g-bytswa.ads)::
338 * GNAT.Calendar (g-calend.ads)::
339 * GNAT.Calendar.Time_IO (g-catiio.ads)::
340 * GNAT.Case_Util (g-casuti.ads)::
341 * GNAT.CGI (g-cgi.ads)::
342 * GNAT.CGI.Cookie (g-cgicoo.ads)::
343 * GNAT.CGI.Debug (g-cgideb.ads)::
344 * GNAT.Command_Line (g-comlin.ads)::
345 * GNAT.Compiler_Version (g-comver.ads)::
346 * GNAT.Ctrl_C (g-ctrl_c.ads)::
347 * GNAT.CRC32 (g-crc32.ads)::
348 * GNAT.Current_Exception (g-curexc.ads)::
349 * GNAT.Debug_Pools (g-debpoo.ads)::
350 * GNAT.Debug_Utilities (g-debuti.ads)::
351 * GNAT.Decode_String (g-decstr.ads)::
352 * GNAT.Decode_UTF8_String (g-deutst.ads)::
353 * GNAT.Directory_Operations (g-dirope.ads)::
354 * GNAT.Directory_Operations.Iteration (g-diopit.ads)::
355 * GNAT.Dynamic_HTables (g-dynhta.ads)::
356 * GNAT.Dynamic_Tables (g-dyntab.ads)::
357 * GNAT.Encode_String (g-encstr.ads)::
358 * GNAT.Encode_UTF8_String (g-enutst.ads)::
359 * GNAT.Exception_Actions (g-excact.ads)::
360 * GNAT.Exception_Traces (g-exctra.ads)::
361 * GNAT.Exceptions (g-except.ads)::
362 * GNAT.Expect (g-expect.ads)::
363 * GNAT.Float_Control (g-flocon.ads)::
364 * GNAT.Heap_Sort (g-heasor.ads)::
365 * GNAT.Heap_Sort_A (g-hesora.ads)::
366 * GNAT.Heap_Sort_G (g-hesorg.ads)::
367 * GNAT.HTable (g-htable.ads)::
368 * GNAT.IO (g-io.ads)::
369 * GNAT.IO_Aux (g-io_aux.ads)::
370 * GNAT.Lock_Files (g-locfil.ads)::
371 * GNAT.MBBS_Discrete_Random (g-mbdira.ads)::
372 * GNAT.MBBS_Float_Random (g-mbflra.ads)::
373 * GNAT.MD5 (g-md5.ads)::
374 * GNAT.Memory_Dump (g-memdum.ads)::
375 * GNAT.Most_Recent_Exception (g-moreex.ads)::
376 * GNAT.OS_Lib (g-os_lib.ads)::
377 * GNAT.Perfect_Hash_Generators (g-pehage.ads)::
378 * GNAT.Random_Numbers (g-rannum.ads)::
379 * GNAT.Regexp (g-regexp.ads)::
380 * GNAT.Registry (g-regist.ads)::
381 * GNAT.Regpat (g-regpat.ads)::
382 * GNAT.Secondary_Stack_Info (g-sestin.ads)::
383 * GNAT.Semaphores (g-semaph.ads)::
384 * GNAT.Serial_Communications (g-sercom.ads)::
385 * GNAT.SHA1 (g-sha1.ads)::
386 * GNAT.SHA224 (g-sha224.ads)::
387 * GNAT.SHA256 (g-sha256.ads)::
388 * GNAT.SHA384 (g-sha384.ads)::
389 * GNAT.SHA512 (g-sha512.ads)::
390 * GNAT.Signals (g-signal.ads)::
391 * GNAT.Sockets (g-socket.ads)::
392 * GNAT.Source_Info (g-souinf.ads)::
393 * GNAT.Spelling_Checker (g-speche.ads)::
394 * GNAT.Spelling_Checker_Generic (g-spchge.ads)::
395 * GNAT.Spitbol.Patterns (g-spipat.ads)::
396 * GNAT.Spitbol (g-spitbo.ads)::
397 * GNAT.Spitbol.Table_Boolean (g-sptabo.ads)::
398 * GNAT.Spitbol.Table_Integer (g-sptain.ads)::
399 * GNAT.Spitbol.Table_VString (g-sptavs.ads)::
400 * GNAT.SSE (g-sse.ads)::
401 * GNAT.SSE.Vector_Types (g-ssvety.ads)::
402 * GNAT.Strings (g-string.ads)::
403 * GNAT.String_Split (g-strspl.ads)::
404 * GNAT.Table (g-table.ads)::
405 * GNAT.Task_Lock (g-tasloc.ads)::
406 * GNAT.Threads (g-thread.ads)::
407 * GNAT.Time_Stamp (g-timsta.ads)::
408 * GNAT.Traceback (g-traceb.ads)::
409 * GNAT.Traceback.Symbolic (g-trasym.ads)::
410 * GNAT.UTF_32 (g-utf_32.ads)::
411 * GNAT.UTF_32_Spelling_Checker (g-u3spch.ads)::
412 * GNAT.Wide_Spelling_Checker (g-wispch.ads)::
413 * GNAT.Wide_String_Split (g-wistsp.ads)::
414 * GNAT.Wide_Wide_Spelling_Checker (g-zspche.ads)::
415 * GNAT.Wide_Wide_String_Split (g-zistsp.ads)::
416 * Interfaces.C.Extensions (i-cexten.ads)::
417 * Interfaces.C.Streams (i-cstrea.ads)::
418 * Interfaces.CPP (i-cpp.ads)::
419 * Interfaces.Packed_Decimal (i-pacdec.ads)::
420 * Interfaces.VxWorks (i-vxwork.ads)::
421 * Interfaces.VxWorks.IO (i-vxwoio.ads)::
422 * System.Address_Image (s-addima.ads)::
423 * System.Assertions (s-assert.ads)::
424 * System.Memory (s-memory.ads)::
425 * System.Partition_Interface (s-parint.ads)::
426 * System.Pool_Global (s-pooglo.ads)::
427 * System.Pool_Local (s-pooloc.ads)::
428 * System.Restrictions (s-restri.ads)::
429 * System.Rident (s-rident.ads)::
430 * System.Strings.Stream_Ops (s-ststop.ads)::
431 * System.Task_Info (s-tasinf.ads)::
432 * System.Wch_Cnv (s-wchcnv.ads)::
433 * System.Wch_Con (s-wchcon.ads)::
434
435 Text_IO
436
437 * Text_IO Stream Pointer Positioning::
438 * Text_IO Reading and Writing Non-Regular Files::
439 * Get_Immediate::
440 * Treating Text_IO Files as Streams::
441 * Text_IO Extensions::
442 * Text_IO Facilities for Unbounded Strings::
443
444 Wide_Text_IO
445
446 * Wide_Text_IO Stream Pointer Positioning::
447 * Wide_Text_IO Reading and Writing Non-Regular Files::
448
449 Wide_Wide_Text_IO
450
451 * Wide_Wide_Text_IO Stream Pointer Positioning::
452 * Wide_Wide_Text_IO Reading and Writing Non-Regular Files::
453
454 Interfacing to Other Languages
455
456 * Interfacing to C::
457 * Interfacing to C++::
458 * Interfacing to COBOL::
459 * Interfacing to Fortran::
460 * Interfacing to non-GNAT Ada code::
461
462 Specialized Needs Annexes
463
464 Implementation of Specific Ada Features
465 * Machine Code Insertions::
466 * GNAT Implementation of Tasking::
467 * GNAT Implementation of Shared Passive Packages::
468 * Code Generation for Array Aggregates::
469 * The Size of Discriminated Records with Default Discriminants::
470 * Strict Conformance to the Ada Reference Manual::
471
472 Obsolescent Features
473
474 GNU Free Documentation License
475
476 Index
477 @end menu
478
479 @end ifnottex
480
481 @node About This Guide
482 @unnumbered About This Guide
483
484 @noindent
485 This manual contains useful information in writing programs using the
486 @value{EDITION} compiler. It includes information on implementation dependent
487 characteristics of @value{EDITION}, including all the information required by
488 Annex M of the Ada language standard.
489
490 @value{EDITION} implements Ada 95 and Ada 2005, and it may also be invoked in
491 Ada 83 compatibility mode.
492 By default, @value{EDITION} assumes @value{DEFAULTLANGUAGEVERSION},
493 but you can override with a compiler switch
494 to explicitly specify the language version.
495 (Please refer to @ref{Compiling Different Versions of Ada,,, gnat_ugn,
496 @value{EDITION} User's Guide}, for details on these switches.)
497 Throughout this manual, references to ``Ada'' without a year suffix
498 apply to both the Ada 95 and Ada 2005 versions of the language.
499
500 Ada is designed to be highly portable.
501 In general, a program will have the same effect even when compiled by
502 different compilers on different platforms.
503 However, since Ada is designed to be used in a
504 wide variety of applications, it also contains a number of system
505 dependent features to be used in interfacing to the external world.
506 @cindex Implementation-dependent features
507 @cindex Portability
508
509 Note: Any program that makes use of implementation-dependent features
510 may be non-portable. You should follow good programming practice and
511 isolate and clearly document any sections of your program that make use
512 of these features in a non-portable manner.
513
514 @ifset PROEDITION
515 For ease of exposition, ``GNAT Pro'' will be referred to simply as
516 ``GNAT'' in the remainder of this document.
517 @end ifset
518
519 @menu
520 * What This Reference Manual Contains::
521 * Conventions::
522 * Related Information::
523 @end menu
524
525 @node What This Reference Manual Contains
526 @unnumberedsec What This Reference Manual Contains
527
528 @noindent
529 This reference manual contains the following chapters:
530
531 @itemize @bullet
532 @item
533 @ref{Implementation Defined Pragmas}, lists GNAT implementation-dependent
534 pragmas, which can be used to extend and enhance the functionality of the
535 compiler.
536
537 @item
538 @ref{Implementation Defined Attributes}, lists GNAT
539 implementation-dependent attributes which can be used to extend and
540 enhance the functionality of the compiler.
541
542 @item
543 @ref{Implementation Advice}, provides information on generally
544 desirable behavior which are not requirements that all compilers must
545 follow since it cannot be provided on all systems, or which may be
546 undesirable on some systems.
547
548 @item
549 @ref{Implementation Defined Characteristics}, provides a guide to
550 minimizing implementation dependent features.
551
552 @item
553 @ref{Intrinsic Subprograms}, describes the intrinsic subprograms
554 implemented by GNAT, and how they can be imported into user
555 application programs.
556
557 @item
558 @ref{Representation Clauses and Pragmas}, describes in detail the
559 way that GNAT represents data, and in particular the exact set
560 of representation clauses and pragmas that is accepted.
561
562 @item
563 @ref{Standard Library Routines}, provides a listing of packages and a
564 brief description of the functionality that is provided by Ada's
565 extensive set of standard library routines as implemented by GNAT@.
566
567 @item
568 @ref{The Implementation of Standard I/O}, details how the GNAT
569 implementation of the input-output facilities.
570
571 @item
572 @ref{The GNAT Library}, is a catalog of packages that complement
573 the Ada predefined library.
574
575 @item
576 @ref{Interfacing to Other Languages}, describes how programs
577 written in Ada using GNAT can be interfaced to other programming
578 languages.
579
580 @ref{Specialized Needs Annexes}, describes the GNAT implementation of all
581 of the specialized needs annexes.
582
583 @item
584 @ref{Implementation of Specific Ada Features}, discusses issues related
585 to GNAT's implementation of machine code insertions, tasking, and several
586 other features.
587
588 @item
589 @ref{Obsolescent Features} documents implementation dependent features,
590 including pragmas and attributes, which are considered obsolescent, since
591 there are other preferred ways of achieving the same results. These
592 obsolescent forms are retained for backwards compatibility.
593
594 @end itemize
595
596 @cindex Ada 95 Language Reference Manual
597 @cindex Ada 2005 Language Reference Manual
598 @noindent
599 This reference manual assumes a basic familiarity with the Ada 95 language, as
600 described in the International Standard ANSI/ISO/IEC-8652:1995,
601 January 1995.
602 It does not require knowledge of the new features introduced by Ada 2005,
603 (officially known as ISO/IEC 8652:1995 with Technical Corrigendum 1
604 and Amendment 1).
605 Both reference manuals are included in the GNAT documentation
606 package.
607
608 @node Conventions
609 @unnumberedsec Conventions
610 @cindex Conventions, typographical
611 @cindex Typographical conventions
612
613 @noindent
614 Following are examples of the typographical and graphic conventions used
615 in this guide:
616
617 @itemize @bullet
618 @item
619 @code{Functions}, @code{utility program names}, @code{standard names},
620 and @code{classes}.
621
622 @item
623 @code{Option flags}
624
625 @item
626 @file{File names}, @samp{button names}, and @samp{field names}.
627
628 @item
629 @code{Variables}, @env{environment variables}, and @var{metasyntactic
630 variables}.
631
632 @item
633 @emph{Emphasis}.
634
635 @item
636 [optional information or parameters]
637
638 @item
639 Examples are described by text
640 @smallexample
641 and then shown this way.
642 @end smallexample
643 @end itemize
644
645 @noindent
646 Commands that are entered by the user are preceded in this manual by the
647 characters @samp{$ } (dollar sign followed by space). If your system uses this
648 sequence as a prompt, then the commands will appear exactly as you see them
649 in the manual. If your system uses some other prompt, then the command will
650 appear with the @samp{$} replaced by whatever prompt character you are using.
651
652 @node Related Information
653 @unnumberedsec Related Information
654 @noindent
655 See the following documents for further information on GNAT:
656
657 @itemize @bullet
658 @item
659 @xref{Top, @value{EDITION} User's Guide, About This Guide, gnat_ugn,
660 @value{EDITION} User's Guide}, which provides information on how to use the
661 GNAT compiler system.
662
663 @item
664 @cite{Ada 95 Reference Manual}, which contains all reference
665 material for the Ada 95 programming language.
666
667 @item
668 @cite{Ada 95 Annotated Reference Manual}, which is an annotated version
669 of the Ada 95 standard. The annotations describe
670 detailed aspects of the design decision, and in particular contain useful
671 sections on Ada 83 compatibility.
672
673 @item
674 @cite{Ada 2005 Reference Manual}, which contains all reference
675 material for the Ada 2005 programming language.
676
677 @item
678 @cite{Ada 2005 Annotated Reference Manual}, which is an annotated version
679 of the Ada 2005 standard. The annotations describe
680 detailed aspects of the design decision, and in particular contain useful
681 sections on Ada 83 and Ada 95 compatibility.
682
683 @item
684 @cite{DEC Ada, Technical Overview and Comparison on DIGITAL Platforms},
685 which contains specific information on compatibility between GNAT and
686 DEC Ada 83 systems.
687
688 @item
689 @cite{DEC Ada, Language Reference Manual, part number AA-PYZAB-TK} which
690 describes in detail the pragmas and attributes provided by the DEC Ada 83
691 compiler system.
692
693 @end itemize
694
695 @node Implementation Defined Pragmas
696 @chapter Implementation Defined Pragmas
697
698 @noindent
699 Ada defines a set of pragmas that can be used to supply additional
700 information to the compiler. These language defined pragmas are
701 implemented in GNAT and work as described in the Ada Reference Manual.
702
703 In addition, Ada allows implementations to define additional pragmas
704 whose meaning is defined by the implementation. GNAT provides a number
705 of these implementation-defined pragmas, which can be used to extend
706 and enhance the functionality of the compiler. This section of the GNAT
707 Reference Manual describes these additional pragmas.
708
709 Note that any program using these pragmas might not be portable to other
710 compilers (although GNAT implements this set of pragmas on all
711 platforms). Therefore if portability to other compilers is an important
712 consideration, the use of these pragmas should be minimized.
713
714 @menu
715 * Pragma Abort_Defer::
716 * Pragma Ada_83::
717 * Pragma Ada_95::
718 * Pragma Ada_05::
719 * Pragma Ada_2005::
720 * Pragma Ada_12::
721 * Pragma Ada_2012::
722 * Pragma Annotate::
723 * Pragma Assert::
724 * Pragma Assume_No_Invalid_Values::
725 * Pragma Ast_Entry::
726 * Pragma C_Pass_By_Copy::
727 * Pragma Check::
728 * Pragma Check_Name::
729 * Pragma Check_Policy::
730 * Pragma Comment::
731 * Pragma Common_Object::
732 * Pragma Compile_Time_Error::
733 * Pragma Compile_Time_Warning::
734 * Pragma Compiler_Unit::
735 * Pragma Complete_Representation::
736 * Pragma Complex_Representation::
737 * Pragma Component_Alignment::
738 * Pragma Convention_Identifier::
739 * Pragma CPP_Class::
740 * Pragma CPP_Constructor::
741 * Pragma CPP_Virtual::
742 * Pragma CPP_Vtable::
743 * Pragma Debug::
744 * Pragma Debug_Policy::
745 * Pragma Detect_Blocking::
746 * Pragma Elaboration_Checks::
747 * Pragma Eliminate::
748 * Pragma Export_Exception::
749 * Pragma Export_Function::
750 * Pragma Export_Object::
751 * Pragma Export_Procedure::
752 * Pragma Export_Value::
753 * Pragma Export_Valued_Procedure::
754 * Pragma Extend_System::
755 * Pragma Extensions_Allowed::
756 * Pragma External::
757 * Pragma External_Name_Casing::
758 * Pragma Fast_Math::
759 * Pragma Favor_Top_Level::
760 * Pragma Finalize_Storage_Only::
761 * Pragma Float_Representation::
762 * Pragma Ident::
763 * Pragma Implemented_By_Entry::
764 * Pragma Implicit_Packing::
765 * Pragma Import_Exception::
766 * Pragma Import_Function::
767 * Pragma Import_Object::
768 * Pragma Import_Procedure::
769 * Pragma Import_Valued_Procedure::
770 * Pragma Initialize_Scalars::
771 * Pragma Inline_Always::
772 * Pragma Inline_Generic::
773 * Pragma Interface::
774 * Pragma Interface_Name::
775 * Pragma Interrupt_Handler::
776 * Pragma Interrupt_State::
777 * Pragma Keep_Names::
778 * Pragma License::
779 * Pragma Link_With::
780 * Pragma Linker_Alias::
781 * Pragma Linker_Constructor::
782 * Pragma Linker_Destructor::
783 * Pragma Linker_Section::
784 * Pragma Long_Float::
785 * Pragma Machine_Attribute::
786 * Pragma Main::
787 * Pragma Main_Storage::
788 * Pragma No_Body::
789 * Pragma No_Return::
790 * Pragma No_Strict_Aliasing::
791 * Pragma Normalize_Scalars::
792 * Pragma Obsolescent::
793 * Pragma Optimize_Alignment::
794 * Pragma Ordered::
795 * Pragma Passive::
796 * Pragma Persistent_BSS::
797 * Pragma Polling::
798 * Pragma Postcondition::
799 * Pragma Precondition::
800 * Pragma Profile (Ravenscar)::
801 * Pragma Profile (Restricted)::
802 * Pragma Psect_Object::
803 * Pragma Pure_Function::
804 * Pragma Restriction_Warnings::
805 * Pragma Shared::
806 * Pragma Short_Circuit_And_Or::
807 * Pragma Short_Descriptors::
808 * Pragma Source_File_Name::
809 * Pragma Source_File_Name_Project::
810 * Pragma Source_Reference::
811 * Pragma Stream_Convert::
812 * Pragma Style_Checks::
813 * Pragma Subtitle::
814 * Pragma Suppress::
815 * Pragma Suppress_All::
816 * Pragma Suppress_Exception_Locations::
817 * Pragma Suppress_Initialization::
818 * Pragma Task_Info::
819 * Pragma Task_Name::
820 * Pragma Task_Storage::
821 * Pragma Thread_Local_Storage::
822 * Pragma Time_Slice::
823 * Pragma Title::
824 * Pragma Unchecked_Union::
825 * Pragma Unimplemented_Unit::
826 * Pragma Universal_Aliasing ::
827 * Pragma Universal_Data::
828 * Pragma Unmodified::
829 * Pragma Unreferenced::
830 * Pragma Unreferenced_Objects::
831 * Pragma Unreserve_All_Interrupts::
832 * Pragma Unsuppress::
833 * Pragma Use_VADS_Size::
834 * Pragma Validity_Checks::
835 * Pragma Volatile::
836 * Pragma Warnings::
837 * Pragma Weak_External::
838 * Pragma Wide_Character_Encoding::
839 @end menu
840
841 @node Pragma Abort_Defer
842 @unnumberedsec Pragma Abort_Defer
843 @findex Abort_Defer
844 @cindex Deferring aborts
845 @noindent
846 Syntax:
847 @smallexample
848 pragma Abort_Defer;
849 @end smallexample
850
851 @noindent
852 This pragma must appear at the start of the statement sequence of a
853 handled sequence of statements (right after the @code{begin}). It has
854 the effect of deferring aborts for the sequence of statements (but not
855 for the declarations or handlers, if any, associated with this statement
856 sequence).
857
858 @node Pragma Ada_83
859 @unnumberedsec Pragma Ada_83
860 @findex Ada_83
861 @noindent
862 Syntax:
863 @smallexample @c ada
864 pragma Ada_83;
865 @end smallexample
866
867 @noindent
868 A configuration pragma that establishes Ada 83 mode for the unit to
869 which it applies, regardless of the mode set by the command line
870 switches. In Ada 83 mode, GNAT attempts to be as compatible with
871 the syntax and semantics of Ada 83, as defined in the original Ada
872 83 Reference Manual as possible. In particular, the keywords added by Ada 95
873 and Ada 2005 are not recognized, optional package bodies are allowed,
874 and generics may name types with unknown discriminants without using
875 the @code{(<>)} notation. In addition, some but not all of the additional
876 restrictions of Ada 83 are enforced.
877
878 Ada 83 mode is intended for two purposes. Firstly, it allows existing
879 Ada 83 code to be compiled and adapted to GNAT with less effort.
880 Secondly, it aids in keeping code backwards compatible with Ada 83.
881 However, there is no guarantee that code that is processed correctly
882 by GNAT in Ada 83 mode will in fact compile and execute with an Ada
883 83 compiler, since GNAT does not enforce all the additional checks
884 required by Ada 83.
885
886 @node Pragma Ada_95
887 @unnumberedsec Pragma Ada_95
888 @findex Ada_95
889 @noindent
890 Syntax:
891 @smallexample @c ada
892 pragma Ada_95;
893 @end smallexample
894
895 @noindent
896 A configuration pragma that establishes Ada 95 mode for the unit to which
897 it applies, regardless of the mode set by the command line switches.
898 This mode is set automatically for the @code{Ada} and @code{System}
899 packages and their children, so you need not specify it in these
900 contexts. This pragma is useful when writing a reusable component that
901 itself uses Ada 95 features, but which is intended to be usable from
902 either Ada 83 or Ada 95 programs.
903
904 @node Pragma Ada_05
905 @unnumberedsec Pragma Ada_05
906 @findex Ada_05
907 @noindent
908 Syntax:
909 @smallexample @c ada
910 pragma Ada_05;
911 @end smallexample
912
913 @noindent
914 A configuration pragma that establishes Ada 2005 mode for the unit to which
915 it applies, regardless of the mode set by the command line switches.
916 This pragma is useful when writing a reusable component that
917 itself uses Ada 2005 features, but which is intended to be usable from
918 either Ada 83 or Ada 95 programs.
919
920 @node Pragma Ada_2005
921 @unnumberedsec Pragma Ada_2005
922 @findex Ada_2005
923 @noindent
924 Syntax:
925 @smallexample @c ada
926 pragma Ada_2005;
927 @end smallexample
928
929 @noindent
930 This configuration pragma is a synonym for pragma Ada_05 and has the
931 same syntax and effect.
932
933 @node Pragma Ada_12
934 @unnumberedsec Pragma Ada_12
935 @findex Ada_12
936 @noindent
937 Syntax:
938 @smallexample @c ada
939 pragma Ada_12;
940 @end smallexample
941
942 @noindent
943 A configuration pragma that establishes Ada 2012 mode for the unit to which
944 it applies, regardless of the mode set by the command line switches.
945 This mode is set automatically for the @code{Ada} and @code{System}
946 packages and their children, so you need not specify it in these
947 contexts. This pragma is useful when writing a reusable component that
948 itself uses Ada 2012 features, but which is intended to be usable from
949 Ada 83, Ada 95, or Ada 2005 programs.
950
951 @node Pragma Ada_2012
952 @unnumberedsec Pragma Ada_2012
953 @findex Ada_2005
954 @noindent
955 Syntax:
956 @smallexample @c ada
957 pragma Ada_2012;
958 @end smallexample
959
960 @noindent
961 This configuration pragma is a synonym for pragma Ada_12 and has the
962 same syntax and effect.
963
964 @node Pragma Annotate
965 @unnumberedsec Pragma Annotate
966 @findex Annotate
967 @noindent
968 Syntax:
969 @smallexample @c ada
970 pragma Annotate (IDENTIFIER [,IDENTIFIER] @{, ARG@});
971
972 ARG ::= NAME | EXPRESSION
973 @end smallexample
974
975 @noindent
976 This pragma is used to annotate programs. @var{identifier} identifies
977 the type of annotation. GNAT verifies that it is an identifier, but does
978 not otherwise analyze it. The second optional identifier is also left
979 unanalyzed, and by convention is used to control the action of the tool to
980 which the annotation is addressed. The remaining @var{arg} arguments
981 can be either string literals or more generally expressions.
982 String literals are assumed to be either of type
983 @code{Standard.String} or else @code{Wide_String} or @code{Wide_Wide_String}
984 depending on the character literals they contain.
985 All other kinds of arguments are analyzed as expressions, and must be
986 unambiguous.
987
988 The analyzed pragma is retained in the tree, but not otherwise processed
989 by any part of the GNAT compiler. This pragma is intended for use by
990 external tools, including ASIS@.
991
992 @node Pragma Assert
993 @unnumberedsec Pragma Assert
994 @findex Assert
995 @noindent
996 Syntax:
997 @smallexample @c ada
998 pragma Assert (
999 boolean_EXPRESSION
1000 [, string_EXPRESSION]);
1001 @end smallexample
1002
1003 @noindent
1004 The effect of this pragma depends on whether the corresponding command
1005 line switch is set to activate assertions. The pragma expands into code
1006 equivalent to the following:
1007
1008 @smallexample @c ada
1009 if assertions-enabled then
1010 if not boolean_EXPRESSION then
1011 System.Assertions.Raise_Assert_Failure
1012 (string_EXPRESSION);
1013 end if;
1014 end if;
1015 @end smallexample
1016
1017 @noindent
1018 The string argument, if given, is the message that will be associated
1019 with the exception occurrence if the exception is raised. If no second
1020 argument is given, the default message is @samp{@var{file}:@var{nnn}},
1021 where @var{file} is the name of the source file containing the assert,
1022 and @var{nnn} is the line number of the assert. A pragma is not a
1023 statement, so if a statement sequence contains nothing but a pragma
1024 assert, then a null statement is required in addition, as in:
1025
1026 @smallexample @c ada
1027 @dots{}
1028 if J > 3 then
1029 pragma Assert (K > 3, "Bad value for K");
1030 null;
1031 end if;
1032 @end smallexample
1033
1034 @noindent
1035 Note that, as with the @code{if} statement to which it is equivalent, the
1036 type of the expression is either @code{Standard.Boolean}, or any type derived
1037 from this standard type.
1038
1039 If assertions are disabled (switch @option{-gnata} not used), then there
1040 is no run-time effect (and in particular, any side effects from the
1041 expression will not occur at run time). (The expression is still
1042 analyzed at compile time, and may cause types to be frozen if they are
1043 mentioned here for the first time).
1044
1045 If assertions are enabled, then the given expression is tested, and if
1046 it is @code{False} then @code{System.Assertions.Raise_Assert_Failure} is called
1047 which results in the raising of @code{Assert_Failure} with the given message.
1048
1049 You should generally avoid side effects in the expression arguments of
1050 this pragma, because these side effects will turn on and off with the
1051 setting of the assertions mode, resulting in assertions that have an
1052 effect on the program. However, the expressions are analyzed for
1053 semantic correctness whether or not assertions are enabled, so turning
1054 assertions on and off cannot affect the legality of a program.
1055
1056 @node Pragma Assume_No_Invalid_Values
1057 @unnumberedsec Pragma Assume_No_Invalid_Values
1058 @findex Assume_No_Invalid_Values
1059 @cindex Invalid representations
1060 @cindex Invalid values
1061 @noindent
1062 Syntax:
1063 @smallexample @c ada
1064 pragma Assume_No_Invalid_Values (On | Off);
1065 @end smallexample
1066
1067 @noindent
1068 This is a configuration pragma that controls the assumptions made by the
1069 compiler about the occurrence of invalid representations (invalid values)
1070 in the code.
1071
1072 The default behavior (corresponding to an Off argument for this pragma), is
1073 to assume that values may in general be invalid unless the compiler can
1074 prove they are valid. Consider the following example:
1075
1076 @smallexample @c ada
1077 V1 : Integer range 1 .. 10;
1078 V2 : Integer range 11 .. 20;
1079 ...
1080 for J in V2 .. V1 loop
1081 ...
1082 end loop;
1083 @end smallexample
1084
1085 @noindent
1086 if V1 and V2 have valid values, then the loop is known at compile
1087 time not to execute since the lower bound must be greater than the
1088 upper bound. However in default mode, no such assumption is made,
1089 and the loop may execute. If @code{Assume_No_Invalid_Values (On)}
1090 is given, the compiler will assume that any occurrence of a variable
1091 other than in an explicit @code{'Valid} test always has a valid
1092 value, and the loop above will be optimized away.
1093
1094 The use of @code{Assume_No_Invalid_Values (On)} is appropriate if
1095 you know your code is free of uninitialized variables and other
1096 possible sources of invalid representations, and may result in
1097 more efficient code. A program that accesses an invalid representation
1098 with this pragma in effect is erroneous, so no guarantees can be made
1099 about its behavior.
1100
1101 It is peculiar though permissible to use this pragma in conjunction
1102 with validity checking (-gnatVa). In such cases, accessing invalid
1103 values will generally give an exception, though formally the program
1104 is erroneous so there are no guarantees that this will always be the
1105 case, and it is recommended that these two options not be used together.
1106
1107 @node Pragma Ast_Entry
1108 @unnumberedsec Pragma Ast_Entry
1109 @cindex OpenVMS
1110 @findex Ast_Entry
1111 @noindent
1112 Syntax:
1113 @smallexample @c ada
1114 pragma AST_Entry (entry_IDENTIFIER);
1115 @end smallexample
1116
1117 @noindent
1118 This pragma is implemented only in the OpenVMS implementation of GNAT@. The
1119 argument is the simple name of a single entry; at most one @code{AST_Entry}
1120 pragma is allowed for any given entry. This pragma must be used in
1121 conjunction with the @code{AST_Entry} attribute, and is only allowed after
1122 the entry declaration and in the same task type specification or single task
1123 as the entry to which it applies. This pragma specifies that the given entry
1124 may be used to handle an OpenVMS asynchronous system trap (@code{AST})
1125 resulting from an OpenVMS system service call. The pragma does not affect
1126 normal use of the entry. For further details on this pragma, see the
1127 DEC Ada Language Reference Manual, section 9.12a.
1128
1129 @node Pragma C_Pass_By_Copy
1130 @unnumberedsec Pragma C_Pass_By_Copy
1131 @cindex Passing by copy
1132 @findex C_Pass_By_Copy
1133 @noindent
1134 Syntax:
1135 @smallexample @c ada
1136 pragma C_Pass_By_Copy
1137 ([Max_Size =>] static_integer_EXPRESSION);
1138 @end smallexample
1139
1140 @noindent
1141 Normally the default mechanism for passing C convention records to C
1142 convention subprograms is to pass them by reference, as suggested by RM
1143 B.3(69). Use the configuration pragma @code{C_Pass_By_Copy} to change
1144 this default, by requiring that record formal parameters be passed by
1145 copy if all of the following conditions are met:
1146
1147 @itemize @bullet
1148 @item
1149 The size of the record type does not exceed the value specified for
1150 @code{Max_Size}.
1151 @item
1152 The record type has @code{Convention C}.
1153 @item
1154 The formal parameter has this record type, and the subprogram has a
1155 foreign (non-Ada) convention.
1156 @end itemize
1157
1158 @noindent
1159 If these conditions are met the argument is passed by copy, i.e.@: in a
1160 manner consistent with what C expects if the corresponding formal in the
1161 C prototype is a struct (rather than a pointer to a struct).
1162
1163 You can also pass records by copy by specifying the convention
1164 @code{C_Pass_By_Copy} for the record type, or by using the extended
1165 @code{Import} and @code{Export} pragmas, which allow specification of
1166 passing mechanisms on a parameter by parameter basis.
1167
1168 @node Pragma Check
1169 @unnumberedsec Pragma Check
1170 @cindex Assertions
1171 @cindex Named assertions
1172 @findex Check
1173 @noindent
1174 Syntax:
1175 @smallexample @c ada
1176 pragma Check (
1177 [Name =>] Identifier,
1178 [Check =>] Boolean_EXPRESSION
1179 [, [Message =>] string_EXPRESSION] );
1180 @end smallexample
1181
1182 @noindent
1183 This pragma is similar to the predefined pragma @code{Assert} except that an
1184 extra identifier argument is present. In conjunction with pragma
1185 @code{Check_Policy}, this can be used to define groups of assertions that can
1186 be independently controlled. The identifier @code{Assertion} is special, it
1187 refers to the normal set of pragma @code{Assert} statements. The identifiers
1188 @code{Precondition} and @code{Postcondition} correspond to the pragmas of these
1189 names, so these three names would normally not be used directly in a pragma
1190 @code{Check}.
1191
1192 Checks introduced by this pragma are normally deactivated by default. They can
1193 be activated either by the command line option @option{-gnata}, which turns on
1194 all checks, or individually controlled using pragma @code{Check_Policy}.
1195
1196 @node Pragma Check_Name
1197 @unnumberedsec Pragma Check_Name
1198 @cindex Defining check names
1199 @cindex Check names, defining
1200 @findex Check_Name
1201 @noindent
1202 Syntax:
1203 @smallexample @c ada
1204 pragma Check_Name (check_name_IDENTIFIER);
1205 @end smallexample
1206
1207 @noindent
1208 This is a configuration pragma that defines a new implementation
1209 defined check name (unless IDENTIFIER matches one of the predefined
1210 check names, in which case the pragma has no effect). Check names
1211 are global to a partition, so if two or more configuration pragmas
1212 are present in a partition mentioning the same name, only one new
1213 check name is introduced.
1214
1215 An implementation defined check name introduced with this pragma may
1216 be used in only three contexts: @code{pragma Suppress},
1217 @code{pragma Unsuppress},
1218 and as the prefix of a @code{Check_Name'Enabled} attribute reference. For
1219 any of these three cases, the check name must be visible. A check
1220 name is visible if it is in the configuration pragmas applying to
1221 the current unit, or if it appears at the start of any unit that
1222 is part of the dependency set of the current unit (e.g., units that
1223 are mentioned in @code{with} clauses).
1224
1225 @node Pragma Check_Policy
1226 @unnumberedsec Pragma Check_Policy
1227 @cindex Controlling assertions
1228 @cindex Assertions, control
1229 @cindex Check pragma control
1230 @cindex Named assertions
1231 @findex Check
1232 @noindent
1233 Syntax:
1234 @smallexample @c ada
1235 pragma Check_Policy
1236 ([Name =>] Identifier,
1237 [Policy =>] POLICY_IDENTIFIER);
1238
1239 POLICY_IDENTIFIER ::= On | Off | Check | Ignore
1240 @end smallexample
1241
1242 @noindent
1243 This pragma is similar to the predefined pragma @code{Assertion_Policy},
1244 except that it controls sets of named assertions introduced using the
1245 @code{Check} pragmas. It can be used as a configuration pragma or (unlike
1246 @code{Assertion_Policy}) can be used within a declarative part, in which case
1247 it controls the status to the end of the corresponding construct (in a manner
1248 identical to pragma @code{Suppress)}.
1249
1250 The identifier given as the first argument corresponds to a name used in
1251 associated @code{Check} pragmas. For example, if the pragma:
1252
1253 @smallexample @c ada
1254 pragma Check_Policy (Critical_Error, Off);
1255 @end smallexample
1256
1257 @noindent
1258 is given, then subsequent @code{Check} pragmas whose first argument is also
1259 @code{Critical_Error} will be disabled. The special identifier @code{Assertion}
1260 controls the behavior of normal @code{Assert} pragmas (thus a pragma
1261 @code{Check_Policy} with this identifier is similar to the normal
1262 @code{Assertion_Policy} pragma except that it can appear within a
1263 declarative part).
1264
1265 The special identifiers @code{Precondition} and @code{Postcondition} control
1266 the status of preconditions and postconditions. If a @code{Precondition} pragma
1267 is encountered, it is ignored if turned off by a @code{Check_Policy} specifying
1268 that @code{Precondition} checks are @code{Off} or @code{Ignored}. Similarly use
1269 of the name @code{Postcondition} controls whether @code{Postcondition} pragmas
1270 are recognized.
1271
1272 The check policy is @code{Off} to turn off corresponding checks, and @code{On}
1273 to turn on corresponding checks. The default for a set of checks for which no
1274 @code{Check_Policy} is given is @code{Off} unless the compiler switch
1275 @option{-gnata} is given, which turns on all checks by default.
1276
1277 The check policy settings @code{Check} and @code{Ignore} are also recognized
1278 as synonyms for @code{On} and @code{Off}. These synonyms are provided for
1279 compatibility with the standard @code{Assertion_Policy} pragma.
1280
1281 @node Pragma Comment
1282 @unnumberedsec Pragma Comment
1283 @findex Comment
1284 @noindent
1285 Syntax:
1286
1287 @smallexample @c ada
1288 pragma Comment (static_string_EXPRESSION);
1289 @end smallexample
1290
1291 @noindent
1292 This is almost identical in effect to pragma @code{Ident}. It allows the
1293 placement of a comment into the object file and hence into the
1294 executable file if the operating system permits such usage. The
1295 difference is that @code{Comment}, unlike @code{Ident}, has
1296 no limitations on placement of the pragma (it can be placed
1297 anywhere in the main source unit), and if more than one pragma
1298 is used, all comments are retained.
1299
1300 @node Pragma Common_Object
1301 @unnumberedsec Pragma Common_Object
1302 @findex Common_Object
1303 @noindent
1304 Syntax:
1305
1306 @smallexample @c ada
1307 pragma Common_Object (
1308 [Internal =>] LOCAL_NAME
1309 [, [External =>] EXTERNAL_SYMBOL]
1310 [, [Size =>] EXTERNAL_SYMBOL] );
1311
1312 EXTERNAL_SYMBOL ::=
1313 IDENTIFIER
1314 | static_string_EXPRESSION
1315 @end smallexample
1316
1317 @noindent
1318 This pragma enables the shared use of variables stored in overlaid
1319 linker areas corresponding to the use of @code{COMMON}
1320 in Fortran. The single
1321 object @var{LOCAL_NAME} is assigned to the area designated by
1322 the @var{External} argument.
1323 You may define a record to correspond to a series
1324 of fields. The @var{Size} argument
1325 is syntax checked in GNAT, but otherwise ignored.
1326
1327 @code{Common_Object} is not supported on all platforms. If no
1328 support is available, then the code generator will issue a message
1329 indicating that the necessary attribute for implementation of this
1330 pragma is not available.
1331
1332 @node Pragma Compile_Time_Error
1333 @unnumberedsec Pragma Compile_Time_Error
1334 @findex Compile_Time_Error
1335 @noindent
1336 Syntax:
1337
1338 @smallexample @c ada
1339 pragma Compile_Time_Error
1340 (boolean_EXPRESSION, static_string_EXPRESSION);
1341 @end smallexample
1342
1343 @noindent
1344 This pragma can be used to generate additional compile time
1345 error messages. It
1346 is particularly useful in generics, where errors can be issued for
1347 specific problematic instantiations. The first parameter is a boolean
1348 expression. The pragma is effective only if the value of this expression
1349 is known at compile time, and has the value True. The set of expressions
1350 whose values are known at compile time includes all static boolean
1351 expressions, and also other values which the compiler can determine
1352 at compile time (e.g., the size of a record type set by an explicit
1353 size representation clause, or the value of a variable which was
1354 initialized to a constant and is known not to have been modified).
1355 If these conditions are met, an error message is generated using
1356 the value given as the second argument. This string value may contain
1357 embedded ASCII.LF characters to break the message into multiple lines.
1358
1359 @node Pragma Compile_Time_Warning
1360 @unnumberedsec Pragma Compile_Time_Warning
1361 @findex Compile_Time_Warning
1362 @noindent
1363 Syntax:
1364
1365 @smallexample @c ada
1366 pragma Compile_Time_Warning
1367 (boolean_EXPRESSION, static_string_EXPRESSION);
1368 @end smallexample
1369
1370 @noindent
1371 Same as pragma Compile_Time_Error, except a warning is issued instead
1372 of an error message. Note that if this pragma is used in a package that
1373 is with'ed by a client, the client will get the warning even though it
1374 is issued by a with'ed package (normally warnings in with'ed units are
1375 suppressed, but this is a special exception to that rule).
1376
1377 One typical use is within a generic where compile time known characteristics
1378 of formal parameters are tested, and warnings given appropriately. Another use
1379 with a first parameter of True is to warn a client about use of a package,
1380 for example that it is not fully implemented.
1381
1382 @node Pragma Compiler_Unit
1383 @unnumberedsec Pragma Compiler_Unit
1384 @findex Compiler_Unit
1385 @noindent
1386 Syntax:
1387
1388 @smallexample @c ada
1389 pragma Compiler_Unit;
1390 @end smallexample
1391
1392 @noindent
1393 This pragma is intended only for internal use in the GNAT run-time library.
1394 It indicates that the unit is used as part of the compiler build. The effect
1395 is to disallow constructs (raise with message, conditional expressions etc)
1396 that would cause trouble when bootstrapping using an older version of GNAT.
1397 For the exact list of restrictions, see the compiler sources and references
1398 to Is_Compiler_Unit.
1399
1400 @node Pragma Complete_Representation
1401 @unnumberedsec Pragma Complete_Representation
1402 @findex Complete_Representation
1403 @noindent
1404 Syntax:
1405
1406 @smallexample @c ada
1407 pragma Complete_Representation;
1408 @end smallexample
1409
1410 @noindent
1411 This pragma must appear immediately within a record representation
1412 clause. Typical placements are before the first component clause
1413 or after the last component clause. The effect is to give an error
1414 message if any component is missing a component clause. This pragma
1415 may be used to ensure that a record representation clause is
1416 complete, and that this invariant is maintained if fields are
1417 added to the record in the future.
1418
1419 @node Pragma Complex_Representation
1420 @unnumberedsec Pragma Complex_Representation
1421 @findex Complex_Representation
1422 @noindent
1423 Syntax:
1424
1425 @smallexample @c ada
1426 pragma Complex_Representation
1427 ([Entity =>] LOCAL_NAME);
1428 @end smallexample
1429
1430 @noindent
1431 The @var{Entity} argument must be the name of a record type which has
1432 two fields of the same floating-point type. The effect of this pragma is
1433 to force gcc to use the special internal complex representation form for
1434 this record, which may be more efficient. Note that this may result in
1435 the code for this type not conforming to standard ABI (application
1436 binary interface) requirements for the handling of record types. For
1437 example, in some environments, there is a requirement for passing
1438 records by pointer, and the use of this pragma may result in passing
1439 this type in floating-point registers.
1440
1441 @node Pragma Component_Alignment
1442 @unnumberedsec Pragma Component_Alignment
1443 @cindex Alignments of components
1444 @findex Component_Alignment
1445 @noindent
1446 Syntax:
1447
1448 @smallexample @c ada
1449 pragma Component_Alignment (
1450 [Form =>] ALIGNMENT_CHOICE
1451 [, [Name =>] type_LOCAL_NAME]);
1452
1453 ALIGNMENT_CHOICE ::=
1454 Component_Size
1455 | Component_Size_4
1456 | Storage_Unit
1457 | Default
1458 @end smallexample
1459
1460 @noindent
1461 Specifies the alignment of components in array or record types.
1462 The meaning of the @var{Form} argument is as follows:
1463
1464 @table @code
1465 @findex Component_Size
1466 @item Component_Size
1467 Aligns scalar components and subcomponents of the array or record type
1468 on boundaries appropriate to their inherent size (naturally
1469 aligned). For example, 1-byte components are aligned on byte boundaries,
1470 2-byte integer components are aligned on 2-byte boundaries, 4-byte
1471 integer components are aligned on 4-byte boundaries and so on. These
1472 alignment rules correspond to the normal rules for C compilers on all
1473 machines except the VAX@.
1474
1475 @findex Component_Size_4
1476 @item Component_Size_4
1477 Naturally aligns components with a size of four or fewer
1478 bytes. Components that are larger than 4 bytes are placed on the next
1479 4-byte boundary.
1480
1481 @findex Storage_Unit
1482 @item Storage_Unit
1483 Specifies that array or record components are byte aligned, i.e.@:
1484 aligned on boundaries determined by the value of the constant
1485 @code{System.Storage_Unit}.
1486
1487 @cindex OpenVMS
1488 @item Default
1489 Specifies that array or record components are aligned on default
1490 boundaries, appropriate to the underlying hardware or operating system or
1491 both. For OpenVMS VAX systems, the @code{Default} choice is the same as
1492 the @code{Storage_Unit} choice (byte alignment). For all other systems,
1493 the @code{Default} choice is the same as @code{Component_Size} (natural
1494 alignment).
1495 @end table
1496
1497 @noindent
1498 If the @code{Name} parameter is present, @var{type_LOCAL_NAME} must
1499 refer to a local record or array type, and the specified alignment
1500 choice applies to the specified type. The use of
1501 @code{Component_Alignment} together with a pragma @code{Pack} causes the
1502 @code{Component_Alignment} pragma to be ignored. The use of
1503 @code{Component_Alignment} together with a record representation clause
1504 is only effective for fields not specified by the representation clause.
1505
1506 If the @code{Name} parameter is absent, the pragma can be used as either
1507 a configuration pragma, in which case it applies to one or more units in
1508 accordance with the normal rules for configuration pragmas, or it can be
1509 used within a declarative part, in which case it applies to types that
1510 are declared within this declarative part, or within any nested scope
1511 within this declarative part. In either case it specifies the alignment
1512 to be applied to any record or array type which has otherwise standard
1513 representation.
1514
1515 If the alignment for a record or array type is not specified (using
1516 pragma @code{Pack}, pragma @code{Component_Alignment}, or a record rep
1517 clause), the GNAT uses the default alignment as described previously.
1518
1519 @node Pragma Convention_Identifier
1520 @unnumberedsec Pragma Convention_Identifier
1521 @findex Convention_Identifier
1522 @cindex Conventions, synonyms
1523 @noindent
1524 Syntax:
1525
1526 @smallexample @c ada
1527 pragma Convention_Identifier (
1528 [Name =>] IDENTIFIER,
1529 [Convention =>] convention_IDENTIFIER);
1530 @end smallexample
1531
1532 @noindent
1533 This pragma provides a mechanism for supplying synonyms for existing
1534 convention identifiers. The @code{Name} identifier can subsequently
1535 be used as a synonym for the given convention in other pragmas (including
1536 for example pragma @code{Import} or another @code{Convention_Identifier}
1537 pragma). As an example of the use of this, suppose you had legacy code
1538 which used Fortran77 as the identifier for Fortran. Then the pragma:
1539
1540 @smallexample @c ada
1541 pragma Convention_Identifier (Fortran77, Fortran);
1542 @end smallexample
1543
1544 @noindent
1545 would allow the use of the convention identifier @code{Fortran77} in
1546 subsequent code, avoiding the need to modify the sources. As another
1547 example, you could use this to parametrize convention requirements
1548 according to systems. Suppose you needed to use @code{Stdcall} on
1549 windows systems, and @code{C} on some other system, then you could
1550 define a convention identifier @code{Library} and use a single
1551 @code{Convention_Identifier} pragma to specify which convention
1552 would be used system-wide.
1553
1554 @node Pragma CPP_Class
1555 @unnumberedsec Pragma CPP_Class
1556 @findex CPP_Class
1557 @cindex Interfacing with C++
1558 @noindent
1559 Syntax:
1560
1561 @smallexample @c ada
1562 pragma CPP_Class ([Entity =>] LOCAL_NAME);
1563 @end smallexample
1564
1565 @noindent
1566 The argument denotes an entity in the current declarative region that is
1567 declared as a record type. It indicates that the type corresponds to an
1568 externally declared C++ class type, and is to be laid out the same way
1569 that C++ would lay out the type. If the C++ class has virtual primitives
1570 then the record must be declared as a tagged record type.
1571
1572 Types for which @code{CPP_Class} is specified do not have assignment or
1573 equality operators defined (such operations can be imported or declared
1574 as subprograms as required). Initialization is allowed only by constructor
1575 functions (see pragma @code{CPP_Constructor}). Such types are implicitly
1576 limited if not explicitly declared as limited or derived from a limited
1577 type, and an error is issued in that case.
1578
1579 Pragma @code{CPP_Class} is intended primarily for automatic generation
1580 using an automatic binding generator tool.
1581 See @ref{Interfacing to C++} for related information.
1582
1583 Note: Pragma @code{CPP_Class} is currently obsolete. It is supported
1584 for backward compatibility but its functionality is available
1585 using pragma @code{Import} with @code{Convention} = @code{CPP}.
1586
1587 @node Pragma CPP_Constructor
1588 @unnumberedsec Pragma CPP_Constructor
1589 @cindex Interfacing with C++
1590 @findex CPP_Constructor
1591 @noindent
1592 Syntax:
1593
1594 @smallexample @c ada
1595 pragma CPP_Constructor ([Entity =>] LOCAL_NAME
1596 [, [External_Name =>] static_string_EXPRESSION ]
1597 [, [Link_Name =>] static_string_EXPRESSION ]);
1598 @end smallexample
1599
1600 @noindent
1601 This pragma identifies an imported function (imported in the usual way
1602 with pragma @code{Import}) as corresponding to a C++ constructor. If
1603 @code{External_Name} and @code{Link_Name} are not specified then the
1604 @code{Entity} argument is a name that must have been previously mentioned
1605 in a pragma @code{Import} with @code{Convention} = @code{CPP}. Such name
1606 must be of one of the following forms:
1607
1608 @itemize @bullet
1609 @item
1610 @code{function @var{Fname} return @var{T}}
1611
1612 @itemize @bullet
1613 @item
1614 @code{function @var{Fname} return @var{T}'Class}
1615
1616 @item
1617 @code{function @var{Fname} (@dots{}) return @var{T}}
1618 @end itemize
1619
1620 @item
1621 @code{function @var{Fname} (@dots{}) return @var{T}'Class}
1622 @end itemize
1623
1624 @noindent
1625 where @var{T} is a limited record type imported from C++ with pragma
1626 @code{Import} and @code{Convention} = @code{CPP}.
1627
1628 The first two forms import the default constructor, used when an object
1629 of type @var{T} is created on the Ada side with no explicit constructor.
1630 The latter two forms cover all the non-default constructors of the type.
1631 See the GNAT users guide for details.
1632
1633 If no constructors are imported, it is impossible to create any objects
1634 on the Ada side and the type is implicitly declared abstract.
1635
1636 Pragma @code{CPP_Constructor} is intended primarily for automatic generation
1637 using an automatic binding generator tool.
1638 See @ref{Interfacing to C++} for more related information.
1639
1640 Note: The use of functions returning class-wide types for constructors is
1641 currently obsolete. They are supported for backward compatibility. The
1642 use of functions returning the type T leave the Ada sources more clear
1643 because the imported C++ constructors always return an object of type T;
1644 that is, they never return an object whose type is a descendant of type T.
1645
1646 @node Pragma CPP_Virtual
1647 @unnumberedsec Pragma CPP_Virtual
1648 @cindex Interfacing to C++
1649 @findex CPP_Virtual
1650 @noindent
1651 This pragma is now obsolete has has no effect because GNAT generates
1652 the same object layout than the G++ compiler.
1653
1654 See @ref{Interfacing to C++} for related information.
1655
1656 @node Pragma CPP_Vtable
1657 @unnumberedsec Pragma CPP_Vtable
1658 @cindex Interfacing with C++
1659 @findex CPP_Vtable
1660 @noindent
1661 This pragma is now obsolete has has no effect because GNAT generates
1662 the same object layout than the G++ compiler.
1663
1664 See @ref{Interfacing to C++} for related information.
1665
1666 @node Pragma Debug
1667 @unnumberedsec Pragma Debug
1668 @findex Debug
1669 @noindent
1670 Syntax:
1671
1672 @smallexample @c ada
1673 pragma Debug ([CONDITION, ]PROCEDURE_CALL_WITHOUT_SEMICOLON);
1674
1675 PROCEDURE_CALL_WITHOUT_SEMICOLON ::=
1676 PROCEDURE_NAME
1677 | PROCEDURE_PREFIX ACTUAL_PARAMETER_PART
1678 @end smallexample
1679
1680 @noindent
1681 The procedure call argument has the syntactic form of an expression, meeting
1682 the syntactic requirements for pragmas.
1683
1684 If debug pragmas are not enabled or if the condition is present and evaluates
1685 to False, this pragma has no effect. If debug pragmas are enabled, the
1686 semantics of the pragma is exactly equivalent to the procedure call statement
1687 corresponding to the argument with a terminating semicolon. Pragmas are
1688 permitted in sequences of declarations, so you can use pragma @code{Debug} to
1689 intersperse calls to debug procedures in the middle of declarations. Debug
1690 pragmas can be enabled either by use of the command line switch @option{-gnata}
1691 or by use of the configuration pragma @code{Debug_Policy}.
1692
1693 @node Pragma Debug_Policy
1694 @unnumberedsec Pragma Debug_Policy
1695 @findex Debug_Policy
1696 @noindent
1697 Syntax:
1698
1699 @smallexample @c ada
1700 pragma Debug_Policy (CHECK | IGNORE);
1701 @end smallexample
1702
1703 @noindent
1704 If the argument is @code{CHECK}, then pragma @code{DEBUG} is enabled.
1705 If the argument is @code{IGNORE}, then pragma @code{DEBUG} is ignored.
1706 This pragma overrides the effect of the @option{-gnata} switch on the
1707 command line.
1708
1709 @node Pragma Detect_Blocking
1710 @unnumberedsec Pragma Detect_Blocking
1711 @findex Detect_Blocking
1712 @noindent
1713 Syntax:
1714
1715 @smallexample @c ada
1716 pragma Detect_Blocking;
1717 @end smallexample
1718
1719 @noindent
1720 This is a configuration pragma that forces the detection of potentially
1721 blocking operations within a protected operation, and to raise Program_Error
1722 if that happens.
1723
1724 @node Pragma Elaboration_Checks
1725 @unnumberedsec Pragma Elaboration_Checks
1726 @cindex Elaboration control
1727 @findex Elaboration_Checks
1728 @noindent
1729 Syntax:
1730
1731 @smallexample @c ada
1732 pragma Elaboration_Checks (Dynamic | Static);
1733 @end smallexample
1734
1735 @noindent
1736 This is a configuration pragma that provides control over the
1737 elaboration model used by the compilation affected by the
1738 pragma. If the parameter is @code{Dynamic},
1739 then the dynamic elaboration
1740 model described in the Ada Reference Manual is used, as though
1741 the @option{-gnatE} switch had been specified on the command
1742 line. If the parameter is @code{Static}, then the default GNAT static
1743 model is used. This configuration pragma overrides the setting
1744 of the command line. For full details on the elaboration models
1745 used by the GNAT compiler, see @ref{Elaboration Order Handling in GNAT,,,
1746 gnat_ugn, @value{EDITION} User's Guide}.
1747
1748 @node Pragma Eliminate
1749 @unnumberedsec Pragma Eliminate
1750 @cindex Elimination of unused subprograms
1751 @findex Eliminate
1752 @noindent
1753 Syntax:
1754
1755 @smallexample @c ada
1756 pragma Eliminate (
1757 [Unit_Name =>] IDENTIFIER |
1758 SELECTED_COMPONENT);
1759
1760 pragma Eliminate (
1761 [Unit_Name =>] IDENTIFIER |
1762 SELECTED_COMPONENT,
1763 [Entity =>] IDENTIFIER |
1764 SELECTED_COMPONENT |
1765 STRING_LITERAL
1766 [,OVERLOADING_RESOLUTION]);
1767
1768 OVERLOADING_RESOLUTION ::= PARAMETER_AND_RESULT_TYPE_PROFILE |
1769 SOURCE_LOCATION
1770
1771 PARAMETER_AND_RESULT_TYPE_PROFILE ::= PROCEDURE_PROFILE |
1772 FUNCTION_PROFILE
1773
1774 PROCEDURE_PROFILE ::= Parameter_Types => PARAMETER_TYPES
1775
1776 FUNCTION_PROFILE ::= [Parameter_Types => PARAMETER_TYPES,]
1777 Result_Type => result_SUBTYPE_NAME]
1778
1779 PARAMETER_TYPES ::= (SUBTYPE_NAME @{, SUBTYPE_NAME@})
1780 SUBTYPE_NAME ::= STRING_VALUE
1781
1782 SOURCE_LOCATION ::= Source_Location => SOURCE_TRACE
1783 SOURCE_TRACE ::= STRING_VALUE
1784
1785 STRING_VALUE ::= STRING_LITERAL @{& STRING_LITERAL@}
1786 @end smallexample
1787
1788 @noindent
1789 This pragma indicates that the given entity is not used outside the
1790 compilation unit it is defined in. The entity must be an explicitly declared
1791 subprogram; this includes generic subprogram instances and
1792 subprograms declared in generic package instances.
1793
1794 If the entity to be eliminated is a library level subprogram, then
1795 the first form of pragma @code{Eliminate} is used with only a single argument.
1796 In this form, the @code{Unit_Name} argument specifies the name of the
1797 library level unit to be eliminated.
1798
1799 In all other cases, both @code{Unit_Name} and @code{Entity} arguments
1800 are required. If item is an entity of a library package, then the first
1801 argument specifies the unit name, and the second argument specifies
1802 the particular entity. If the second argument is in string form, it must
1803 correspond to the internal manner in which GNAT stores entity names (see
1804 compilation unit Namet in the compiler sources for details).
1805
1806 The remaining parameters (OVERLOADING_RESOLUTION) are optionally used
1807 to distinguish between overloaded subprograms. If a pragma does not contain
1808 the OVERLOADING_RESOLUTION parameter(s), it is applied to all the overloaded
1809 subprograms denoted by the first two parameters.
1810
1811 Use PARAMETER_AND_RESULT_TYPE_PROFILE to specify the profile of the subprogram
1812 to be eliminated in a manner similar to that used for the extended
1813 @code{Import} and @code{Export} pragmas, except that the subtype names are
1814 always given as strings. At the moment, this form of distinguishing
1815 overloaded subprograms is implemented only partially, so we do not recommend
1816 using it for practical subprogram elimination.
1817
1818 Note that in case of a parameterless procedure its profile is represented
1819 as @code{Parameter_Types => ("")}
1820
1821 Alternatively, the @code{Source_Location} parameter is used to specify
1822 which overloaded alternative is to be eliminated by pointing to the
1823 location of the DEFINING_PROGRAM_UNIT_NAME of this subprogram in the
1824 source text. The string literal (or concatenation of string literals)
1825 given as SOURCE_TRACE must have the following format:
1826
1827 @smallexample @c ada
1828 SOURCE_TRACE ::= SOURCE_LOCATION@{LBRACKET SOURCE_LOCATION RBRACKET@}
1829
1830 LBRACKET ::= [
1831 RBRACKET ::= ]
1832
1833 SOURCE_LOCATION ::= FILE_NAME:LINE_NUMBER
1834 FILE_NAME ::= STRING_LITERAL
1835 LINE_NUMBER ::= DIGIT @{DIGIT@}
1836 @end smallexample
1837
1838 SOURCE_TRACE should be the short name of the source file (with no directory
1839 information), and LINE_NUMBER is supposed to point to the line where the
1840 defining name of the subprogram is located.
1841
1842 For the subprograms that are not a part of generic instantiations, only one
1843 SOURCE_LOCATION is used. If a subprogram is declared in a package
1844 instantiation, SOURCE_TRACE contains two SOURCE_LOCATIONs, the first one is
1845 the location of the (DEFINING_PROGRAM_UNIT_NAME of the) instantiation, and the
1846 second one denotes the declaration of the corresponding subprogram in the
1847 generic package. This approach is recursively used to create SOURCE_LOCATIONs
1848 in case of nested instantiations.
1849
1850 The effect of the pragma is to allow the compiler to eliminate
1851 the code or data associated with the named entity. Any reference to
1852 an eliminated entity outside the compilation unit it is defined in,
1853 causes a compile time or link time error.
1854
1855 The intention of pragma @code{Eliminate} is to allow a program to be compiled
1856 in a system independent manner, with unused entities eliminated, without
1857 the requirement of modifying the source text. Normally the required set
1858 of @code{Eliminate} pragmas is constructed automatically using the gnatelim
1859 tool. Elimination of unused entities local to a compilation unit is
1860 automatic, without requiring the use of pragma @code{Eliminate}.
1861
1862 Note that the reason this pragma takes string literals where names might
1863 be expected is that a pragma @code{Eliminate} can appear in a context where the
1864 relevant names are not visible.
1865
1866 Note that any change in the source files that includes removing, splitting of
1867 adding lines may make the set of Eliminate pragmas using SOURCE_LOCATION
1868 parameter illegal.
1869
1870 It is legal to use pragma Eliminate where the referenced entity is a
1871 dispatching operation, but it is not clear what this would mean, since
1872 in general the call does not know which entity is actually being called.
1873 Consequently, a pragma Eliminate for a dispatching operation is ignored.
1874
1875 @node Pragma Export_Exception
1876 @unnumberedsec Pragma Export_Exception
1877 @cindex OpenVMS
1878 @findex Export_Exception
1879 @noindent
1880 Syntax:
1881
1882 @smallexample @c ada
1883 pragma Export_Exception (
1884 [Internal =>] LOCAL_NAME
1885 [, [External =>] EXTERNAL_SYMBOL]
1886 [, [Form =>] Ada | VMS]
1887 [, [Code =>] static_integer_EXPRESSION]);
1888
1889 EXTERNAL_SYMBOL ::=
1890 IDENTIFIER
1891 | static_string_EXPRESSION
1892 @end smallexample
1893
1894 @noindent
1895 This pragma is implemented only in the OpenVMS implementation of GNAT@. It
1896 causes the specified exception to be propagated outside of the Ada program,
1897 so that it can be handled by programs written in other OpenVMS languages.
1898 This pragma establishes an external name for an Ada exception and makes the
1899 name available to the OpenVMS Linker as a global symbol. For further details
1900 on this pragma, see the
1901 DEC Ada Language Reference Manual, section 13.9a3.2.
1902
1903 @node Pragma Export_Function
1904 @unnumberedsec Pragma Export_Function
1905 @cindex Argument passing mechanisms
1906 @findex Export_Function
1907
1908 @noindent
1909 Syntax:
1910
1911 @smallexample @c ada
1912 pragma Export_Function (
1913 [Internal =>] LOCAL_NAME
1914 [, [External =>] EXTERNAL_SYMBOL]
1915 [, [Parameter_Types =>] PARAMETER_TYPES]
1916 [, [Result_Type =>] result_SUBTYPE_MARK]
1917 [, [Mechanism =>] MECHANISM]
1918 [, [Result_Mechanism =>] MECHANISM_NAME]);
1919
1920 EXTERNAL_SYMBOL ::=
1921 IDENTIFIER
1922 | static_string_EXPRESSION
1923 | ""
1924
1925 PARAMETER_TYPES ::=
1926 null
1927 | TYPE_DESIGNATOR @{, TYPE_DESIGNATOR@}
1928
1929 TYPE_DESIGNATOR ::=
1930 subtype_NAME
1931 | subtype_Name ' Access
1932
1933 MECHANISM ::=
1934 MECHANISM_NAME
1935 | (MECHANISM_ASSOCIATION @{, MECHANISM_ASSOCIATION@})
1936
1937 MECHANISM_ASSOCIATION ::=
1938 [formal_parameter_NAME =>] MECHANISM_NAME
1939
1940 MECHANISM_NAME ::=
1941 Value
1942 | Reference
1943 | Descriptor [([Class =>] CLASS_NAME)]
1944 | Short_Descriptor [([Class =>] CLASS_NAME)]
1945
1946 CLASS_NAME ::= ubs | ubsb | uba | s | sb | a
1947 @end smallexample
1948
1949 @noindent
1950 Use this pragma to make a function externally callable and optionally
1951 provide information on mechanisms to be used for passing parameter and
1952 result values. We recommend, for the purposes of improving portability,
1953 this pragma always be used in conjunction with a separate pragma
1954 @code{Export}, which must precede the pragma @code{Export_Function}.
1955 GNAT does not require a separate pragma @code{Export}, but if none is
1956 present, @code{Convention Ada} is assumed, which is usually
1957 not what is wanted, so it is usually appropriate to use this
1958 pragma in conjunction with a @code{Export} or @code{Convention}
1959 pragma that specifies the desired foreign convention.
1960 Pragma @code{Export_Function}
1961 (and @code{Export}, if present) must appear in the same declarative
1962 region as the function to which they apply.
1963
1964 @var{internal_name} must uniquely designate the function to which the
1965 pragma applies. If more than one function name exists of this name in
1966 the declarative part you must use the @code{Parameter_Types} and
1967 @code{Result_Type} parameters is mandatory to achieve the required
1968 unique designation. @var{subtype_mark}s in these parameters must
1969 exactly match the subtypes in the corresponding function specification,
1970 using positional notation to match parameters with subtype marks.
1971 The form with an @code{'Access} attribute can be used to match an
1972 anonymous access parameter.
1973
1974 @cindex OpenVMS
1975 @cindex Passing by descriptor
1976 Passing by descriptor is supported only on the OpenVMS ports of GNAT@.
1977 The default behavior for Export_Function is to accept either 64bit or
1978 32bit descriptors unless short_descriptor is specified, then only 32bit
1979 descriptors are accepted.
1980
1981 @cindex Suppressing external name
1982 Special treatment is given if the EXTERNAL is an explicit null
1983 string or a static string expressions that evaluates to the null
1984 string. In this case, no external name is generated. This form
1985 still allows the specification of parameter mechanisms.
1986
1987 @node Pragma Export_Object
1988 @unnumberedsec Pragma Export_Object
1989 @findex Export_Object
1990 @noindent
1991 Syntax:
1992
1993 @smallexample @c ada
1994 pragma Export_Object
1995 [Internal =>] LOCAL_NAME
1996 [, [External =>] EXTERNAL_SYMBOL]
1997 [, [Size =>] EXTERNAL_SYMBOL]
1998
1999 EXTERNAL_SYMBOL ::=
2000 IDENTIFIER
2001 | static_string_EXPRESSION
2002 @end smallexample
2003
2004 @noindent
2005 This pragma designates an object as exported, and apart from the
2006 extended rules for external symbols, is identical in effect to the use of
2007 the normal @code{Export} pragma applied to an object. You may use a
2008 separate Export pragma (and you probably should from the point of view
2009 of portability), but it is not required. @var{Size} is syntax checked,
2010 but otherwise ignored by GNAT@.
2011
2012 @node Pragma Export_Procedure
2013 @unnumberedsec Pragma Export_Procedure
2014 @findex Export_Procedure
2015 @noindent
2016 Syntax:
2017
2018 @smallexample @c ada
2019 pragma Export_Procedure (
2020 [Internal =>] LOCAL_NAME
2021 [, [External =>] EXTERNAL_SYMBOL]
2022 [, [Parameter_Types =>] PARAMETER_TYPES]
2023 [, [Mechanism =>] MECHANISM]);
2024
2025 EXTERNAL_SYMBOL ::=
2026 IDENTIFIER
2027 | static_string_EXPRESSION
2028 | ""
2029
2030 PARAMETER_TYPES ::=
2031 null
2032 | TYPE_DESIGNATOR @{, TYPE_DESIGNATOR@}
2033
2034 TYPE_DESIGNATOR ::=
2035 subtype_NAME
2036 | subtype_Name ' Access
2037
2038 MECHANISM ::=
2039 MECHANISM_NAME
2040 | (MECHANISM_ASSOCIATION @{, MECHANISM_ASSOCIATION@})
2041
2042 MECHANISM_ASSOCIATION ::=
2043 [formal_parameter_NAME =>] MECHANISM_NAME
2044
2045 MECHANISM_NAME ::=
2046 Value
2047 | Reference
2048 | Descriptor [([Class =>] CLASS_NAME)]
2049 | Short_Descriptor [([Class =>] CLASS_NAME)]
2050
2051 CLASS_NAME ::= ubs | ubsb | uba | s | sb | a
2052 @end smallexample
2053
2054 @noindent
2055 This pragma is identical to @code{Export_Function} except that it
2056 applies to a procedure rather than a function and the parameters
2057 @code{Result_Type} and @code{Result_Mechanism} are not permitted.
2058 GNAT does not require a separate pragma @code{Export}, but if none is
2059 present, @code{Convention Ada} is assumed, which is usually
2060 not what is wanted, so it is usually appropriate to use this
2061 pragma in conjunction with a @code{Export} or @code{Convention}
2062 pragma that specifies the desired foreign convention.
2063
2064 @cindex OpenVMS
2065 @cindex Passing by descriptor
2066 Passing by descriptor is supported only on the OpenVMS ports of GNAT@.
2067 The default behavior for Export_Procedure is to accept either 64bit or
2068 32bit descriptors unless short_descriptor is specified, then only 32bit
2069 descriptors are accepted.
2070
2071 @cindex Suppressing external name
2072 Special treatment is given if the EXTERNAL is an explicit null
2073 string or a static string expressions that evaluates to the null
2074 string. In this case, no external name is generated. This form
2075 still allows the specification of parameter mechanisms.
2076
2077 @node Pragma Export_Value
2078 @unnumberedsec Pragma Export_Value
2079 @findex Export_Value
2080 @noindent
2081 Syntax:
2082
2083 @smallexample @c ada
2084 pragma Export_Value (
2085 [Value =>] static_integer_EXPRESSION,
2086 [Link_Name =>] static_string_EXPRESSION);
2087 @end smallexample
2088
2089 @noindent
2090 This pragma serves to export a static integer value for external use.
2091 The first argument specifies the value to be exported. The Link_Name
2092 argument specifies the symbolic name to be associated with the integer
2093 value. This pragma is useful for defining a named static value in Ada
2094 that can be referenced in assembly language units to be linked with
2095 the application. This pragma is currently supported only for the
2096 AAMP target and is ignored for other targets.
2097
2098 @node Pragma Export_Valued_Procedure
2099 @unnumberedsec Pragma Export_Valued_Procedure
2100 @findex Export_Valued_Procedure
2101 @noindent
2102 Syntax:
2103
2104 @smallexample @c ada
2105 pragma Export_Valued_Procedure (
2106 [Internal =>] LOCAL_NAME
2107 [, [External =>] EXTERNAL_SYMBOL]
2108 [, [Parameter_Types =>] PARAMETER_TYPES]
2109 [, [Mechanism =>] MECHANISM]);
2110
2111 EXTERNAL_SYMBOL ::=
2112 IDENTIFIER
2113 | static_string_EXPRESSION
2114 | ""
2115
2116 PARAMETER_TYPES ::=
2117 null
2118 | TYPE_DESIGNATOR @{, TYPE_DESIGNATOR@}
2119
2120 TYPE_DESIGNATOR ::=
2121 subtype_NAME
2122 | subtype_Name ' Access
2123
2124 MECHANISM ::=
2125 MECHANISM_NAME
2126 | (MECHANISM_ASSOCIATION @{, MECHANISM_ASSOCIATION@})
2127
2128 MECHANISM_ASSOCIATION ::=
2129 [formal_parameter_NAME =>] MECHANISM_NAME
2130
2131 MECHANISM_NAME ::=
2132 Value
2133 | Reference
2134 | Descriptor [([Class =>] CLASS_NAME)]
2135 | Short_Descriptor [([Class =>] CLASS_NAME)]
2136
2137 CLASS_NAME ::= ubs | ubsb | uba | s | sb | a
2138 @end smallexample
2139
2140 @noindent
2141 This pragma is identical to @code{Export_Procedure} except that the
2142 first parameter of @var{LOCAL_NAME}, which must be present, must be of
2143 mode @code{OUT}, and externally the subprogram is treated as a function
2144 with this parameter as the result of the function. GNAT provides for
2145 this capability to allow the use of @code{OUT} and @code{IN OUT}
2146 parameters in interfacing to external functions (which are not permitted
2147 in Ada functions).
2148 GNAT does not require a separate pragma @code{Export}, but if none is
2149 present, @code{Convention Ada} is assumed, which is almost certainly
2150 not what is wanted since the whole point of this pragma is to interface
2151 with foreign language functions, so it is usually appropriate to use this
2152 pragma in conjunction with a @code{Export} or @code{Convention}
2153 pragma that specifies the desired foreign convention.
2154
2155 @cindex OpenVMS
2156 @cindex Passing by descriptor
2157 Passing by descriptor is supported only on the OpenVMS ports of GNAT@.
2158 The default behavior for Export_Valued_Procedure is to accept either 64bit or
2159 32bit descriptors unless short_descriptor is specified, then only 32bit
2160 descriptors are accepted.
2161
2162 @cindex Suppressing external name
2163 Special treatment is given if the EXTERNAL is an explicit null
2164 string or a static string expressions that evaluates to the null
2165 string. In this case, no external name is generated. This form
2166 still allows the specification of parameter mechanisms.
2167
2168 @node Pragma Extend_System
2169 @unnumberedsec Pragma Extend_System
2170 @cindex @code{system}, extending
2171 @cindex Dec Ada 83
2172 @findex Extend_System
2173 @noindent
2174 Syntax:
2175
2176 @smallexample @c ada
2177 pragma Extend_System ([Name =>] IDENTIFIER);
2178 @end smallexample
2179
2180 @noindent
2181 This pragma is used to provide backwards compatibility with other
2182 implementations that extend the facilities of package @code{System}. In
2183 GNAT, @code{System} contains only the definitions that are present in
2184 the Ada RM@. However, other implementations, notably the DEC Ada 83
2185 implementation, provide many extensions to package @code{System}.
2186
2187 For each such implementation accommodated by this pragma, GNAT provides a
2188 package @code{Aux_@var{xxx}}, e.g.@: @code{Aux_DEC} for the DEC Ada 83
2189 implementation, which provides the required additional definitions. You
2190 can use this package in two ways. You can @code{with} it in the normal
2191 way and access entities either by selection or using a @code{use}
2192 clause. In this case no special processing is required.
2193
2194 However, if existing code contains references such as
2195 @code{System.@var{xxx}} where @var{xxx} is an entity in the extended
2196 definitions provided in package @code{System}, you may use this pragma
2197 to extend visibility in @code{System} in a non-standard way that
2198 provides greater compatibility with the existing code. Pragma
2199 @code{Extend_System} is a configuration pragma whose single argument is
2200 the name of the package containing the extended definition
2201 (e.g.@: @code{Aux_DEC} for the DEC Ada case). A unit compiled under
2202 control of this pragma will be processed using special visibility
2203 processing that looks in package @code{System.Aux_@var{xxx}} where
2204 @code{Aux_@var{xxx}} is the pragma argument for any entity referenced in
2205 package @code{System}, but not found in package @code{System}.
2206
2207 You can use this pragma either to access a predefined @code{System}
2208 extension supplied with the compiler, for example @code{Aux_DEC} or
2209 you can construct your own extension unit following the above
2210 definition. Note that such a package is a child of @code{System}
2211 and thus is considered part of the implementation. To compile
2212 it you will have to use the appropriate switch for compiling
2213 system units.
2214 @xref{Top, @value{EDITION} User's Guide, About This Guide, gnat_ugn, @value{EDITION} User's Guide},
2215 for details.
2216
2217 @node Pragma Extensions_Allowed
2218 @unnumberedsec Pragma Extensions_Allowed
2219 @cindex Ada Extensions
2220 @cindex GNAT Extensions
2221 @findex Extensions_Allowed
2222 @noindent
2223 Syntax:
2224
2225 @smallexample @c ada
2226 pragma Extensions_Allowed (On | Off);
2227 @end smallexample
2228
2229 @noindent
2230 This configuration pragma enables or disables the implementation
2231 extension mode (the use of Off as a parameter cancels the effect
2232 of the @option{-gnatX} command switch).
2233
2234 In extension mode, the latest version of the Ada language is
2235 implemented (currently Ada 2012), and in addition a small number
2236 of GNAT specific extensions are recognized as follows:
2237
2238 @table @asis
2239 @item Constrained attribute for generic objects
2240 The @code{Constrained} attribute is permitted for objects of
2241 generic types. The result indicates if the corresponding actual
2242 is constrained.
2243
2244 @end table
2245
2246 @node Pragma External
2247 @unnumberedsec Pragma External
2248 @findex External
2249 @noindent
2250 Syntax:
2251
2252 @smallexample @c ada
2253 pragma External (
2254 [ Convention =>] convention_IDENTIFIER,
2255 [ Entity =>] LOCAL_NAME
2256 [, [External_Name =>] static_string_EXPRESSION ]
2257 [, [Link_Name =>] static_string_EXPRESSION ]);
2258 @end smallexample
2259
2260 @noindent
2261 This pragma is identical in syntax and semantics to pragma
2262 @code{Export} as defined in the Ada Reference Manual. It is
2263 provided for compatibility with some Ada 83 compilers that
2264 used this pragma for exactly the same purposes as pragma
2265 @code{Export} before the latter was standardized.
2266
2267 @node Pragma External_Name_Casing
2268 @unnumberedsec Pragma External_Name_Casing
2269 @cindex Dec Ada 83 casing compatibility
2270 @cindex External Names, casing
2271 @cindex Casing of External names
2272 @findex External_Name_Casing
2273 @noindent
2274 Syntax:
2275
2276 @smallexample @c ada
2277 pragma External_Name_Casing (
2278 Uppercase | Lowercase
2279 [, Uppercase | Lowercase | As_Is]);
2280 @end smallexample
2281
2282 @noindent
2283 This pragma provides control over the casing of external names associated
2284 with Import and Export pragmas. There are two cases to consider:
2285
2286 @table @asis
2287 @item Implicit external names
2288 Implicit external names are derived from identifiers. The most common case
2289 arises when a standard Ada Import or Export pragma is used with only two
2290 arguments, as in:
2291
2292 @smallexample @c ada
2293 pragma Import (C, C_Routine);
2294 @end smallexample
2295
2296 @noindent
2297 Since Ada is a case-insensitive language, the spelling of the identifier in
2298 the Ada source program does not provide any information on the desired
2299 casing of the external name, and so a convention is needed. In GNAT the
2300 default treatment is that such names are converted to all lower case
2301 letters. This corresponds to the normal C style in many environments.
2302 The first argument of pragma @code{External_Name_Casing} can be used to
2303 control this treatment. If @code{Uppercase} is specified, then the name
2304 will be forced to all uppercase letters. If @code{Lowercase} is specified,
2305 then the normal default of all lower case letters will be used.
2306
2307 This same implicit treatment is also used in the case of extended DEC Ada 83
2308 compatible Import and Export pragmas where an external name is explicitly
2309 specified using an identifier rather than a string.
2310
2311 @item Explicit external names
2312 Explicit external names are given as string literals. The most common case
2313 arises when a standard Ada Import or Export pragma is used with three
2314 arguments, as in:
2315
2316 @smallexample @c ada
2317 pragma Import (C, C_Routine, "C_routine");
2318 @end smallexample
2319
2320 @noindent
2321 In this case, the string literal normally provides the exact casing required
2322 for the external name. The second argument of pragma
2323 @code{External_Name_Casing} may be used to modify this behavior.
2324 If @code{Uppercase} is specified, then the name
2325 will be forced to all uppercase letters. If @code{Lowercase} is specified,
2326 then the name will be forced to all lowercase letters. A specification of
2327 @code{As_Is} provides the normal default behavior in which the casing is
2328 taken from the string provided.
2329 @end table
2330
2331 @noindent
2332 This pragma may appear anywhere that a pragma is valid. In particular, it
2333 can be used as a configuration pragma in the @file{gnat.adc} file, in which
2334 case it applies to all subsequent compilations, or it can be used as a program
2335 unit pragma, in which case it only applies to the current unit, or it can
2336 be used more locally to control individual Import/Export pragmas.
2337
2338 It is primarily intended for use with OpenVMS systems, where many
2339 compilers convert all symbols to upper case by default. For interfacing to
2340 such compilers (e.g.@: the DEC C compiler), it may be convenient to use
2341 the pragma:
2342
2343 @smallexample @c ada
2344 pragma External_Name_Casing (Uppercase, Uppercase);
2345 @end smallexample
2346
2347 @noindent
2348 to enforce the upper casing of all external symbols.
2349
2350 @node Pragma Fast_Math
2351 @unnumberedsec Pragma Fast_Math
2352 @findex Fast_Math
2353 @noindent
2354 Syntax:
2355
2356 @smallexample @c ada
2357 pragma Fast_Math;
2358 @end smallexample
2359
2360 @noindent
2361 This is a configuration pragma which activates a mode in which speed is
2362 considered more important for floating-point operations than absolutely
2363 accurate adherence to the requirements of the standard. Currently the
2364 following operations are affected:
2365
2366 @table @asis
2367 @item Complex Multiplication
2368 The normal simple formula for complex multiplication can result in intermediate
2369 overflows for numbers near the end of the range. The Ada standard requires that
2370 this situation be detected and corrected by scaling, but in Fast_Math mode such
2371 cases will simply result in overflow. Note that to take advantage of this you
2372 must instantiate your own version of @code{Ada.Numerics.Generic_Complex_Types}
2373 under control of the pragma, rather than use the preinstantiated versions.
2374 @end table
2375
2376 @node Pragma Favor_Top_Level
2377 @unnumberedsec Pragma Favor_Top_Level
2378 @findex Favor_Top_Level
2379 @noindent
2380 Syntax:
2381
2382 @smallexample @c ada
2383 pragma Favor_Top_Level (type_NAME);
2384 @end smallexample
2385
2386 @noindent
2387 The named type must be an access-to-subprogram type. This pragma is an
2388 efficiency hint to the compiler, regarding the use of 'Access or
2389 'Unrestricted_Access on nested (non-library-level) subprograms. The
2390 pragma means that nested subprograms are not used with this type, or
2391 are rare, so that the generated code should be efficient in the
2392 top-level case. When this pragma is used, dynamically generated
2393 trampolines may be used on some targets for nested subprograms.
2394 See also the No_Implicit_Dynamic_Code restriction.
2395
2396 @node Pragma Finalize_Storage_Only
2397 @unnumberedsec Pragma Finalize_Storage_Only
2398 @findex Finalize_Storage_Only
2399 @noindent
2400 Syntax:
2401
2402 @smallexample @c ada
2403 pragma Finalize_Storage_Only (first_subtype_LOCAL_NAME);
2404 @end smallexample
2405
2406 @noindent
2407 This pragma allows the compiler not to emit a Finalize call for objects
2408 defined at the library level. This is mostly useful for types where
2409 finalization is only used to deal with storage reclamation since in most
2410 environments it is not necessary to reclaim memory just before terminating
2411 execution, hence the name.
2412
2413 @node Pragma Float_Representation
2414 @unnumberedsec Pragma Float_Representation
2415 @cindex OpenVMS
2416 @findex Float_Representation
2417 @noindent
2418 Syntax:
2419
2420 @smallexample @c ada
2421 pragma Float_Representation (FLOAT_REP[, float_type_LOCAL_NAME]);
2422
2423 FLOAT_REP ::= VAX_Float | IEEE_Float
2424 @end smallexample
2425
2426 @noindent
2427 In the one argument form, this pragma is a configuration pragma which
2428 allows control over the internal representation chosen for the predefined
2429 floating point types declared in the packages @code{Standard} and
2430 @code{System}. On all systems other than OpenVMS, the argument must
2431 be @code{IEEE_Float} and the pragma has no effect. On OpenVMS, the
2432 argument may be @code{VAX_Float} to specify the use of the VAX float
2433 format for the floating-point types in Standard. This requires that
2434 the standard runtime libraries be recompiled.
2435
2436 The two argument form specifies the representation to be used for
2437 the specified floating-point type. On all systems other than OpenVMS,
2438 the argument must
2439 be @code{IEEE_Float} and the pragma has no effect. On OpenVMS, the
2440 argument may be @code{VAX_Float} to specify the use of the VAX float
2441 format, as follows:
2442
2443 @itemize @bullet
2444 @item
2445 For digits values up to 6, F float format will be used.
2446 @item
2447 For digits values from 7 to 9, G float format will be used.
2448 @item
2449 For digits values from 10 to 15, F float format will be used.
2450 @item
2451 Digits values above 15 are not allowed.
2452 @end itemize
2453
2454 @node Pragma Ident
2455 @unnumberedsec Pragma Ident
2456 @findex Ident
2457 @noindent
2458 Syntax:
2459
2460 @smallexample @c ada
2461 pragma Ident (static_string_EXPRESSION);
2462 @end smallexample
2463
2464 @noindent
2465 This pragma provides a string identification in the generated object file,
2466 if the system supports the concept of this kind of identification string.
2467 This pragma is allowed only in the outermost declarative part or
2468 declarative items of a compilation unit. If more than one @code{Ident}
2469 pragma is given, only the last one processed is effective.
2470 @cindex OpenVMS
2471 On OpenVMS systems, the effect of the pragma is identical to the effect of
2472 the DEC Ada 83 pragma of the same name. Note that in DEC Ada 83, the
2473 maximum allowed length is 31 characters, so if it is important to
2474 maintain compatibility with this compiler, you should obey this length
2475 limit.
2476
2477 @node Pragma Implemented_By_Entry
2478 @unnumberedsec Pragma Implemented_By_Entry
2479 @findex Implemented_By_Entry
2480 @noindent
2481 Syntax:
2482
2483 @smallexample @c ada
2484 pragma Implemented_By_Entry (LOCAL_NAME);
2485 @end smallexample
2486
2487 @noindent
2488 This is a representation pragma which applies to protected, synchronized and
2489 task interface primitives. If the pragma is applied to primitive operation Op
2490 of interface Iface, it is illegal to override Op in a type that implements
2491 Iface, with anything other than an entry.
2492
2493 @smallexample @c ada
2494 type Iface is protected interface;
2495 procedure Do_Something (Object : in out Iface) is abstract;
2496 pragma Implemented_By_Entry (Do_Something);
2497
2498 protected type P is new Iface with
2499 procedure Do_Something; -- Illegal
2500 end P;
2501
2502 task type T is new Iface with
2503 entry Do_Something; -- Legal
2504 end T;
2505 @end smallexample
2506
2507 @noindent
2508 NOTE: The pragma is still in its design stage by the Ada Rapporteur Group. It
2509 is intended to be used in conjunction with dispatching requeue statements as
2510 described in AI05-0030. Should the ARG decide on an official name and syntax,
2511 this pragma will become language-defined rather than GNAT-specific.
2512
2513 @node Pragma Implicit_Packing
2514 @unnumberedsec Pragma Implicit_Packing
2515 @findex Implicit_Packing
2516 @noindent
2517 Syntax:
2518
2519 @smallexample @c ada
2520 pragma Implicit_Packing;
2521 @end smallexample
2522
2523 @noindent
2524 This is a configuration pragma that requests implicit packing for packed
2525 arrays for which a size clause is given but no explicit pragma Pack or
2526 specification of Component_Size is present. It also applies to records
2527 where no record representation clause is present. Consider this example:
2528
2529 @smallexample @c ada
2530 type R is array (0 .. 7) of Boolean;
2531 for R'Size use 8;
2532 @end smallexample
2533
2534 @noindent
2535 In accordance with the recommendation in the RM (RM 13.3(53)), a Size clause
2536 does not change the layout of a composite object. So the Size clause in the
2537 above example is normally rejected, since the default layout of the array uses
2538 8-bit components, and thus the array requires a minimum of 64 bits.
2539
2540 If this declaration is compiled in a region of code covered by an occurrence
2541 of the configuration pragma Implicit_Packing, then the Size clause in this
2542 and similar examples will cause implicit packing and thus be accepted. For
2543 this implicit packing to occur, the type in question must be an array of small
2544 components whose size is known at compile time, and the Size clause must
2545 specify the exact size that corresponds to the length of the array multiplied
2546 by the size in bits of the component type.
2547 @cindex Array packing
2548
2549 Similarly, the following example shows the use in the record case
2550
2551 @smallexample @c ada
2552 type r is record
2553 a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h : boolean;
2554 chr : character;
2555 end record;
2556 for r'size use 16;
2557 @end smallexample
2558
2559 @noindent
2560 Without a pragma Pack, each Boolean field requires 8 bits, so the
2561 minimum size is 72 bits, but with a pragma Pack, 16 bits would be
2562 sufficient. The use of pragma Implciit_Packing allows this record
2563 declaration to compile without an explicit pragma Pack.
2564 @node Pragma Import_Exception
2565 @unnumberedsec Pragma Import_Exception
2566 @cindex OpenVMS
2567 @findex Import_Exception
2568 @noindent
2569 Syntax:
2570
2571 @smallexample @c ada
2572 pragma Import_Exception (
2573 [Internal =>] LOCAL_NAME
2574 [, [External =>] EXTERNAL_SYMBOL]
2575 [, [Form =>] Ada | VMS]
2576 [, [Code =>] static_integer_EXPRESSION]);
2577
2578 EXTERNAL_SYMBOL ::=
2579 IDENTIFIER
2580 | static_string_EXPRESSION
2581 @end smallexample
2582
2583 @noindent
2584 This pragma is implemented only in the OpenVMS implementation of GNAT@.
2585 It allows OpenVMS conditions (for example, from OpenVMS system services or
2586 other OpenVMS languages) to be propagated to Ada programs as Ada exceptions.
2587 The pragma specifies that the exception associated with an exception
2588 declaration in an Ada program be defined externally (in non-Ada code).
2589 For further details on this pragma, see the
2590 DEC Ada Language Reference Manual, section 13.9a.3.1.
2591
2592 @node Pragma Import_Function
2593 @unnumberedsec Pragma Import_Function
2594 @findex Import_Function
2595 @noindent
2596 Syntax:
2597
2598 @smallexample @c ada
2599 pragma Import_Function (
2600 [Internal =>] LOCAL_NAME,
2601 [, [External =>] EXTERNAL_SYMBOL]
2602 [, [Parameter_Types =>] PARAMETER_TYPES]
2603 [, [Result_Type =>] SUBTYPE_MARK]
2604 [, [Mechanism =>] MECHANISM]
2605 [, [Result_Mechanism =>] MECHANISM_NAME]
2606 [, [First_Optional_Parameter =>] IDENTIFIER]);
2607
2608 EXTERNAL_SYMBOL ::=
2609 IDENTIFIER
2610 | static_string_EXPRESSION
2611
2612 PARAMETER_TYPES ::=
2613 null
2614 | TYPE_DESIGNATOR @{, TYPE_DESIGNATOR@}
2615
2616 TYPE_DESIGNATOR ::=
2617 subtype_NAME
2618 | subtype_Name ' Access
2619
2620 MECHANISM ::=
2621 MECHANISM_NAME
2622 | (MECHANISM_ASSOCIATION @{, MECHANISM_ASSOCIATION@})
2623
2624 MECHANISM_ASSOCIATION ::=
2625 [formal_parameter_NAME =>] MECHANISM_NAME
2626
2627 MECHANISM_NAME ::=
2628 Value
2629 | Reference
2630 | Descriptor [([Class =>] CLASS_NAME)]
2631 | Short_Descriptor [([Class =>] CLASS_NAME)]
2632
2633 CLASS_NAME ::= ubs | ubsb | uba | s | sb | a | nca
2634 @end smallexample
2635
2636 @noindent
2637 This pragma is used in conjunction with a pragma @code{Import} to
2638 specify additional information for an imported function. The pragma
2639 @code{Import} (or equivalent pragma @code{Interface}) must precede the
2640 @code{Import_Function} pragma and both must appear in the same
2641 declarative part as the function specification.
2642
2643 The @var{Internal} argument must uniquely designate
2644 the function to which the
2645 pragma applies. If more than one function name exists of this name in
2646 the declarative part you must use the @code{Parameter_Types} and
2647 @var{Result_Type} parameters to achieve the required unique
2648 designation. Subtype marks in these parameters must exactly match the
2649 subtypes in the corresponding function specification, using positional
2650 notation to match parameters with subtype marks.
2651 The form with an @code{'Access} attribute can be used to match an
2652 anonymous access parameter.
2653
2654 You may optionally use the @var{Mechanism} and @var{Result_Mechanism}
2655 parameters to specify passing mechanisms for the
2656 parameters and result. If you specify a single mechanism name, it
2657 applies to all parameters. Otherwise you may specify a mechanism on a
2658 parameter by parameter basis using either positional or named
2659 notation. If the mechanism is not specified, the default mechanism
2660 is used.
2661
2662 @cindex OpenVMS
2663 @cindex Passing by descriptor
2664 Passing by descriptor is supported only on the OpenVMS ports of GNAT@.
2665 The default behavior for Import_Function is to pass a 64bit descriptor
2666 unless short_descriptor is specified, then a 32bit descriptor is passed.
2667
2668 @code{First_Optional_Parameter} applies only to OpenVMS ports of GNAT@.
2669 It specifies that the designated parameter and all following parameters
2670 are optional, meaning that they are not passed at the generated code
2671 level (this is distinct from the notion of optional parameters in Ada
2672 where the parameters are passed anyway with the designated optional
2673 parameters). All optional parameters must be of mode @code{IN} and have
2674 default parameter values that are either known at compile time
2675 expressions, or uses of the @code{'Null_Parameter} attribute.
2676
2677 @node Pragma Import_Object
2678 @unnumberedsec Pragma Import_Object
2679 @findex Import_Object
2680 @noindent
2681 Syntax:
2682
2683 @smallexample @c ada
2684 pragma Import_Object
2685 [Internal =>] LOCAL_NAME
2686 [, [External =>] EXTERNAL_SYMBOL]
2687 [, [Size =>] EXTERNAL_SYMBOL]);
2688
2689 EXTERNAL_SYMBOL ::=
2690 IDENTIFIER
2691 | static_string_EXPRESSION
2692 @end smallexample
2693
2694 @noindent
2695 This pragma designates an object as imported, and apart from the
2696 extended rules for external symbols, is identical in effect to the use of
2697 the normal @code{Import} pragma applied to an object. Unlike the
2698 subprogram case, you need not use a separate @code{Import} pragma,
2699 although you may do so (and probably should do so from a portability
2700 point of view). @var{size} is syntax checked, but otherwise ignored by
2701 GNAT@.
2702
2703 @node Pragma Import_Procedure
2704 @unnumberedsec Pragma Import_Procedure
2705 @findex Import_Procedure
2706 @noindent
2707 Syntax:
2708
2709 @smallexample @c ada
2710 pragma Import_Procedure (
2711 [Internal =>] LOCAL_NAME
2712 [, [External =>] EXTERNAL_SYMBOL]
2713 [, [Parameter_Types =>] PARAMETER_TYPES]
2714 [, [Mechanism =>] MECHANISM]
2715 [, [First_Optional_Parameter =>] IDENTIFIER]);
2716
2717 EXTERNAL_SYMBOL ::=
2718 IDENTIFIER
2719 | static_string_EXPRESSION
2720
2721 PARAMETER_TYPES ::=
2722 null
2723 | TYPE_DESIGNATOR @{, TYPE_DESIGNATOR@}
2724
2725 TYPE_DESIGNATOR ::=
2726 subtype_NAME
2727 | subtype_Name ' Access
2728
2729 MECHANISM ::=
2730 MECHANISM_NAME
2731 | (MECHANISM_ASSOCIATION @{, MECHANISM_ASSOCIATION@})
2732
2733 MECHANISM_ASSOCIATION ::=
2734 [formal_parameter_NAME =>] MECHANISM_NAME
2735
2736 MECHANISM_NAME ::=
2737 Value
2738 | Reference
2739 | Descriptor [([Class =>] CLASS_NAME)]
2740 | Short_Descriptor [([Class =>] CLASS_NAME)]
2741
2742 CLASS_NAME ::= ubs | ubsb | uba | s | sb | a | nca
2743 @end smallexample
2744
2745 @noindent
2746 This pragma is identical to @code{Import_Function} except that it
2747 applies to a procedure rather than a function and the parameters
2748 @code{Result_Type} and @code{Result_Mechanism} are not permitted.
2749
2750 @node Pragma Import_Valued_Procedure
2751 @unnumberedsec Pragma Import_Valued_Procedure
2752 @findex Import_Valued_Procedure
2753 @noindent
2754 Syntax:
2755
2756 @smallexample @c ada
2757 pragma Import_Valued_Procedure (
2758 [Internal =>] LOCAL_NAME
2759 [, [External =>] EXTERNAL_SYMBOL]
2760 [, [Parameter_Types =>] PARAMETER_TYPES]
2761 [, [Mechanism =>] MECHANISM]
2762 [, [First_Optional_Parameter =>] IDENTIFIER]);
2763
2764 EXTERNAL_SYMBOL ::=
2765 IDENTIFIER
2766 | static_string_EXPRESSION
2767
2768 PARAMETER_TYPES ::=
2769 null
2770 | TYPE_DESIGNATOR @{, TYPE_DESIGNATOR@}
2771
2772 TYPE_DESIGNATOR ::=
2773 subtype_NAME
2774 | subtype_Name ' Access
2775
2776 MECHANISM ::=
2777 MECHANISM_NAME
2778 | (MECHANISM_ASSOCIATION @{, MECHANISM_ASSOCIATION@})
2779
2780 MECHANISM_ASSOCIATION ::=
2781 [formal_parameter_NAME =>] MECHANISM_NAME
2782
2783 MECHANISM_NAME ::=
2784 Value
2785 | Reference
2786 | Descriptor [([Class =>] CLASS_NAME)]
2787 | Short_Descriptor [([Class =>] CLASS_NAME)]
2788
2789 CLASS_NAME ::= ubs | ubsb | uba | s | sb | a | nca
2790 @end smallexample
2791
2792 @noindent
2793 This pragma is identical to @code{Import_Procedure} except that the
2794 first parameter of @var{LOCAL_NAME}, which must be present, must be of
2795 mode @code{OUT}, and externally the subprogram is treated as a function
2796 with this parameter as the result of the function. The purpose of this
2797 capability is to allow the use of @code{OUT} and @code{IN OUT}
2798 parameters in interfacing to external functions (which are not permitted
2799 in Ada functions). You may optionally use the @code{Mechanism}
2800 parameters to specify passing mechanisms for the parameters.
2801 If you specify a single mechanism name, it applies to all parameters.
2802 Otherwise you may specify a mechanism on a parameter by parameter
2803 basis using either positional or named notation. If the mechanism is not
2804 specified, the default mechanism is used.
2805
2806 Note that it is important to use this pragma in conjunction with a separate
2807 pragma Import that specifies the desired convention, since otherwise the
2808 default convention is Ada, which is almost certainly not what is required.
2809
2810 @node Pragma Initialize_Scalars
2811 @unnumberedsec Pragma Initialize_Scalars
2812 @findex Initialize_Scalars
2813 @cindex debugging with Initialize_Scalars
2814 @noindent
2815 Syntax:
2816
2817 @smallexample @c ada
2818 pragma Initialize_Scalars;
2819 @end smallexample
2820
2821 @noindent
2822 This pragma is similar to @code{Normalize_Scalars} conceptually but has
2823 two important differences. First, there is no requirement for the pragma
2824 to be used uniformly in all units of a partition, in particular, it is fine
2825 to use this just for some or all of the application units of a partition,
2826 without needing to recompile the run-time library.
2827
2828 In the case where some units are compiled with the pragma, and some without,
2829 then a declaration of a variable where the type is defined in package
2830 Standard or is locally declared will always be subject to initialization,
2831 as will any declaration of a scalar variable. For composite variables,
2832 whether the variable is initialized may also depend on whether the package
2833 in which the type of the variable is declared is compiled with the pragma.
2834
2835 The other important difference is that you can control the value used
2836 for initializing scalar objects. At bind time, you can select several
2837 options for initialization. You can
2838 initialize with invalid values (similar to Normalize_Scalars, though for
2839 Initialize_Scalars it is not always possible to determine the invalid
2840 values in complex cases like signed component fields with non-standard
2841 sizes). You can also initialize with high or
2842 low values, or with a specified bit pattern. See the users guide for binder
2843 options for specifying these cases.
2844
2845 This means that you can compile a program, and then without having to
2846 recompile the program, you can run it with different values being used
2847 for initializing otherwise uninitialized values, to test if your program
2848 behavior depends on the choice. Of course the behavior should not change,
2849 and if it does, then most likely you have an erroneous reference to an
2850 uninitialized value.
2851
2852 It is even possible to change the value at execution time eliminating even
2853 the need to rebind with a different switch using an environment variable.
2854 See the GNAT users guide for details.
2855
2856 Note that pragma @code{Initialize_Scalars} is particularly useful in
2857 conjunction with the enhanced validity checking that is now provided
2858 in GNAT, which checks for invalid values under more conditions.
2859 Using this feature (see description of the @option{-gnatV} flag in the
2860 users guide) in conjunction with pragma @code{Initialize_Scalars}
2861 provides a powerful new tool to assist in the detection of problems
2862 caused by uninitialized variables.
2863
2864 Note: the use of @code{Initialize_Scalars} has a fairly extensive
2865 effect on the generated code. This may cause your code to be
2866 substantially larger. It may also cause an increase in the amount
2867 of stack required, so it is probably a good idea to turn on stack
2868 checking (see description of stack checking in the GNAT users guide)
2869 when using this pragma.
2870
2871 @node Pragma Inline_Always
2872 @unnumberedsec Pragma Inline_Always
2873 @findex Inline_Always
2874 @noindent
2875 Syntax:
2876
2877 @smallexample @c ada
2878 pragma Inline_Always (NAME [, NAME]);
2879 @end smallexample
2880
2881 @noindent
2882 Similar to pragma @code{Inline} except that inlining is not subject to
2883 the use of option @option{-gnatn} and the inlining happens regardless of
2884 whether this option is used.
2885
2886 @node Pragma Inline_Generic
2887 @unnumberedsec Pragma Inline_Generic
2888 @findex Inline_Generic
2889 @noindent
2890 Syntax:
2891
2892 @smallexample @c ada
2893 pragma Inline_Generic (generic_package_NAME);
2894 @end smallexample
2895
2896 @noindent
2897 This is implemented for compatibility with DEC Ada 83 and is recognized,
2898 but otherwise ignored, by GNAT@. All generic instantiations are inlined
2899 by default when using GNAT@.
2900
2901 @node Pragma Interface
2902 @unnumberedsec Pragma Interface
2903 @findex Interface
2904 @noindent
2905 Syntax:
2906
2907 @smallexample @c ada
2908 pragma Interface (
2909 [Convention =>] convention_identifier,
2910 [Entity =>] local_NAME
2911 [, [External_Name =>] static_string_expression]
2912 [, [Link_Name =>] static_string_expression]);
2913 @end smallexample
2914
2915 @noindent
2916 This pragma is identical in syntax and semantics to
2917 the standard Ada pragma @code{Import}. It is provided for compatibility
2918 with Ada 83. The definition is upwards compatible both with pragma
2919 @code{Interface} as defined in the Ada 83 Reference Manual, and also
2920 with some extended implementations of this pragma in certain Ada 83
2921 implementations. The only difference between pragma @code{Interface}
2922 and pragma @code{Import} is that there is special circuitry to allow
2923 both pragmas to appear for the same subprogram entity (normally it
2924 is illegal to have multiple @code{Import} pragmas. This is useful in
2925 maintaining Ada 83/Ada 95 compatibility and is compatible with other
2926 Ada 83 compilers.
2927
2928 @node Pragma Interface_Name
2929 @unnumberedsec Pragma Interface_Name
2930 @findex Interface_Name
2931 @noindent
2932 Syntax:
2933
2934 @smallexample @c ada
2935 pragma Interface_Name (
2936 [Entity =>] LOCAL_NAME
2937 [, [External_Name =>] static_string_EXPRESSION]
2938 [, [Link_Name =>] static_string_EXPRESSION]);
2939 @end smallexample
2940
2941 @noindent
2942 This pragma provides an alternative way of specifying the interface name
2943 for an interfaced subprogram, and is provided for compatibility with Ada
2944 83 compilers that use the pragma for this purpose. You must provide at
2945 least one of @var{External_Name} or @var{Link_Name}.
2946
2947 @node Pragma Interrupt_Handler
2948 @unnumberedsec Pragma Interrupt_Handler
2949 @findex Interrupt_Handler
2950 @noindent
2951 Syntax:
2952
2953 @smallexample @c ada
2954 pragma Interrupt_Handler (procedure_LOCAL_NAME);
2955 @end smallexample
2956
2957 @noindent
2958 This program unit pragma is supported for parameterless protected procedures
2959 as described in Annex C of the Ada Reference Manual. On the AAMP target
2960 the pragma can also be specified for nonprotected parameterless procedures
2961 that are declared at the library level (which includes procedures
2962 declared at the top level of a library package). In the case of AAMP,
2963 when this pragma is applied to a nonprotected procedure, the instruction
2964 @code{IERET} is generated for returns from the procedure, enabling
2965 maskable interrupts, in place of the normal return instruction.
2966
2967 @node Pragma Interrupt_State
2968 @unnumberedsec Pragma Interrupt_State
2969 @findex Interrupt_State
2970 @noindent
2971 Syntax:
2972
2973 @smallexample @c ada
2974 pragma Interrupt_State
2975 ([Name =>] value,
2976 [State =>] SYSTEM | RUNTIME | USER);
2977 @end smallexample
2978
2979 @noindent
2980 Normally certain interrupts are reserved to the implementation. Any attempt
2981 to attach an interrupt causes Program_Error to be raised, as described in
2982 RM C.3.2(22). A typical example is the @code{SIGINT} interrupt used in
2983 many systems for an @kbd{Ctrl-C} interrupt. Normally this interrupt is
2984 reserved to the implementation, so that @kbd{Ctrl-C} can be used to
2985 interrupt execution. Additionally, signals such as @code{SIGSEGV},
2986 @code{SIGABRT}, @code{SIGFPE} and @code{SIGILL} are often mapped to specific
2987 Ada exceptions, or used to implement run-time functions such as the
2988 @code{abort} statement and stack overflow checking.
2989
2990 Pragma @code{Interrupt_State} provides a general mechanism for overriding
2991 such uses of interrupts. It subsumes the functionality of pragma
2992 @code{Unreserve_All_Interrupts}. Pragma @code{Interrupt_State} is not
2993 available on Windows or VMS. On all other platforms than VxWorks,
2994 it applies to signals; on VxWorks, it applies to vectored hardware interrupts
2995 and may be used to mark interrupts required by the board support package
2996 as reserved.
2997
2998 Interrupts can be in one of three states:
2999 @itemize @bullet
3000 @item System
3001
3002 The interrupt is reserved (no Ada handler can be installed), and the
3003 Ada run-time may not install a handler. As a result you are guaranteed
3004 standard system default action if this interrupt is raised.
3005
3006 @item Runtime
3007
3008 The interrupt is reserved (no Ada handler can be installed). The run time
3009 is allowed to install a handler for internal control purposes, but is
3010 not required to do so.
3011
3012 @item User
3013
3014 The interrupt is unreserved. The user may install a handler to provide
3015 some other action.
3016 @end itemize
3017
3018 @noindent
3019 These states are the allowed values of the @code{State} parameter of the
3020 pragma. The @code{Name} parameter is a value of the type
3021 @code{Ada.Interrupts.Interrupt_ID}. Typically, it is a name declared in
3022 @code{Ada.Interrupts.Names}.
3023
3024 This is a configuration pragma, and the binder will check that there
3025 are no inconsistencies between different units in a partition in how a
3026 given interrupt is specified. It may appear anywhere a pragma is legal.
3027
3028 The effect is to move the interrupt to the specified state.
3029
3030 By declaring interrupts to be SYSTEM, you guarantee the standard system
3031 action, such as a core dump.
3032
3033 By declaring interrupts to be USER, you guarantee that you can install
3034 a handler.
3035
3036 Note that certain signals on many operating systems cannot be caught and
3037 handled by applications. In such cases, the pragma is ignored. See the
3038 operating system documentation, or the value of the array @code{Reserved}
3039 declared in the spec of package @code{System.OS_Interface}.
3040
3041 Overriding the default state of signals used by the Ada runtime may interfere
3042 with an application's runtime behavior in the cases of the synchronous signals,
3043 and in the case of the signal used to implement the @code{abort} statement.
3044
3045 @node Pragma Keep_Names
3046 @unnumberedsec Pragma Keep_Names
3047 @findex Keep_Names
3048 @noindent
3049 Syntax:
3050
3051 @smallexample @c ada
3052 pragma Keep_Names ([On =>] enumeration_first_subtype_LOCAL_NAME);
3053 @end smallexample
3054
3055 @noindent
3056 The @var{LOCAL_NAME} argument
3057 must refer to an enumeration first subtype
3058 in the current declarative part. The effect is to retain the enumeration
3059 literal names for use by @code{Image} and @code{Value} even if a global
3060 @code{Discard_Names} pragma applies. This is useful when you want to
3061 generally suppress enumeration literal names and for example you therefore
3062 use a @code{Discard_Names} pragma in the @file{gnat.adc} file, but you
3063 want to retain the names for specific enumeration types.
3064
3065 @node Pragma License
3066 @unnumberedsec Pragma License
3067 @findex License
3068 @cindex License checking
3069 @noindent
3070 Syntax:
3071
3072 @smallexample @c ada
3073 pragma License (Unrestricted | GPL | Modified_GPL | Restricted);
3074 @end smallexample
3075
3076 @noindent
3077 This pragma is provided to allow automated checking for appropriate license
3078 conditions with respect to the standard and modified GPL@. A pragma
3079 @code{License}, which is a configuration pragma that typically appears at
3080 the start of a source file or in a separate @file{gnat.adc} file, specifies
3081 the licensing conditions of a unit as follows:
3082
3083 @itemize @bullet
3084 @item Unrestricted
3085 This is used for a unit that can be freely used with no license restrictions.
3086 Examples of such units are public domain units, and units from the Ada
3087 Reference Manual.
3088
3089 @item GPL
3090 This is used for a unit that is licensed under the unmodified GPL, and which
3091 therefore cannot be @code{with}'ed by a restricted unit.
3092
3093 @item Modified_GPL
3094 This is used for a unit licensed under the GNAT modified GPL that includes
3095 a special exception paragraph that specifically permits the inclusion of
3096 the unit in programs without requiring the entire program to be released
3097 under the GPL@.
3098
3099 @item Restricted
3100 This is used for a unit that is restricted in that it is not permitted to
3101 depend on units that are licensed under the GPL@. Typical examples are
3102 proprietary code that is to be released under more restrictive license
3103 conditions. Note that restricted units are permitted to @code{with} units
3104 which are licensed under the modified GPL (this is the whole point of the
3105 modified GPL).
3106
3107 @end itemize
3108
3109 @noindent
3110 Normally a unit with no @code{License} pragma is considered to have an
3111 unknown license, and no checking is done. However, standard GNAT headers
3112 are recognized, and license information is derived from them as follows.
3113
3114 @itemize @bullet
3115
3116 A GNAT license header starts with a line containing 78 hyphens. The following
3117 comment text is searched for the appearance of any of the following strings.
3118
3119 If the string ``GNU General Public License'' is found, then the unit is assumed
3120 to have GPL license, unless the string ``As a special exception'' follows, in
3121 which case the license is assumed to be modified GPL@.
3122
3123 If one of the strings
3124 ``This specification is adapted from the Ada Semantic Interface'' or
3125 ``This specification is derived from the Ada Reference Manual'' is found
3126 then the unit is assumed to be unrestricted.
3127 @end itemize
3128
3129 @noindent
3130 These default actions means that a program with a restricted license pragma
3131 will automatically get warnings if a GPL unit is inappropriately
3132 @code{with}'ed. For example, the program:
3133
3134 @smallexample @c ada
3135 with Sem_Ch3;
3136 with GNAT.Sockets;
3137 procedure Secret_Stuff is
3138 @dots{}
3139 end Secret_Stuff
3140 @end smallexample
3141
3142 @noindent
3143 if compiled with pragma @code{License} (@code{Restricted}) in a
3144 @file{gnat.adc} file will generate the warning:
3145
3146 @smallexample
3147 1. with Sem_Ch3;
3148 |
3149 >>> license of withed unit "Sem_Ch3" is incompatible
3150
3151 2. with GNAT.Sockets;
3152 3. procedure Secret_Stuff is
3153 @end smallexample
3154
3155 @noindent
3156 Here we get a warning on @code{Sem_Ch3} since it is part of the GNAT
3157 compiler and is licensed under the
3158 GPL, but no warning for @code{GNAT.Sockets} which is part of the GNAT
3159 run time, and is therefore licensed under the modified GPL@.
3160
3161 @node Pragma Link_With
3162 @unnumberedsec Pragma Link_With
3163 @findex Link_With
3164 @noindent
3165 Syntax:
3166
3167 @smallexample @c ada
3168 pragma Link_With (static_string_EXPRESSION @{,static_string_EXPRESSION@});
3169 @end smallexample
3170
3171 @noindent
3172 This pragma is provided for compatibility with certain Ada 83 compilers.
3173 It has exactly the same effect as pragma @code{Linker_Options} except
3174 that spaces occurring within one of the string expressions are treated
3175 as separators. For example, in the following case:
3176
3177 @smallexample @c ada
3178 pragma Link_With ("-labc -ldef");
3179 @end smallexample
3180
3181 @noindent
3182 results in passing the strings @code{-labc} and @code{-ldef} as two
3183 separate arguments to the linker. In addition pragma Link_With allows
3184 multiple arguments, with the same effect as successive pragmas.
3185
3186 @node Pragma Linker_Alias
3187 @unnumberedsec Pragma Linker_Alias
3188 @findex Linker_Alias
3189 @noindent
3190 Syntax:
3191
3192 @smallexample @c ada
3193 pragma Linker_Alias (
3194 [Entity =>] LOCAL_NAME,
3195 [Target =>] static_string_EXPRESSION);
3196 @end smallexample
3197
3198 @noindent
3199 @var{LOCAL_NAME} must refer to an object that is declared at the library
3200 level. This pragma establishes the given entity as a linker alias for the
3201 given target. It is equivalent to @code{__attribute__((alias))} in GNU C
3202 and causes @var{LOCAL_NAME} to be emitted as an alias for the symbol
3203 @var{static_string_EXPRESSION} in the object file, that is to say no space
3204 is reserved for @var{LOCAL_NAME} by the assembler and it will be resolved
3205 to the same address as @var{static_string_EXPRESSION} by the linker.
3206
3207 The actual linker name for the target must be used (e.g.@: the fully
3208 encoded name with qualification in Ada, or the mangled name in C++),
3209 or it must be declared using the C convention with @code{pragma Import}
3210 or @code{pragma Export}.
3211
3212 Not all target machines support this pragma. On some of them it is accepted
3213 only if @code{pragma Weak_External} has been applied to @var{LOCAL_NAME}.
3214
3215 @smallexample @c ada
3216 -- Example of the use of pragma Linker_Alias
3217
3218 package p is
3219 i : Integer := 1;
3220 pragma Export (C, i);
3221
3222 new_name_for_i : Integer;
3223 pragma Linker_Alias (new_name_for_i, "i");
3224 end p;
3225 @end smallexample
3226
3227 @node Pragma Linker_Constructor
3228 @unnumberedsec Pragma Linker_Constructor
3229 @findex Linker_Constructor
3230 @noindent
3231 Syntax:
3232
3233 @smallexample @c ada
3234 pragma Linker_Constructor (procedure_LOCAL_NAME);
3235 @end smallexample
3236
3237 @noindent
3238 @var{procedure_LOCAL_NAME} must refer to a parameterless procedure that
3239 is declared at the library level. A procedure to which this pragma is
3240 applied will be treated as an initialization routine by the linker.
3241 It is equivalent to @code{__attribute__((constructor))} in GNU C and
3242 causes @var{procedure_LOCAL_NAME} to be invoked before the entry point
3243 of the executable is called (or immediately after the shared library is
3244 loaded if the procedure is linked in a shared library), in particular
3245 before the Ada run-time environment is set up.
3246
3247 Because of these specific contexts, the set of operations such a procedure
3248 can perform is very limited and the type of objects it can manipulate is
3249 essentially restricted to the elementary types. In particular, it must only
3250 contain code to which pragma Restrictions (No_Elaboration_Code) applies.
3251
3252 This pragma is used by GNAT to implement auto-initialization of shared Stand
3253 Alone Libraries, which provides a related capability without the restrictions
3254 listed above. Where possible, the use of Stand Alone Libraries is preferable
3255 to the use of this pragma.
3256
3257 @node Pragma Linker_Destructor
3258 @unnumberedsec Pragma Linker_Destructor
3259 @findex Linker_Destructor
3260 @noindent
3261 Syntax:
3262
3263 @smallexample @c ada
3264 pragma Linker_Destructor (procedure_LOCAL_NAME);
3265 @end smallexample
3266
3267 @noindent
3268 @var{procedure_LOCAL_NAME} must refer to a parameterless procedure that
3269 is declared at the library level. A procedure to which this pragma is
3270 applied will be treated as a finalization routine by the linker.
3271 It is equivalent to @code{__attribute__((destructor))} in GNU C and
3272 causes @var{procedure_LOCAL_NAME} to be invoked after the entry point
3273 of the executable has exited (or immediately before the shared library
3274 is unloaded if the procedure is linked in a shared library), in particular
3275 after the Ada run-time environment is shut down.
3276
3277 See @code{pragma Linker_Constructor} for the set of restrictions that apply
3278 because of these specific contexts.
3279
3280 @node Pragma Linker_Section
3281 @unnumberedsec Pragma Linker_Section
3282 @findex Linker_Section
3283 @noindent
3284 Syntax:
3285
3286 @smallexample @c ada
3287 pragma Linker_Section (
3288 [Entity =>] LOCAL_NAME,
3289 [Section =>] static_string_EXPRESSION);
3290 @end smallexample
3291
3292 @noindent
3293 @var{LOCAL_NAME} must refer to an object that is declared at the library
3294 level. This pragma specifies the name of the linker section for the given
3295 entity. It is equivalent to @code{__attribute__((section))} in GNU C and
3296 causes @var{LOCAL_NAME} to be placed in the @var{static_string_EXPRESSION}
3297 section of the executable (assuming the linker doesn't rename the section).
3298
3299 The compiler normally places library-level objects in standard sections
3300 depending on their type: procedures and functions generally go in the
3301 @code{.text} section, initialized variables in the @code{.data} section
3302 and uninitialized variables in the @code{.bss} section.
3303
3304 Other, special sections may exist on given target machines to map special
3305 hardware, for example I/O ports or flash memory. This pragma is a means to
3306 defer the final layout of the executable to the linker, thus fully working
3307 at the symbolic level with the compiler.
3308
3309 Some file formats do not support arbitrary sections so not all target
3310 machines support this pragma. The use of this pragma may cause a program
3311 execution to be erroneous if it is used to place an entity into an
3312 inappropriate section (e.g.@: a modified variable into the @code{.text}
3313 section). See also @code{pragma Persistent_BSS}.
3314
3315 @smallexample @c ada
3316 -- Example of the use of pragma Linker_Section
3317
3318 package IO_Card is
3319 Port_A : Integer;
3320 pragma Volatile (Port_A);
3321 pragma Linker_Section (Port_A, ".bss.port_a");
3322
3323 Port_B : Integer;
3324 pragma Volatile (Port_B);
3325 pragma Linker_Section (Port_B, ".bss.port_b");
3326 end IO_Card;
3327 @end smallexample
3328
3329 @node Pragma Long_Float
3330 @unnumberedsec Pragma Long_Float
3331 @cindex OpenVMS
3332 @findex Long_Float
3333 @noindent
3334 Syntax:
3335
3336 @smallexample @c ada
3337 pragma Long_Float (FLOAT_FORMAT);
3338
3339 FLOAT_FORMAT ::= D_Float | G_Float
3340 @end smallexample
3341
3342 @noindent
3343 This pragma is implemented only in the OpenVMS implementation of GNAT@.
3344 It allows control over the internal representation chosen for the predefined
3345 type @code{Long_Float} and for floating point type representations with
3346 @code{digits} specified in the range 7 through 15.
3347 For further details on this pragma, see the
3348 @cite{DEC Ada Language Reference Manual}, section 3.5.7b. Note that to use
3349 this pragma, the standard runtime libraries must be recompiled.
3350
3351 @node Pragma Machine_Attribute
3352 @unnumberedsec Pragma Machine_Attribute
3353 @findex Machine_Attribute
3354 @noindent
3355 Syntax:
3356
3357 @smallexample @c ada
3358 pragma Machine_Attribute (
3359 [Entity =>] LOCAL_NAME,
3360 [Attribute_Name =>] static_string_EXPRESSION
3361 [, [Info =>] static_EXPRESSION] );
3362 @end smallexample
3363
3364 @noindent
3365 Machine-dependent attributes can be specified for types and/or
3366 declarations. This pragma is semantically equivalent to
3367 @code{__attribute__((@var{attribute_name}))} (if @var{info} is not
3368 specified) or @code{__attribute__((@var{attribute_name}(@var{info})))}
3369 in GNU C, where @code{@var{attribute_name}} is recognized by the
3370 compiler middle-end or the @code{TARGET_ATTRIBUTE_TABLE} machine
3371 specific macro. A string literal for the optional parameter @var{info}
3372 is transformed into an identifier, which may make this pragma unusable
3373 for some attributes. @xref{Target Attributes,, Defining target-specific
3374 uses of @code{__attribute__}, gccint, GNU Compiler Collection (GCC)
3375 Internals}, further information.
3376
3377 @node Pragma Main
3378 @unnumberedsec Pragma Main
3379 @cindex OpenVMS
3380 @findex Main
3381 @noindent
3382 Syntax:
3383
3384 @smallexample @c ada
3385 pragma Main
3386 (MAIN_OPTION [, MAIN_OPTION]);
3387
3388 MAIN_OPTION ::=
3389 [Stack_Size =>] static_integer_EXPRESSION
3390 | [Task_Stack_Size_Default =>] static_integer_EXPRESSION
3391 | [Time_Slicing_Enabled =>] static_boolean_EXPRESSION
3392 @end smallexample
3393
3394 @noindent
3395 This pragma is provided for compatibility with OpenVMS VAX Systems. It has
3396 no effect in GNAT, other than being syntax checked.
3397
3398 @node Pragma Main_Storage
3399 @unnumberedsec Pragma Main_Storage
3400 @cindex OpenVMS
3401 @findex Main_Storage
3402 @noindent
3403 Syntax:
3404
3405 @smallexample @c ada
3406 pragma Main_Storage
3407 (MAIN_STORAGE_OPTION [, MAIN_STORAGE_OPTION]);
3408
3409 MAIN_STORAGE_OPTION ::=
3410 [WORKING_STORAGE =>] static_SIMPLE_EXPRESSION
3411 | [TOP_GUARD =>] static_SIMPLE_EXPRESSION
3412 @end smallexample
3413
3414 @noindent
3415 This pragma is provided for compatibility with OpenVMS VAX Systems. It has
3416 no effect in GNAT, other than being syntax checked. Note that the pragma
3417 also has no effect in DEC Ada 83 for OpenVMS Alpha Systems.
3418
3419 @node Pragma No_Body
3420 @unnumberedsec Pragma No_Body
3421 @findex No_Body
3422 @noindent
3423 Syntax:
3424
3425 @smallexample @c ada
3426 pragma No_Body;
3427 @end smallexample
3428
3429 @noindent
3430 There are a number of cases in which a package spec does not require a body,
3431 and in fact a body is not permitted. GNAT will not permit the spec to be
3432 compiled if there is a body around. The pragma No_Body allows you to provide
3433 a body file, even in a case where no body is allowed. The body file must
3434 contain only comments and a single No_Body pragma. This is recognized by
3435 the compiler as indicating that no body is logically present.
3436
3437 This is particularly useful during maintenance when a package is modified in
3438 such a way that a body needed before is no longer needed. The provision of a
3439 dummy body with a No_Body pragma ensures that there is no interference from
3440 earlier versions of the package body.
3441
3442 @node Pragma No_Return
3443 @unnumberedsec Pragma No_Return
3444 @findex No_Return
3445 @noindent
3446 Syntax:
3447
3448 @smallexample @c ada
3449 pragma No_Return (procedure_LOCAL_NAME @{, procedure_LOCAL_NAME@});
3450 @end smallexample
3451
3452 @noindent
3453 Each @var{procedure_LOCAL_NAME} argument must refer to one or more procedure
3454 declarations in the current declarative part. A procedure to which this
3455 pragma is applied may not contain any explicit @code{return} statements.
3456 In addition, if the procedure contains any implicit returns from falling
3457 off the end of a statement sequence, then execution of that implicit
3458 return will cause Program_Error to be raised.
3459
3460 One use of this pragma is to identify procedures whose only purpose is to raise
3461 an exception. Another use of this pragma is to suppress incorrect warnings
3462 about missing returns in functions, where the last statement of a function
3463 statement sequence is a call to such a procedure.
3464
3465 Note that in Ada 2005 mode, this pragma is part of the language, and is
3466 identical in effect to the pragma as implemented in Ada 95 mode.
3467
3468 @node Pragma No_Strict_Aliasing
3469 @unnumberedsec Pragma No_Strict_Aliasing
3470 @findex No_Strict_Aliasing
3471 @noindent
3472 Syntax:
3473
3474 @smallexample @c ada
3475 pragma No_Strict_Aliasing [([Entity =>] type_LOCAL_NAME)];
3476 @end smallexample
3477
3478 @noindent
3479 @var{type_LOCAL_NAME} must refer to an access type
3480 declaration in the current declarative part. The effect is to inhibit
3481 strict aliasing optimization for the given type. The form with no
3482 arguments is a configuration pragma which applies to all access types
3483 declared in units to which the pragma applies. For a detailed
3484 description of the strict aliasing optimization, and the situations
3485 in which it must be suppressed, see @ref{Optimization and Strict
3486 Aliasing,,, gnat_ugn, @value{EDITION} User's Guide}.
3487
3488 @node Pragma Normalize_Scalars
3489 @unnumberedsec Pragma Normalize_Scalars
3490 @findex Normalize_Scalars
3491 @noindent
3492 Syntax:
3493
3494 @smallexample @c ada
3495 pragma Normalize_Scalars;
3496 @end smallexample
3497
3498 @noindent
3499 This is a language defined pragma which is fully implemented in GNAT@. The
3500 effect is to cause all scalar objects that are not otherwise initialized
3501 to be initialized. The initial values are implementation dependent and
3502 are as follows:
3503
3504 @table @code
3505 @item Standard.Character
3506 @noindent
3507 Objects whose root type is Standard.Character are initialized to
3508 Character'Last unless the subtype range excludes NUL (in which case
3509 NUL is used). This choice will always generate an invalid value if
3510 one exists.
3511
3512 @item Standard.Wide_Character
3513 @noindent
3514 Objects whose root type is Standard.Wide_Character are initialized to
3515 Wide_Character'Last unless the subtype range excludes NUL (in which case
3516 NUL is used). This choice will always generate an invalid value if
3517 one exists.
3518
3519 @item Standard.Wide_Wide_Character
3520 @noindent
3521 Objects whose root type is Standard.Wide_Wide_Character are initialized to
3522 the invalid value 16#FFFF_FFFF# unless the subtype range excludes NUL (in
3523 which case NUL is used). This choice will always generate an invalid value if
3524 one exists.
3525
3526 @item Integer types
3527 @noindent
3528 Objects of an integer type are treated differently depending on whether
3529 negative values are present in the subtype. If no negative values are
3530 present, then all one bits is used as the initial value except in the
3531 special case where zero is excluded from the subtype, in which case
3532 all zero bits are used. This choice will always generate an invalid
3533 value if one exists.
3534
3535 For subtypes with negative values present, the largest negative number
3536 is used, except in the unusual case where this largest negative number
3537 is in the subtype, and the largest positive number is not, in which case
3538 the largest positive value is used. This choice will always generate
3539 an invalid value if one exists.
3540
3541 @item Floating-Point Types
3542 Objects of all floating-point types are initialized to all 1-bits. For
3543 standard IEEE format, this corresponds to a NaN (not a number) which is
3544 indeed an invalid value.
3545
3546 @item Fixed-Point Types
3547 Objects of all fixed-point types are treated as described above for integers,
3548 with the rules applying to the underlying integer value used to represent
3549 the fixed-point value.
3550
3551 @item Modular types
3552 Objects of a modular type are initialized to all one bits, except in
3553 the special case where zero is excluded from the subtype, in which
3554 case all zero bits are used. This choice will always generate an
3555 invalid value if one exists.
3556
3557 @item Enumeration types
3558 Objects of an enumeration type are initialized to all one-bits, i.e.@: to
3559 the value @code{2 ** typ'Size - 1} unless the subtype excludes the literal
3560 whose Pos value is zero, in which case a code of zero is used. This choice
3561 will always generate an invalid value if one exists.
3562
3563 @end table
3564
3565 @node Pragma Obsolescent
3566 @unnumberedsec Pragma Obsolescent
3567 @findex Obsolescent
3568 @noindent
3569 Syntax:
3570
3571 @smallexample @c ada
3572 pragma Obsolescent;
3573
3574 pragma Obsolescent (
3575 [Message =>] static_string_EXPRESSION
3576 [,[Version =>] Ada_05]]);
3577
3578 pragma Obsolescent (
3579 [Entity =>] NAME
3580 [,[Message =>] static_string_EXPRESSION
3581 [,[Version =>] Ada_05]] );
3582 @end smallexample
3583
3584 @noindent
3585 This pragma can occur immediately following a declaration of an entity,
3586 including the case of a record component. If no Entity argument is present,
3587 then this declaration is the one to which the pragma applies. If an Entity
3588 parameter is present, it must either match the name of the entity in this
3589 declaration, or alternatively, the pragma can immediately follow an enumeration
3590 type declaration, where the Entity argument names one of the enumeration
3591 literals.
3592
3593 This pragma is used to indicate that the named entity
3594 is considered obsolescent and should not be used. Typically this is
3595 used when an API must be modified by eventually removing or modifying
3596 existing subprograms or other entities. The pragma can be used at an
3597 intermediate stage when the entity is still present, but will be
3598 removed later.
3599
3600 The effect of this pragma is to output a warning message on a reference to
3601 an entity thus marked that the subprogram is obsolescent if the appropriate
3602 warning option in the compiler is activated. If the Message parameter is
3603 present, then a second warning message is given containing this text. In
3604 addition, a reference to the eneity is considered to be a violation of pragma
3605 Restrictions (No_Obsolescent_Features).
3606
3607 This pragma can also be used as a program unit pragma for a package,
3608 in which case the entity name is the name of the package, and the
3609 pragma indicates that the entire package is considered
3610 obsolescent. In this case a client @code{with}'ing such a package
3611 violates the restriction, and the @code{with} statement is
3612 flagged with warnings if the warning option is set.
3613
3614 If the Version parameter is present (which must be exactly
3615 the identifier Ada_05, no other argument is allowed), then the
3616 indication of obsolescence applies only when compiling in Ada 2005
3617 mode. This is primarily intended for dealing with the situations
3618 in the predefined library where subprograms or packages
3619 have become defined as obsolescent in Ada 2005
3620 (e.g.@: in Ada.Characters.Handling), but may be used anywhere.
3621
3622 The following examples show typical uses of this pragma:
3623
3624 @smallexample @c ada
3625 package p is
3626 pragma Obsolescent (p, Message => "use pp instead of p");
3627 end p;
3628
3629 package q is
3630 procedure q2;
3631 pragma Obsolescent ("use q2new instead");
3632
3633 type R is new integer;
3634 pragma Obsolescent
3635 (Entity => R,
3636 Message => "use RR in Ada 2005",
3637 Version => Ada_05);
3638
3639 type M is record
3640 F1 : Integer;
3641 F2 : Integer;
3642 pragma Obsolescent;
3643 F3 : Integer;
3644 end record;
3645
3646 type E is (a, bc, 'd', quack);
3647 pragma Obsolescent (Entity => bc)
3648 pragma Obsolescent (Entity => 'd')
3649
3650 function "+"
3651 (a, b : character) return character;
3652 pragma Obsolescent (Entity => "+");
3653 end;
3654 @end smallexample
3655
3656 @noindent
3657 Note that, as for all pragmas, if you use a pragma argument identifier,
3658 then all subsequent parameters must also use a pragma argument identifier.
3659 So if you specify "Entity =>" for the Entity argument, and a Message
3660 argument is present, it must be preceded by "Message =>".
3661
3662 @node Pragma Optimize_Alignment
3663 @unnumberedsec Pragma Optimize_Alignment
3664 @findex Optimize_Alignment
3665 @cindex Alignment, default settings
3666 @noindent
3667 Syntax:
3668
3669 @smallexample @c ada
3670 pragma Optimize_Alignment (TIME | SPACE | OFF);
3671 @end smallexample
3672
3673 @noindent
3674 This is a configuration pragma which affects the choice of default alignments
3675 for types where no alignment is explicitly specified. There is a time/space
3676 trade-off in the selection of these values. Large alignments result in more
3677 efficient code, at the expense of larger data space, since sizes have to be
3678 increased to match these alignments. Smaller alignments save space, but the
3679 access code is slower. The normal choice of default alignments (which is what
3680 you get if you do not use this pragma, or if you use an argument of OFF),
3681 tries to balance these two requirements.
3682
3683 Specifying SPACE causes smaller default alignments to be chosen in two cases.
3684 First any packed record is given an alignment of 1. Second, if a size is given
3685 for the type, then the alignment is chosen to avoid increasing this size. For
3686 example, consider:
3687
3688 @smallexample @c ada
3689 type R is record
3690 X : Integer;
3691 Y : Character;
3692 end record;
3693
3694 for R'Size use 5*8;
3695 @end smallexample
3696
3697 @noindent
3698 In the default mode, this type gets an alignment of 4, so that access to the
3699 Integer field X are efficient. But this means that objects of the type end up
3700 with a size of 8 bytes. This is a valid choice, since sizes of objects are
3701 allowed to be bigger than the size of the type, but it can waste space if for
3702 example fields of type R appear in an enclosing record. If the above type is
3703 compiled in @code{Optimize_Alignment (Space)} mode, the alignment is set to 1.
3704
3705 Specifying TIME causes larger default alignments to be chosen in the case of
3706 small types with sizes that are not a power of 2. For example, consider:
3707
3708 @smallexample @c ada
3709 type R is record
3710 A : Character;
3711 B : Character;
3712 C : Boolean;
3713 end record;
3714
3715 pragma Pack (R);
3716 for R'Size use 17;
3717 @end smallexample
3718
3719 @noindent
3720 The default alignment for this record is normally 1, but if this type is
3721 compiled in @code{Optimize_Alignment (Time)} mode, then the alignment is set
3722 to 4, which wastes space for objects of the type, since they are now 4 bytes
3723 long, but results in more efficient access when the whole record is referenced.
3724
3725 As noted above, this is a configuration pragma, and there is a requirement
3726 that all units in a partition be compiled with a consistent setting of the
3727 optimization setting. This would normally be achieved by use of a configuration
3728 pragma file containing the appropriate setting. The exception to this rule is
3729 that units with an explicit configuration pragma in the same file as the source
3730 unit are excluded from the consistency check, as are all predefined units. The
3731 latter are compiled by default in pragma Optimize_Alignment (Off) mode if no
3732 pragma appears at the start of the file.
3733
3734 @node Pragma Ordered
3735 @unnumberedsec Pragma Ordered
3736 @findex Ordered
3737 @findex pragma @code{Ordered}
3738 @noindent
3739 Syntax:
3740
3741 @smallexample @c ada
3742 pragma Ordered (enumeration_first_subtype_LOCAL_NAME);
3743 @end smallexample
3744
3745 @noindent
3746 Most enumeration types are from a conceptual point of view unordered.
3747 For example, consider:
3748
3749 @smallexample @c ada
3750 type Color is (Red, Blue, Green, Yellow);
3751 @end smallexample
3752
3753 @noindent
3754 By Ada semantics @code{Blue > Red} and @code{Green > Blue},
3755 but really these relations make no sense; the enumeration type merely
3756 specifies a set of possible colors, and the order is unimportant.
3757
3758 For unordered enumeration types, it is generally a good idea if
3759 clients avoid comparisons (other than equality or inequality) and
3760 explicit ranges. (A @emph{client} is a unit where the type is referenced,
3761 other than the unit where the type is declared, its body, and its subunits.)
3762 For example, if code buried in some client says:
3763
3764 @smallexample @c ada
3765 if Current_Color < Yellow then ...
3766 if Current_Color in Blue .. Green then ...
3767 @end smallexample
3768
3769 @noindent
3770 then the client code is relying on the order, which is undesirable.
3771 It makes the code hard to read and creates maintenance difficulties if
3772 entries have to be added to the enumeration type. Instead,
3773 the code in the client should list the possibilities, or an
3774 appropriate subtype should be declared in the unit that declares
3775 the original enumeration type. E.g., the following subtype could
3776 be declared along with the type @code{Color}:
3777
3778 @smallexample @c ada
3779 subtype RBG is Color range Red .. Green;
3780 @end smallexample
3781
3782 @noindent
3783 and then the client could write:
3784
3785 @smallexample @c ada
3786 if Current_Color in RBG then ...
3787 if Current_Color = Blue or Current_Color = Green then ...
3788 @end smallexample
3789
3790 @noindent
3791 However, some enumeration types are legitimately ordered from a conceptual
3792 point of view. For example, if you declare:
3793
3794 @smallexample @c ada
3795 type Day is (Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun);
3796 @end smallexample
3797
3798 @noindent
3799 then the ordering imposed by the language is reasonable, and
3800 clients can depend on it, writing for example:
3801
3802 @smallexample @c ada
3803 if D in Mon .. Fri then ...
3804 if D < Wed then ...
3805 @end smallexample
3806
3807 @noindent
3808 The pragma @option{Ordered} is provided to mark enumeration types that
3809 are conceptually ordered, alerting the reader that clients may depend
3810 on the ordering. GNAT provides a pragma to mark enumerations as ordered
3811 rather than one to mark them as unordered, since in our experience,
3812 the great majority of enumeration types are conceptually unordered.
3813
3814 The types @code{Boolean}, @code{Character}, @code{Wide_Character},
3815 and @code{Wide_Wide_Character}
3816 are considered to be ordered types, so each is declared with a
3817 pragma @code{Ordered} in package @code{Standard}.
3818
3819 Normally pragma @code{Ordered} serves only as documentation and a guide for
3820 coding standards, but GNAT provides a warning switch @option{-gnatw.u} that
3821 requests warnings for inappropriate uses (comparisons and explicit
3822 subranges) for unordered types. If this switch is used, then any
3823 enumeration type not marked with pragma @code{Ordered} will be considered
3824 as unordered, and will generate warnings for inappropriate uses.
3825
3826 For additional information please refer to the description of the
3827 @option{-gnatw.u} switch in the @value{EDITION} User's Guide.
3828
3829 @node Pragma Passive
3830 @unnumberedsec Pragma Passive
3831 @findex Passive
3832 @noindent
3833 Syntax:
3834
3835 @smallexample @c ada
3836 pragma Passive [(Semaphore | No)];
3837 @end smallexample
3838
3839 @noindent
3840 Syntax checked, but otherwise ignored by GNAT@. This is recognized for
3841 compatibility with DEC Ada 83 implementations, where it is used within a
3842 task definition to request that a task be made passive. If the argument
3843 @code{Semaphore} is present, or the argument is omitted, then DEC Ada 83
3844 treats the pragma as an assertion that the containing task is passive
3845 and that optimization of context switch with this task is permitted and
3846 desired. If the argument @code{No} is present, the task must not be
3847 optimized. GNAT does not attempt to optimize any tasks in this manner
3848 (since protected objects are available in place of passive tasks).
3849
3850 @node Pragma Persistent_BSS
3851 @unnumberedsec Pragma Persistent_BSS
3852 @findex Persistent_BSS
3853 @noindent
3854 Syntax:
3855
3856 @smallexample @c ada
3857 pragma Persistent_BSS [(LOCAL_NAME)]
3858 @end smallexample
3859
3860 @noindent
3861 This pragma allows selected objects to be placed in the @code{.persistent_bss}
3862 section. On some targets the linker and loader provide for special
3863 treatment of this section, allowing a program to be reloaded without
3864 affecting the contents of this data (hence the name persistent).
3865
3866 There are two forms of usage. If an argument is given, it must be the
3867 local name of a library level object, with no explicit initialization
3868 and whose type is potentially persistent. If no argument is given, then
3869 the pragma is a configuration pragma, and applies to all library level
3870 objects with no explicit initialization of potentially persistent types.
3871
3872 A potentially persistent type is a scalar type, or a non-tagged,
3873 non-discriminated record, all of whose components have no explicit
3874 initialization and are themselves of a potentially persistent type,
3875 or an array, all of whose constraints are static, and whose component
3876 type is potentially persistent.
3877
3878 If this pragma is used on a target where this feature is not supported,
3879 then the pragma will be ignored. See also @code{pragma Linker_Section}.
3880
3881 @node Pragma Polling
3882 @unnumberedsec Pragma Polling
3883 @findex Polling
3884 @noindent
3885 Syntax:
3886
3887 @smallexample @c ada
3888 pragma Polling (ON | OFF);
3889 @end smallexample
3890
3891 @noindent
3892 This pragma controls the generation of polling code. This is normally off.
3893 If @code{pragma Polling (ON)} is used then periodic calls are generated to
3894 the routine @code{Ada.Exceptions.Poll}. This routine is a separate unit in the
3895 runtime library, and can be found in file @file{a-excpol.adb}.
3896
3897 Pragma @code{Polling} can appear as a configuration pragma (for example it
3898 can be placed in the @file{gnat.adc} file) to enable polling globally, or it
3899 can be used in the statement or declaration sequence to control polling
3900 more locally.
3901
3902 A call to the polling routine is generated at the start of every loop and
3903 at the start of every subprogram call. This guarantees that the @code{Poll}
3904 routine is called frequently, and places an upper bound (determined by
3905 the complexity of the code) on the period between two @code{Poll} calls.
3906
3907 The primary purpose of the polling interface is to enable asynchronous
3908 aborts on targets that cannot otherwise support it (for example Windows
3909 NT), but it may be used for any other purpose requiring periodic polling.
3910 The standard version is null, and can be replaced by a user program. This
3911 will require re-compilation of the @code{Ada.Exceptions} package that can
3912 be found in files @file{a-except.ads} and @file{a-except.adb}.
3913
3914 A standard alternative unit (in file @file{4wexcpol.adb} in the standard GNAT
3915 distribution) is used to enable the asynchronous abort capability on
3916 targets that do not normally support the capability. The version of
3917 @code{Poll} in this file makes a call to the appropriate runtime routine
3918 to test for an abort condition.
3919
3920 Note that polling can also be enabled by use of the @option{-gnatP} switch.
3921 @xref{Switches for gcc,,, gnat_ugn, @value{EDITION} User's Guide}, for
3922 details.
3923
3924 @node Pragma Postcondition
3925 @unnumberedsec Pragma Postcondition
3926 @cindex Postconditions
3927 @cindex Checks, postconditions
3928 @findex Postconditions
3929 @noindent
3930 Syntax:
3931
3932 @smallexample @c ada
3933 pragma Postcondition (
3934 [Check =>] Boolean_Expression
3935 [,[Message =>] String_Expression]);
3936 @end smallexample
3937
3938 @noindent
3939 The @code{Postcondition} pragma allows specification of automatic
3940 postcondition checks for subprograms. These checks are similar to
3941 assertions, but are automatically inserted just prior to the return
3942 statements of the subprogram with which they are associated (including
3943 implicit returns at the end of procedure bodies and associated
3944 exception handlers).
3945
3946 In addition, the boolean expression which is the condition which
3947 must be true may contain references to function'Result in the case
3948 of a function to refer to the returned value.
3949
3950 @code{Postcondition} pragmas may appear either immediate following the
3951 (separate) declaration of a subprogram, or at the start of the
3952 declarations of a subprogram body. Only other pragmas may intervene
3953 (that is appear between the subprogram declaration and its
3954 postconditions, or appear before the postcondition in the
3955 declaration sequence in a subprogram body). In the case of a
3956 postcondition appearing after a subprogram declaration, the
3957 formal arguments of the subprogram are visible, and can be
3958 referenced in the postcondition expressions.
3959
3960 The postconditions are collected and automatically tested just
3961 before any return (implicit or explicit) in the subprogram body.
3962 A postcondition is only recognized if postconditions are active
3963 at the time the pragma is encountered. The compiler switch @option{gnata}
3964 turns on all postconditions by default, and pragma @code{Check_Policy}
3965 with an identifier of @code{Postcondition} can also be used to
3966 control whether postconditions are active.
3967
3968 The general approach is that postconditions are placed in the spec
3969 if they represent functional aspects which make sense to the client.
3970 For example we might have:
3971
3972 @smallexample @c ada
3973 function Direction return Integer;
3974 pragma Postcondition
3975 (Direction'Result = +1
3976 or else
3977 Direction'Result = -1);
3978 @end smallexample
3979
3980 @noindent
3981 which serves to document that the result must be +1 or -1, and
3982 will test that this is the case at run time if postcondition
3983 checking is active.
3984
3985 Postconditions within the subprogram body can be used to
3986 check that some internal aspect of the implementation,
3987 not visible to the client, is operating as expected.
3988 For instance if a square root routine keeps an internal
3989 counter of the number of times it is called, then we
3990 might have the following postcondition:
3991
3992 @smallexample @c ada
3993 Sqrt_Calls : Natural := 0;
3994
3995 function Sqrt (Arg : Float) return Float is
3996 pragma Postcondition
3997 (Sqrt_Calls = Sqrt_Calls'Old + 1);
3998 ...
3999 end Sqrt
4000 @end smallexample
4001
4002 @noindent
4003 As this example, shows, the use of the @code{Old} attribute
4004 is often useful in postconditions to refer to the state on
4005 entry to the subprogram.
4006
4007 Note that postconditions are only checked on normal returns
4008 from the subprogram. If an abnormal return results from
4009 raising an exception, then the postconditions are not checked.
4010
4011 If a postcondition fails, then the exception
4012 @code{System.Assertions.Assert_Failure} is raised. If
4013 a message argument was supplied, then the given string
4014 will be used as the exception message. If no message
4015 argument was supplied, then the default message has
4016 the form "Postcondition failed at file:line". The
4017 exception is raised in the context of the subprogram
4018 body, so it is possible to catch postcondition failures
4019 within the subprogram body itself.
4020
4021 Within a package spec, normal visibility rules
4022 in Ada would prevent forward references within a
4023 postcondition pragma to functions defined later in
4024 the same package. This would introduce undesirable
4025 ordering constraints. To avoid this problem, all
4026 postcondition pragmas are analyzed at the end of
4027 the package spec, allowing forward references.
4028
4029 The following example shows that this even allows
4030 mutually recursive postconditions as in:
4031
4032 @smallexample @c ada
4033 package Parity_Functions is
4034 function Odd (X : Natural) return Boolean;
4035 pragma Postcondition
4036 (Odd'Result =
4037 (x = 1
4038 or else
4039 (x /= 0 and then Even (X - 1))));
4040
4041 function Even (X : Natural) return Boolean;
4042 pragma Postcondition
4043 (Even'Result =
4044 (x = 0
4045 or else
4046 (x /= 1 and then Odd (X - 1))));
4047
4048 end Parity_Functions;
4049 @end smallexample
4050
4051 @noindent
4052 There are no restrictions on the complexity or form of
4053 conditions used within @code{Postcondition} pragmas.
4054 The following example shows that it is even possible
4055 to verify performance behavior.
4056
4057 @smallexample @c ada
4058 package Sort is
4059
4060 Performance : constant Float;
4061 -- Performance constant set by implementation
4062 -- to match target architecture behavior.
4063
4064 procedure Treesort (Arg : String);
4065 -- Sorts characters of argument using N*logN sort
4066 pragma Postcondition
4067 (Float (Clock - Clock'Old) <=
4068 Float (Arg'Length) *
4069 log (Float (Arg'Length)) *
4070 Performance);
4071 end Sort;
4072 @end smallexample
4073
4074 @noindent
4075 Note: postcondition pragmas associated with subprograms that are
4076 marked as Inline_Always, or those marked as Inline with front-end
4077 inlining (-gnatN option set) are accepted and legality-checked
4078 by the compiler, but are ignored at run-time even if postcondition
4079 checking is enabled.
4080
4081 @node Pragma Precondition
4082 @unnumberedsec Pragma Precondition
4083 @cindex Preconditions
4084 @cindex Checks, preconditions
4085 @findex Preconditions
4086 @noindent
4087 Syntax:
4088
4089 @smallexample @c ada
4090 pragma Precondition (
4091 [Check =>] Boolean_Expression
4092 [,[Message =>] String_Expression]);
4093 @end smallexample
4094
4095 @noindent
4096 The @code{Precondition} pragma is similar to @code{Postcondition}
4097 except that the corresponding checks take place immediately upon
4098 entry to the subprogram, and if a precondition fails, the exception
4099 is raised in the context of the caller, and the attribute 'Result
4100 cannot be used within the precondition expression.
4101
4102 Otherwise, the placement and visibility rules are identical to those
4103 described for postconditions. The following is an example of use
4104 within a package spec:
4105
4106 @smallexample @c ada
4107 package Math_Functions is
4108 ...
4109 function Sqrt (Arg : Float) return Float;
4110 pragma Precondition (Arg >= 0.0)
4111 ...
4112 end Math_Functions;
4113 @end smallexample
4114
4115 @noindent
4116 @code{Precondition} pragmas may appear either immediate following the
4117 (separate) declaration of a subprogram, or at the start of the
4118 declarations of a subprogram body. Only other pragmas may intervene
4119 (that is appear between the subprogram declaration and its
4120 postconditions, or appear before the postcondition in the
4121 declaration sequence in a subprogram body).
4122
4123 Note: postcondition pragmas associated with subprograms that are
4124 marked as Inline_Always, or those marked as Inline with front-end
4125 inlining (-gnatN option set) are accepted and legality-checked
4126 by the compiler, but are ignored at run-time even if postcondition
4127 checking is enabled.
4128
4129 @node Pragma Profile (Ravenscar)
4130 @unnumberedsec Pragma Profile (Ravenscar)
4131 @findex Ravenscar
4132 @noindent
4133 Syntax:
4134
4135 @smallexample @c ada
4136 pragma Profile (Ravenscar);
4137 @end smallexample
4138
4139 @noindent
4140 A configuration pragma that establishes the following set of configuration
4141 pragmas:
4142
4143 @table @code
4144 @item Task_Dispatching_Policy (FIFO_Within_Priorities)
4145 [RM D.2.2] Tasks are dispatched following a preemptive
4146 priority-ordered scheduling policy.
4147
4148 @item Locking_Policy (Ceiling_Locking)
4149 [RM D.3] While tasks and interrupts execute a protected action, they inherit
4150 the ceiling priority of the corresponding protected object.
4151 @c
4152 @c @item Detect_Blocking
4153 @c This pragma forces the detection of potentially blocking operations within a
4154 @c protected operation, and to raise Program_Error if that happens.
4155 @end table
4156 @noindent
4157
4158 plus the following set of restrictions:
4159
4160 @table @code
4161 @item Max_Entry_Queue_Length = 1
4162 Defines the maximum number of calls that are queued on a (protected) entry.
4163 Note that this restrictions is checked at run time. Violation of this
4164 restriction results in the raising of Program_Error exception at the point of
4165 the call. For the Profile (Ravenscar) the value of Max_Entry_Queue_Length is
4166 always 1 and hence no task can be queued on a protected entry.
4167
4168 @item Max_Protected_Entries = 1
4169 [RM D.7] Specifies the maximum number of entries per protected type. The
4170 bounds of every entry family of a protected unit shall be static, or shall be
4171 defined by a discriminant of a subtype whose corresponding bound is static.
4172 For the Profile (Ravenscar) the value of Max_Protected_Entries is always 1.
4173
4174 @item Max_Task_Entries = 0
4175 [RM D.7] Specifies the maximum number of entries
4176 per task. The bounds of every entry family
4177 of a task unit shall be static, or shall be
4178 defined by a discriminant of a subtype whose
4179 corresponding bound is static. A value of zero
4180 indicates that no rendezvous are possible. For
4181 the Profile (Ravenscar), the value of Max_Task_Entries is always
4182 0 (zero).
4183
4184 @item No_Abort_Statements
4185 [RM D.7] There are no abort_statements, and there are
4186 no calls to Task_Identification.Abort_Task.
4187
4188 @item No_Asynchronous_Control
4189 There are no semantic dependences on the package
4190 Asynchronous_Task_Control.
4191
4192 @item No_Calendar
4193 There are no semantic dependencies on the package Ada.Calendar.
4194
4195 @item No_Dynamic_Attachment
4196 There is no call to any of the operations defined in package Ada.Interrupts
4197 (Is_Reserved, Is_Attached, Current_Handler, Attach_Handler, Exchange_Handler,
4198 Detach_Handler, and Reference).
4199
4200 @item No_Dynamic_Priorities
4201 [RM D.7] There are no semantic dependencies on the package Dynamic_Priorities.
4202
4203 @item No_Implicit_Heap_Allocations
4204 [RM D.7] No constructs are allowed to cause implicit heap allocation.
4205
4206 @item No_Local_Protected_Objects
4207 Protected objects and access types that designate
4208 such objects shall be declared only at library level.
4209
4210 @item No_Local_Timing_Events
4211 [RM D.7] All objects of type Ada.Timing_Events.Timing_Event are
4212 declared at the library level.
4213
4214 @item No_Protected_Type_Allocators
4215 There are no allocators for protected types or
4216 types containing protected subcomponents.
4217
4218 @item No_Relative_Delay
4219 There are no delay_relative statements.
4220
4221 @item No_Requeue_Statements
4222 Requeue statements are not allowed.
4223
4224 @item No_Select_Statements
4225 There are no select_statements.
4226
4227 @item No_Specific_Termination_Handlers
4228 [RM D.7] There are no calls to Ada.Task_Termination.Set_Specific_Handler
4229 or to Ada.Task_Termination.Specific_Handler.
4230
4231 @item No_Task_Allocators
4232 [RM D.7] There are no allocators for task types
4233 or types containing task subcomponents.
4234
4235 @item No_Task_Attributes_Package
4236 There are no semantic dependencies on the Ada.Task_Attributes package.
4237
4238 @item No_Task_Hierarchy
4239 [RM D.7] All (non-environment) tasks depend
4240 directly on the environment task of the partition.
4241
4242 @item No_Task_Termination
4243 Tasks which terminate are erroneous.
4244
4245 @item No_Unchecked_Conversion
4246 There are no semantic dependencies on the Ada.Unchecked_Conversion package.
4247
4248 @item No_Unchecked_Deallocation
4249 There are no semantic dependencies on the Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation package.
4250
4251 @item Simple_Barriers
4252 Entry barrier condition expressions shall be either static
4253 boolean expressions or boolean objects which are declared in
4254 the protected type which contains the entry.
4255 @end table
4256
4257 @noindent
4258 This set of configuration pragmas and restrictions correspond to the
4259 definition of the ``Ravenscar Profile'' for limited tasking, devised and
4260 published by the @cite{International Real-Time Ada Workshop}, 1997,
4261 and whose most recent description is available at
4262 @url{http://www-users.cs.york.ac.uk/~burns/ravenscar.ps}.
4263
4264 The original definition of the profile was revised at subsequent IRTAW
4265 meetings. It has been included in the ISO
4266 @cite{Guide for the Use of the Ada Programming Language in High
4267 Integrity Systems}, and has been approved by ISO/IEC/SC22/WG9 for inclusion in
4268 the next revision of the standard. The formal definition given by
4269 the Ada Rapporteur Group (ARG) can be found in two Ada Issues (AI-249 and
4270 AI-305) available at
4271 @url{http://www.ada-auth.org/cgi-bin/cvsweb.cgi/AIs/AI-00249.TXT} and
4272 @url{http://www.ada-auth.org/cgi-bin/cvsweb.cgi/AIs/AI-00305.TXT}
4273 respectively.
4274
4275 The above set is a superset of the restrictions provided by pragma
4276 @code{Profile (Restricted)}, it includes six additional restrictions
4277 (@code{Simple_Barriers}, @code{No_Select_Statements},
4278 @code{No_Calendar}, @code{No_Implicit_Heap_Allocations},
4279 @code{No_Relative_Delay} and @code{No_Task_Termination}). This means
4280 that pragma @code{Profile (Ravenscar)}, like the pragma
4281 @code{Profile (Restricted)},
4282 automatically causes the use of a simplified,
4283 more efficient version of the tasking run-time system.
4284
4285 @node Pragma Profile (Restricted)
4286 @unnumberedsec Pragma Profile (Restricted)
4287 @findex Restricted Run Time
4288 @noindent
4289 Syntax:
4290
4291 @smallexample @c ada
4292 pragma Profile (Restricted);
4293 @end smallexample
4294
4295 @noindent
4296 A configuration pragma that establishes the following set of restrictions:
4297
4298 @itemize @bullet
4299 @item No_Abort_Statements
4300 @item No_Entry_Queue
4301 @item No_Task_Hierarchy
4302 @item No_Task_Allocators
4303 @item No_Dynamic_Priorities
4304 @item No_Terminate_Alternatives
4305 @item No_Dynamic_Attachment
4306 @item No_Protected_Type_Allocators
4307 @item No_Local_Protected_Objects
4308 @item No_Requeue_Statements
4309 @item No_Task_Attributes_Package
4310 @item Max_Asynchronous_Select_Nesting = 0
4311 @item Max_Task_Entries = 0
4312 @item Max_Protected_Entries = 1
4313 @item Max_Select_Alternatives = 0
4314 @end itemize
4315
4316 @noindent
4317 This set of restrictions causes the automatic selection of a simplified
4318 version of the run time that provides improved performance for the
4319 limited set of tasking functionality permitted by this set of restrictions.
4320
4321 @node Pragma Psect_Object
4322 @unnumberedsec Pragma Psect_Object
4323 @findex Psect_Object
4324 @noindent
4325 Syntax:
4326
4327 @smallexample @c ada
4328 pragma Psect_Object (
4329 [Internal =>] LOCAL_NAME,
4330 [, [External =>] EXTERNAL_SYMBOL]
4331 [, [Size =>] EXTERNAL_SYMBOL]);
4332
4333 EXTERNAL_SYMBOL ::=
4334 IDENTIFIER
4335 | static_string_EXPRESSION
4336 @end smallexample
4337
4338 @noindent
4339 This pragma is identical in effect to pragma @code{Common_Object}.
4340
4341 @node Pragma Pure_Function
4342 @unnumberedsec Pragma Pure_Function
4343 @findex Pure_Function
4344 @noindent
4345 Syntax:
4346
4347 @smallexample @c ada
4348 pragma Pure_Function ([Entity =>] function_LOCAL_NAME);
4349 @end smallexample
4350
4351 @noindent
4352 This pragma appears in the same declarative part as a function
4353 declaration (or a set of function declarations if more than one
4354 overloaded declaration exists, in which case the pragma applies
4355 to all entities). It specifies that the function @code{Entity} is
4356 to be considered pure for the purposes of code generation. This means
4357 that the compiler can assume that there are no side effects, and
4358 in particular that two calls with identical arguments produce the
4359 same result. It also means that the function can be used in an
4360 address clause.
4361
4362 Note that, quite deliberately, there are no static checks to try
4363 to ensure that this promise is met, so @code{Pure_Function} can be used
4364 with functions that are conceptually pure, even if they do modify
4365 global variables. For example, a square root function that is
4366 instrumented to count the number of times it is called is still
4367 conceptually pure, and can still be optimized, even though it
4368 modifies a global variable (the count). Memo functions are another
4369 example (where a table of previous calls is kept and consulted to
4370 avoid re-computation).
4371
4372 @findex Pure
4373 Note: Most functions in a @code{Pure} package are automatically pure, and
4374 there is no need to use pragma @code{Pure_Function} for such functions. One
4375 exception is any function that has at least one formal of type
4376 @code{System.Address} or a type derived from it. Such functions are not
4377 considered pure by default, since the compiler assumes that the
4378 @code{Address} parameter may be functioning as a pointer and that the
4379 referenced data may change even if the address value does not.
4380 Similarly, imported functions are not considered to be pure by default,
4381 since there is no way of checking that they are in fact pure. The use
4382 of pragma @code{Pure_Function} for such a function will override these default
4383 assumption, and cause the compiler to treat a designated subprogram as pure
4384 in these cases.
4385
4386 Note: If pragma @code{Pure_Function} is applied to a renamed function, it
4387 applies to the underlying renamed function. This can be used to
4388 disambiguate cases of overloading where some but not all functions
4389 in a set of overloaded functions are to be designated as pure.
4390
4391 If pragma @code{Pure_Function} is applied to a library level function, the
4392 function is also considered pure from an optimization point of view, but the
4393 unit is not a Pure unit in the categorization sense. So for example, a function
4394 thus marked is free to @code{with} non-pure units.
4395
4396 @node Pragma Restriction_Warnings
4397 @unnumberedsec Pragma Restriction_Warnings
4398 @findex Restriction_Warnings
4399 @noindent
4400 Syntax:
4401
4402 @smallexample @c ada
4403 pragma Restriction_Warnings
4404 (restriction_IDENTIFIER @{, restriction_IDENTIFIER@});
4405 @end smallexample
4406
4407 @noindent
4408 This pragma allows a series of restriction identifiers to be
4409 specified (the list of allowed identifiers is the same as for
4410 pragma @code{Restrictions}). For each of these identifiers
4411 the compiler checks for violations of the restriction, but
4412 generates a warning message rather than an error message
4413 if the restriction is violated.
4414
4415 @node Pragma Shared
4416 @unnumberedsec Pragma Shared
4417 @findex Shared
4418
4419 @noindent
4420 This pragma is provided for compatibility with Ada 83. The syntax and
4421 semantics are identical to pragma Atomic.
4422
4423 @node Pragma Short_Circuit_And_Or
4424 @unnumberedsec Pragma Short_Circuit_And_Or
4425 @findex Short_Circuit_And_Or
4426
4427 @noindent
4428 This configuration pragma causes any occurrence of the AND operator applied to
4429 operands of type Standard.Boolean to be short-circuited (i.e. the AND operator
4430 is treated as if it were AND THEN). Or is similarly treated as OR ELSE. This
4431 may be useful in the context of certification protocols requiring the use of
4432 short-circuited logical operators. If this configuration pragma occurs locally
4433 within the file being compiled, it applies only to the file being compiled.
4434 There is no requirement that all units in a partition use this option.
4435
4436 @node Pragma Short_Descriptors
4437 @unnumberedsec Pragma Short_Descriptors
4438 @findex Short_Descriptors
4439 @noindent
4440 Syntax:
4441
4442 @smallexample @c ada
4443 pragma Short_Descriptors
4444 @end smallexample
4445
4446 @noindent
4447 In VMS versions of the compiler, this configuration pragma causes all
4448 occurrences of the mechanism types Descriptor[_xxx] to be treated as
4449 Short_Descriptor[_xxx]. This is helpful in porting legacy applications from a
4450 32-bit environment to a 64-bit environment. This pragma is ignored for non-VMS
4451 versions.
4452
4453 @node Pragma Source_File_Name
4454 @unnumberedsec Pragma Source_File_Name
4455 @findex Source_File_Name
4456 @noindent
4457 Syntax:
4458
4459 @smallexample @c ada
4460 pragma Source_File_Name (
4461 [Unit_Name =>] unit_NAME,
4462 Spec_File_Name => STRING_LITERAL,
4463 [Index => INTEGER_LITERAL]);
4464
4465 pragma Source_File_Name (
4466 [Unit_Name =>] unit_NAME,
4467 Body_File_Name => STRING_LITERAL,
4468 [Index => INTEGER_LITERAL]);
4469 @end smallexample
4470
4471 @noindent
4472 Use this to override the normal naming convention. It is a configuration
4473 pragma, and so has the usual applicability of configuration pragmas
4474 (i.e.@: it applies to either an entire partition, or to all units in a
4475 compilation, or to a single unit, depending on how it is used.
4476 @var{unit_name} is mapped to @var{file_name_literal}. The identifier for
4477 the second argument is required, and indicates whether this is the file
4478 name for the spec or for the body.
4479
4480 The optional Index argument should be used when a file contains multiple
4481 units, and when you do not want to use @code{gnatchop} to separate then
4482 into multiple files (which is the recommended procedure to limit the
4483 number of recompilations that are needed when some sources change).
4484 For instance, if the source file @file{source.ada} contains
4485
4486 @smallexample @c ada
4487 package B is
4488 ...
4489 end B;
4490
4491 with B;
4492 procedure A is
4493 begin
4494 ..
4495 end A;
4496 @end smallexample
4497
4498 you could use the following configuration pragmas:
4499
4500 @smallexample @c ada
4501 pragma Source_File_Name
4502 (B, Spec_File_Name => "source.ada", Index => 1);
4503 pragma Source_File_Name
4504 (A, Body_File_Name => "source.ada", Index => 2);
4505 @end smallexample
4506
4507 Note that the @code{gnatname} utility can also be used to generate those
4508 configuration pragmas.
4509
4510 Another form of the @code{Source_File_Name} pragma allows
4511 the specification of patterns defining alternative file naming schemes
4512 to apply to all files.
4513
4514 @smallexample @c ada
4515 pragma Source_File_Name
4516 ( [Spec_File_Name =>] STRING_LITERAL
4517 [,[Casing =>] CASING_SPEC]
4518 [,[Dot_Replacement =>] STRING_LITERAL]);
4519
4520 pragma Source_File_Name
4521 ( [Body_File_Name =>] STRING_LITERAL
4522 [,[Casing =>] CASING_SPEC]
4523 [,[Dot_Replacement =>] STRING_LITERAL]);
4524
4525 pragma Source_File_Name
4526 ( [Subunit_File_Name =>] STRING_LITERAL
4527 [,[Casing =>] CASING_SPEC]
4528 [,[Dot_Replacement =>] STRING_LITERAL]);
4529
4530 CASING_SPEC ::= Lowercase | Uppercase | Mixedcase
4531 @end smallexample
4532
4533 @noindent
4534 The first argument is a pattern that contains a single asterisk indicating
4535 the point at which the unit name is to be inserted in the pattern string
4536 to form the file name. The second argument is optional. If present it
4537 specifies the casing of the unit name in the resulting file name string.
4538 The default is lower case. Finally the third argument allows for systematic
4539 replacement of any dots in the unit name by the specified string literal.
4540
4541 A pragma Source_File_Name cannot appear after a
4542 @ref{Pragma Source_File_Name_Project}.
4543
4544 For more details on the use of the @code{Source_File_Name} pragma,
4545 @xref{Using Other File Names,,, gnat_ugn, @value{EDITION} User's Guide},
4546 and @ref{Alternative File Naming Schemes,,, gnat_ugn, @value{EDITION}
4547 User's Guide}.
4548
4549 @node Pragma Source_File_Name_Project
4550 @unnumberedsec Pragma Source_File_Name_Project
4551 @findex Source_File_Name_Project
4552 @noindent
4553
4554 This pragma has the same syntax and semantics as pragma Source_File_Name.
4555 It is only allowed as a stand alone configuration pragma.
4556 It cannot appear after a @ref{Pragma Source_File_Name}, and
4557 most importantly, once pragma Source_File_Name_Project appears,
4558 no further Source_File_Name pragmas are allowed.
4559
4560 The intention is that Source_File_Name_Project pragmas are always
4561 generated by the Project Manager in a manner consistent with the naming
4562 specified in a project file, and when naming is controlled in this manner,
4563 it is not permissible to attempt to modify this naming scheme using
4564 Source_File_Name pragmas (which would not be known to the project manager).
4565
4566 @node Pragma Source_Reference
4567 @unnumberedsec Pragma Source_Reference
4568 @findex Source_Reference
4569 @noindent
4570 Syntax:
4571
4572 @smallexample @c ada
4573 pragma Source_Reference (INTEGER_LITERAL, STRING_LITERAL);
4574 @end smallexample
4575
4576 @noindent
4577 This pragma must appear as the first line of a source file.
4578 @var{integer_literal} is the logical line number of the line following
4579 the pragma line (for use in error messages and debugging
4580 information). @var{string_literal} is a static string constant that
4581 specifies the file name to be used in error messages and debugging
4582 information. This is most notably used for the output of @code{gnatchop}
4583 with the @option{-r} switch, to make sure that the original unchopped
4584 source file is the one referred to.
4585
4586 The second argument must be a string literal, it cannot be a static
4587 string expression other than a string literal. This is because its value
4588 is needed for error messages issued by all phases of the compiler.
4589
4590 @node Pragma Stream_Convert
4591 @unnumberedsec Pragma Stream_Convert
4592 @findex Stream_Convert
4593 @noindent
4594 Syntax:
4595
4596 @smallexample @c ada
4597 pragma Stream_Convert (
4598 [Entity =>] type_LOCAL_NAME,
4599 [Read =>] function_NAME,
4600 [Write =>] function_NAME);
4601 @end smallexample
4602
4603 @noindent
4604 This pragma provides an efficient way of providing stream functions for
4605 types defined in packages. Not only is it simpler to use than declaring
4606 the necessary functions with attribute representation clauses, but more
4607 significantly, it allows the declaration to made in such a way that the
4608 stream packages are not loaded unless they are needed. The use of
4609 the Stream_Convert pragma adds no overhead at all, unless the stream
4610 attributes are actually used on the designated type.
4611
4612 The first argument specifies the type for which stream functions are
4613 provided. The second parameter provides a function used to read values
4614 of this type. It must name a function whose argument type may be any
4615 subtype, and whose returned type must be the type given as the first
4616 argument to the pragma.
4617
4618 The meaning of the @var{Read}
4619 parameter is that if a stream attribute directly
4620 or indirectly specifies reading of the type given as the first parameter,
4621 then a value of the type given as the argument to the Read function is
4622 read from the stream, and then the Read function is used to convert this
4623 to the required target type.
4624
4625 Similarly the @var{Write} parameter specifies how to treat write attributes
4626 that directly or indirectly apply to the type given as the first parameter.
4627 It must have an input parameter of the type specified by the first parameter,
4628 and the return type must be the same as the input type of the Read function.
4629 The effect is to first call the Write function to convert to the given stream
4630 type, and then write the result type to the stream.
4631
4632 The Read and Write functions must not be overloaded subprograms. If necessary
4633 renamings can be supplied to meet this requirement.
4634 The usage of this attribute is best illustrated by a simple example, taken
4635 from the GNAT implementation of package Ada.Strings.Unbounded:
4636
4637 @smallexample @c ada
4638 function To_Unbounded (S : String)
4639 return Unbounded_String
4640 renames To_Unbounded_String;
4641
4642 pragma Stream_Convert
4643 (Unbounded_String, To_Unbounded, To_String);
4644 @end smallexample
4645
4646 @noindent
4647 The specifications of the referenced functions, as given in the Ada
4648 Reference Manual are:
4649
4650 @smallexample @c ada
4651 function To_Unbounded_String (Source : String)
4652 return Unbounded_String;
4653
4654 function To_String (Source : Unbounded_String)
4655 return String;
4656 @end smallexample
4657
4658 @noindent
4659 The effect is that if the value of an unbounded string is written to a stream,
4660 then the representation of the item in the stream is in the same format that
4661 would be used for @code{Standard.String'Output}, and this same representation
4662 is expected when a value of this type is read from the stream. Note that the
4663 value written always includes the bounds, even for Unbounded_String'Write,
4664 since Unbounded_String is not an array type.
4665
4666 @node Pragma Style_Checks
4667 @unnumberedsec Pragma Style_Checks
4668 @findex Style_Checks
4669 @noindent
4670 Syntax:
4671
4672 @smallexample @c ada
4673 pragma Style_Checks (string_LITERAL | ALL_CHECKS |
4674 On | Off [, LOCAL_NAME]);
4675 @end smallexample
4676
4677 @noindent
4678 This pragma is used in conjunction with compiler switches to control the
4679 built in style checking provided by GNAT@. The compiler switches, if set,
4680 provide an initial setting for the switches, and this pragma may be used
4681 to modify these settings, or the settings may be provided entirely by
4682 the use of the pragma. This pragma can be used anywhere that a pragma
4683 is legal, including use as a configuration pragma (including use in
4684 the @file{gnat.adc} file).
4685
4686 The form with a string literal specifies which style options are to be
4687 activated. These are additive, so they apply in addition to any previously
4688 set style check options. The codes for the options are the same as those
4689 used in the @option{-gnaty} switch to @command{gcc} or @command{gnatmake}.
4690 For example the following two methods can be used to enable
4691 layout checking:
4692
4693 @itemize @bullet
4694 @item
4695 @smallexample @c ada
4696 pragma Style_Checks ("l");
4697 @end smallexample
4698
4699 @item
4700 @smallexample
4701 gcc -c -gnatyl @dots{}
4702 @end smallexample
4703 @end itemize
4704
4705 @noindent
4706 The form ALL_CHECKS activates all standard checks (its use is equivalent
4707 to the use of the @code{gnaty} switch with no options. @xref{Top,
4708 @value{EDITION} User's Guide, About This Guide, gnat_ugn,
4709 @value{EDITION} User's Guide}, for details.)
4710
4711 Note: the behavior is slightly different in GNAT mode (@option{-gnatg} used).
4712 In this case, ALL_CHECKS implies the standard set of GNAT mode style check
4713 options (i.e. equivalent to -gnatyg).
4714
4715 The forms with @code{Off} and @code{On}
4716 can be used to temporarily disable style checks
4717 as shown in the following example:
4718
4719 @smallexample @c ada
4720 @iftex
4721 @leftskip=0cm
4722 @end iftex
4723 pragma Style_Checks ("k"); -- requires keywords in lower case
4724 pragma Style_Checks (Off); -- turn off style checks
4725 NULL; -- this will not generate an error message
4726 pragma Style_Checks (On); -- turn style checks back on
4727 NULL; -- this will generate an error message
4728 @end smallexample
4729
4730 @noindent
4731 Finally the two argument form is allowed only if the first argument is
4732 @code{On} or @code{Off}. The effect is to turn of semantic style checks
4733 for the specified entity, as shown in the following example:
4734
4735 @smallexample @c ada
4736 @iftex
4737 @leftskip=0cm
4738 @end iftex
4739 pragma Style_Checks ("r"); -- require consistency of identifier casing
4740 Arg : Integer;
4741 Rf1 : Integer := ARG; -- incorrect, wrong case
4742 pragma Style_Checks (Off, Arg);
4743 Rf2 : Integer := ARG; -- OK, no error
4744 @end smallexample
4745
4746 @node Pragma Subtitle
4747 @unnumberedsec Pragma Subtitle
4748 @findex Subtitle
4749 @noindent
4750 Syntax:
4751
4752 @smallexample @c ada
4753 pragma Subtitle ([Subtitle =>] STRING_LITERAL);
4754 @end smallexample
4755
4756 @noindent
4757 This pragma is recognized for compatibility with other Ada compilers
4758 but is ignored by GNAT@.
4759
4760 @node Pragma Suppress
4761 @unnumberedsec Pragma Suppress
4762 @findex Suppress
4763 @noindent
4764 Syntax:
4765
4766 @smallexample @c ada
4767 pragma Suppress (Identifier [, [On =>] Name]);
4768 @end smallexample
4769
4770 @noindent
4771 This is a standard pragma, and supports all the check names required in
4772 the RM. It is included here because GNAT recognizes one additional check
4773 name: @code{Alignment_Check} which can be used to suppress alignment checks
4774 on addresses used in address clauses. Such checks can also be suppressed
4775 by suppressing range checks, but the specific use of @code{Alignment_Check}
4776 allows suppression of alignment checks without suppressing other range checks.
4777
4778 Note that pragma Suppress gives the compiler permission to omit
4779 checks, but does not require the compiler to omit checks. The compiler
4780 will generate checks if they are essentially free, even when they are
4781 suppressed. In particular, if the compiler can prove that a certain
4782 check will necessarily fail, it will generate code to do an
4783 unconditional ``raise'', even if checks are suppressed. The compiler
4784 warns in this case.
4785
4786 Of course, run-time checks are omitted whenever the compiler can prove
4787 that they will not fail, whether or not checks are suppressed.
4788
4789 @node Pragma Suppress_All
4790 @unnumberedsec Pragma Suppress_All
4791 @findex Suppress_All
4792 @noindent
4793 Syntax:
4794
4795 @smallexample @c ada
4796 pragma Suppress_All;
4797 @end smallexample
4798
4799 @noindent
4800 This pragma can only appear immediately following a compilation
4801 unit. The effect is to apply @code{Suppress (All_Checks)} to the unit
4802 which it follows. This pragma is implemented for compatibility with DEC
4803 Ada 83 usage. The use of pragma @code{Suppress (All_Checks)} as a normal
4804 configuration pragma is the preferred usage in GNAT@.
4805
4806 @node Pragma Suppress_Exception_Locations
4807 @unnumberedsec Pragma Suppress_Exception_Locations
4808 @findex Suppress_Exception_Locations
4809 @noindent
4810 Syntax:
4811
4812 @smallexample @c ada
4813 pragma Suppress_Exception_Locations;
4814 @end smallexample
4815
4816 @noindent
4817 In normal mode, a raise statement for an exception by default generates
4818 an exception message giving the file name and line number for the location
4819 of the raise. This is useful for debugging and logging purposes, but this
4820 entails extra space for the strings for the messages. The configuration
4821 pragma @code{Suppress_Exception_Locations} can be used to suppress the
4822 generation of these strings, with the result that space is saved, but the
4823 exception message for such raises is null. This configuration pragma may
4824 appear in a global configuration pragma file, or in a specific unit as
4825 usual. It is not required that this pragma be used consistently within
4826 a partition, so it is fine to have some units within a partition compiled
4827 with this pragma and others compiled in normal mode without it.
4828
4829 @node Pragma Suppress_Initialization
4830 @unnumberedsec Pragma Suppress_Initialization
4831 @findex Suppress_Initialization
4832 @cindex Suppressing initialization
4833 @cindex Initialization, suppression of
4834 @noindent
4835 Syntax:
4836
4837 @smallexample @c ada
4838 pragma Suppress_Initialization ([Entity =>] type_Name);
4839 @end smallexample
4840
4841 @noindent
4842 This pragma suppresses any implicit or explicit initialization
4843 associated with the given type name for all variables of this type.
4844
4845 @node Pragma Task_Info
4846 @unnumberedsec Pragma Task_Info
4847 @findex Task_Info
4848 @noindent
4849 Syntax
4850
4851 @smallexample @c ada
4852 pragma Task_Info (EXPRESSION);
4853 @end smallexample
4854
4855 @noindent
4856 This pragma appears within a task definition (like pragma
4857 @code{Priority}) and applies to the task in which it appears. The
4858 argument must be of type @code{System.Task_Info.Task_Info_Type}.
4859 The @code{Task_Info} pragma provides system dependent control over
4860 aspects of tasking implementation, for example, the ability to map
4861 tasks to specific processors. For details on the facilities available
4862 for the version of GNAT that you are using, see the documentation
4863 in the spec of package System.Task_Info in the runtime
4864 library.
4865
4866 @node Pragma Task_Name
4867 @unnumberedsec Pragma Task_Name
4868 @findex Task_Name
4869 @noindent
4870 Syntax
4871
4872 @smallexample @c ada
4873 pragma Task_Name (string_EXPRESSION);
4874 @end smallexample
4875
4876 @noindent
4877 This pragma appears within a task definition (like pragma
4878 @code{Priority}) and applies to the task in which it appears. The
4879 argument must be of type String, and provides a name to be used for
4880 the task instance when the task is created. Note that this expression
4881 is not required to be static, and in particular, it can contain
4882 references to task discriminants. This facility can be used to
4883 provide different names for different tasks as they are created,
4884 as illustrated in the example below.
4885
4886 The task name is recorded internally in the run-time structures
4887 and is accessible to tools like the debugger. In addition the
4888 routine @code{Ada.Task_Identification.Image} will return this
4889 string, with a unique task address appended.
4890
4891 @smallexample @c ada
4892 -- Example of the use of pragma Task_Name
4893
4894 with Ada.Task_Identification;
4895 use Ada.Task_Identification;
4896 with Text_IO; use Text_IO;
4897 procedure t3 is
4898
4899 type Astring is access String;
4900
4901 task type Task_Typ (Name : access String) is
4902 pragma Task_Name (Name.all);
4903 end Task_Typ;
4904
4905 task body Task_Typ is
4906 Nam : constant String := Image (Current_Task);
4907 begin
4908 Put_Line ("-->" & Nam (1 .. 14) & "<--");
4909 end Task_Typ;
4910
4911 type Ptr_Task is access Task_Typ;
4912 Task_Var : Ptr_Task;
4913
4914 begin
4915 Task_Var :=
4916 new Task_Typ (new String'("This is task 1"));
4917 Task_Var :=
4918 new Task_Typ (new String'("This is task 2"));
4919 end;
4920 @end smallexample
4921
4922 @node Pragma Task_Storage
4923 @unnumberedsec Pragma Task_Storage
4924 @findex Task_Storage
4925 Syntax:
4926
4927 @smallexample @c ada
4928 pragma Task_Storage (
4929 [Task_Type =>] LOCAL_NAME,
4930 [Top_Guard =>] static_integer_EXPRESSION);
4931 @end smallexample
4932
4933 @noindent
4934 This pragma specifies the length of the guard area for tasks. The guard
4935 area is an additional storage area allocated to a task. A value of zero
4936 means that either no guard area is created or a minimal guard area is
4937 created, depending on the target. This pragma can appear anywhere a
4938 @code{Storage_Size} attribute definition clause is allowed for a task
4939 type.
4940
4941 @node Pragma Thread_Local_Storage
4942 @unnumberedsec Pragma Thread_Local_Storage
4943 @findex Thread_Local_Storage
4944 @cindex Task specific storage
4945 @cindex TLS (Thread Local Storage)
4946 Syntax:
4947
4948 @smallexample @c ada
4949 pragma Thread_Local_Storage ([Entity =>] LOCAL_NAME);
4950 @end smallexample
4951
4952 @noindent
4953 This pragma specifies that the specified entity, which must be
4954 a variable declared in a library level package, is to be marked as
4955 "Thread Local Storage" (@code{TLS}). On systems supporting this (which
4956 include Solaris, GNU/Linux and VxWorks 6), this causes each thread
4957 (and hence each Ada task) to see a distinct copy of the variable.
4958
4959 The variable may not have default initialization, and if there is
4960 an explicit initialization, it must be either @code{null} for an
4961 access variable, or a static expression for a scalar variable.
4962 This provides a low level mechanism similar to that provided by
4963 the @code{Ada.Task_Attributes} package, but much more efficient
4964 and is also useful in writing interface code that will interact
4965 with foreign threads.
4966
4967 If this pragma is used on a system where @code{TLS} is not supported,
4968 then an error message will be generated and the program will be rejected.
4969
4970 @node Pragma Time_Slice
4971 @unnumberedsec Pragma Time_Slice
4972 @findex Time_Slice
4973 @noindent
4974 Syntax:
4975
4976 @smallexample @c ada
4977 pragma Time_Slice (static_duration_EXPRESSION);
4978 @end smallexample
4979
4980 @noindent
4981 For implementations of GNAT on operating systems where it is possible
4982 to supply a time slice value, this pragma may be used for this purpose.
4983 It is ignored if it is used in a system that does not allow this control,
4984 or if it appears in other than the main program unit.
4985 @cindex OpenVMS
4986 Note that the effect of this pragma is identical to the effect of the
4987 DEC Ada 83 pragma of the same name when operating under OpenVMS systems.
4988
4989 @node Pragma Title
4990 @unnumberedsec Pragma Title
4991 @findex Title
4992 @noindent
4993 Syntax:
4994
4995 @smallexample @c ada
4996 pragma Title (TITLING_OPTION [, TITLING OPTION]);
4997
4998 TITLING_OPTION ::=
4999 [Title =>] STRING_LITERAL,
5000 | [Subtitle =>] STRING_LITERAL
5001 @end smallexample
5002
5003 @noindent
5004 Syntax checked but otherwise ignored by GNAT@. This is a listing control
5005 pragma used in DEC Ada 83 implementations to provide a title and/or
5006 subtitle for the program listing. The program listing generated by GNAT
5007 does not have titles or subtitles.
5008
5009 Unlike other pragmas, the full flexibility of named notation is allowed
5010 for this pragma, i.e.@: the parameters may be given in any order if named
5011 notation is used, and named and positional notation can be mixed
5012 following the normal rules for procedure calls in Ada.
5013
5014 @node Pragma Unchecked_Union
5015 @unnumberedsec Pragma Unchecked_Union
5016 @cindex Unions in C
5017 @findex Unchecked_Union
5018 @noindent
5019 Syntax:
5020
5021 @smallexample @c ada
5022 pragma Unchecked_Union (first_subtype_LOCAL_NAME);
5023 @end smallexample
5024
5025 @noindent
5026 This pragma is used to specify a representation of a record type that is
5027 equivalent to a C union. It was introduced as a GNAT implementation defined
5028 pragma in the GNAT Ada 95 mode. Ada 2005 includes an extended version of this
5029 pragma, making it language defined, and GNAT fully implements this extended
5030 version in all language modes (Ada 83, Ada 95, and Ada 2005). For full
5031 details, consult the Ada 2005 Reference Manual, section B.3.3.
5032
5033 @node Pragma Unimplemented_Unit
5034 @unnumberedsec Pragma Unimplemented_Unit
5035 @findex Unimplemented_Unit
5036 @noindent
5037 Syntax:
5038
5039 @smallexample @c ada
5040 pragma Unimplemented_Unit;
5041 @end smallexample
5042
5043 @noindent
5044 If this pragma occurs in a unit that is processed by the compiler, GNAT
5045 aborts with the message @samp{@var{xxx} not implemented}, where
5046 @var{xxx} is the name of the current compilation unit. This pragma is
5047 intended to allow the compiler to handle unimplemented library units in
5048 a clean manner.
5049
5050 The abort only happens if code is being generated. Thus you can use
5051 specs of unimplemented packages in syntax or semantic checking mode.
5052
5053 @node Pragma Universal_Aliasing
5054 @unnumberedsec Pragma Universal_Aliasing
5055 @findex Universal_Aliasing
5056 @noindent
5057 Syntax:
5058
5059 @smallexample @c ada
5060 pragma Universal_Aliasing [([Entity =>] type_LOCAL_NAME)];
5061 @end smallexample
5062
5063 @noindent
5064 @var{type_LOCAL_NAME} must refer to a type declaration in the current
5065 declarative part. The effect is to inhibit strict type-based aliasing
5066 optimization for the given type. In other words, the effect is as though
5067 access types designating this type were subject to pragma No_Strict_Aliasing.
5068 For a detailed description of the strict aliasing optimization, and the
5069 situations in which it must be suppressed, @xref{Optimization and Strict
5070 Aliasing,,, gnat_ugn, @value{EDITION} User's Guide}.
5071
5072 @node Pragma Universal_Data
5073 @unnumberedsec Pragma Universal_Data
5074 @findex Universal_Data
5075 @noindent
5076 Syntax:
5077
5078 @smallexample @c ada
5079 pragma Universal_Data [(library_unit_Name)];
5080 @end smallexample
5081
5082 @noindent
5083 This pragma is supported only for the AAMP target and is ignored for
5084 other targets. The pragma specifies that all library-level objects
5085 (Counter 0 data) associated with the library unit are to be accessed
5086 and updated using universal addressing (24-bit addresses for AAMP5)
5087 rather than the default of 16-bit Data Environment (DENV) addressing.
5088 Use of this pragma will generally result in less efficient code for
5089 references to global data associated with the library unit, but
5090 allows such data to be located anywhere in memory. This pragma is
5091 a library unit pragma, but can also be used as a configuration pragma
5092 (including use in the @file{gnat.adc} file). The functionality
5093 of this pragma is also available by applying the -univ switch on the
5094 compilations of units where universal addressing of the data is desired.
5095
5096 @node Pragma Unmodified
5097 @unnumberedsec Pragma Unmodified
5098 @findex Unmodified
5099 @cindex Warnings, unmodified
5100 @noindent
5101 Syntax:
5102
5103 @smallexample @c ada
5104 pragma Unmodified (LOCAL_NAME @{, LOCAL_NAME@});
5105 @end smallexample
5106
5107 @noindent
5108 This pragma signals that the assignable entities (variables,
5109 @code{out} parameters, @code{in out} parameters) whose names are listed are
5110 deliberately not assigned in the current source unit. This
5111 suppresses warnings about the
5112 entities being referenced but not assigned, and in addition a warning will be
5113 generated if one of these entities is in fact assigned in the
5114 same unit as the pragma (or in the corresponding body, or one
5115 of its subunits).
5116
5117 This is particularly useful for clearly signaling that a particular
5118 parameter is not modified, even though the spec suggests that it might
5119 be.
5120
5121 @node Pragma Unreferenced
5122 @unnumberedsec Pragma Unreferenced
5123 @findex Unreferenced
5124 @cindex Warnings, unreferenced
5125 @noindent
5126 Syntax:
5127
5128 @smallexample @c ada
5129 pragma Unreferenced (LOCAL_NAME @{, LOCAL_NAME@});
5130 pragma Unreferenced (library_unit_NAME @{, library_unit_NAME@});
5131 @end smallexample
5132
5133 @noindent
5134 This pragma signals that the entities whose names are listed are
5135 deliberately not referenced in the current source unit. This
5136 suppresses warnings about the
5137 entities being unreferenced, and in addition a warning will be
5138 generated if one of these entities is in fact referenced in the
5139 same unit as the pragma (or in the corresponding body, or one
5140 of its subunits).
5141
5142 This is particularly useful for clearly signaling that a particular
5143 parameter is not referenced in some particular subprogram implementation
5144 and that this is deliberate. It can also be useful in the case of
5145 objects declared only for their initialization or finalization side
5146 effects.
5147
5148 If @code{LOCAL_NAME} identifies more than one matching homonym in the
5149 current scope, then the entity most recently declared is the one to which
5150 the pragma applies. Note that in the case of accept formals, the pragma
5151 Unreferenced may appear immediately after the keyword @code{do} which
5152 allows the indication of whether or not accept formals are referenced
5153 or not to be given individually for each accept statement.
5154
5155 The left hand side of an assignment does not count as a reference for the
5156 purpose of this pragma. Thus it is fine to assign to an entity for which
5157 pragma Unreferenced is given.
5158
5159 Note that if a warning is desired for all calls to a given subprogram,
5160 regardless of whether they occur in the same unit as the subprogram
5161 declaration, then this pragma should not be used (calls from another
5162 unit would not be flagged); pragma Obsolescent can be used instead
5163 for this purpose, see @xref{Pragma Obsolescent}.
5164
5165 The second form of pragma @code{Unreferenced} is used within a context
5166 clause. In this case the arguments must be unit names of units previously
5167 mentioned in @code{with} clauses (similar to the usage of pragma
5168 @code{Elaborate_All}. The effect is to suppress warnings about unreferenced
5169 units and unreferenced entities within these units.
5170
5171 @node Pragma Unreferenced_Objects
5172 @unnumberedsec Pragma Unreferenced_Objects
5173 @findex Unreferenced_Objects
5174 @cindex Warnings, unreferenced
5175 @noindent
5176 Syntax:
5177
5178 @smallexample @c ada
5179 pragma Unreferenced_Objects (local_subtype_NAME @{, local_subtype_NAME@});
5180 @end smallexample
5181
5182 @noindent
5183 This pragma signals that for the types or subtypes whose names are
5184 listed, objects which are declared with one of these types or subtypes may
5185 not be referenced, and if no references appear, no warnings are given.
5186
5187 This is particularly useful for objects which are declared solely for their
5188 initialization and finalization effect. Such variables are sometimes referred
5189 to as RAII variables (Resource Acquisition Is Initialization). Using this
5190 pragma on the relevant type (most typically a limited controlled type), the
5191 compiler will automatically suppress unwanted warnings about these variables
5192 not being referenced.
5193
5194 @node Pragma Unreserve_All_Interrupts
5195 @unnumberedsec Pragma Unreserve_All_Interrupts
5196 @findex Unreserve_All_Interrupts
5197 @noindent
5198 Syntax:
5199
5200 @smallexample @c ada
5201 pragma Unreserve_All_Interrupts;
5202 @end smallexample
5203
5204 @noindent
5205 Normally certain interrupts are reserved to the implementation. Any attempt
5206 to attach an interrupt causes Program_Error to be raised, as described in
5207 RM C.3.2(22). A typical example is the @code{SIGINT} interrupt used in
5208 many systems for a @kbd{Ctrl-C} interrupt. Normally this interrupt is
5209 reserved to the implementation, so that @kbd{Ctrl-C} can be used to
5210 interrupt execution.
5211
5212 If the pragma @code{Unreserve_All_Interrupts} appears anywhere in any unit in
5213 a program, then all such interrupts are unreserved. This allows the
5214 program to handle these interrupts, but disables their standard
5215 functions. For example, if this pragma is used, then pressing
5216 @kbd{Ctrl-C} will not automatically interrupt execution. However,
5217 a program can then handle the @code{SIGINT} interrupt as it chooses.
5218
5219 For a full list of the interrupts handled in a specific implementation,
5220 see the source code for the spec of @code{Ada.Interrupts.Names} in
5221 file @file{a-intnam.ads}. This is a target dependent file that contains the
5222 list of interrupts recognized for a given target. The documentation in
5223 this file also specifies what interrupts are affected by the use of
5224 the @code{Unreserve_All_Interrupts} pragma.
5225
5226 For a more general facility for controlling what interrupts can be
5227 handled, see pragma @code{Interrupt_State}, which subsumes the functionality
5228 of the @code{Unreserve_All_Interrupts} pragma.
5229
5230 @node Pragma Unsuppress
5231 @unnumberedsec Pragma Unsuppress
5232 @findex Unsuppress
5233 @noindent
5234 Syntax:
5235
5236 @smallexample @c ada
5237 pragma Unsuppress (IDENTIFIER [, [On =>] NAME]);
5238 @end smallexample
5239
5240 @noindent
5241 This pragma undoes the effect of a previous pragma @code{Suppress}. If
5242 there is no corresponding pragma @code{Suppress} in effect, it has no
5243 effect. The range of the effect is the same as for pragma
5244 @code{Suppress}. The meaning of the arguments is identical to that used
5245 in pragma @code{Suppress}.
5246
5247 One important application is to ensure that checks are on in cases where
5248 code depends on the checks for its correct functioning, so that the code
5249 will compile correctly even if the compiler switches are set to suppress
5250 checks.
5251
5252 @node Pragma Use_VADS_Size
5253 @unnumberedsec Pragma Use_VADS_Size
5254 @cindex @code{Size}, VADS compatibility
5255 @findex Use_VADS_Size
5256 @noindent
5257 Syntax:
5258
5259 @smallexample @c ada
5260 pragma Use_VADS_Size;
5261 @end smallexample
5262
5263 @noindent
5264 This is a configuration pragma. In a unit to which it applies, any use
5265 of the 'Size attribute is automatically interpreted as a use of the
5266 'VADS_Size attribute. Note that this may result in incorrect semantic
5267 processing of valid Ada 95 or Ada 2005 programs. This is intended to aid in
5268 the handling of existing code which depends on the interpretation of Size
5269 as implemented in the VADS compiler. See description of the VADS_Size
5270 attribute for further details.
5271
5272 @node Pragma Validity_Checks
5273 @unnumberedsec Pragma Validity_Checks
5274 @findex Validity_Checks
5275 @noindent
5276 Syntax:
5277
5278 @smallexample @c ada
5279 pragma Validity_Checks (string_LITERAL | ALL_CHECKS | On | Off);
5280 @end smallexample
5281
5282 @noindent
5283 This pragma is used in conjunction with compiler switches to control the
5284 built-in validity checking provided by GNAT@. The compiler switches, if set
5285 provide an initial setting for the switches, and this pragma may be used
5286 to modify these settings, or the settings may be provided entirely by
5287 the use of the pragma. This pragma can be used anywhere that a pragma
5288 is legal, including use as a configuration pragma (including use in
5289 the @file{gnat.adc} file).
5290
5291 The form with a string literal specifies which validity options are to be
5292 activated. The validity checks are first set to include only the default
5293 reference manual settings, and then a string of letters in the string
5294 specifies the exact set of options required. The form of this string
5295 is exactly as described for the @option{-gnatVx} compiler switch (see the
5296 GNAT users guide for details). For example the following two methods
5297 can be used to enable validity checking for mode @code{in} and
5298 @code{in out} subprogram parameters:
5299
5300 @itemize @bullet
5301 @item
5302 @smallexample @c ada
5303 pragma Validity_Checks ("im");
5304 @end smallexample
5305
5306 @item
5307 @smallexample
5308 gcc -c -gnatVim @dots{}
5309 @end smallexample
5310 @end itemize
5311
5312 @noindent
5313 The form ALL_CHECKS activates all standard checks (its use is equivalent
5314 to the use of the @code{gnatva} switch.
5315
5316 The forms with @code{Off} and @code{On}
5317 can be used to temporarily disable validity checks
5318 as shown in the following example:
5319
5320 @smallexample @c ada
5321 @iftex
5322 @leftskip=0cm
5323 @end iftex
5324 pragma Validity_Checks ("c"); -- validity checks for copies
5325 pragma Validity_Checks (Off); -- turn off validity checks
5326 A := B; -- B will not be validity checked
5327 pragma Validity_Checks (On); -- turn validity checks back on
5328 A := C; -- C will be validity checked
5329 @end smallexample
5330
5331 @node Pragma Volatile
5332 @unnumberedsec Pragma Volatile
5333 @findex Volatile
5334 @noindent
5335 Syntax:
5336
5337 @smallexample @c ada
5338 pragma Volatile (LOCAL_NAME);
5339 @end smallexample
5340
5341 @noindent
5342 This pragma is defined by the Ada Reference Manual, and the GNAT
5343 implementation is fully conformant with this definition. The reason it
5344 is mentioned in this section is that a pragma of the same name was supplied
5345 in some Ada 83 compilers, including DEC Ada 83. The Ada 95 / Ada 2005
5346 implementation of pragma Volatile is upwards compatible with the
5347 implementation in DEC Ada 83.
5348
5349 @node Pragma Warnings
5350 @unnumberedsec Pragma Warnings
5351 @findex Warnings
5352 @noindent
5353 Syntax:
5354
5355 @smallexample @c ada
5356 pragma Warnings (On | Off);
5357 pragma Warnings (On | Off, LOCAL_NAME);
5358 pragma Warnings (static_string_EXPRESSION);
5359 pragma Warnings (On | Off, static_string_EXPRESSION);
5360 @end smallexample
5361
5362 @noindent
5363 Normally warnings are enabled, with the output being controlled by
5364 the command line switch. Warnings (@code{Off}) turns off generation of
5365 warnings until a Warnings (@code{On}) is encountered or the end of the
5366 current unit. If generation of warnings is turned off using this
5367 pragma, then no warning messages are output, regardless of the
5368 setting of the command line switches.
5369
5370 The form with a single argument may be used as a configuration pragma.
5371
5372 If the @var{LOCAL_NAME} parameter is present, warnings are suppressed for
5373 the specified entity. This suppression is effective from the point where
5374 it occurs till the end of the extended scope of the variable (similar to
5375 the scope of @code{Suppress}).
5376
5377 The form with a single static_string_EXPRESSION argument provides more precise
5378 control over which warnings are active. The string is a list of letters
5379 specifying which warnings are to be activated and which deactivated. The
5380 code for these letters is the same as the string used in the command
5381 line switch controlling warnings. For a brief summary, use the gnatmake
5382 command with no arguments, which will generate usage information containing
5383 the list of warnings switches supported. For
5384 full details see @ref{Warning Message Control,,, gnat_ugn, @value{EDITION}
5385 User's Guide}.
5386
5387 @noindent
5388 The specified warnings will be in effect until the end of the program
5389 or another pragma Warnings is encountered. The effect of the pragma is
5390 cumulative. Initially the set of warnings is the standard default set
5391 as possibly modified by compiler switches. Then each pragma Warning
5392 modifies this set of warnings as specified. This form of the pragma may
5393 also be used as a configuration pragma.
5394
5395 The fourth form, with an On|Off parameter and a string, is used to
5396 control individual messages, based on their text. The string argument
5397 is a pattern that is used to match against the text of individual
5398 warning messages (not including the initial "warning: " tag).
5399
5400 The pattern may contain asterisks, which match zero or more characters in
5401 the message. For example, you can use
5402 @code{pragma Warnings (Off, "*bits of*unused")} to suppress the warning
5403 message @code{warning: 960 bits of "a" unused}. No other regular
5404 expression notations are permitted. All characters other than asterisk in
5405 these three specific cases are treated as literal characters in the match.
5406
5407 There are two ways to use this pragma. The OFF form can be used as a
5408 configuration pragma. The effect is to suppress all warnings (if any)
5409 that match the pattern string throughout the compilation.
5410
5411 The second usage is to suppress a warning locally, and in this case, two
5412 pragmas must appear in sequence:
5413
5414 @smallexample @c ada
5415 pragma Warnings (Off, Pattern);
5416 @dots{} code where given warning is to be suppressed
5417 pragma Warnings (On, Pattern);
5418 @end smallexample
5419
5420 @noindent
5421 In this usage, the pattern string must match in the Off and On pragmas,
5422 and at least one matching warning must be suppressed.
5423
5424 Note: the debug flag -gnatd.i (@code{/NOWARNINGS_PRAGMAS} in VMS) can be
5425 used to cause the compiler to entirely ignore all WARNINGS pragmas. This can
5426 be useful in checking whether obsolete pragmas in existing programs are hiding
5427 real problems.
5428
5429 Note: pragma Warnings does not affect the processing of style messages. See
5430 separate entry for pragma Style_Checks for control of style messages.
5431
5432 @node Pragma Weak_External
5433 @unnumberedsec Pragma Weak_External
5434 @findex Weak_External
5435 @noindent
5436 Syntax:
5437
5438 @smallexample @c ada
5439 pragma Weak_External ([Entity =>] LOCAL_NAME);
5440 @end smallexample
5441
5442 @noindent
5443 @var{LOCAL_NAME} must refer to an object that is declared at the library
5444 level. This pragma specifies that the given entity should be marked as a
5445 weak symbol for the linker. It is equivalent to @code{__attribute__((weak))}
5446 in GNU C and causes @var{LOCAL_NAME} to be emitted as a weak symbol instead
5447 of a regular symbol, that is to say a symbol that does not have to be
5448 resolved by the linker if used in conjunction with a pragma Import.
5449
5450 When a weak symbol is not resolved by the linker, its address is set to
5451 zero. This is useful in writing interfaces to external modules that may
5452 or may not be linked in the final executable, for example depending on
5453 configuration settings.
5454
5455 If a program references at run time an entity to which this pragma has been
5456 applied, and the corresponding symbol was not resolved at link time, then
5457 the execution of the program is erroneous. It is not erroneous to take the
5458 Address of such an entity, for example to guard potential references,
5459 as shown in the example below.
5460
5461 Some file formats do not support weak symbols so not all target machines
5462 support this pragma.
5463
5464 @smallexample @c ada
5465 -- Example of the use of pragma Weak_External
5466
5467 package External_Module is
5468 key : Integer;
5469 pragma Import (C, key);
5470 pragma Weak_External (key);
5471 function Present return boolean;
5472 end External_Module;
5473
5474 with System; use System;
5475 package body External_Module is
5476 function Present return boolean is
5477 begin
5478 return key'Address /= System.Null_Address;
5479 end Present;
5480 end External_Module;
5481 @end smallexample
5482
5483 @node Pragma Wide_Character_Encoding
5484 @unnumberedsec Pragma Wide_Character_Encoding
5485 @findex Wide_Character_Encoding
5486 @noindent
5487 Syntax:
5488
5489 @smallexample @c ada
5490 pragma Wide_Character_Encoding (IDENTIFIER | CHARACTER_LITERAL);
5491 @end smallexample
5492
5493 @noindent
5494 This pragma specifies the wide character encoding to be used in program
5495 source text appearing subsequently. It is a configuration pragma, but may
5496 also be used at any point that a pragma is allowed, and it is permissible
5497 to have more than one such pragma in a file, allowing multiple encodings
5498 to appear within the same file.
5499
5500 The argument can be an identifier or a character literal. In the identifier
5501 case, it is one of @code{HEX}, @code{UPPER}, @code{SHIFT_JIS},
5502 @code{EUC}, @code{UTF8}, or @code{BRACKETS}. In the character literal
5503 case it is correspondingly one of the characters @samp{h}, @samp{u},
5504 @samp{s}, @samp{e}, @samp{8}, or @samp{b}.
5505
5506 Note that when the pragma is used within a file, it affects only the
5507 encoding within that file, and does not affect withed units, specs,
5508 or subunits.
5509
5510 @node Implementation Defined Attributes
5511 @chapter Implementation Defined Attributes
5512 Ada defines (throughout the Ada reference manual,
5513 summarized in Annex K),
5514 a set of attributes that provide useful additional functionality in all
5515 areas of the language. These language defined attributes are implemented
5516 in GNAT and work as described in the Ada Reference Manual.
5517
5518 In addition, Ada allows implementations to define additional
5519 attributes whose meaning is defined by the implementation. GNAT provides
5520 a number of these implementation-dependent attributes which can be used
5521 to extend and enhance the functionality of the compiler. This section of
5522 the GNAT reference manual describes these additional attributes.
5523
5524 Note that any program using these attributes may not be portable to
5525 other compilers (although GNAT implements this set of attributes on all
5526 platforms). Therefore if portability to other compilers is an important
5527 consideration, you should minimize the use of these attributes.
5528
5529 @menu
5530 * Abort_Signal::
5531 * Address_Size::
5532 * Asm_Input::
5533 * Asm_Output::
5534 * AST_Entry::
5535 * Bit::
5536 * Bit_Position::
5537 * Compiler_Version::
5538 * Code_Address::
5539 * Default_Bit_Order::
5540 * Elaborated::
5541 * Elab_Body::
5542 * Elab_Spec::
5543 * Emax::
5544 * Enabled::
5545 * Enum_Rep::
5546 * Enum_Val::
5547 * Epsilon::
5548 * Fixed_Value::
5549 * Has_Access_Values::
5550 * Has_Discriminants::
5551 * Img::
5552 * Integer_Value::
5553 * Invalid_Value::
5554 * Large::
5555 * Machine_Size::
5556 * Mantissa::
5557 * Max_Interrupt_Priority::
5558 * Max_Priority::
5559 * Maximum_Alignment::
5560 * Mechanism_Code::
5561 * Null_Parameter::
5562 * Object_Size::
5563 * Old::
5564 * Passed_By_Reference::
5565 * Pool_Address::
5566 * Range_Length::
5567 * Result::
5568 * Safe_Emax::
5569 * Safe_Large::
5570 * Small::
5571 * Storage_Unit::
5572 * Stub_Type::
5573 * Target_Name::
5574 * Tick::
5575 * To_Address::
5576 * Type_Class::
5577 * UET_Address::
5578 * Unconstrained_Array::
5579 * Universal_Literal_String::
5580 * Unrestricted_Access::
5581 * VADS_Size::
5582 * Value_Size::
5583 * Wchar_T_Size::
5584 * Word_Size::
5585 @end menu
5586
5587 @node Abort_Signal
5588 @unnumberedsec Abort_Signal
5589 @findex Abort_Signal
5590 @noindent
5591 @code{Standard'Abort_Signal} (@code{Standard} is the only allowed
5592 prefix) provides the entity for the special exception used to signal
5593 task abort or asynchronous transfer of control. Normally this attribute
5594 should only be used in the tasking runtime (it is highly peculiar, and
5595 completely outside the normal semantics of Ada, for a user program to
5596 intercept the abort exception).
5597
5598 @node Address_Size
5599 @unnumberedsec Address_Size
5600 @cindex Size of @code{Address}
5601 @findex Address_Size
5602 @noindent
5603 @code{Standard'Address_Size} (@code{Standard} is the only allowed
5604 prefix) is a static constant giving the number of bits in an
5605 @code{Address}. It is the same value as System.Address'Size,
5606 but has the advantage of being static, while a direct
5607 reference to System.Address'Size is non-static because Address
5608 is a private type.
5609
5610 @node Asm_Input
5611 @unnumberedsec Asm_Input
5612 @findex Asm_Input
5613 @noindent
5614 The @code{Asm_Input} attribute denotes a function that takes two
5615 parameters. The first is a string, the second is an expression of the
5616 type designated by the prefix. The first (string) argument is required
5617 to be a static expression, and is the constraint for the parameter,
5618 (e.g.@: what kind of register is required). The second argument is the
5619 value to be used as the input argument. The possible values for the
5620 constant are the same as those used in the RTL, and are dependent on
5621 the configuration file used to built the GCC back end.
5622 @ref{Machine Code Insertions}
5623
5624 @node Asm_Output
5625 @unnumberedsec Asm_Output
5626 @findex Asm_Output
5627 @noindent
5628 The @code{Asm_Output} attribute denotes a function that takes two
5629 parameters. The first is a string, the second is the name of a variable
5630 of the type designated by the attribute prefix. The first (string)
5631 argument is required to be a static expression and designates the
5632 constraint for the parameter (e.g.@: what kind of register is
5633 required). The second argument is the variable to be updated with the
5634 result. The possible values for constraint are the same as those used in
5635 the RTL, and are dependent on the configuration file used to build the
5636 GCC back end. If there are no output operands, then this argument may
5637 either be omitted, or explicitly given as @code{No_Output_Operands}.
5638 @ref{Machine Code Insertions}
5639
5640 @node AST_Entry
5641 @unnumberedsec AST_Entry
5642 @cindex OpenVMS
5643 @findex AST_Entry
5644 @noindent
5645 This attribute is implemented only in OpenVMS versions of GNAT@. Applied to
5646 the name of an entry, it yields a value of the predefined type AST_Handler
5647 (declared in the predefined package System, as extended by the use of
5648 pragma @code{Extend_System (Aux_DEC)}). This value enables the given entry to
5649 be called when an AST occurs. For further details, refer to the @cite{DEC Ada
5650 Language Reference Manual}, section 9.12a.
5651
5652 @node Bit
5653 @unnumberedsec Bit
5654 @findex Bit
5655 @code{@var{obj}'Bit}, where @var{obj} is any object, yields the bit
5656 offset within the storage unit (byte) that contains the first bit of
5657 storage allocated for the object. The value of this attribute is of the
5658 type @code{Universal_Integer}, and is always a non-negative number not
5659 exceeding the value of @code{System.Storage_Unit}.
5660
5661 For an object that is a variable or a constant allocated in a register,
5662 the value is zero. (The use of this attribute does not force the
5663 allocation of a variable to memory).
5664
5665 For an object that is a formal parameter, this attribute applies
5666 to either the matching actual parameter or to a copy of the
5667 matching actual parameter.
5668
5669 For an access object the value is zero. Note that
5670 @code{@var{obj}.all'Bit} is subject to an @code{Access_Check} for the
5671 designated object. Similarly for a record component
5672 @code{@var{X}.@var{C}'Bit} is subject to a discriminant check and
5673 @code{@var{X}(@var{I}).Bit} and @code{@var{X}(@var{I1}..@var{I2})'Bit}
5674 are subject to index checks.
5675
5676 This attribute is designed to be compatible with the DEC Ada 83 definition
5677 and implementation of the @code{Bit} attribute.
5678
5679 @node Bit_Position
5680 @unnumberedsec Bit_Position
5681 @findex Bit_Position
5682 @noindent
5683 @code{@var{R.C}'Bit}, where @var{R} is a record object and C is one
5684 of the fields of the record type, yields the bit
5685 offset within the record contains the first bit of
5686 storage allocated for the object. The value of this attribute is of the
5687 type @code{Universal_Integer}. The value depends only on the field
5688 @var{C} and is independent of the alignment of
5689 the containing record @var{R}.
5690
5691 @node Compiler_Version
5692 @unnumberedsec Compiler_Version
5693 @findex Compiler_Version
5694 @noindent
5695 @code{Standard'Compiler_Version} (@code{Standard} is the only allowed
5696 prefix) yields a static string identifying the version of the compiler
5697 being used to compile the unit containing the attribute reference. A
5698 typical result would be something like "GNAT Pro 6.3.0w (20090221)".
5699
5700 @node Code_Address
5701 @unnumberedsec Code_Address
5702 @findex Code_Address
5703 @cindex Subprogram address
5704 @cindex Address of subprogram code
5705 @noindent
5706 The @code{'Address}
5707 attribute may be applied to subprograms in Ada 95 and Ada 2005, but the
5708 intended effect seems to be to provide
5709 an address value which can be used to call the subprogram by means of
5710 an address clause as in the following example:
5711
5712 @smallexample @c ada
5713 procedure K is @dots{}
5714
5715 procedure L;
5716 for L'Address use K'Address;
5717 pragma Import (Ada, L);
5718 @end smallexample
5719
5720 @noindent
5721 A call to @code{L} is then expected to result in a call to @code{K}@.
5722 In Ada 83, where there were no access-to-subprogram values, this was
5723 a common work-around for getting the effect of an indirect call.
5724 GNAT implements the above use of @code{Address} and the technique
5725 illustrated by the example code works correctly.
5726
5727 However, for some purposes, it is useful to have the address of the start
5728 of the generated code for the subprogram. On some architectures, this is
5729 not necessarily the same as the @code{Address} value described above.
5730 For example, the @code{Address} value may reference a subprogram
5731 descriptor rather than the subprogram itself.
5732
5733 The @code{'Code_Address} attribute, which can only be applied to
5734 subprogram entities, always returns the address of the start of the
5735 generated code of the specified subprogram, which may or may not be
5736 the same value as is returned by the corresponding @code{'Address}
5737 attribute.
5738
5739 @node Default_Bit_Order
5740 @unnumberedsec Default_Bit_Order
5741 @cindex Big endian
5742 @cindex Little endian
5743 @findex Default_Bit_Order
5744 @noindent
5745 @code{Standard'Default_Bit_Order} (@code{Standard} is the only
5746 permissible prefix), provides the value @code{System.Default_Bit_Order}
5747 as a @code{Pos} value (0 for @code{High_Order_First}, 1 for
5748 @code{Low_Order_First}). This is used to construct the definition of
5749 @code{Default_Bit_Order} in package @code{System}.
5750
5751 @node Elaborated
5752 @unnumberedsec Elaborated
5753 @findex Elaborated
5754 @noindent
5755 The prefix of the @code{'Elaborated} attribute must be a unit name. The
5756 value is a Boolean which indicates whether or not the given unit has been
5757 elaborated. This attribute is primarily intended for internal use by the
5758 generated code for dynamic elaboration checking, but it can also be used
5759 in user programs. The value will always be True once elaboration of all
5760 units has been completed. An exception is for units which need no
5761 elaboration, the value is always False for such units.
5762
5763 @node Elab_Body
5764 @unnumberedsec Elab_Body
5765 @findex Elab_Body
5766 @noindent
5767 This attribute can only be applied to a program unit name. It returns
5768 the entity for the corresponding elaboration procedure for elaborating
5769 the body of the referenced unit. This is used in the main generated
5770 elaboration procedure by the binder and is not normally used in any
5771 other context. However, there may be specialized situations in which it
5772 is useful to be able to call this elaboration procedure from Ada code,
5773 e.g.@: if it is necessary to do selective re-elaboration to fix some
5774 error.
5775
5776 @node Elab_Spec
5777 @unnumberedsec Elab_Spec
5778 @findex Elab_Spec
5779 @noindent
5780 This attribute can only be applied to a program unit name. It returns
5781 the entity for the corresponding elaboration procedure for elaborating
5782 the spec of the referenced unit. This is used in the main
5783 generated elaboration procedure by the binder and is not normally used
5784 in any other context. However, there may be specialized situations in
5785 which it is useful to be able to call this elaboration procedure from
5786 Ada code, e.g.@: if it is necessary to do selective re-elaboration to fix
5787 some error.
5788
5789 @node Emax
5790 @unnumberedsec Emax
5791 @cindex Ada 83 attributes
5792 @findex Emax
5793 @noindent
5794 The @code{Emax} attribute is provided for compatibility with Ada 83. See
5795 the Ada 83 reference manual for an exact description of the semantics of
5796 this attribute.
5797
5798 @node Enabled
5799 @unnumberedsec Enabled
5800 @findex Enabled
5801 @noindent
5802 The @code{Enabled} attribute allows an application program to check at compile
5803 time to see if the designated check is currently enabled. The prefix is a
5804 simple identifier, referencing any predefined check name (other than
5805 @code{All_Checks}) or a check name introduced by pragma Check_Name. If
5806 no argument is given for the attribute, the check is for the general state
5807 of the check, if an argument is given, then it is an entity name, and the
5808 check indicates whether an @code{Suppress} or @code{Unsuppress} has been
5809 given naming the entity (if not, then the argument is ignored).
5810
5811 Note that instantiations inherit the check status at the point of the
5812 instantiation, so a useful idiom is to have a library package that
5813 introduces a check name with @code{pragma Check_Name}, and then contains
5814 generic packages or subprograms which use the @code{Enabled} attribute
5815 to see if the check is enabled. A user of this package can then issue
5816 a @code{pragma Suppress} or @code{pragma Unsuppress} before instantiating
5817 the package or subprogram, controlling whether the check will be present.
5818
5819 @node Enum_Rep
5820 @unnumberedsec Enum_Rep
5821 @cindex Representation of enums
5822 @findex Enum_Rep
5823 @noindent
5824 For every enumeration subtype @var{S}, @code{@var{S}'Enum_Rep} denotes a
5825 function with the following spec:
5826
5827 @smallexample @c ada
5828 function @var{S}'Enum_Rep (Arg : @var{S}'Base)
5829 return @i{Universal_Integer};
5830 @end smallexample
5831
5832 @noindent
5833 It is also allowable to apply @code{Enum_Rep} directly to an object of an
5834 enumeration type or to a non-overloaded enumeration
5835 literal. In this case @code{@var{S}'Enum_Rep} is equivalent to
5836 @code{@var{typ}'Enum_Rep(@var{S})} where @var{typ} is the type of the
5837 enumeration literal or object.
5838
5839 The function returns the representation value for the given enumeration
5840 value. This will be equal to value of the @code{Pos} attribute in the
5841 absence of an enumeration representation clause. This is a static
5842 attribute (i.e.@: the result is static if the argument is static).
5843
5844 @code{@var{S}'Enum_Rep} can also be used with integer types and objects,
5845 in which case it simply returns the integer value. The reason for this
5846 is to allow it to be used for @code{(<>)} discrete formal arguments in
5847 a generic unit that can be instantiated with either enumeration types
5848 or integer types. Note that if @code{Enum_Rep} is used on a modular
5849 type whose upper bound exceeds the upper bound of the largest signed
5850 integer type, and the argument is a variable, so that the universal
5851 integer calculation is done at run time, then the call to @code{Enum_Rep}
5852 may raise @code{Constraint_Error}.
5853
5854 @node Enum_Val
5855 @unnumberedsec Enum_Val
5856 @cindex Representation of enums
5857 @findex Enum_Val
5858 @noindent
5859 For every enumeration subtype @var{S}, @code{@var{S}'Enum_Val} denotes a
5860 function with the following spec:
5861
5862 @smallexample @c ada
5863 function @var{S}'Enum_Val (Arg : @i{Universal_Integer)
5864 return @var{S}'Base};
5865 @end smallexample
5866
5867 @noindent
5868 The function returns the enumeration value whose representation matches the
5869 argument, or raises Constraint_Error if no enumeration literal of the type
5870 has the matching value.
5871 This will be equal to value of the @code{Val} attribute in the
5872 absence of an enumeration representation clause. This is a static
5873 attribute (i.e.@: the result is static if the argument is static).
5874
5875 @node Epsilon
5876 @unnumberedsec Epsilon
5877 @cindex Ada 83 attributes
5878 @findex Epsilon
5879 @noindent
5880 The @code{Epsilon} attribute is provided for compatibility with Ada 83. See
5881 the Ada 83 reference manual for an exact description of the semantics of
5882 this attribute.
5883
5884 @node Fixed_Value
5885 @unnumberedsec Fixed_Value
5886 @findex Fixed_Value
5887 @noindent
5888 For every fixed-point type @var{S}, @code{@var{S}'Fixed_Value} denotes a
5889 function with the following specification:
5890
5891 @smallexample @c ada
5892 function @var{S}'Fixed_Value (Arg : @i{Universal_Integer})
5893 return @var{S};
5894 @end smallexample
5895
5896 @noindent
5897 The value returned is the fixed-point value @var{V} such that
5898
5899 @smallexample @c ada
5900 @var{V} = Arg * @var{S}'Small
5901 @end smallexample
5902
5903 @noindent
5904 The effect is thus similar to first converting the argument to the
5905 integer type used to represent @var{S}, and then doing an unchecked
5906 conversion to the fixed-point type. The difference is
5907 that there are full range checks, to ensure that the result is in range.
5908 This attribute is primarily intended for use in implementation of the
5909 input-output functions for fixed-point values.
5910
5911 @node Has_Access_Values
5912 @unnumberedsec Has_Access_Values
5913 @cindex Access values, testing for
5914 @findex Has_Access_Values
5915 @noindent
5916 The prefix of the @code{Has_Access_Values} attribute is a type. The result
5917 is a Boolean value which is True if the is an access type, or is a composite
5918 type with a component (at any nesting depth) that is an access type, and is
5919 False otherwise.
5920 The intended use of this attribute is in conjunction with generic
5921 definitions. If the attribute is applied to a generic private type, it
5922 indicates whether or not the corresponding actual type has access values.
5923
5924 @node Has_Discriminants
5925 @unnumberedsec Has_Discriminants
5926 @cindex Discriminants, testing for
5927 @findex Has_Discriminants
5928 @noindent
5929 The prefix of the @code{Has_Discriminants} attribute is a type. The result
5930 is a Boolean value which is True if the type has discriminants, and False
5931 otherwise. The intended use of this attribute is in conjunction with generic
5932 definitions. If the attribute is applied to a generic private type, it
5933 indicates whether or not the corresponding actual type has discriminants.
5934
5935 @node Img
5936 @unnumberedsec Img
5937 @findex Img
5938 @noindent
5939 The @code{Img} attribute differs from @code{Image} in that it may be
5940 applied to objects as well as types, in which case it gives the
5941 @code{Image} for the subtype of the object. This is convenient for
5942 debugging:
5943
5944 @smallexample @c ada
5945 Put_Line ("X = " & X'Img);
5946 @end smallexample
5947
5948 @noindent
5949 has the same meaning as the more verbose:
5950
5951 @smallexample @c ada
5952 Put_Line ("X = " & @var{T}'Image (X));
5953 @end smallexample
5954
5955 @noindent
5956 where @var{T} is the (sub)type of the object @code{X}.
5957
5958 @node Integer_Value
5959 @unnumberedsec Integer_Value
5960 @findex Integer_Value
5961 @noindent
5962 For every integer type @var{S}, @code{@var{S}'Integer_Value} denotes a
5963 function with the following spec:
5964
5965 @smallexample @c ada
5966 function @var{S}'Integer_Value (Arg : @i{Universal_Fixed})
5967 return @var{S};
5968 @end smallexample
5969
5970 @noindent
5971 The value returned is the integer value @var{V}, such that
5972
5973 @smallexample @c ada
5974 Arg = @var{V} * @var{T}'Small
5975 @end smallexample
5976
5977 @noindent
5978 where @var{T} is the type of @code{Arg}.
5979 The effect is thus similar to first doing an unchecked conversion from
5980 the fixed-point type to its corresponding implementation type, and then
5981 converting the result to the target integer type. The difference is
5982 that there are full range checks, to ensure that the result is in range.
5983 This attribute is primarily intended for use in implementation of the
5984 standard input-output functions for fixed-point values.
5985
5986 @node Invalid_Value
5987 @unnumberedsec Invalid_Value
5988 @findex Invalid_Value
5989 @noindent
5990 For every scalar type S, S'Invalid_Value returns an undefined value of the
5991 type. If possible this value is an invalid representation for the type. The
5992 value returned is identical to the value used to initialize an otherwise
5993 uninitialized value of the type if pragma Initialize_Scalars is used,
5994 including the ability to modify the value with the binder -Sxx flag and
5995 relevant environment variables at run time.
5996
5997 @node Large
5998 @unnumberedsec Large
5999 @cindex Ada 83 attributes
6000 @findex Large
6001 @noindent
6002 The @code{Large} attribute is provided for compatibility with Ada 83. See
6003 the Ada 83 reference manual for an exact description of the semantics of
6004 this attribute.
6005
6006 @node Machine_Size
6007 @unnumberedsec Machine_Size
6008 @findex Machine_Size
6009 @noindent
6010 This attribute is identical to the @code{Object_Size} attribute. It is
6011 provided for compatibility with the DEC Ada 83 attribute of this name.
6012
6013 @node Mantissa
6014 @unnumberedsec Mantissa
6015 @cindex Ada 83 attributes
6016 @findex Mantissa
6017 @noindent
6018 The @code{Mantissa} attribute is provided for compatibility with Ada 83. See
6019 the Ada 83 reference manual for an exact description of the semantics of
6020 this attribute.
6021
6022 @node Max_Interrupt_Priority
6023 @unnumberedsec Max_Interrupt_Priority
6024 @cindex Interrupt priority, maximum
6025 @findex Max_Interrupt_Priority
6026 @noindent
6027 @code{Standard'Max_Interrupt_Priority} (@code{Standard} is the only
6028 permissible prefix), provides the same value as
6029 @code{System.Max_Interrupt_Priority}.
6030
6031 @node Max_Priority
6032 @unnumberedsec Max_Priority
6033 @cindex Priority, maximum
6034 @findex Max_Priority
6035 @noindent
6036 @code{Standard'Max_Priority} (@code{Standard} is the only permissible
6037 prefix) provides the same value as @code{System.Max_Priority}.
6038
6039 @node Maximum_Alignment
6040 @unnumberedsec Maximum_Alignment
6041 @cindex Alignment, maximum
6042 @findex Maximum_Alignment
6043 @noindent
6044 @code{Standard'Maximum_Alignment} (@code{Standard} is the only
6045 permissible prefix) provides the maximum useful alignment value for the
6046 target. This is a static value that can be used to specify the alignment
6047 for an object, guaranteeing that it is properly aligned in all
6048 cases.
6049
6050 @node Mechanism_Code
6051 @unnumberedsec Mechanism_Code
6052 @cindex Return values, passing mechanism
6053 @cindex Parameters, passing mechanism
6054 @findex Mechanism_Code
6055 @noindent
6056 @code{@var{function}'Mechanism_Code} yields an integer code for the
6057 mechanism used for the result of function, and
6058 @code{@var{subprogram}'Mechanism_Code (@var{n})} yields the mechanism
6059 used for formal parameter number @var{n} (a static integer value with 1
6060 meaning the first parameter) of @var{subprogram}. The code returned is:
6061
6062 @table @asis
6063 @item 1
6064 by copy (value)
6065 @item 2
6066 by reference
6067 @item 3
6068 by descriptor (default descriptor class)
6069 @item 4
6070 by descriptor (UBS: unaligned bit string)
6071 @item 5
6072 by descriptor (UBSB: aligned bit string with arbitrary bounds)
6073 @item 6
6074 by descriptor (UBA: unaligned bit array)
6075 @item 7
6076 by descriptor (S: string, also scalar access type parameter)
6077 @item 8
6078 by descriptor (SB: string with arbitrary bounds)
6079 @item 9
6080 by descriptor (A: contiguous array)
6081 @item 10
6082 by descriptor (NCA: non-contiguous array)
6083 @end table
6084
6085 @noindent
6086 Values from 3 through 10 are only relevant to Digital OpenVMS implementations.
6087 @cindex OpenVMS
6088
6089 @node Null_Parameter
6090 @unnumberedsec Null_Parameter
6091 @cindex Zero address, passing
6092 @findex Null_Parameter
6093 @noindent
6094 A reference @code{@var{T}'Null_Parameter} denotes an imaginary object of
6095 type or subtype @var{T} allocated at machine address zero. The attribute
6096 is allowed only as the default expression of a formal parameter, or as
6097 an actual expression of a subprogram call. In either case, the
6098 subprogram must be imported.
6099
6100 The identity of the object is represented by the address zero in the
6101 argument list, independent of the passing mechanism (explicit or
6102 default).
6103
6104 This capability is needed to specify that a zero address should be
6105 passed for a record or other composite object passed by reference.
6106 There is no way of indicating this without the @code{Null_Parameter}
6107 attribute.
6108
6109 @node Object_Size
6110 @unnumberedsec Object_Size
6111 @cindex Size, used for objects
6112 @findex Object_Size
6113 @noindent
6114 The size of an object is not necessarily the same as the size of the type
6115 of an object. This is because by default object sizes are increased to be
6116 a multiple of the alignment of the object. For example,
6117 @code{Natural'Size} is
6118 31, but by default objects of type @code{Natural} will have a size of 32 bits.
6119 Similarly, a record containing an integer and a character:
6120
6121 @smallexample @c ada
6122 type Rec is record
6123 I : Integer;
6124 C : Character;
6125 end record;
6126 @end smallexample
6127
6128 @noindent
6129 will have a size of 40 (that is @code{Rec'Size} will be 40). The
6130 alignment will be 4, because of the
6131 integer field, and so the default size of record objects for this type
6132 will be 64 (8 bytes).
6133
6134 @node Old
6135 @unnumberedsec Old
6136 @cindex Capturing Old values
6137 @cindex Postconditions
6138 @noindent
6139 The attribute Prefix'Old can be used within a
6140 subprogram to refer to the value of the prefix on entry. So for
6141 example if you have an argument of a record type X called Arg1,
6142 you can refer to Arg1.Field'Old which yields the value of
6143 Arg1.Field on entry. The implementation simply involves generating
6144 an object declaration which captures the value on entry. Any
6145 prefix is allowed except one of a limited type (since limited
6146 types cannot be copied to capture their values) or a local variable
6147 (since it does not exist at subprogram entry time).
6148
6149 The following example shows the use of 'Old to implement
6150 a test of a postcondition:
6151
6152 @smallexample @c ada
6153 with Old_Pkg;
6154 procedure Old is
6155 begin
6156 Old_Pkg.Incr;
6157 end Old;
6158
6159 package Old_Pkg is
6160 procedure Incr;
6161 end Old_Pkg;
6162
6163 package body Old_Pkg is
6164 Count : Natural := 0;
6165
6166 procedure Incr is
6167 begin
6168 ... code manipulating the value of Count
6169
6170 pragma Assert (Count = Count'Old + 1);
6171 end Incr;
6172 end Old_Pkg;
6173 @end smallexample
6174
6175 @noindent
6176 Note that it is allowed to apply 'Old to a constant entity, but this will
6177 result in a warning, since the old and new values will always be the same.
6178
6179 @node Passed_By_Reference
6180 @unnumberedsec Passed_By_Reference
6181 @cindex Parameters, when passed by reference
6182 @findex Passed_By_Reference
6183 @noindent
6184 @code{@var{type}'Passed_By_Reference} for any subtype @var{type} returns
6185 a value of type @code{Boolean} value that is @code{True} if the type is
6186 normally passed by reference and @code{False} if the type is normally
6187 passed by copy in calls. For scalar types, the result is always @code{False}
6188 and is static. For non-scalar types, the result is non-static.
6189
6190 @node Pool_Address
6191 @unnumberedsec Pool_Address
6192 @cindex Parameters, when passed by reference
6193 @findex Pool_Address
6194 @noindent
6195 @code{@var{X}'Pool_Address} for any object @var{X} returns the address
6196 of X within its storage pool. This is the same as
6197 @code{@var{X}'Address}, except that for an unconstrained array whose
6198 bounds are allocated just before the first component,
6199 @code{@var{X}'Pool_Address} returns the address of those bounds,
6200 whereas @code{@var{X}'Address} returns the address of the first
6201 component.
6202
6203 Here, we are interpreting ``storage pool'' broadly to mean ``wherever
6204 the object is allocated'', which could be a user-defined storage pool,
6205 the global heap, on the stack, or in a static memory area. For an
6206 object created by @code{new}, @code{@var{Ptr.all}'Pool_Address} is
6207 what is passed to @code{Allocate} and returned from @code{Deallocate}.
6208
6209 @node Range_Length
6210 @unnumberedsec Range_Length
6211 @findex Range_Length
6212 @noindent
6213 @code{@var{type}'Range_Length} for any discrete type @var{type} yields
6214 the number of values represented by the subtype (zero for a null
6215 range). The result is static for static subtypes. @code{Range_Length}
6216 applied to the index subtype of a one dimensional array always gives the
6217 same result as @code{Range} applied to the array itself.
6218
6219 @node Result
6220 @unnumberedsec Result
6221 @findex Result
6222 @noindent
6223 @code{@var{function}'Result} can only be used with in a Postcondition pragma
6224 for a function. The prefix must be the name of the corresponding function. This
6225 is used to refer to the result of the function in the postcondition expression.
6226 For a further discussion of the use of this attribute and examples of its use,
6227 see the description of pragma Postcondition.
6228
6229 @node Safe_Emax
6230 @unnumberedsec Safe_Emax
6231 @cindex Ada 83 attributes
6232 @findex Safe_Emax
6233 @noindent
6234 The @code{Safe_Emax} attribute is provided for compatibility with Ada 83. See
6235 the Ada 83 reference manual for an exact description of the semantics of
6236 this attribute.
6237
6238 @node Safe_Large
6239 @unnumberedsec Safe_Large
6240 @cindex Ada 83 attributes
6241 @findex Safe_Large
6242 @noindent
6243 The @code{Safe_Large} attribute is provided for compatibility with Ada 83. See
6244 the Ada 83 reference manual for an exact description of the semantics of
6245 this attribute.
6246
6247 @node Small
6248 @unnumberedsec Small
6249 @cindex Ada 83 attributes
6250 @findex Small
6251 @noindent
6252 The @code{Small} attribute is defined in Ada 95 (and Ada 2005) only for
6253 fixed-point types.
6254 GNAT also allows this attribute to be applied to floating-point types
6255 for compatibility with Ada 83. See
6256 the Ada 83 reference manual for an exact description of the semantics of
6257 this attribute when applied to floating-point types.
6258
6259 @node Storage_Unit
6260 @unnumberedsec Storage_Unit
6261 @findex Storage_Unit
6262 @noindent
6263 @code{Standard'Storage_Unit} (@code{Standard} is the only permissible
6264 prefix) provides the same value as @code{System.Storage_Unit}.
6265
6266 @node Stub_Type
6267 @unnumberedsec Stub_Type
6268 @findex Stub_Type
6269 @noindent
6270 The GNAT implementation of remote access-to-classwide types is
6271 organized as described in AARM section E.4 (20.t): a value of an RACW type
6272 (designating a remote object) is represented as a normal access
6273 value, pointing to a "stub" object which in turn contains the
6274 necessary information to contact the designated remote object. A
6275 call on any dispatching operation of such a stub object does the
6276 remote call, if necessary, using the information in the stub object
6277 to locate the target partition, etc.
6278
6279 For a prefix @code{T} that denotes a remote access-to-classwide type,
6280 @code{T'Stub_Type} denotes the type of the corresponding stub objects.
6281
6282 By construction, the layout of @code{T'Stub_Type} is identical to that of
6283 type @code{RACW_Stub_Type} declared in the internal implementation-defined
6284 unit @code{System.Partition_Interface}. Use of this attribute will create
6285 an implicit dependency on this unit.
6286
6287 @node Target_Name
6288 @unnumberedsec Target_Name
6289 @findex Target_Name
6290 @noindent
6291 @code{Standard'Target_Name} (@code{Standard} is the only permissible
6292 prefix) provides a static string value that identifies the target
6293 for the current compilation. For GCC implementations, this is the
6294 standard gcc target name without the terminating slash (for
6295 example, GNAT 5.0 on windows yields "i586-pc-mingw32msv").
6296
6297 @node Tick
6298 @unnumberedsec Tick
6299 @findex Tick
6300 @noindent
6301 @code{Standard'Tick} (@code{Standard} is the only permissible prefix)
6302 provides the same value as @code{System.Tick},
6303
6304 @node To_Address
6305 @unnumberedsec To_Address
6306 @findex To_Address
6307 @noindent
6308 The @code{System'To_Address}
6309 (@code{System} is the only permissible prefix)
6310 denotes a function identical to
6311 @code{System.Storage_Elements.To_Address} except that
6312 it is a static attribute. This means that if its argument is
6313 a static expression, then the result of the attribute is a
6314 static expression. The result is that such an expression can be
6315 used in contexts (e.g.@: preelaborable packages) which require a
6316 static expression and where the function call could not be used
6317 (since the function call is always non-static, even if its
6318 argument is static).
6319
6320 @node Type_Class
6321 @unnumberedsec Type_Class
6322 @findex Type_Class
6323 @noindent
6324 @code{@var{type}'Type_Class} for any type or subtype @var{type} yields
6325 the value of the type class for the full type of @var{type}. If
6326 @var{type} is a generic formal type, the value is the value for the
6327 corresponding actual subtype. The value of this attribute is of type
6328 @code{System.Aux_DEC.Type_Class}, which has the following definition:
6329
6330 @smallexample @c ada
6331 type Type_Class is
6332 (Type_Class_Enumeration,
6333 Type_Class_Integer,
6334 Type_Class_Fixed_Point,
6335 Type_Class_Floating_Point,
6336 Type_Class_Array,
6337 Type_Class_Record,
6338 Type_Class_Access,
6339 Type_Class_Task,
6340 Type_Class_Address);
6341 @end smallexample
6342
6343 @noindent
6344 Protected types yield the value @code{Type_Class_Task}, which thus
6345 applies to all concurrent types. This attribute is designed to
6346 be compatible with the DEC Ada 83 attribute of the same name.
6347
6348 @node UET_Address
6349 @unnumberedsec UET_Address
6350 @findex UET_Address
6351 @noindent
6352 The @code{UET_Address} attribute can only be used for a prefix which
6353 denotes a library package. It yields the address of the unit exception
6354 table when zero cost exception handling is used. This attribute is
6355 intended only for use within the GNAT implementation. See the unit
6356 @code{Ada.Exceptions} in files @file{a-except.ads} and @file{a-except.adb}
6357 for details on how this attribute is used in the implementation.
6358
6359 @node Unconstrained_Array
6360 @unnumberedsec Unconstrained_Array
6361 @findex Unconstrained_Array
6362 @noindent
6363 The @code{Unconstrained_Array} attribute can be used with a prefix that
6364 denotes any type or subtype. It is a static attribute that yields
6365 @code{True} if the prefix designates an unconstrained array,
6366 and @code{False} otherwise. In a generic instance, the result is
6367 still static, and yields the result of applying this test to the
6368 generic actual.
6369
6370 @node Universal_Literal_String
6371 @unnumberedsec Universal_Literal_String
6372 @cindex Named numbers, representation of
6373 @findex Universal_Literal_String
6374 @noindent
6375 The prefix of @code{Universal_Literal_String} must be a named
6376 number. The static result is the string consisting of the characters of
6377 the number as defined in the original source. This allows the user
6378 program to access the actual text of named numbers without intermediate
6379 conversions and without the need to enclose the strings in quotes (which
6380 would preclude their use as numbers). This is used internally for the
6381 construction of values of the floating-point attributes from the file
6382 @file{ttypef.ads}, but may also be used by user programs.
6383
6384 For example, the following program prints the first 50 digits of pi:
6385
6386 @smallexample @c ada
6387 with Text_IO; use Text_IO;
6388 with Ada.Numerics;
6389 procedure Pi is
6390 begin
6391 Put (Ada.Numerics.Pi'Universal_Literal_String);
6392 end;
6393 @end smallexample
6394
6395 @node Unrestricted_Access
6396 @unnumberedsec Unrestricted_Access
6397 @cindex @code{Access}, unrestricted
6398 @findex Unrestricted_Access
6399 @noindent
6400 The @code{Unrestricted_Access} attribute is similar to @code{Access}
6401 except that all accessibility and aliased view checks are omitted. This
6402 is a user-beware attribute. It is similar to
6403 @code{Address}, for which it is a desirable replacement where the value
6404 desired is an access type. In other words, its effect is identical to
6405 first applying the @code{Address} attribute and then doing an unchecked
6406 conversion to a desired access type. In GNAT, but not necessarily in
6407 other implementations, the use of static chains for inner level
6408 subprograms means that @code{Unrestricted_Access} applied to a
6409 subprogram yields a value that can be called as long as the subprogram
6410 is in scope (normal Ada accessibility rules restrict this usage).
6411
6412 It is possible to use @code{Unrestricted_Access} for any type, but care
6413 must be exercised if it is used to create pointers to unconstrained
6414 objects. In this case, the resulting pointer has the same scope as the
6415 context of the attribute, and may not be returned to some enclosing
6416 scope. For instance, a function cannot use @code{Unrestricted_Access}
6417 to create a unconstrained pointer and then return that value to the
6418 caller.
6419
6420 @node VADS_Size
6421 @unnumberedsec VADS_Size
6422 @cindex @code{Size}, VADS compatibility
6423 @findex VADS_Size
6424 @noindent
6425 The @code{'VADS_Size} attribute is intended to make it easier to port
6426 legacy code which relies on the semantics of @code{'Size} as implemented
6427 by the VADS Ada 83 compiler. GNAT makes a best effort at duplicating the
6428 same semantic interpretation. In particular, @code{'VADS_Size} applied
6429 to a predefined or other primitive type with no Size clause yields the
6430 Object_Size (for example, @code{Natural'Size} is 32 rather than 31 on
6431 typical machines). In addition @code{'VADS_Size} applied to an object
6432 gives the result that would be obtained by applying the attribute to
6433 the corresponding type.
6434
6435 @node Value_Size
6436 @unnumberedsec Value_Size
6437 @cindex @code{Size}, setting for not-first subtype
6438 @findex Value_Size
6439 @code{@var{type}'Value_Size} is the number of bits required to represent
6440 a value of the given subtype. It is the same as @code{@var{type}'Size},
6441 but, unlike @code{Size}, may be set for non-first subtypes.
6442
6443 @node Wchar_T_Size
6444 @unnumberedsec Wchar_T_Size
6445 @findex Wchar_T_Size
6446 @code{Standard'Wchar_T_Size} (@code{Standard} is the only permissible
6447 prefix) provides the size in bits of the C @code{wchar_t} type
6448 primarily for constructing the definition of this type in
6449 package @code{Interfaces.C}.
6450
6451 @node Word_Size
6452 @unnumberedsec Word_Size
6453 @findex Word_Size
6454 @code{Standard'Word_Size} (@code{Standard} is the only permissible
6455 prefix) provides the value @code{System.Word_Size}.
6456
6457 @c ------------------------
6458 @node Implementation Advice
6459 @chapter Implementation Advice
6460 @noindent
6461 The main text of the Ada Reference Manual describes the required
6462 behavior of all Ada compilers, and the GNAT compiler conforms to
6463 these requirements.
6464
6465 In addition, there are sections throughout the Ada Reference Manual headed
6466 by the phrase ``Implementation advice''. These sections are not normative,
6467 i.e., they do not specify requirements that all compilers must
6468 follow. Rather they provide advice on generally desirable behavior. You
6469 may wonder why they are not requirements. The most typical answer is
6470 that they describe behavior that seems generally desirable, but cannot
6471 be provided on all systems, or which may be undesirable on some systems.
6472
6473 As far as practical, GNAT follows the implementation advice sections in
6474 the Ada Reference Manual. This chapter contains a table giving the
6475 reference manual section number, paragraph number and several keywords
6476 for each advice. Each entry consists of the text of the advice followed
6477 by the GNAT interpretation of this advice. Most often, this simply says
6478 ``followed'', which means that GNAT follows the advice. However, in a
6479 number of cases, GNAT deliberately deviates from this advice, in which
6480 case the text describes what GNAT does and why.
6481
6482 @cindex Error detection
6483 @unnumberedsec 1.1.3(20): Error Detection
6484 @sp 1
6485 @cartouche
6486 If an implementation detects the use of an unsupported Specialized Needs
6487 Annex feature at run time, it should raise @code{Program_Error} if
6488 feasible.
6489 @end cartouche
6490 Not relevant. All specialized needs annex features are either supported,
6491 or diagnosed at compile time.
6492
6493 @cindex Child Units
6494 @unnumberedsec 1.1.3(31): Child Units
6495 @sp 1
6496 @cartouche
6497 If an implementation wishes to provide implementation-defined
6498 extensions to the functionality of a language-defined library unit, it
6499 should normally do so by adding children to the library unit.
6500 @end cartouche
6501 Followed.
6502
6503 @cindex Bounded errors
6504 @unnumberedsec 1.1.5(12): Bounded Errors
6505 @sp 1
6506 @cartouche
6507 If an implementation detects a bounded error or erroneous
6508 execution, it should raise @code{Program_Error}.
6509 @end cartouche
6510 Followed in all cases in which the implementation detects a bounded
6511 error or erroneous execution. Not all such situations are detected at
6512 runtime.
6513
6514 @cindex Pragmas
6515 @unnumberedsec 2.8(16): Pragmas
6516 @sp 1
6517 @cartouche
6518 Normally, implementation-defined pragmas should have no semantic effect
6519 for error-free programs; that is, if the implementation-defined pragmas
6520 are removed from a working program, the program should still be legal,
6521 and should still have the same semantics.
6522 @end cartouche
6523 The following implementation defined pragmas are exceptions to this
6524 rule:
6525
6526 @table @code
6527 @item Abort_Defer
6528 Affects semantics
6529 @item Ada_83
6530 Affects legality
6531 @item Assert
6532 Affects semantics
6533 @item CPP_Class
6534 Affects semantics
6535 @item CPP_Constructor
6536 Affects semantics
6537 @item Debug
6538 Affects semantics
6539 @item Interface_Name
6540 Affects semantics
6541 @item Machine_Attribute
6542 Affects semantics
6543 @item Unimplemented_Unit
6544 Affects legality
6545 @item Unchecked_Union
6546 Affects semantics
6547 @end table
6548
6549 @noindent
6550 In each of the above cases, it is essential to the purpose of the pragma
6551 that this advice not be followed. For details see the separate section
6552 on implementation defined pragmas.
6553
6554 @unnumberedsec 2.8(17-19): Pragmas
6555 @sp 1
6556 @cartouche
6557 Normally, an implementation should not define pragmas that can
6558 make an illegal program legal, except as follows:
6559 @end cartouche
6560 @sp 1
6561 @cartouche
6562 A pragma used to complete a declaration, such as a pragma @code{Import};
6563 @end cartouche
6564 @sp 1
6565 @cartouche
6566 A pragma used to configure the environment by adding, removing, or
6567 replacing @code{library_items}.
6568 @end cartouche
6569 See response to paragraph 16 of this same section.
6570
6571 @cindex Character Sets
6572 @cindex Alternative Character Sets
6573 @unnumberedsec 3.5.2(5): Alternative Character Sets
6574 @sp 1
6575 @cartouche
6576 If an implementation supports a mode with alternative interpretations
6577 for @code{Character} and @code{Wide_Character}, the set of graphic
6578 characters of @code{Character} should nevertheless remain a proper
6579 subset of the set of graphic characters of @code{Wide_Character}. Any
6580 character set ``localizations'' should be reflected in the results of
6581 the subprograms defined in the language-defined package
6582 @code{Characters.Handling} (see A.3) available in such a mode. In a mode with
6583 an alternative interpretation of @code{Character}, the implementation should
6584 also support a corresponding change in what is a legal
6585 @code{identifier_letter}.
6586 @end cartouche
6587 Not all wide character modes follow this advice, in particular the JIS
6588 and IEC modes reflect standard usage in Japan, and in these encoding,
6589 the upper half of the Latin-1 set is not part of the wide-character
6590 subset, since the most significant bit is used for wide character
6591 encoding. However, this only applies to the external forms. Internally
6592 there is no such restriction.
6593
6594 @cindex Integer types
6595 @unnumberedsec 3.5.4(28): Integer Types
6596
6597 @sp 1
6598 @cartouche
6599 An implementation should support @code{Long_Integer} in addition to
6600 @code{Integer} if the target machine supports 32-bit (or longer)
6601 arithmetic. No other named integer subtypes are recommended for package
6602 @code{Standard}. Instead, appropriate named integer subtypes should be
6603 provided in the library package @code{Interfaces} (see B.2).
6604 @end cartouche
6605 @code{Long_Integer} is supported. Other standard integer types are supported
6606 so this advice is not fully followed. These types
6607 are supported for convenient interface to C, and so that all hardware
6608 types of the machine are easily available.
6609 @unnumberedsec 3.5.4(29): Integer Types
6610
6611 @sp 1
6612 @cartouche
6613 An implementation for a two's complement machine should support
6614 modular types with a binary modulus up to @code{System.Max_Int*2+2}. An
6615 implementation should support a non-binary modules up to @code{Integer'Last}.
6616 @end cartouche
6617 Followed.
6618
6619 @cindex Enumeration values
6620 @unnumberedsec 3.5.5(8): Enumeration Values
6621 @sp 1
6622 @cartouche
6623 For the evaluation of a call on @code{@var{S}'Pos} for an enumeration
6624 subtype, if the value of the operand does not correspond to the internal
6625 code for any enumeration literal of its type (perhaps due to an
6626 un-initialized variable), then the implementation should raise
6627 @code{Program_Error}. This is particularly important for enumeration
6628 types with noncontiguous internal codes specified by an
6629 enumeration_representation_clause.
6630 @end cartouche
6631 Followed.
6632
6633 @cindex Float types
6634 @unnumberedsec 3.5.7(17): Float Types
6635 @sp 1
6636 @cartouche
6637 An implementation should support @code{Long_Float} in addition to
6638 @code{Float} if the target machine supports 11 or more digits of
6639 precision. No other named floating point subtypes are recommended for
6640 package @code{Standard}. Instead, appropriate named floating point subtypes
6641 should be provided in the library package @code{Interfaces} (see B.2).
6642 @end cartouche
6643 @code{Short_Float} and @code{Long_Long_Float} are also provided. The
6644 former provides improved compatibility with other implementations
6645 supporting this type. The latter corresponds to the highest precision
6646 floating-point type supported by the hardware. On most machines, this
6647 will be the same as @code{Long_Float}, but on some machines, it will
6648 correspond to the IEEE extended form. The notable case is all ia32
6649 (x86) implementations, where @code{Long_Long_Float} corresponds to
6650 the 80-bit extended precision format supported in hardware on this
6651 processor. Note that the 128-bit format on SPARC is not supported,
6652 since this is a software rather than a hardware format.
6653
6654 @cindex Multidimensional arrays
6655 @cindex Arrays, multidimensional
6656 @unnumberedsec 3.6.2(11): Multidimensional Arrays
6657 @sp 1
6658 @cartouche
6659 An implementation should normally represent multidimensional arrays in
6660 row-major order, consistent with the notation used for multidimensional
6661 array aggregates (see 4.3.3). However, if a pragma @code{Convention}
6662 (@code{Fortran}, @dots{}) applies to a multidimensional array type, then
6663 column-major order should be used instead (see B.5, ``Interfacing with
6664 Fortran'').
6665 @end cartouche
6666 Followed.
6667
6668 @findex Duration'Small
6669 @unnumberedsec 9.6(30-31): Duration'Small
6670 @sp 1
6671 @cartouche
6672 Whenever possible in an implementation, the value of @code{Duration'Small}
6673 should be no greater than 100 microseconds.
6674 @end cartouche
6675 Followed. (@code{Duration'Small} = 10**(@minus{}9)).
6676
6677 @sp 1
6678 @cartouche
6679 The time base for @code{delay_relative_statements} should be monotonic;
6680 it need not be the same time base as used for @code{Calendar.Clock}.
6681 @end cartouche
6682 Followed.
6683
6684 @unnumberedsec 10.2.1(12): Consistent Representation
6685 @sp 1
6686 @cartouche
6687 In an implementation, a type declared in a pre-elaborated package should
6688 have the same representation in every elaboration of a given version of
6689 the package, whether the elaborations occur in distinct executions of
6690 the same program, or in executions of distinct programs or partitions
6691 that include the given version.
6692 @end cartouche
6693 Followed, except in the case of tagged types. Tagged types involve
6694 implicit pointers to a local copy of a dispatch table, and these pointers
6695 have representations which thus depend on a particular elaboration of the
6696 package. It is not easy to see how it would be possible to follow this
6697 advice without severely impacting efficiency of execution.
6698
6699 @cindex Exception information
6700 @unnumberedsec 11.4.1(19): Exception Information
6701 @sp 1
6702 @cartouche
6703 @code{Exception_Message} by default and @code{Exception_Information}
6704 should produce information useful for
6705 debugging. @code{Exception_Message} should be short, about one
6706 line. @code{Exception_Information} can be long. @code{Exception_Message}
6707 should not include the
6708 @code{Exception_Name}. @code{Exception_Information} should include both
6709 the @code{Exception_Name} and the @code{Exception_Message}.
6710 @end cartouche
6711 Followed. For each exception that doesn't have a specified
6712 @code{Exception_Message}, the compiler generates one containing the location
6713 of the raise statement. This location has the form ``file:line'', where
6714 file is the short file name (without path information) and line is the line
6715 number in the file. Note that in the case of the Zero Cost Exception
6716 mechanism, these messages become redundant with the Exception_Information that
6717 contains a full backtrace of the calling sequence, so they are disabled.
6718 To disable explicitly the generation of the source location message, use the
6719 Pragma @code{Discard_Names}.
6720
6721 @cindex Suppression of checks
6722 @cindex Checks, suppression of
6723 @unnumberedsec 11.5(28): Suppression of Checks
6724 @sp 1
6725 @cartouche
6726 The implementation should minimize the code executed for checks that
6727 have been suppressed.
6728 @end cartouche
6729 Followed.
6730
6731 @cindex Representation clauses
6732 @unnumberedsec 13.1 (21-24): Representation Clauses
6733 @sp 1
6734 @cartouche
6735 The recommended level of support for all representation items is
6736 qualified as follows:
6737 @end cartouche
6738 @sp 1
6739 @cartouche
6740 An implementation need not support representation items containing
6741 non-static expressions, except that an implementation should support a
6742 representation item for a given entity if each non-static expression in
6743 the representation item is a name that statically denotes a constant
6744 declared before the entity.
6745 @end cartouche
6746 Followed. In fact, GNAT goes beyond the recommended level of support
6747 by allowing nonstatic expressions in some representation clauses even
6748 without the need to declare constants initialized with the values of
6749 such expressions.
6750 For example:
6751
6752 @smallexample @c ada
6753 X : Integer;
6754 Y : Float;
6755 for Y'Address use X'Address;>>
6756 @end smallexample
6757
6758 @sp 1
6759 @cartouche
6760 An implementation need not support a specification for the @code{Size}
6761 for a given composite subtype, nor the size or storage place for an
6762 object (including a component) of a given composite subtype, unless the
6763 constraints on the subtype and its composite subcomponents (if any) are
6764 all static constraints.
6765 @end cartouche
6766 Followed. Size Clauses are not permitted on non-static components, as
6767 described above.
6768
6769 @sp 1
6770 @cartouche
6771 An aliased component, or a component whose type is by-reference, should
6772 always be allocated at an addressable location.
6773 @end cartouche
6774 Followed.
6775
6776 @cindex Packed types
6777 @unnumberedsec 13.2(6-8): Packed Types
6778 @sp 1
6779 @cartouche
6780 If a type is packed, then the implementation should try to minimize
6781 storage allocated to objects of the type, possibly at the expense of
6782 speed of accessing components, subject to reasonable complexity in
6783 addressing calculations.
6784 @end cartouche
6785 @sp 1
6786 @cartouche
6787 The recommended level of support pragma @code{Pack} is:
6788
6789 For a packed record type, the components should be packed as tightly as
6790 possible subject to the Sizes of the component subtypes, and subject to
6791 any @code{record_representation_clause} that applies to the type; the
6792 implementation may, but need not, reorder components or cross aligned
6793 word boundaries to improve the packing. A component whose @code{Size} is
6794 greater than the word size may be allocated an integral number of words.
6795 @end cartouche
6796 Followed. Tight packing of arrays is supported for all component sizes
6797 up to 64-bits. If the array component size is 1 (that is to say, if
6798 the component is a boolean type or an enumeration type with two values)
6799 then values of the type are implicitly initialized to zero. This
6800 happens both for objects of the packed type, and for objects that have a
6801 subcomponent of the packed type.
6802
6803 @sp 1
6804 @cartouche
6805 An implementation should support Address clauses for imported
6806 subprograms.
6807 @end cartouche
6808 Followed.
6809 @cindex @code{Address} clauses
6810 @unnumberedsec 13.3(14-19): Address Clauses
6811
6812 @sp 1
6813 @cartouche
6814 For an array @var{X}, @code{@var{X}'Address} should point at the first
6815 component of the array, and not at the array bounds.
6816 @end cartouche
6817 Followed.
6818
6819 @sp 1
6820 @cartouche
6821 The recommended level of support for the @code{Address} attribute is:
6822
6823 @code{@var{X}'Address} should produce a useful result if @var{X} is an
6824 object that is aliased or of a by-reference type, or is an entity whose
6825 @code{Address} has been specified.
6826 @end cartouche
6827 Followed. A valid address will be produced even if none of those
6828 conditions have been met. If necessary, the object is forced into
6829 memory to ensure the address is valid.
6830
6831 @sp 1
6832 @cartouche
6833 An implementation should support @code{Address} clauses for imported
6834 subprograms.
6835 @end cartouche
6836 Followed.
6837
6838 @sp 1
6839 @cartouche
6840 Objects (including subcomponents) that are aliased or of a by-reference
6841 type should be allocated on storage element boundaries.
6842 @end cartouche
6843 Followed.
6844
6845 @sp 1
6846 @cartouche
6847 If the @code{Address} of an object is specified, or it is imported or exported,
6848 then the implementation should not perform optimizations based on
6849 assumptions of no aliases.
6850 @end cartouche
6851 Followed.
6852
6853 @cindex @code{Alignment} clauses
6854 @unnumberedsec 13.3(29-35): Alignment Clauses
6855 @sp 1
6856 @cartouche
6857 The recommended level of support for the @code{Alignment} attribute for
6858 subtypes is:
6859
6860 An implementation should support specified Alignments that are factors
6861 and multiples of the number of storage elements per word, subject to the
6862 following:
6863 @end cartouche
6864 Followed.
6865
6866 @sp 1
6867 @cartouche
6868 An implementation need not support specified @code{Alignment}s for
6869 combinations of @code{Size}s and @code{Alignment}s that cannot be easily
6870 loaded and stored by available machine instructions.
6871 @end cartouche
6872 Followed.
6873
6874 @sp 1
6875 @cartouche
6876 An implementation need not support specified @code{Alignment}s that are
6877 greater than the maximum @code{Alignment} the implementation ever returns by
6878 default.
6879 @end cartouche
6880 Followed.
6881
6882 @sp 1
6883 @cartouche
6884 The recommended level of support for the @code{Alignment} attribute for
6885 objects is:
6886
6887 Same as above, for subtypes, but in addition:
6888 @end cartouche
6889 Followed.
6890
6891 @sp 1
6892 @cartouche
6893 For stand-alone library-level objects of statically constrained
6894 subtypes, the implementation should support all @code{Alignment}s
6895 supported by the target linker. For example, page alignment is likely to
6896 be supported for such objects, but not for subtypes.
6897 @end cartouche
6898 Followed.
6899
6900 @cindex @code{Size} clauses
6901 @unnumberedsec 13.3(42-43): Size Clauses
6902 @sp 1
6903 @cartouche
6904 The recommended level of support for the @code{Size} attribute of
6905 objects is:
6906
6907 A @code{Size} clause should be supported for an object if the specified
6908 @code{Size} is at least as large as its subtype's @code{Size}, and
6909 corresponds to a size in storage elements that is a multiple of the
6910 object's @code{Alignment} (if the @code{Alignment} is nonzero).
6911 @end cartouche
6912 Followed.
6913
6914 @unnumberedsec 13.3(50-56): Size Clauses
6915 @sp 1
6916 @cartouche
6917 If the @code{Size} of a subtype is specified, and allows for efficient
6918 independent addressability (see 9.10) on the target architecture, then
6919 the @code{Size} of the following objects of the subtype should equal the
6920 @code{Size} of the subtype:
6921
6922 Aliased objects (including components).
6923 @end cartouche
6924 Followed.
6925
6926 @sp 1
6927 @cartouche
6928 @code{Size} clause on a composite subtype should not affect the
6929 internal layout of components.
6930 @end cartouche
6931 Followed. But note that this can be overridden by use of the implementation
6932 pragma Implicit_Packing in the case of packed arrays.
6933
6934 @sp 1
6935 @cartouche
6936 The recommended level of support for the @code{Size} attribute of subtypes is:
6937 @end cartouche
6938 @sp 1
6939 @cartouche
6940 The @code{Size} (if not specified) of a static discrete or fixed point
6941 subtype should be the number of bits needed to represent each value
6942 belonging to the subtype using an unbiased representation, leaving space
6943 for a sign bit only if the subtype contains negative values. If such a
6944 subtype is a first subtype, then an implementation should support a
6945 specified @code{Size} for it that reflects this representation.
6946 @end cartouche
6947 Followed.
6948
6949 @sp 1
6950 @cartouche
6951 For a subtype implemented with levels of indirection, the @code{Size}
6952 should include the size of the pointers, but not the size of what they
6953 point at.
6954 @end cartouche
6955 Followed.
6956
6957 @cindex @code{Component_Size} clauses
6958 @unnumberedsec 13.3(71-73): Component Size Clauses
6959 @sp 1
6960 @cartouche
6961 The recommended level of support for the @code{Component_Size}
6962 attribute is:
6963 @end cartouche
6964 @sp 1
6965 @cartouche
6966 An implementation need not support specified @code{Component_Sizes} that are
6967 less than the @code{Size} of the component subtype.
6968 @end cartouche
6969 Followed.
6970
6971 @sp 1
6972 @cartouche
6973 An implementation should support specified @code{Component_Size}s that
6974 are factors and multiples of the word size. For such
6975 @code{Component_Size}s, the array should contain no gaps between
6976 components. For other @code{Component_Size}s (if supported), the array
6977 should contain no gaps between components when packing is also
6978 specified; the implementation should forbid this combination in cases
6979 where it cannot support a no-gaps representation.
6980 @end cartouche
6981 Followed.
6982
6983 @cindex Enumeration representation clauses
6984 @cindex Representation clauses, enumeration
6985 @unnumberedsec 13.4(9-10): Enumeration Representation Clauses
6986 @sp 1
6987 @cartouche
6988 The recommended level of support for enumeration representation clauses
6989 is:
6990
6991 An implementation need not support enumeration representation clauses
6992 for boolean types, but should at minimum support the internal codes in
6993 the range @code{System.Min_Int.System.Max_Int}.
6994 @end cartouche
6995 Followed.
6996
6997 @cindex Record representation clauses
6998 @cindex Representation clauses, records
6999 @unnumberedsec 13.5.1(17-22): Record Representation Clauses
7000 @sp 1
7001 @cartouche
7002 The recommended level of support for
7003 @*@code{record_representation_clauses} is:
7004
7005 An implementation should support storage places that can be extracted
7006 with a load, mask, shift sequence of machine code, and set with a load,
7007 shift, mask, store sequence, given the available machine instructions
7008 and run-time model.
7009 @end cartouche
7010 Followed.
7011
7012 @sp 1
7013 @cartouche
7014 A storage place should be supported if its size is equal to the
7015 @code{Size} of the component subtype, and it starts and ends on a
7016 boundary that obeys the @code{Alignment} of the component subtype.
7017 @end cartouche
7018 Followed.
7019
7020 @sp 1
7021 @cartouche
7022 If the default bit ordering applies to the declaration of a given type,
7023 then for a component whose subtype's @code{Size} is less than the word
7024 size, any storage place that does not cross an aligned word boundary
7025 should be supported.
7026 @end cartouche
7027 Followed.
7028
7029 @sp 1
7030 @cartouche
7031 An implementation may reserve a storage place for the tag field of a
7032 tagged type, and disallow other components from overlapping that place.
7033 @end cartouche
7034 Followed. The storage place for the tag field is the beginning of the tagged
7035 record, and its size is Address'Size. GNAT will reject an explicit component
7036 clause for the tag field.
7037
7038 @sp 1
7039 @cartouche
7040 An implementation need not support a @code{component_clause} for a
7041 component of an extension part if the storage place is not after the
7042 storage places of all components of the parent type, whether or not
7043 those storage places had been specified.
7044 @end cartouche
7045 Followed. The above advice on record representation clauses is followed,
7046 and all mentioned features are implemented.
7047
7048 @cindex Storage place attributes
7049 @unnumberedsec 13.5.2(5): Storage Place Attributes
7050 @sp 1
7051 @cartouche
7052 If a component is represented using some form of pointer (such as an
7053 offset) to the actual data of the component, and this data is contiguous
7054 with the rest of the object, then the storage place attributes should
7055 reflect the place of the actual data, not the pointer. If a component is
7056 allocated discontinuously from the rest of the object, then a warning
7057 should be generated upon reference to one of its storage place
7058 attributes.
7059 @end cartouche
7060 Followed. There are no such components in GNAT@.
7061
7062 @cindex Bit ordering
7063 @unnumberedsec 13.5.3(7-8): Bit Ordering
7064 @sp 1
7065 @cartouche
7066 The recommended level of support for the non-default bit ordering is:
7067 @end cartouche
7068 @sp 1
7069 @cartouche
7070 If @code{Word_Size} = @code{Storage_Unit}, then the implementation
7071 should support the non-default bit ordering in addition to the default
7072 bit ordering.
7073 @end cartouche
7074 Followed. Word size does not equal storage size in this implementation.
7075 Thus non-default bit ordering is not supported.
7076
7077 @cindex @code{Address}, as private type
7078 @unnumberedsec 13.7(37): Address as Private
7079 @sp 1
7080 @cartouche
7081 @code{Address} should be of a private type.
7082 @end cartouche
7083 Followed.
7084
7085 @cindex Operations, on @code{Address}
7086 @cindex @code{Address}, operations of
7087 @unnumberedsec 13.7.1(16): Address Operations
7088 @sp 1
7089 @cartouche
7090 Operations in @code{System} and its children should reflect the target
7091 environment semantics as closely as is reasonable. For example, on most
7092 machines, it makes sense for address arithmetic to ``wrap around''.
7093 Operations that do not make sense should raise @code{Program_Error}.
7094 @end cartouche
7095 Followed. Address arithmetic is modular arithmetic that wraps around. No
7096 operation raises @code{Program_Error}, since all operations make sense.
7097
7098 @cindex Unchecked conversion
7099 @unnumberedsec 13.9(14-17): Unchecked Conversion
7100 @sp 1
7101 @cartouche
7102 The @code{Size} of an array object should not include its bounds; hence,
7103 the bounds should not be part of the converted data.
7104 @end cartouche
7105 Followed.
7106
7107 @sp 1
7108 @cartouche
7109 The implementation should not generate unnecessary run-time checks to
7110 ensure that the representation of @var{S} is a representation of the
7111 target type. It should take advantage of the permission to return by
7112 reference when possible. Restrictions on unchecked conversions should be
7113 avoided unless required by the target environment.
7114 @end cartouche
7115 Followed. There are no restrictions on unchecked conversion. A warning is
7116 generated if the source and target types do not have the same size since
7117 the semantics in this case may be target dependent.
7118
7119 @sp 1
7120 @cartouche
7121 The recommended level of support for unchecked conversions is:
7122 @end cartouche
7123 @sp 1
7124 @cartouche
7125 Unchecked conversions should be supported and should be reversible in
7126 the cases where this clause defines the result. To enable meaningful use
7127 of unchecked conversion, a contiguous representation should be used for
7128 elementary subtypes, for statically constrained array subtypes whose
7129 component subtype is one of the subtypes described in this paragraph,
7130 and for record subtypes without discriminants whose component subtypes
7131 are described in this paragraph.
7132 @end cartouche
7133 Followed.
7134
7135 @cindex Heap usage, implicit
7136 @unnumberedsec 13.11(23-25): Implicit Heap Usage
7137 @sp 1
7138 @cartouche
7139 An implementation should document any cases in which it dynamically
7140 allocates heap storage for a purpose other than the evaluation of an
7141 allocator.
7142 @end cartouche
7143 Followed, the only other points at which heap storage is dynamically
7144 allocated are as follows:
7145
7146 @itemize @bullet
7147 @item
7148 At initial elaboration time, to allocate dynamically sized global
7149 objects.
7150
7151 @item
7152 To allocate space for a task when a task is created.
7153
7154 @item
7155 To extend the secondary stack dynamically when needed. The secondary
7156 stack is used for returning variable length results.
7157 @end itemize
7158
7159 @sp 1
7160 @cartouche
7161 A default (implementation-provided) storage pool for an
7162 access-to-constant type should not have overhead to support deallocation of
7163 individual objects.
7164 @end cartouche
7165 Followed.
7166
7167 @sp 1
7168 @cartouche
7169 A storage pool for an anonymous access type should be created at the
7170 point of an allocator for the type, and be reclaimed when the designated
7171 object becomes inaccessible.
7172 @end cartouche
7173 Followed.
7174
7175 @cindex Unchecked deallocation
7176 @unnumberedsec 13.11.2(17): Unchecked De-allocation
7177 @sp 1
7178 @cartouche
7179 For a standard storage pool, @code{Free} should actually reclaim the
7180 storage.
7181 @end cartouche
7182 Followed.
7183
7184 @cindex Stream oriented attributes
7185 @unnumberedsec 13.13.2(17): Stream Oriented Attributes
7186 @sp 1
7187 @cartouche
7188 If a stream element is the same size as a storage element, then the
7189 normal in-memory representation should be used by @code{Read} and
7190 @code{Write} for scalar objects. Otherwise, @code{Read} and @code{Write}
7191 should use the smallest number of stream elements needed to represent
7192 all values in the base range of the scalar type.
7193 @end cartouche
7194
7195 Followed. By default, GNAT uses the interpretation suggested by AI-195,
7196 which specifies using the size of the first subtype.
7197 However, such an implementation is based on direct binary
7198 representations and is therefore target- and endianness-dependent.
7199 To address this issue, GNAT also supplies an alternate implementation
7200 of the stream attributes @code{Read} and @code{Write},
7201 which uses the target-independent XDR standard representation
7202 for scalar types.
7203 @cindex XDR representation
7204 @cindex @code{Read} attribute
7205 @cindex @code{Write} attribute
7206 @cindex Stream oriented attributes
7207 The XDR implementation is provided as an alternative body of the
7208 @code{System.Stream_Attributes} package, in the file
7209 @file{s-stratt-xdr.adb} in the GNAT library.
7210 There is no @file{s-stratt-xdr.ads} file.
7211 In order to install the XDR implementation, do the following:
7212 @enumerate
7213 @item Replace the default implementation of the
7214 @code{System.Stream_Attributes} package with the XDR implementation.
7215 For example on a Unix platform issue the commands:
7216 @smallexample
7217 $ mv s-stratt.adb s-stratt-default.adb
7218 $ mv s-stratt-xdr.adb s-stratt.adb
7219 @end smallexample
7220
7221 @item
7222 Rebuild the GNAT run-time library as documented in
7223 @ref{GNAT and Libraries,,, gnat_ugn, @value{EDITION} User's Guide}.
7224 @end enumerate
7225
7226 @unnumberedsec A.1(52): Names of Predefined Numeric Types
7227 @sp 1
7228 @cartouche
7229 If an implementation provides additional named predefined integer types,
7230 then the names should end with @samp{Integer} as in
7231 @samp{Long_Integer}. If an implementation provides additional named
7232 predefined floating point types, then the names should end with
7233 @samp{Float} as in @samp{Long_Float}.
7234 @end cartouche
7235 Followed.
7236
7237 @findex Ada.Characters.Handling
7238 @unnumberedsec A.3.2(49): @code{Ada.Characters.Handling}
7239 @sp 1
7240 @cartouche
7241 If an implementation provides a localized definition of @code{Character}
7242 or @code{Wide_Character}, then the effects of the subprograms in
7243 @code{Characters.Handling} should reflect the localizations. See also
7244 3.5.2.
7245 @end cartouche
7246 Followed. GNAT provides no such localized definitions.
7247
7248 @cindex Bounded-length strings
7249 @unnumberedsec A.4.4(106): Bounded-Length String Handling
7250 @sp 1
7251 @cartouche
7252 Bounded string objects should not be implemented by implicit pointers
7253 and dynamic allocation.
7254 @end cartouche
7255 Followed. No implicit pointers or dynamic allocation are used.
7256
7257 @cindex Random number generation
7258 @unnumberedsec A.5.2(46-47): Random Number Generation
7259 @sp 1
7260 @cartouche
7261 Any storage associated with an object of type @code{Generator} should be
7262 reclaimed on exit from the scope of the object.
7263 @end cartouche
7264 Followed.
7265
7266 @sp 1
7267 @cartouche
7268 If the generator period is sufficiently long in relation to the number
7269 of distinct initiator values, then each possible value of
7270 @code{Initiator} passed to @code{Reset} should initiate a sequence of
7271 random numbers that does not, in a practical sense, overlap the sequence
7272 initiated by any other value. If this is not possible, then the mapping
7273 between initiator values and generator states should be a rapidly
7274 varying function of the initiator value.
7275 @end cartouche
7276 Followed. The generator period is sufficiently long for the first
7277 condition here to hold true.
7278
7279 @findex Get_Immediate
7280 @unnumberedsec A.10.7(23): @code{Get_Immediate}
7281 @sp 1
7282 @cartouche
7283 The @code{Get_Immediate} procedures should be implemented with
7284 unbuffered input. For a device such as a keyboard, input should be
7285 @dfn{available} if a key has already been typed, whereas for a disk
7286 file, input should always be available except at end of file. For a file
7287 associated with a keyboard-like device, any line-editing features of the
7288 underlying operating system should be disabled during the execution of
7289 @code{Get_Immediate}.
7290 @end cartouche
7291 Followed on all targets except VxWorks. For VxWorks, there is no way to
7292 provide this functionality that does not result in the input buffer being
7293 flushed before the @code{Get_Immediate} call. A special unit
7294 @code{Interfaces.Vxworks.IO} is provided that contains routines to enable
7295 this functionality.
7296
7297 @findex Export
7298 @unnumberedsec B.1(39-41): Pragma @code{Export}
7299 @sp 1
7300 @cartouche
7301 If an implementation supports pragma @code{Export} to a given language,
7302 then it should also allow the main subprogram to be written in that
7303 language. It should support some mechanism for invoking the elaboration
7304 of the Ada library units included in the system, and for invoking the
7305 finalization of the environment task. On typical systems, the
7306 recommended mechanism is to provide two subprograms whose link names are
7307 @code{adainit} and @code{adafinal}. @code{adainit} should contain the
7308 elaboration code for library units. @code{adafinal} should contain the
7309 finalization code. These subprograms should have no effect the second
7310 and subsequent time they are called.
7311 @end cartouche
7312 Followed.
7313
7314 @sp 1
7315 @cartouche
7316 Automatic elaboration of pre-elaborated packages should be
7317 provided when pragma @code{Export} is supported.
7318 @end cartouche
7319 Followed when the main program is in Ada. If the main program is in a
7320 foreign language, then
7321 @code{adainit} must be called to elaborate pre-elaborated
7322 packages.
7323
7324 @sp 1
7325 @cartouche
7326 For each supported convention @var{L} other than @code{Intrinsic}, an
7327 implementation should support @code{Import} and @code{Export} pragmas
7328 for objects of @var{L}-compatible types and for subprograms, and pragma
7329 @code{Convention} for @var{L}-eligible types and for subprograms,
7330 presuming the other language has corresponding features. Pragma
7331 @code{Convention} need not be supported for scalar types.
7332 @end cartouche
7333 Followed.
7334
7335 @cindex Package @code{Interfaces}
7336 @findex Interfaces
7337 @unnumberedsec B.2(12-13): Package @code{Interfaces}
7338 @sp 1
7339 @cartouche
7340 For each implementation-defined convention identifier, there should be a
7341 child package of package Interfaces with the corresponding name. This
7342 package should contain any declarations that would be useful for
7343 interfacing to the language (implementation) represented by the
7344 convention. Any declarations useful for interfacing to any language on
7345 the given hardware architecture should be provided directly in
7346 @code{Interfaces}.
7347 @end cartouche
7348 Followed. An additional package not defined
7349 in the Ada Reference Manual is @code{Interfaces.CPP}, used
7350 for interfacing to C++.
7351
7352 @sp 1
7353 @cartouche
7354 An implementation supporting an interface to C, COBOL, or Fortran should
7355 provide the corresponding package or packages described in the following
7356 clauses.
7357 @end cartouche
7358 Followed. GNAT provides all the packages described in this section.
7359
7360 @cindex C, interfacing with
7361 @unnumberedsec B.3(63-71): Interfacing with C
7362 @sp 1
7363 @cartouche
7364 An implementation should support the following interface correspondences
7365 between Ada and C@.
7366 @end cartouche
7367 Followed.
7368
7369 @sp 1
7370 @cartouche
7371 An Ada procedure corresponds to a void-returning C function.
7372 @end cartouche
7373 Followed.
7374
7375 @sp 1
7376 @cartouche
7377 An Ada function corresponds to a non-void C function.
7378 @end cartouche
7379 Followed.
7380
7381 @sp 1
7382 @cartouche
7383 An Ada @code{in} scalar parameter is passed as a scalar argument to a C
7384 function.
7385 @end cartouche
7386 Followed.
7387
7388 @sp 1
7389 @cartouche
7390 An Ada @code{in} parameter of an access-to-object type with designated
7391 type @var{T} is passed as a @code{@var{t}*} argument to a C function,
7392 where @var{t} is the C type corresponding to the Ada type @var{T}.
7393 @end cartouche
7394 Followed.
7395
7396 @sp 1
7397 @cartouche
7398 An Ada access @var{T} parameter, or an Ada @code{out} or @code{in out}
7399 parameter of an elementary type @var{T}, is passed as a @code{@var{t}*}
7400 argument to a C function, where @var{t} is the C type corresponding to
7401 the Ada type @var{T}. In the case of an elementary @code{out} or
7402 @code{in out} parameter, a pointer to a temporary copy is used to
7403 preserve by-copy semantics.
7404 @end cartouche
7405 Followed.
7406
7407 @sp 1
7408 @cartouche
7409 An Ada parameter of a record type @var{T}, of any mode, is passed as a
7410 @code{@var{t}*} argument to a C function, where @var{t} is the C
7411 structure corresponding to the Ada type @var{T}.
7412 @end cartouche
7413 Followed. This convention may be overridden by the use of the C_Pass_By_Copy
7414 pragma, or Convention, or by explicitly specifying the mechanism for a given
7415 call using an extended import or export pragma.
7416
7417 @sp 1
7418 @cartouche
7419 An Ada parameter of an array type with component type @var{T}, of any
7420 mode, is passed as a @code{@var{t}*} argument to a C function, where
7421 @var{t} is the C type corresponding to the Ada type @var{T}.
7422 @end cartouche
7423 Followed.
7424
7425 @sp 1
7426 @cartouche
7427 An Ada parameter of an access-to-subprogram type is passed as a pointer
7428 to a C function whose prototype corresponds to the designated
7429 subprogram's specification.
7430 @end cartouche
7431 Followed.
7432
7433 @cindex COBOL, interfacing with
7434 @unnumberedsec B.4(95-98): Interfacing with COBOL
7435 @sp 1
7436 @cartouche
7437 An Ada implementation should support the following interface
7438 correspondences between Ada and COBOL@.
7439 @end cartouche
7440 Followed.
7441
7442 @sp 1
7443 @cartouche
7444 An Ada access @var{T} parameter is passed as a @samp{BY REFERENCE} data item of
7445 the COBOL type corresponding to @var{T}.
7446 @end cartouche
7447 Followed.
7448
7449 @sp 1
7450 @cartouche
7451 An Ada in scalar parameter is passed as a @samp{BY CONTENT} data item of
7452 the corresponding COBOL type.
7453 @end cartouche
7454 Followed.
7455
7456 @sp 1
7457 @cartouche
7458 Any other Ada parameter is passed as a @samp{BY REFERENCE} data item of the
7459 COBOL type corresponding to the Ada parameter type; for scalars, a local
7460 copy is used if necessary to ensure by-copy semantics.
7461 @end cartouche
7462 Followed.
7463
7464 @cindex Fortran, interfacing with
7465 @unnumberedsec B.5(22-26): Interfacing with Fortran
7466 @sp 1
7467 @cartouche
7468 An Ada implementation should support the following interface
7469 correspondences between Ada and Fortran:
7470 @end cartouche
7471 Followed.
7472
7473 @sp 1
7474 @cartouche
7475 An Ada procedure corresponds to a Fortran subroutine.
7476 @end cartouche
7477 Followed.
7478
7479 @sp 1
7480 @cartouche
7481 An Ada function corresponds to a Fortran function.
7482 @end cartouche
7483 Followed.
7484
7485 @sp 1
7486 @cartouche
7487 An Ada parameter of an elementary, array, or record type @var{T} is
7488 passed as a @var{T} argument to a Fortran procedure, where @var{T} is
7489 the Fortran type corresponding to the Ada type @var{T}, and where the
7490 INTENT attribute of the corresponding dummy argument matches the Ada
7491 formal parameter mode; the Fortran implementation's parameter passing
7492 conventions are used. For elementary types, a local copy is used if
7493 necessary to ensure by-copy semantics.
7494 @end cartouche
7495 Followed.
7496
7497 @sp 1
7498 @cartouche
7499 An Ada parameter of an access-to-subprogram type is passed as a
7500 reference to a Fortran procedure whose interface corresponds to the
7501 designated subprogram's specification.
7502 @end cartouche
7503 Followed.
7504
7505 @cindex Machine operations
7506 @unnumberedsec C.1(3-5): Access to Machine Operations
7507 @sp 1
7508 @cartouche
7509 The machine code or intrinsic support should allow access to all
7510 operations normally available to assembly language programmers for the
7511 target environment, including privileged instructions, if any.
7512 @end cartouche
7513 Followed.
7514
7515 @sp 1
7516 @cartouche
7517 The interfacing pragmas (see Annex B) should support interface to
7518 assembler; the default assembler should be associated with the
7519 convention identifier @code{Assembler}.
7520 @end cartouche
7521 Followed.
7522
7523 @sp 1
7524 @cartouche
7525 If an entity is exported to assembly language, then the implementation
7526 should allocate it at an addressable location, and should ensure that it
7527 is retained by the linking process, even if not otherwise referenced
7528 from the Ada code. The implementation should assume that any call to a
7529 machine code or assembler subprogram is allowed to read or update every
7530 object that is specified as exported.
7531 @end cartouche
7532 Followed.
7533
7534 @unnumberedsec C.1(10-16): Access to Machine Operations
7535 @sp 1
7536 @cartouche
7537 The implementation should ensure that little or no overhead is
7538 associated with calling intrinsic and machine-code subprograms.
7539 @end cartouche
7540 Followed for both intrinsics and machine-code subprograms.
7541
7542 @sp 1
7543 @cartouche
7544 It is recommended that intrinsic subprograms be provided for convenient
7545 access to any machine operations that provide special capabilities or
7546 efficiency and that are not otherwise available through the language
7547 constructs.
7548 @end cartouche
7549 Followed. A full set of machine operation intrinsic subprograms is provided.
7550
7551 @sp 1
7552 @cartouche
7553 Atomic read-modify-write operations---e.g.@:, test and set, compare and
7554 swap, decrement and test, enqueue/dequeue.
7555 @end cartouche
7556 Followed on any target supporting such operations.
7557
7558 @sp 1
7559 @cartouche
7560 Standard numeric functions---e.g.@:, sin, log.
7561 @end cartouche
7562 Followed on any target supporting such operations.
7563
7564 @sp 1
7565 @cartouche
7566 String manipulation operations---e.g.@:, translate and test.
7567 @end cartouche
7568 Followed on any target supporting such operations.
7569
7570 @sp 1
7571 @cartouche
7572 Vector operations---e.g.@:, compare vector against thresholds.
7573 @end cartouche
7574 Followed on any target supporting such operations.
7575
7576 @sp 1
7577 @cartouche
7578 Direct operations on I/O ports.
7579 @end cartouche
7580 Followed on any target supporting such operations.
7581
7582 @cindex Interrupt support
7583 @unnumberedsec C.3(28): Interrupt Support
7584 @sp 1
7585 @cartouche
7586 If the @code{Ceiling_Locking} policy is not in effect, the
7587 implementation should provide means for the application to specify which
7588 interrupts are to be blocked during protected actions, if the underlying
7589 system allows for a finer-grain control of interrupt blocking.
7590 @end cartouche
7591 Followed. The underlying system does not allow for finer-grain control
7592 of interrupt blocking.
7593
7594 @cindex Protected procedure handlers
7595 @unnumberedsec C.3.1(20-21): Protected Procedure Handlers
7596 @sp 1
7597 @cartouche
7598 Whenever possible, the implementation should allow interrupt handlers to
7599 be called directly by the hardware.
7600 @end cartouche
7601 @c SGI info:
7602 @ignore
7603 This is never possible under IRIX, so this is followed by default.
7604 @end ignore
7605 Followed on any target where the underlying operating system permits
7606 such direct calls.
7607
7608 @sp 1
7609 @cartouche
7610 Whenever practical, violations of any
7611 implementation-defined restrictions should be detected before run time.
7612 @end cartouche
7613 Followed. Compile time warnings are given when possible.
7614
7615 @cindex Package @code{Interrupts}
7616 @findex Interrupts
7617 @unnumberedsec C.3.2(25): Package @code{Interrupts}
7618
7619 @sp 1
7620 @cartouche
7621 If implementation-defined forms of interrupt handler procedures are
7622 supported, such as protected procedures with parameters, then for each
7623 such form of a handler, a type analogous to @code{Parameterless_Handler}
7624 should be specified in a child package of @code{Interrupts}, with the
7625 same operations as in the predefined package Interrupts.
7626 @end cartouche
7627 Followed.
7628
7629 @cindex Pre-elaboration requirements
7630 @unnumberedsec C.4(14): Pre-elaboration Requirements
7631 @sp 1
7632 @cartouche
7633 It is recommended that pre-elaborated packages be implemented in such a
7634 way that there should be little or no code executed at run time for the
7635 elaboration of entities not already covered by the Implementation
7636 Requirements.
7637 @end cartouche
7638 Followed. Executable code is generated in some cases, e.g.@: loops
7639 to initialize large arrays.
7640
7641 @unnumberedsec C.5(8): Pragma @code{Discard_Names}
7642
7643 @sp 1
7644 @cartouche
7645 If the pragma applies to an entity, then the implementation should
7646 reduce the amount of storage used for storing names associated with that
7647 entity.
7648 @end cartouche
7649 Followed.
7650
7651 @cindex Package @code{Task_Attributes}
7652 @findex Task_Attributes
7653 @unnumberedsec C.7.2(30): The Package Task_Attributes
7654 @sp 1
7655 @cartouche
7656 Some implementations are targeted to domains in which memory use at run
7657 time must be completely deterministic. For such implementations, it is
7658 recommended that the storage for task attributes will be pre-allocated
7659 statically and not from the heap. This can be accomplished by either
7660 placing restrictions on the number and the size of the task's
7661 attributes, or by using the pre-allocated storage for the first @var{N}
7662 attribute objects, and the heap for the others. In the latter case,
7663 @var{N} should be documented.
7664 @end cartouche
7665 Not followed. This implementation is not targeted to such a domain.
7666
7667 @cindex Locking Policies
7668 @unnumberedsec D.3(17): Locking Policies
7669
7670 @sp 1
7671 @cartouche
7672 The implementation should use names that end with @samp{_Locking} for
7673 locking policies defined by the implementation.
7674 @end cartouche
7675 Followed. A single implementation-defined locking policy is defined,
7676 whose name (@code{Inheritance_Locking}) follows this suggestion.
7677
7678 @cindex Entry queuing policies
7679 @unnumberedsec D.4(16): Entry Queuing Policies
7680 @sp 1
7681 @cartouche
7682 Names that end with @samp{_Queuing} should be used
7683 for all implementation-defined queuing policies.
7684 @end cartouche
7685 Followed. No such implementation-defined queuing policies exist.
7686
7687 @cindex Preemptive abort
7688 @unnumberedsec D.6(9-10): Preemptive Abort
7689 @sp 1
7690 @cartouche
7691 Even though the @code{abort_statement} is included in the list of
7692 potentially blocking operations (see 9.5.1), it is recommended that this
7693 statement be implemented in a way that never requires the task executing
7694 the @code{abort_statement} to block.
7695 @end cartouche
7696 Followed.
7697
7698 @sp 1
7699 @cartouche
7700 On a multi-processor, the delay associated with aborting a task on
7701 another processor should be bounded; the implementation should use
7702 periodic polling, if necessary, to achieve this.
7703 @end cartouche
7704 Followed.
7705
7706 @cindex Tasking restrictions
7707 @unnumberedsec D.7(21): Tasking Restrictions
7708 @sp 1
7709 @cartouche
7710 When feasible, the implementation should take advantage of the specified
7711 restrictions to produce a more efficient implementation.
7712 @end cartouche
7713 GNAT currently takes advantage of these restrictions by providing an optimized
7714 run time when the Ravenscar profile and the GNAT restricted run time set
7715 of restrictions are specified. See pragma @code{Profile (Ravenscar)} and
7716 pragma @code{Profile (Restricted)} for more details.
7717
7718 @cindex Time, monotonic
7719 @unnumberedsec D.8(47-49): Monotonic Time
7720 @sp 1
7721 @cartouche
7722 When appropriate, implementations should provide configuration
7723 mechanisms to change the value of @code{Tick}.
7724 @end cartouche
7725 Such configuration mechanisms are not appropriate to this implementation
7726 and are thus not supported.
7727
7728 @sp 1
7729 @cartouche
7730 It is recommended that @code{Calendar.Clock} and @code{Real_Time.Clock}
7731 be implemented as transformations of the same time base.
7732 @end cartouche
7733 Followed.
7734
7735 @sp 1
7736 @cartouche
7737 It is recommended that the @dfn{best} time base which exists in
7738 the underlying system be available to the application through
7739 @code{Clock}. @dfn{Best} may mean highest accuracy or largest range.
7740 @end cartouche
7741 Followed.
7742
7743 @cindex Partition communication subsystem
7744 @cindex PCS
7745 @unnumberedsec E.5(28-29): Partition Communication Subsystem
7746 @sp 1
7747 @cartouche
7748 Whenever possible, the PCS on the called partition should allow for
7749 multiple tasks to call the RPC-receiver with different messages and
7750 should allow them to block until the corresponding subprogram body
7751 returns.
7752 @end cartouche
7753 Followed by GLADE, a separately supplied PCS that can be used with
7754 GNAT.
7755
7756 @sp 1
7757 @cartouche
7758 The @code{Write} operation on a stream of type @code{Params_Stream_Type}
7759 should raise @code{Storage_Error} if it runs out of space trying to
7760 write the @code{Item} into the stream.
7761 @end cartouche
7762 Followed by GLADE, a separately supplied PCS that can be used with
7763 GNAT@.
7764
7765 @cindex COBOL support
7766 @unnumberedsec F(7): COBOL Support
7767 @sp 1
7768 @cartouche
7769 If COBOL (respectively, C) is widely supported in the target
7770 environment, implementations supporting the Information Systems Annex
7771 should provide the child package @code{Interfaces.COBOL} (respectively,
7772 @code{Interfaces.C}) specified in Annex B and should support a
7773 @code{convention_identifier} of COBOL (respectively, C) in the interfacing
7774 pragmas (see Annex B), thus allowing Ada programs to interface with
7775 programs written in that language.
7776 @end cartouche
7777 Followed.
7778
7779 @cindex Decimal radix support
7780 @unnumberedsec F.1(2): Decimal Radix Support
7781 @sp 1
7782 @cartouche
7783 Packed decimal should be used as the internal representation for objects
7784 of subtype @var{S} when @var{S}'Machine_Radix = 10.
7785 @end cartouche
7786 Not followed. GNAT ignores @var{S}'Machine_Radix and always uses binary
7787 representations.
7788
7789 @cindex Numerics
7790 @unnumberedsec G: Numerics
7791 @sp 2
7792 @cartouche
7793 If Fortran (respectively, C) is widely supported in the target
7794 environment, implementations supporting the Numerics Annex
7795 should provide the child package @code{Interfaces.Fortran} (respectively,
7796 @code{Interfaces.C}) specified in Annex B and should support a
7797 @code{convention_identifier} of Fortran (respectively, C) in the interfacing
7798 pragmas (see Annex B), thus allowing Ada programs to interface with
7799 programs written in that language.
7800 @end cartouche
7801 Followed.
7802
7803 @cindex Complex types
7804 @unnumberedsec G.1.1(56-58): Complex Types
7805 @sp 2
7806 @cartouche
7807 Because the usual mathematical meaning of multiplication of a complex
7808 operand and a real operand is that of the scaling of both components of
7809 the former by the latter, an implementation should not perform this
7810 operation by first promoting the real operand to complex type and then
7811 performing a full complex multiplication. In systems that, in the
7812 future, support an Ada binding to IEC 559:1989, the latter technique
7813 will not generate the required result when one of the components of the
7814 complex operand is infinite. (Explicit multiplication of the infinite
7815 component by the zero component obtained during promotion yields a NaN
7816 that propagates into the final result.) Analogous advice applies in the
7817 case of multiplication of a complex operand and a pure-imaginary
7818 operand, and in the case of division of a complex operand by a real or
7819 pure-imaginary operand.
7820 @end cartouche
7821 Not followed.
7822
7823 @sp 1
7824 @cartouche
7825 Similarly, because the usual mathematical meaning of addition of a
7826 complex operand and a real operand is that the imaginary operand remains
7827 unchanged, an implementation should not perform this operation by first
7828 promoting the real operand to complex type and then performing a full
7829 complex addition. In implementations in which the @code{Signed_Zeros}
7830 attribute of the component type is @code{True} (and which therefore
7831 conform to IEC 559:1989 in regard to the handling of the sign of zero in
7832 predefined arithmetic operations), the latter technique will not
7833 generate the required result when the imaginary component of the complex
7834 operand is a negatively signed zero. (Explicit addition of the negative
7835 zero to the zero obtained during promotion yields a positive zero.)
7836 Analogous advice applies in the case of addition of a complex operand
7837 and a pure-imaginary operand, and in the case of subtraction of a
7838 complex operand and a real or pure-imaginary operand.
7839 @end cartouche
7840 Not followed.
7841
7842 @sp 1
7843 @cartouche
7844 Implementations in which @code{Real'Signed_Zeros} is @code{True} should
7845 attempt to provide a rational treatment of the signs of zero results and
7846 result components. As one example, the result of the @code{Argument}
7847 function should have the sign of the imaginary component of the
7848 parameter @code{X} when the point represented by that parameter lies on
7849 the positive real axis; as another, the sign of the imaginary component
7850 of the @code{Compose_From_Polar} function should be the same as
7851 (respectively, the opposite of) that of the @code{Argument} parameter when that
7852 parameter has a value of zero and the @code{Modulus} parameter has a
7853 nonnegative (respectively, negative) value.
7854 @end cartouche
7855 Followed.
7856
7857 @cindex Complex elementary functions
7858 @unnumberedsec G.1.2(49): Complex Elementary Functions
7859 @sp 1
7860 @cartouche
7861 Implementations in which @code{Complex_Types.Real'Signed_Zeros} is
7862 @code{True} should attempt to provide a rational treatment of the signs
7863 of zero results and result components. For example, many of the complex
7864 elementary functions have components that are odd functions of one of
7865 the parameter components; in these cases, the result component should
7866 have the sign of the parameter component at the origin. Other complex
7867 elementary functions have zero components whose sign is opposite that of
7868 a parameter component at the origin, or is always positive or always
7869 negative.
7870 @end cartouche
7871 Followed.
7872
7873 @cindex Accuracy requirements
7874 @unnumberedsec G.2.4(19): Accuracy Requirements
7875 @sp 1
7876 @cartouche
7877 The versions of the forward trigonometric functions without a
7878 @code{Cycle} parameter should not be implemented by calling the
7879 corresponding version with a @code{Cycle} parameter of
7880 @code{2.0*Numerics.Pi}, since this will not provide the required
7881 accuracy in some portions of the domain. For the same reason, the
7882 version of @code{Log} without a @code{Base} parameter should not be
7883 implemented by calling the corresponding version with a @code{Base}
7884 parameter of @code{Numerics.e}.
7885 @end cartouche
7886 Followed.
7887
7888 @cindex Complex arithmetic accuracy
7889 @cindex Accuracy, complex arithmetic
7890 @unnumberedsec G.2.6(15): Complex Arithmetic Accuracy
7891
7892 @sp 1
7893 @cartouche
7894 The version of the @code{Compose_From_Polar} function without a
7895 @code{Cycle} parameter should not be implemented by calling the
7896 corresponding version with a @code{Cycle} parameter of
7897 @code{2.0*Numerics.Pi}, since this will not provide the required
7898 accuracy in some portions of the domain.
7899 @end cartouche
7900 Followed.
7901
7902 @c -----------------------------------------
7903 @node Implementation Defined Characteristics
7904 @chapter Implementation Defined Characteristics
7905
7906 @noindent
7907 In addition to the implementation dependent pragmas and attributes, and
7908 the implementation advice, there are a number of other Ada features
7909 that are potentially implementation dependent. These are mentioned
7910 throughout the Ada Reference Manual, and are summarized in Annex M@.
7911
7912 A requirement for conforming Ada compilers is that they provide
7913 documentation describing how the implementation deals with each of these
7914 issues. In this chapter, you will find each point in Annex M listed
7915 followed by a description in italic font of how GNAT
7916 @c SGI info:
7917 @ignore
7918 in the ProDev Ada
7919 implementation on IRIX 5.3 operating system or greater
7920 @end ignore
7921 handles the implementation dependence.
7922
7923 You can use this chapter as a guide to minimizing implementation
7924 dependent features in your programs if portability to other compilers
7925 and other operating systems is an important consideration. The numbers
7926 in each section below correspond to the paragraph number in the Ada
7927 Reference Manual.
7928
7929 @sp 1
7930 @cartouche
7931 @noindent
7932 @strong{2}. Whether or not each recommendation given in Implementation
7933 Advice is followed. See 1.1.2(37).
7934 @end cartouche
7935 @noindent
7936 @xref{Implementation Advice}.
7937
7938 @sp 1
7939 @cartouche
7940 @noindent
7941 @strong{3}. Capacity limitations of the implementation. See 1.1.3(3).
7942 @end cartouche
7943 @noindent
7944 The complexity of programs that can be processed is limited only by the
7945 total amount of available virtual memory, and disk space for the
7946 generated object files.
7947
7948 @sp 1
7949 @cartouche
7950 @noindent
7951 @strong{4}. Variations from the standard that are impractical to avoid
7952 given the implementation's execution environment. See 1.1.3(6).
7953 @end cartouche
7954 @noindent
7955 There are no variations from the standard.
7956
7957 @sp 1
7958 @cartouche
7959 @noindent
7960 @strong{5}. Which @code{code_statement}s cause external
7961 interactions. See 1.1.3(10).
7962 @end cartouche
7963 @noindent
7964 Any @code{code_statement} can potentially cause external interactions.
7965
7966 @sp 1
7967 @cartouche
7968 @noindent
7969 @strong{6}. The coded representation for the text of an Ada
7970 program. See 2.1(4).
7971 @end cartouche
7972 @noindent
7973 See separate section on source representation.
7974
7975 @sp 1
7976 @cartouche
7977 @noindent
7978 @strong{7}. The control functions allowed in comments. See 2.1(14).
7979 @end cartouche
7980 @noindent
7981 See separate section on source representation.
7982
7983 @sp 1
7984 @cartouche
7985 @noindent
7986 @strong{8}. The representation for an end of line. See 2.2(2).
7987 @end cartouche
7988 @noindent
7989 See separate section on source representation.
7990
7991 @sp 1
7992 @cartouche
7993 @noindent
7994 @strong{9}. Maximum supported line length and lexical element
7995 length. See 2.2(15).
7996 @end cartouche
7997 @noindent
7998 The maximum line length is 255 characters and the maximum length of a
7999 lexical element is also 255 characters.
8000
8001 @sp 1
8002 @cartouche
8003 @noindent
8004 @strong{10}. Implementation defined pragmas. See 2.8(14).
8005 @end cartouche
8006 @noindent
8007
8008 @xref{Implementation Defined Pragmas}.
8009
8010 @sp 1
8011 @cartouche
8012 @noindent
8013 @strong{11}. Effect of pragma @code{Optimize}. See 2.8(27).
8014 @end cartouche
8015 @noindent
8016 Pragma @code{Optimize}, if given with a @code{Time} or @code{Space}
8017 parameter, checks that the optimization flag is set, and aborts if it is
8018 not.
8019
8020 @sp 1
8021 @cartouche
8022 @noindent
8023 @strong{12}. The sequence of characters of the value returned by
8024 @code{@var{S}'Image} when some of the graphic characters of
8025 @code{@var{S}'Wide_Image} are not defined in @code{Character}. See
8026 3.5(37).
8027 @end cartouche
8028 @noindent
8029 The sequence of characters is as defined by the wide character encoding
8030 method used for the source. See section on source representation for
8031 further details.
8032
8033 @sp 1
8034 @cartouche
8035 @noindent
8036 @strong{13}. The predefined integer types declared in
8037 @code{Standard}. See 3.5.4(25).
8038 @end cartouche
8039 @noindent
8040 @table @code
8041 @item Short_Short_Integer
8042 8 bit signed
8043 @item Short_Integer
8044 (Short) 16 bit signed
8045 @item Integer
8046 32 bit signed
8047 @item Long_Integer
8048 64 bit signed (Alpha OpenVMS only)
8049 32 bit signed (all other targets)
8050 @item Long_Long_Integer
8051 64 bit signed
8052 @end table
8053
8054 @sp 1
8055 @cartouche
8056 @noindent
8057 @strong{14}. Any nonstandard integer types and the operators defined
8058 for them. See 3.5.4(26).
8059 @end cartouche
8060 @noindent
8061 There are no nonstandard integer types.
8062
8063 @sp 1
8064 @cartouche
8065 @noindent
8066 @strong{15}. Any nonstandard real types and the operators defined for
8067 them. See 3.5.6(8).
8068 @end cartouche
8069 @noindent
8070 There are no nonstandard real types.
8071
8072 @sp 1
8073 @cartouche
8074 @noindent
8075 @strong{16}. What combinations of requested decimal precision and range
8076 are supported for floating point types. See 3.5.7(7).
8077 @end cartouche
8078 @noindent
8079 The precision and range is as defined by the IEEE standard.
8080
8081 @sp 1
8082 @cartouche
8083 @noindent
8084 @strong{17}. The predefined floating point types declared in
8085 @code{Standard}. See 3.5.7(16).
8086 @end cartouche
8087 @noindent
8088 @table @code
8089 @item Short_Float
8090 32 bit IEEE short
8091 @item Float
8092 (Short) 32 bit IEEE short
8093 @item Long_Float
8094 64 bit IEEE long
8095 @item Long_Long_Float
8096 64 bit IEEE long (80 bit IEEE long on x86 processors)
8097 @end table
8098
8099 @sp 1
8100 @cartouche
8101 @noindent
8102 @strong{18}. The small of an ordinary fixed point type. See 3.5.9(8).
8103 @end cartouche
8104 @noindent
8105 @code{Fine_Delta} is 2**(@minus{}63)
8106
8107 @sp 1
8108 @cartouche
8109 @noindent
8110 @strong{19}. What combinations of small, range, and digits are
8111 supported for fixed point types. See 3.5.9(10).
8112 @end cartouche
8113 @noindent
8114 Any combinations are permitted that do not result in a small less than
8115 @code{Fine_Delta} and do not result in a mantissa larger than 63 bits.
8116 If the mantissa is larger than 53 bits on machines where Long_Long_Float
8117 is 64 bits (true of all architectures except ia32), then the output from
8118 Text_IO is accurate to only 53 bits, rather than the full mantissa. This
8119 is because floating-point conversions are used to convert fixed point.
8120
8121 @sp 1
8122 @cartouche
8123 @noindent
8124 @strong{20}. The result of @code{Tags.Expanded_Name} for types declared
8125 within an unnamed @code{block_statement}. See 3.9(10).
8126 @end cartouche
8127 @noindent
8128 Block numbers of the form @code{B@var{nnn}}, where @var{nnn} is a
8129 decimal integer are allocated.
8130
8131 @sp 1
8132 @cartouche
8133 @noindent
8134 @strong{21}. Implementation-defined attributes. See 4.1.4(12).
8135 @end cartouche
8136 @noindent
8137 @xref{Implementation Defined Attributes}.
8138
8139 @sp 1
8140 @cartouche
8141 @noindent
8142 @strong{22}. Any implementation-defined time types. See 9.6(6).
8143 @end cartouche
8144 @noindent
8145 There are no implementation-defined time types.
8146
8147 @sp 1
8148 @cartouche
8149 @noindent
8150 @strong{23}. The time base associated with relative delays.
8151 @end cartouche
8152 @noindent
8153 See 9.6(20). The time base used is that provided by the C library
8154 function @code{gettimeofday}.
8155
8156 @sp 1
8157 @cartouche
8158 @noindent
8159 @strong{24}. The time base of the type @code{Calendar.Time}. See
8160 9.6(23).
8161 @end cartouche
8162 @noindent
8163 The time base used is that provided by the C library function
8164 @code{gettimeofday}.
8165
8166 @sp 1
8167 @cartouche
8168 @noindent
8169 @strong{25}. The time zone used for package @code{Calendar}
8170 operations. See 9.6(24).
8171 @end cartouche
8172 @noindent
8173 The time zone used by package @code{Calendar} is the current system time zone
8174 setting for local time, as accessed by the C library function
8175 @code{localtime}.
8176
8177 @sp 1
8178 @cartouche
8179 @noindent
8180 @strong{26}. Any limit on @code{delay_until_statements} of
8181 @code{select_statements}. See 9.6(29).
8182 @end cartouche
8183 @noindent
8184 There are no such limits.
8185
8186 @sp 1
8187 @cartouche
8188 @noindent
8189 @strong{27}. Whether or not two non-overlapping parts of a composite
8190 object are independently addressable, in the case where packing, record
8191 layout, or @code{Component_Size} is specified for the object. See
8192 9.10(1).
8193 @end cartouche
8194 @noindent
8195 Separate components are independently addressable if they do not share
8196 overlapping storage units.
8197
8198 @sp 1
8199 @cartouche
8200 @noindent
8201 @strong{28}. The representation for a compilation. See 10.1(2).
8202 @end cartouche
8203 @noindent
8204 A compilation is represented by a sequence of files presented to the
8205 compiler in a single invocation of the @command{gcc} command.
8206
8207 @sp 1
8208 @cartouche
8209 @noindent
8210 @strong{29}. Any restrictions on compilations that contain multiple
8211 compilation_units. See 10.1(4).
8212 @end cartouche
8213 @noindent
8214 No single file can contain more than one compilation unit, but any
8215 sequence of files can be presented to the compiler as a single
8216 compilation.
8217
8218 @sp 1
8219 @cartouche
8220 @noindent
8221 @strong{30}. The mechanisms for creating an environment and for adding
8222 and replacing compilation units. See 10.1.4(3).
8223 @end cartouche
8224 @noindent
8225 See separate section on compilation model.
8226
8227 @sp 1
8228 @cartouche
8229 @noindent
8230 @strong{31}. The manner of explicitly assigning library units to a
8231 partition. See 10.2(2).
8232 @end cartouche
8233 @noindent
8234 If a unit contains an Ada main program, then the Ada units for the partition
8235 are determined by recursive application of the rules in the Ada Reference
8236 Manual section 10.2(2-6). In other words, the Ada units will be those that
8237 are needed by the main program, and then this definition of need is applied
8238 recursively to those units, and the partition contains the transitive
8239 closure determined by this relationship. In short, all the necessary units
8240 are included, with no need to explicitly specify the list. If additional
8241 units are required, e.g.@: by foreign language units, then all units must be
8242 mentioned in the context clause of one of the needed Ada units.
8243
8244 If the partition contains no main program, or if the main program is in
8245 a language other than Ada, then GNAT
8246 provides the binder options @option{-z} and @option{-n} respectively, and in
8247 this case a list of units can be explicitly supplied to the binder for
8248 inclusion in the partition (all units needed by these units will also
8249 be included automatically). For full details on the use of these
8250 options, refer to @ref{The GNAT Make Program gnatmake,,, gnat_ugn,
8251 @value{EDITION} User's Guide}.
8252
8253 @sp 1
8254 @cartouche
8255 @noindent
8256 @strong{32}. The implementation-defined means, if any, of specifying
8257 which compilation units are needed by a given compilation unit. See
8258 10.2(2).
8259 @end cartouche
8260 @noindent
8261 The units needed by a given compilation unit are as defined in
8262 the Ada Reference Manual section 10.2(2-6). There are no
8263 implementation-defined pragmas or other implementation-defined
8264 means for specifying needed units.
8265
8266 @sp 1
8267 @cartouche
8268 @noindent
8269 @strong{33}. The manner of designating the main subprogram of a
8270 partition. See 10.2(7).
8271 @end cartouche
8272 @noindent
8273 The main program is designated by providing the name of the
8274 corresponding @file{ALI} file as the input parameter to the binder.
8275
8276 @sp 1
8277 @cartouche
8278 @noindent
8279 @strong{34}. The order of elaboration of @code{library_items}. See
8280 10.2(18).
8281 @end cartouche
8282 @noindent
8283 The first constraint on ordering is that it meets the requirements of
8284 Chapter 10 of the Ada Reference Manual. This still leaves some
8285 implementation dependent choices, which are resolved by first
8286 elaborating bodies as early as possible (i.e., in preference to specs
8287 where there is a choice), and second by evaluating the immediate with
8288 clauses of a unit to determine the probably best choice, and
8289 third by elaborating in alphabetical order of unit names
8290 where a choice still remains.
8291
8292 @sp 1
8293 @cartouche
8294 @noindent
8295 @strong{35}. Parameter passing and function return for the main
8296 subprogram. See 10.2(21).
8297 @end cartouche
8298 @noindent
8299 The main program has no parameters. It may be a procedure, or a function
8300 returning an integer type. In the latter case, the returned integer
8301 value is the return code of the program (overriding any value that
8302 may have been set by a call to @code{Ada.Command_Line.Set_Exit_Status}).
8303
8304 @sp 1
8305 @cartouche
8306 @noindent
8307 @strong{36}. The mechanisms for building and running partitions. See
8308 10.2(24).
8309 @end cartouche
8310 @noindent
8311 GNAT itself supports programs with only a single partition. The GNATDIST
8312 tool provided with the GLADE package (which also includes an implementation
8313 of the PCS) provides a completely flexible method for building and running
8314 programs consisting of multiple partitions. See the separate GLADE manual
8315 for details.
8316
8317 @sp 1
8318 @cartouche
8319 @noindent
8320 @strong{37}. The details of program execution, including program
8321 termination. See 10.2(25).
8322 @end cartouche
8323 @noindent
8324 See separate section on compilation model.
8325
8326 @sp 1
8327 @cartouche
8328 @noindent
8329 @strong{38}. The semantics of any non-active partitions supported by the
8330 implementation. See 10.2(28).
8331 @end cartouche
8332 @noindent
8333 Passive partitions are supported on targets where shared memory is
8334 provided by the operating system. See the GLADE reference manual for
8335 further details.
8336
8337 @sp 1
8338 @cartouche
8339 @noindent
8340 @strong{39}. The information returned by @code{Exception_Message}. See
8341 11.4.1(10).
8342 @end cartouche
8343 @noindent
8344 Exception message returns the null string unless a specific message has
8345 been passed by the program.
8346
8347 @sp 1
8348 @cartouche
8349 @noindent
8350 @strong{40}. The result of @code{Exceptions.Exception_Name} for types
8351 declared within an unnamed @code{block_statement}. See 11.4.1(12).
8352 @end cartouche
8353 @noindent
8354 Blocks have implementation defined names of the form @code{B@var{nnn}}
8355 where @var{nnn} is an integer.
8356
8357 @sp 1
8358 @cartouche
8359 @noindent
8360 @strong{41}. The information returned by
8361 @code{Exception_Information}. See 11.4.1(13).
8362 @end cartouche
8363 @noindent
8364 @code{Exception_Information} returns a string in the following format:
8365
8366 @smallexample
8367 @emph{Exception_Name:} nnnnn
8368 @emph{Message:} mmmmm
8369 @emph{PID:} ppp
8370 @emph{Call stack traceback locations:}
8371 0xhhhh 0xhhhh 0xhhhh ... 0xhhh
8372 @end smallexample
8373
8374 @noindent
8375 where
8376
8377 @itemize @bullet
8378 @item
8379 @code{nnnn} is the fully qualified name of the exception in all upper
8380 case letters. This line is always present.
8381
8382 @item
8383 @code{mmmm} is the message (this line present only if message is non-null)
8384
8385 @item
8386 @code{ppp} is the Process Id value as a decimal integer (this line is
8387 present only if the Process Id is nonzero). Currently we are
8388 not making use of this field.
8389
8390 @item
8391 The Call stack traceback locations line and the following values
8392 are present only if at least one traceback location was recorded.
8393 The values are given in C style format, with lower case letters
8394 for a-f, and only as many digits present as are necessary.
8395 @end itemize
8396
8397 @noindent
8398 The line terminator sequence at the end of each line, including
8399 the last line is a single @code{LF} character (@code{16#0A#}).
8400
8401 @sp 1
8402 @cartouche
8403 @noindent
8404 @strong{42}. Implementation-defined check names. See 11.5(27).
8405 @end cartouche
8406 @noindent
8407 The implementation defined check name Alignment_Check controls checking of
8408 address clause values for proper alignment (that is, the address supplied
8409 must be consistent with the alignment of the type).
8410
8411 In addition, a user program can add implementation-defined check names
8412 by means of the pragma Check_Name.
8413
8414 @sp 1
8415 @cartouche
8416 @noindent
8417 @strong{43}. The interpretation of each aspect of representation. See
8418 13.1(20).
8419 @end cartouche
8420 @noindent
8421 See separate section on data representations.
8422
8423 @sp 1
8424 @cartouche
8425 @noindent
8426 @strong{44}. Any restrictions placed upon representation items. See
8427 13.1(20).
8428 @end cartouche
8429 @noindent
8430 See separate section on data representations.
8431
8432 @sp 1
8433 @cartouche
8434 @noindent
8435 @strong{45}. The meaning of @code{Size} for indefinite subtypes. See
8436 13.3(48).
8437 @end cartouche
8438 @noindent
8439 Size for an indefinite subtype is the maximum possible size, except that
8440 for the case of a subprogram parameter, the size of the parameter object
8441 is the actual size.
8442
8443 @sp 1
8444 @cartouche
8445 @noindent
8446 @strong{46}. The default external representation for a type tag. See
8447 13.3(75).
8448 @end cartouche
8449 @noindent
8450 The default external representation for a type tag is the fully expanded
8451 name of the type in upper case letters.
8452
8453 @sp 1
8454 @cartouche
8455 @noindent
8456 @strong{47}. What determines whether a compilation unit is the same in
8457 two different partitions. See 13.3(76).
8458 @end cartouche
8459 @noindent
8460 A compilation unit is the same in two different partitions if and only
8461 if it derives from the same source file.
8462
8463 @sp 1
8464 @cartouche
8465 @noindent
8466 @strong{48}. Implementation-defined components. See 13.5.1(15).
8467 @end cartouche
8468 @noindent
8469 The only implementation defined component is the tag for a tagged type,
8470 which contains a pointer to the dispatching table.
8471
8472 @sp 1
8473 @cartouche
8474 @noindent
8475 @strong{49}. If @code{Word_Size} = @code{Storage_Unit}, the default bit
8476 ordering. See 13.5.3(5).
8477 @end cartouche
8478 @noindent
8479 @code{Word_Size} (32) is not the same as @code{Storage_Unit} (8) for this
8480 implementation, so no non-default bit ordering is supported. The default
8481 bit ordering corresponds to the natural endianness of the target architecture.
8482
8483 @sp 1
8484 @cartouche
8485 @noindent
8486 @strong{50}. The contents of the visible part of package @code{System}
8487 and its language-defined children. See 13.7(2).
8488 @end cartouche
8489 @noindent
8490 See the definition of these packages in files @file{system.ads} and
8491 @file{s-stoele.ads}.
8492
8493 @sp 1
8494 @cartouche
8495 @noindent
8496 @strong{51}. The contents of the visible part of package
8497 @code{System.Machine_Code}, and the meaning of
8498 @code{code_statements}. See 13.8(7).
8499 @end cartouche
8500 @noindent
8501 See the definition and documentation in file @file{s-maccod.ads}.
8502
8503 @sp 1
8504 @cartouche
8505 @noindent
8506 @strong{52}. The effect of unchecked conversion. See 13.9(11).
8507 @end cartouche
8508 @noindent
8509 Unchecked conversion between types of the same size
8510 results in an uninterpreted transmission of the bits from one type
8511 to the other. If the types are of unequal sizes, then in the case of
8512 discrete types, a shorter source is first zero or sign extended as
8513 necessary, and a shorter target is simply truncated on the left.
8514 For all non-discrete types, the source is first copied if necessary
8515 to ensure that the alignment requirements of the target are met, then
8516 a pointer is constructed to the source value, and the result is obtained
8517 by dereferencing this pointer after converting it to be a pointer to the
8518 target type. Unchecked conversions where the target subtype is an
8519 unconstrained array are not permitted. If the target alignment is
8520 greater than the source alignment, then a copy of the result is
8521 made with appropriate alignment
8522
8523 @sp 1
8524 @cartouche
8525 @noindent
8526 @strong{53}. The manner of choosing a storage pool for an access type
8527 when @code{Storage_Pool} is not specified for the type. See 13.11(17).
8528 @end cartouche
8529 @noindent
8530 There are 3 different standard pools used by the compiler when
8531 @code{Storage_Pool} is not specified depending whether the type is local
8532 to a subprogram or defined at the library level and whether
8533 @code{Storage_Size}is specified or not. See documentation in the runtime
8534 library units @code{System.Pool_Global}, @code{System.Pool_Size} and
8535 @code{System.Pool_Local} in files @file{s-poosiz.ads},
8536 @file{s-pooglo.ads} and @file{s-pooloc.ads} for full details on the
8537 default pools used.
8538
8539 @sp 1
8540 @cartouche
8541 @noindent
8542 @strong{54}. Whether or not the implementation provides user-accessible
8543 names for the standard pool type(s). See 13.11(17).
8544 @end cartouche
8545 @noindent
8546
8547 See documentation in the sources of the run time mentioned in paragraph
8548 @strong{53} . All these pools are accessible by means of @code{with}'ing
8549 these units.
8550
8551 @sp 1
8552 @cartouche
8553 @noindent
8554 @strong{55}. The meaning of @code{Storage_Size}. See 13.11(18).
8555 @end cartouche
8556 @noindent
8557 @code{Storage_Size} is measured in storage units, and refers to the
8558 total space available for an access type collection, or to the primary
8559 stack space for a task.
8560
8561 @sp 1
8562 @cartouche
8563 @noindent
8564 @strong{56}. Implementation-defined aspects of storage pools. See
8565 13.11(22).
8566 @end cartouche
8567 @noindent
8568 See documentation in the sources of the run time mentioned in paragraph
8569 @strong{53} for details on GNAT-defined aspects of storage pools.
8570
8571 @sp 1
8572 @cartouche
8573 @noindent
8574 @strong{57}. The set of restrictions allowed in a pragma
8575 @code{Restrictions}. See 13.12(7).
8576 @end cartouche
8577 @noindent
8578 All RM defined Restriction identifiers are implemented. The following
8579 additional restriction identifiers are provided. There are two separate
8580 lists of implementation dependent restriction identifiers. The first
8581 set requires consistency throughout a partition (in other words, if the
8582 restriction identifier is used for any compilation unit in the partition,
8583 then all compilation units in the partition must obey the restriction.
8584
8585 @table @code
8586
8587 @item Simple_Barriers
8588 @findex Simple_Barriers
8589 This restriction ensures at compile time that barriers in entry declarations
8590 for protected types are restricted to either static boolean expressions or
8591 references to simple boolean variables defined in the private part of the
8592 protected type. No other form of entry barriers is permitted. This is one
8593 of the restrictions of the Ravenscar profile for limited tasking (see also
8594 pragma @code{Profile (Ravenscar)}).
8595
8596 @item Max_Entry_Queue_Length => Expr
8597 @findex Max_Entry_Queue_Length
8598 This restriction is a declaration that any protected entry compiled in
8599 the scope of the restriction has at most the specified number of
8600 tasks waiting on the entry
8601 at any one time, and so no queue is required. This restriction is not
8602 checked at compile time. A program execution is erroneous if an attempt
8603 is made to queue more than the specified number of tasks on such an entry.
8604
8605 @item No_Calendar
8606 @findex No_Calendar
8607 This restriction ensures at compile time that there is no implicit or
8608 explicit dependence on the package @code{Ada.Calendar}.
8609
8610 @item No_Default_Initialization
8611 @findex No_Default_Initialization
8612
8613 This restriction prohibits any instance of default initialization of variables.
8614 The binder implements a consistency rule which prevents any unit compiled
8615 without the restriction from with'ing a unit with the restriction (this allows
8616 the generation of initialization procedures to be skipped, since you can be
8617 sure that no call is ever generated to an initialization procedure in a unit
8618 with the restriction active). If used in conjunction with Initialize_Scalars or
8619 Normalize_Scalars, the effect is to prohibit all cases of variables declared
8620 without a specific initializer (including the case of OUT scalar parameters).
8621
8622 @item No_Direct_Boolean_Operators
8623 @findex No_Direct_Boolean_Operators
8624 This restriction ensures that no logical (and/or/xor) are used on
8625 operands of type Boolean (or any type derived
8626 from Boolean). This is intended for use in safety critical programs
8627 where the certification protocol requires the use of short-circuit
8628 (and then, or else) forms for all composite boolean operations.
8629
8630 @item No_Dispatching_Calls
8631 @findex No_Dispatching_Calls
8632 This restriction ensures at compile time that the code generated by the
8633 compiler involves no dispatching calls. The use of this restriction allows the
8634 safe use of record extensions, classwide membership tests and other classwide
8635 features not involving implicit dispatching. This restriction ensures that
8636 the code contains no indirect calls through a dispatching mechanism. Note that
8637 this includes internally-generated calls created by the compiler, for example
8638 in the implementation of class-wide objects assignments. The
8639 membership test is allowed in the presence of this restriction, because its
8640 implementation requires no dispatching.
8641 This restriction is comparable to the official Ada restriction
8642 @code{No_Dispatch} except that it is a bit less restrictive in that it allows
8643 all classwide constructs that do not imply dispatching.
8644 The following example indicates constructs that violate this restriction.
8645
8646 @smallexample
8647 package Pkg is
8648 type T is tagged record
8649 Data : Natural;
8650 end record;
8651 procedure P (X : T);
8652
8653 type DT is new T with record
8654 More_Data : Natural;
8655 end record;
8656 procedure Q (X : DT);
8657 end Pkg;
8658
8659 with Pkg; use Pkg;
8660 procedure Example is
8661 procedure Test (O : T'Class) is
8662 N : Natural := O'Size;-- Error: Dispatching call
8663 C : T'Class := O; -- Error: implicit Dispatching Call
8664 begin
8665 if O in DT'Class then -- OK : Membership test
8666 Q (DT (O)); -- OK : Type conversion plus direct call
8667 else
8668 P (O); -- Error: Dispatching call
8669 end if;
8670 end Test;
8671
8672 Obj : DT;
8673 begin
8674 P (Obj); -- OK : Direct call
8675 P (T (Obj)); -- OK : Type conversion plus direct call
8676 P (T'Class (Obj)); -- Error: Dispatching call
8677
8678 Test (Obj); -- OK : Type conversion
8679
8680 if Obj in T'Class then -- OK : Membership test
8681 null;
8682 end if;
8683 end Example;
8684 @end smallexample
8685
8686 @item No_Dynamic_Attachment
8687 @findex No_Dynamic_Attachment
8688 This restriction ensures that there is no call to any of the operations
8689 defined in package Ada.Interrupts.
8690
8691 @item No_Enumeration_Maps
8692 @findex No_Enumeration_Maps
8693 This restriction ensures at compile time that no operations requiring
8694 enumeration maps are used (that is Image and Value attributes applied
8695 to enumeration types).
8696
8697 @item No_Entry_Calls_In_Elaboration_Code
8698 @findex No_Entry_Calls_In_Elaboration_Code
8699 This restriction ensures at compile time that no task or protected entry
8700 calls are made during elaboration code. As a result of the use of this
8701 restriction, the compiler can assume that no code past an accept statement
8702 in a task can be executed at elaboration time.
8703
8704 @item No_Exception_Handlers
8705 @findex No_Exception_Handlers
8706 This restriction ensures at compile time that there are no explicit
8707 exception handlers. It also indicates that no exception propagation will
8708 be provided. In this mode, exceptions may be raised but will result in
8709 an immediate call to the last chance handler, a routine that the user
8710 must define with the following profile:
8711
8712 @smallexample @c ada
8713 procedure Last_Chance_Handler
8714 (Source_Location : System.Address; Line : Integer);
8715 pragma Export (C, Last_Chance_Handler,
8716 "__gnat_last_chance_handler");
8717 @end smallexample
8718
8719 The parameter is a C null-terminated string representing a message to be
8720 associated with the exception (typically the source location of the raise
8721 statement generated by the compiler). The Line parameter when nonzero
8722 represents the line number in the source program where the raise occurs.
8723
8724 @item No_Exception_Propagation
8725 @findex No_Exception_Propagation
8726 This restriction guarantees that exceptions are never propagated to an outer
8727 subprogram scope). The only case in which an exception may be raised is when
8728 the handler is statically in the same subprogram, so that the effect of a raise
8729 is essentially like a goto statement. Any other raise statement (implicit or
8730 explicit) will be considered unhandled. Exception handlers are allowed, but may
8731 not contain an exception occurrence identifier (exception choice). In addition
8732 use of the package GNAT.Current_Exception is not permitted, and reraise
8733 statements (raise with no operand) are not permitted.
8734
8735 @item No_Exception_Registration
8736 @findex No_Exception_Registration
8737 This restriction ensures at compile time that no stream operations for
8738 types Exception_Id or Exception_Occurrence are used. This also makes it
8739 impossible to pass exceptions to or from a partition with this restriction
8740 in a distributed environment. If this exception is active, then the generated
8741 code is simplified by omitting the otherwise-required global registration
8742 of exceptions when they are declared.
8743
8744 @item No_Implicit_Conditionals
8745 @findex No_Implicit_Conditionals
8746 This restriction ensures that the generated code does not contain any
8747 implicit conditionals, either by modifying the generated code where possible,
8748 or by rejecting any construct that would otherwise generate an implicit
8749 conditional. Note that this check does not include run time constraint
8750 checks, which on some targets may generate implicit conditionals as
8751 well. To control the latter, constraint checks can be suppressed in the
8752 normal manner. Constructs generating implicit conditionals include comparisons
8753 of composite objects and the Max/Min attributes.
8754
8755 @item No_Implicit_Dynamic_Code
8756 @findex No_Implicit_Dynamic_Code
8757 @cindex trampoline
8758 This restriction prevents the compiler from building ``trampolines''.
8759 This is a structure that is built on the stack and contains dynamic
8760 code to be executed at run time. On some targets, a trampoline is
8761 built for the following features: @code{Access},
8762 @code{Unrestricted_Access}, or @code{Address} of a nested subprogram;
8763 nested task bodies; primitive operations of nested tagged types.
8764 Trampolines do not work on machines that prevent execution of stack
8765 data. For example, on windows systems, enabling DEP (data execution
8766 protection) will cause trampolines to raise an exception.
8767 Trampolines are also quite slow at run time.
8768
8769 On many targets, trampolines have been largely eliminated. Look at the
8770 version of system.ads for your target --- if it has
8771 Always_Compatible_Rep equal to False, then trampolines are largely
8772 eliminated. In particular, a trampoline is built for the following
8773 features: @code{Address} of a nested subprogram;
8774 @code{Access} or @code{Unrestricted_Access} of a nested subprogram,
8775 but only if pragma Favor_Top_Level applies, or the access type has a
8776 foreign-language convention; primitive operations of nested tagged
8777 types.
8778
8779 @item No_Implicit_Loops
8780 @findex No_Implicit_Loops
8781 This restriction ensures that the generated code does not contain any
8782 implicit @code{for} loops, either by modifying
8783 the generated code where possible,
8784 or by rejecting any construct that would otherwise generate an implicit
8785 @code{for} loop. If this restriction is active, it is possible to build
8786 large array aggregates with all static components without generating an
8787 intermediate temporary, and without generating a loop to initialize individual
8788 components. Otherwise, a loop is created for arrays larger than about 5000
8789 scalar components.
8790
8791 @item No_Initialize_Scalars
8792 @findex No_Initialize_Scalars
8793 This restriction ensures that no unit in the partition is compiled with
8794 pragma Initialize_Scalars. This allows the generation of more efficient
8795 code, and in particular eliminates dummy null initialization routines that
8796 are otherwise generated for some record and array types.
8797
8798 @item No_Local_Protected_Objects
8799 @findex No_Local_Protected_Objects
8800 This restriction ensures at compile time that protected objects are
8801 only declared at the library level.
8802
8803 @item No_Protected_Type_Allocators
8804 @findex No_Protected_Type_Allocators
8805 This restriction ensures at compile time that there are no allocator
8806 expressions that attempt to allocate protected objects.
8807
8808 @item No_Secondary_Stack
8809 @findex No_Secondary_Stack
8810 This restriction ensures at compile time that the generated code does not
8811 contain any reference to the secondary stack. The secondary stack is used
8812 to implement functions returning unconstrained objects (arrays or records)
8813 on some targets.
8814
8815 @item No_Select_Statements
8816 @findex No_Select_Statements
8817 This restriction ensures at compile time no select statements of any kind
8818 are permitted, that is the keyword @code{select} may not appear.
8819 This is one of the restrictions of the Ravenscar
8820 profile for limited tasking (see also pragma @code{Profile (Ravenscar)}).
8821
8822 @item No_Standard_Storage_Pools
8823 @findex No_Standard_Storage_Pools
8824 This restriction ensures at compile time that no access types
8825 use the standard default storage pool. Any access type declared must
8826 have an explicit Storage_Pool attribute defined specifying a
8827 user-defined storage pool.
8828
8829 @item No_Streams
8830 @findex No_Streams
8831 This restriction ensures at compile/bind time that there are no
8832 stream objects created and no use of stream attributes.
8833 This restriction does not forbid dependences on the package
8834 @code{Ada.Streams}. So it is permissible to with
8835 @code{Ada.Streams} (or another package that does so itself)
8836 as long as no actual stream objects are created and no
8837 stream attributes are used.
8838
8839 Note that the use of restriction allows optimization of tagged types,
8840 since they do not need to worry about dispatching stream operations.
8841 To take maximum advantage of this space-saving optimization, any
8842 unit declaring a tagged type should be compiled with the restriction,
8843 though this is not required.
8844
8845 @item No_Task_Attributes_Package
8846 @findex No_Task_Attributes_Package
8847 This restriction ensures at compile time that there are no implicit or
8848 explicit dependencies on the package @code{Ada.Task_Attributes}.
8849
8850 @item No_Task_Termination
8851 @findex No_Task_Termination
8852 This restriction ensures at compile time that no terminate alternatives
8853 appear in any task body.
8854
8855 @item No_Tasking
8856 @findex No_Tasking
8857 This restriction prevents the declaration of tasks or task types throughout
8858 the partition. It is similar in effect to the use of @code{Max_Tasks => 0}
8859 except that violations are caught at compile time and cause an error message
8860 to be output either by the compiler or binder.
8861
8862 @item Static_Priorities
8863 @findex Static_Priorities
8864 This restriction ensures at compile time that all priority expressions
8865 are static, and that there are no dependencies on the package
8866 @code{Ada.Dynamic_Priorities}.
8867
8868 @item Static_Storage_Size
8869 @findex Static_Storage_Size
8870 This restriction ensures at compile time that any expression appearing
8871 in a Storage_Size pragma or attribute definition clause is static.
8872
8873 @end table
8874
8875 @noindent
8876 The second set of implementation dependent restriction identifiers
8877 does not require partition-wide consistency.
8878 The restriction may be enforced for a single
8879 compilation unit without any effect on any of the
8880 other compilation units in the partition.
8881
8882 @table @code
8883
8884 @item No_Elaboration_Code
8885 @findex No_Elaboration_Code
8886 This restriction ensures at compile time that no elaboration code is
8887 generated. Note that this is not the same condition as is enforced
8888 by pragma @code{Preelaborate}. There are cases in which pragma
8889 @code{Preelaborate} still permits code to be generated (e.g.@: code
8890 to initialize a large array to all zeroes), and there are cases of units
8891 which do not meet the requirements for pragma @code{Preelaborate},
8892 but for which no elaboration code is generated. Generally, it is
8893 the case that preelaborable units will meet the restrictions, with
8894 the exception of large aggregates initialized with an others_clause,
8895 and exception declarations (which generate calls to a run-time
8896 registry procedure). This restriction is enforced on
8897 a unit by unit basis, it need not be obeyed consistently
8898 throughout a partition.
8899
8900 In the case of aggregates with others, if the aggregate has a dynamic
8901 size, there is no way to eliminate the elaboration code (such dynamic
8902 bounds would be incompatible with @code{Preelaborate} in any case). If
8903 the bounds are static, then use of this restriction actually modifies
8904 the code choice of the compiler to avoid generating a loop, and instead
8905 generate the aggregate statically if possible, no matter how many times
8906 the data for the others clause must be repeatedly generated.
8907
8908 It is not possible to precisely document
8909 the constructs which are compatible with this restriction, since,
8910 unlike most other restrictions, this is not a restriction on the
8911 source code, but a restriction on the generated object code. For
8912 example, if the source contains a declaration:
8913
8914 @smallexample
8915 Val : constant Integer := X;
8916 @end smallexample
8917
8918 @noindent
8919 where X is not a static constant, it may be possible, depending
8920 on complex optimization circuitry, for the compiler to figure
8921 out the value of X at compile time, in which case this initialization
8922 can be done by the loader, and requires no initialization code. It
8923 is not possible to document the precise conditions under which the
8924 optimizer can figure this out.
8925
8926 Note that this the implementation of this restriction requires full
8927 code generation. If it is used in conjunction with "semantics only"
8928 checking, then some cases of violations may be missed.
8929
8930 @item No_Entry_Queue
8931 @findex No_Entry_Queue
8932 This restriction is a declaration that any protected entry compiled in
8933 the scope of the restriction has at most one task waiting on the entry
8934 at any one time, and so no queue is required. This restriction is not
8935 checked at compile time. A program execution is erroneous if an attempt
8936 is made to queue a second task on such an entry.
8937
8938 @item No_Implementation_Attributes
8939 @findex No_Implementation_Attributes
8940 This restriction checks at compile time that no GNAT-defined attributes
8941 are present. With this restriction, the only attributes that can be used
8942 are those defined in the Ada Reference Manual.
8943
8944 @item No_Implementation_Pragmas
8945 @findex No_Implementation_Pragmas
8946 This restriction checks at compile time that no GNAT-defined pragmas
8947 are present. With this restriction, the only pragmas that can be used
8948 are those defined in the Ada Reference Manual.
8949
8950 @item No_Implementation_Restrictions
8951 @findex No_Implementation_Restrictions
8952 This restriction checks at compile time that no GNAT-defined restriction
8953 identifiers (other than @code{No_Implementation_Restrictions} itself)
8954 are present. With this restriction, the only other restriction identifiers
8955 that can be used are those defined in the Ada Reference Manual.
8956
8957 @item No_Wide_Characters
8958 @findex No_Wide_Characters
8959 This restriction ensures at compile time that no uses of the types
8960 @code{Wide_Character} or @code{Wide_String} or corresponding wide
8961 wide types
8962 appear, and that no wide or wide wide string or character literals
8963 appear in the program (that is literals representing characters not in
8964 type @code{Character}.
8965
8966 @end table
8967
8968 @sp 1
8969 @cartouche
8970 @noindent
8971 @strong{58}. The consequences of violating limitations on
8972 @code{Restrictions} pragmas. See 13.12(9).
8973 @end cartouche
8974 @noindent
8975 Restrictions that can be checked at compile time result in illegalities
8976 if violated. Currently there are no other consequences of violating
8977 restrictions.
8978
8979 @sp 1
8980 @cartouche
8981 @noindent
8982 @strong{59}. The representation used by the @code{Read} and
8983 @code{Write} attributes of elementary types in terms of stream
8984 elements. See 13.13.2(9).
8985 @end cartouche
8986 @noindent
8987 The representation is the in-memory representation of the base type of
8988 the type, using the number of bits corresponding to the
8989 @code{@var{type}'Size} value, and the natural ordering of the machine.
8990
8991 @sp 1
8992 @cartouche
8993 @noindent
8994 @strong{60}. The names and characteristics of the numeric subtypes
8995 declared in the visible part of package @code{Standard}. See A.1(3).
8996 @end cartouche
8997 @noindent
8998 See items describing the integer and floating-point types supported.
8999
9000 @sp 1
9001 @cartouche
9002 @noindent
9003 @strong{61}. The accuracy actually achieved by the elementary
9004 functions. See A.5.1(1).
9005 @end cartouche
9006 @noindent
9007 The elementary functions correspond to the functions available in the C
9008 library. Only fast math mode is implemented.
9009
9010 @sp 1
9011 @cartouche
9012 @noindent
9013 @strong{62}. The sign of a zero result from some of the operators or
9014 functions in @code{Numerics.Generic_Elementary_Functions}, when
9015 @code{Float_Type'Signed_Zeros} is @code{True}. See A.5.1(46).
9016 @end cartouche
9017 @noindent
9018 The sign of zeroes follows the requirements of the IEEE 754 standard on
9019 floating-point.
9020
9021 @sp 1
9022 @cartouche
9023 @noindent
9024 @strong{63}. The value of
9025 @code{Numerics.Float_Random.Max_Image_Width}. See A.5.2(27).
9026 @end cartouche
9027 @noindent
9028 Maximum image width is 6864, see library file @file{s-rannum.ads}.
9029
9030 @sp 1
9031 @cartouche
9032 @noindent
9033 @strong{64}. The value of
9034 @code{Numerics.Discrete_Random.Max_Image_Width}. See A.5.2(27).
9035 @end cartouche
9036 @noindent
9037 Maximum image width is 6864, see library file @file{s-rannum.ads}.
9038
9039 @sp 1
9040 @cartouche
9041 @noindent
9042 @strong{65}. The algorithms for random number generation. See
9043 A.5.2(32).
9044 @end cartouche
9045 @noindent
9046 The algorithm is the Mersenne Twister, as documented in the source file
9047 @file{s-rannum.adb}. This version of the algorithm has a period of
9048 2**19937-1.
9049
9050 @sp 1
9051 @cartouche
9052 @noindent
9053 @strong{66}. The string representation of a random number generator's
9054 state. See A.5.2(38).
9055 @end cartouche
9056 @noindent
9057 The value returned by the Image function is the concatenation of
9058 the fixed-width decimal representations of the 624 32-bit integers
9059 of the state vector.
9060
9061 @sp 1
9062 @cartouche
9063 @noindent
9064 @strong{67}. The minimum time interval between calls to the
9065 time-dependent Reset procedure that are guaranteed to initiate different
9066 random number sequences. See A.5.2(45).
9067 @end cartouche
9068 @noindent
9069 The minimum period between reset calls to guarantee distinct series of
9070 random numbers is one microsecond.
9071
9072 @sp 1
9073 @cartouche
9074 @noindent
9075 @strong{68}. The values of the @code{Model_Mantissa},
9076 @code{Model_Emin}, @code{Model_Epsilon}, @code{Model},
9077 @code{Safe_First}, and @code{Safe_Last} attributes, if the Numerics
9078 Annex is not supported. See A.5.3(72).
9079 @end cartouche
9080 @noindent
9081 See the source file @file{ttypef.ads} for the values of all numeric
9082 attributes.
9083
9084 @sp 1
9085 @cartouche
9086 @noindent
9087 @strong{69}. Any implementation-defined characteristics of the
9088 input-output packages. See A.7(14).
9089 @end cartouche
9090 @noindent
9091 There are no special implementation defined characteristics for these
9092 packages.
9093
9094 @sp 1
9095 @cartouche
9096 @noindent
9097 @strong{70}. The value of @code{Buffer_Size} in @code{Storage_IO}. See
9098 A.9(10).
9099 @end cartouche
9100 @noindent
9101 All type representations are contiguous, and the @code{Buffer_Size} is
9102 the value of @code{@var{type}'Size} rounded up to the next storage unit
9103 boundary.
9104
9105 @sp 1
9106 @cartouche
9107 @noindent
9108 @strong{71}. External files for standard input, standard output, and
9109 standard error See A.10(5).
9110 @end cartouche
9111 @noindent
9112 These files are mapped onto the files provided by the C streams
9113 libraries. See source file @file{i-cstrea.ads} for further details.
9114
9115 @sp 1
9116 @cartouche
9117 @noindent
9118 @strong{72}. The accuracy of the value produced by @code{Put}. See
9119 A.10.9(36).
9120 @end cartouche
9121 @noindent
9122 If more digits are requested in the output than are represented by the
9123 precision of the value, zeroes are output in the corresponding least
9124 significant digit positions.
9125
9126 @sp 1
9127 @cartouche
9128 @noindent
9129 @strong{73}. The meaning of @code{Argument_Count}, @code{Argument}, and
9130 @code{Command_Name}. See A.15(1).
9131 @end cartouche
9132 @noindent
9133 These are mapped onto the @code{argv} and @code{argc} parameters of the
9134 main program in the natural manner.
9135
9136 @sp 1
9137 @cartouche
9138 @noindent
9139 @strong{74}. Implementation-defined convention names. See B.1(11).
9140 @end cartouche
9141 @noindent
9142 The following convention names are supported
9143
9144 @table @code
9145 @item Ada
9146 Ada
9147 @item Assembler
9148 Assembly language
9149 @item Asm
9150 Synonym for Assembler
9151 @item Assembly
9152 Synonym for Assembler
9153 @item C
9154 C
9155 @item C_Pass_By_Copy
9156 Allowed only for record types, like C, but also notes that record
9157 is to be passed by copy rather than reference.
9158 @item COBOL
9159 COBOL
9160 @item C_Plus_Plus (or CPP)
9161 C++
9162 @item Default
9163 Treated the same as C
9164 @item External
9165 Treated the same as C
9166 @item Fortran
9167 Fortran
9168 @item Intrinsic
9169 For support of pragma @code{Import} with convention Intrinsic, see
9170 separate section on Intrinsic Subprograms.
9171 @item Stdcall
9172 Stdcall (used for Windows implementations only). This convention correspond
9173 to the WINAPI (previously called Pascal convention) C/C++ convention under
9174 Windows. A function with this convention cleans the stack before exit.
9175 @item DLL
9176 Synonym for Stdcall
9177 @item Win32
9178 Synonym for Stdcall
9179 @item Stubbed
9180 Stubbed is a special convention used to indicate that the body of the
9181 subprogram will be entirely ignored. Any call to the subprogram
9182 is converted into a raise of the @code{Program_Error} exception. If a
9183 pragma @code{Import} specifies convention @code{stubbed} then no body need
9184 be present at all. This convention is useful during development for the
9185 inclusion of subprograms whose body has not yet been written.
9186
9187 @end table
9188 @noindent
9189 In addition, all otherwise unrecognized convention names are also
9190 treated as being synonymous with convention C@. In all implementations
9191 except for VMS, use of such other names results in a warning. In VMS
9192 implementations, these names are accepted silently.
9193
9194 @sp 1
9195 @cartouche
9196 @noindent
9197 @strong{75}. The meaning of link names. See B.1(36).
9198 @end cartouche
9199 @noindent
9200 Link names are the actual names used by the linker.
9201
9202 @sp 1
9203 @cartouche
9204 @noindent
9205 @strong{76}. The manner of choosing link names when neither the link
9206 name nor the address of an imported or exported entity is specified. See
9207 B.1(36).
9208 @end cartouche
9209 @noindent
9210 The default linker name is that which would be assigned by the relevant
9211 external language, interpreting the Ada name as being in all lower case
9212 letters.
9213
9214 @sp 1
9215 @cartouche
9216 @noindent
9217 @strong{77}. The effect of pragma @code{Linker_Options}. See B.1(37).
9218 @end cartouche
9219 @noindent
9220 The string passed to @code{Linker_Options} is presented uninterpreted as
9221 an argument to the link command, unless it contains ASCII.NUL characters.
9222 NUL characters if they appear act as argument separators, so for example
9223
9224 @smallexample @c ada
9225 pragma Linker_Options ("-labc" & ASCII.NUL & "-ldef");
9226 @end smallexample
9227
9228 @noindent
9229 causes two separate arguments @code{-labc} and @code{-ldef} to be passed to the
9230 linker. The order of linker options is preserved for a given unit. The final
9231 list of options passed to the linker is in reverse order of the elaboration
9232 order. For example, linker options for a body always appear before the options
9233 from the corresponding package spec.
9234
9235 @sp 1
9236 @cartouche
9237 @noindent
9238 @strong{78}. The contents of the visible part of package
9239 @code{Interfaces} and its language-defined descendants. See B.2(1).
9240 @end cartouche
9241 @noindent
9242 See files with prefix @file{i-} in the distributed library.
9243
9244 @sp 1
9245 @cartouche
9246 @noindent
9247 @strong{79}. Implementation-defined children of package
9248 @code{Interfaces}. The contents of the visible part of package
9249 @code{Interfaces}. See B.2(11).
9250 @end cartouche
9251 @noindent
9252 See files with prefix @file{i-} in the distributed library.
9253
9254 @sp 1
9255 @cartouche
9256 @noindent
9257 @strong{80}. The types @code{Floating}, @code{Long_Floating},
9258 @code{Binary}, @code{Long_Binary}, @code{Decimal_ Element}, and
9259 @code{COBOL_Character}; and the initialization of the variables
9260 @code{Ada_To_COBOL} and @code{COBOL_To_Ada}, in
9261 @code{Interfaces.COBOL}. See B.4(50).
9262 @end cartouche
9263 @noindent
9264 @table @code
9265 @item Floating
9266 Float
9267 @item Long_Floating
9268 (Floating) Long_Float
9269 @item Binary
9270 Integer
9271 @item Long_Binary
9272 Long_Long_Integer
9273 @item Decimal_Element
9274 Character
9275 @item COBOL_Character
9276 Character
9277 @end table
9278
9279 @noindent
9280 For initialization, see the file @file{i-cobol.ads} in the distributed library.
9281
9282 @sp 1
9283 @cartouche
9284 @noindent
9285 @strong{81}. Support for access to machine instructions. See C.1(1).
9286 @end cartouche
9287 @noindent
9288 See documentation in file @file{s-maccod.ads} in the distributed library.
9289
9290 @sp 1
9291 @cartouche
9292 @noindent
9293 @strong{82}. Implementation-defined aspects of access to machine
9294 operations. See C.1(9).
9295 @end cartouche
9296 @noindent
9297 See documentation in file @file{s-maccod.ads} in the distributed library.
9298
9299 @sp 1
9300 @cartouche
9301 @noindent
9302 @strong{83}. Implementation-defined aspects of interrupts. See C.3(2).
9303 @end cartouche
9304 @noindent
9305 Interrupts are mapped to signals or conditions as appropriate. See
9306 definition of unit
9307 @code{Ada.Interrupt_Names} in source file @file{a-intnam.ads} for details
9308 on the interrupts supported on a particular target.
9309
9310 @sp 1
9311 @cartouche
9312 @noindent
9313 @strong{84}. Implementation-defined aspects of pre-elaboration. See
9314 C.4(13).
9315 @end cartouche
9316 @noindent
9317 GNAT does not permit a partition to be restarted without reloading,
9318 except under control of the debugger.
9319
9320 @sp 1
9321 @cartouche
9322 @noindent
9323 @strong{85}. The semantics of pragma @code{Discard_Names}. See C.5(7).
9324 @end cartouche
9325 @noindent
9326 Pragma @code{Discard_Names} causes names of enumeration literals to
9327 be suppressed. In the presence of this pragma, the Image attribute
9328 provides the image of the Pos of the literal, and Value accepts
9329 Pos values.
9330
9331 @sp 1
9332 @cartouche
9333 @noindent
9334 @strong{86}. The result of the @code{Task_Identification.Image}
9335 attribute. See C.7.1(7).
9336 @end cartouche
9337 @noindent
9338 The result of this attribute is a string that identifies
9339 the object or component that denotes a given task. If a variable @code{Var}
9340 has a task type, the image for this task will have the form @code{Var_@var{XXXXXXXX}},
9341 where the suffix
9342 is the hexadecimal representation of the virtual address of the corresponding
9343 task control block. If the variable is an array of tasks, the image of each
9344 task will have the form of an indexed component indicating the position of a
9345 given task in the array, e.g.@: @code{Group(5)_@var{XXXXXXX}}. If the task is a
9346 component of a record, the image of the task will have the form of a selected
9347 component. These rules are fully recursive, so that the image of a task that
9348 is a subcomponent of a composite object corresponds to the expression that
9349 designates this task.
9350 @noindent
9351 If a task is created by an allocator, its image depends on the context. If the
9352 allocator is part of an object declaration, the rules described above are used
9353 to construct its image, and this image is not affected by subsequent
9354 assignments. If the allocator appears within an expression, the image
9355 includes only the name of the task type.
9356 @noindent
9357 If the configuration pragma Discard_Names is present, or if the restriction
9358 No_Implicit_Heap_Allocation is in effect, the image reduces to
9359 the numeric suffix, that is to say the hexadecimal representation of the
9360 virtual address of the control block of the task.
9361 @sp 1
9362 @cartouche
9363 @noindent
9364 @strong{87}. The value of @code{Current_Task} when in a protected entry
9365 or interrupt handler. See C.7.1(17).
9366 @end cartouche
9367 @noindent
9368 Protected entries or interrupt handlers can be executed by any
9369 convenient thread, so the value of @code{Current_Task} is undefined.
9370
9371 @sp 1
9372 @cartouche
9373 @noindent
9374 @strong{88}. The effect of calling @code{Current_Task} from an entry
9375 body or interrupt handler. See C.7.1(19).
9376 @end cartouche
9377 @noindent
9378 The effect of calling @code{Current_Task} from an entry body or
9379 interrupt handler is to return the identification of the task currently
9380 executing the code.
9381
9382 @sp 1
9383 @cartouche
9384 @noindent
9385 @strong{89}. Implementation-defined aspects of
9386 @code{Task_Attributes}. See C.7.2(19).
9387 @end cartouche
9388 @noindent
9389 There are no implementation-defined aspects of @code{Task_Attributes}.
9390
9391 @sp 1
9392 @cartouche
9393 @noindent
9394 @strong{90}. Values of all @code{Metrics}. See D(2).
9395 @end cartouche
9396 @noindent
9397 The metrics information for GNAT depends on the performance of the
9398 underlying operating system. The sources of the run-time for tasking
9399 implementation, together with the output from @option{-gnatG} can be
9400 used to determine the exact sequence of operating systems calls made
9401 to implement various tasking constructs. Together with appropriate
9402 information on the performance of the underlying operating system,
9403 on the exact target in use, this information can be used to determine
9404 the required metrics.
9405
9406 @sp 1
9407 @cartouche
9408 @noindent
9409 @strong{91}. The declarations of @code{Any_Priority} and
9410 @code{Priority}. See D.1(11).
9411 @end cartouche
9412 @noindent
9413 See declarations in file @file{system.ads}.
9414
9415 @sp 1
9416 @cartouche
9417 @noindent
9418 @strong{92}. Implementation-defined execution resources. See D.1(15).
9419 @end cartouche
9420 @noindent
9421 There are no implementation-defined execution resources.
9422
9423 @sp 1
9424 @cartouche
9425 @noindent
9426 @strong{93}. Whether, on a multiprocessor, a task that is waiting for
9427 access to a protected object keeps its processor busy. See D.2.1(3).
9428 @end cartouche
9429 @noindent
9430 On a multi-processor, a task that is waiting for access to a protected
9431 object does not keep its processor busy.
9432
9433 @sp 1
9434 @cartouche
9435 @noindent
9436 @strong{94}. The affect of implementation defined execution resources
9437 on task dispatching. See D.2.1(9).
9438 @end cartouche
9439 @noindent
9440 @c SGI info
9441 @ignore
9442 Tasks map to IRIX threads, and the dispatching policy is as defined by
9443 the IRIX implementation of threads.
9444 @end ignore
9445 Tasks map to threads in the threads package used by GNAT@. Where possible
9446 and appropriate, these threads correspond to native threads of the
9447 underlying operating system.
9448
9449 @sp 1
9450 @cartouche
9451 @noindent
9452 @strong{95}. Implementation-defined @code{policy_identifiers} allowed
9453 in a pragma @code{Task_Dispatching_Policy}. See D.2.2(3).
9454 @end cartouche
9455 @noindent
9456 There are no implementation-defined policy-identifiers allowed in this
9457 pragma.
9458
9459 @sp 1
9460 @cartouche
9461 @noindent
9462 @strong{96}. Implementation-defined aspects of priority inversion. See
9463 D.2.2(16).
9464 @end cartouche
9465 @noindent
9466 Execution of a task cannot be preempted by the implementation processing
9467 of delay expirations for lower priority tasks.
9468
9469 @sp 1
9470 @cartouche
9471 @noindent
9472 @strong{97}. Implementation defined task dispatching. See D.2.2(18).
9473 @end cartouche
9474 @noindent
9475 @c SGI info:
9476 @ignore
9477 Tasks map to IRIX threads, and the dispatching policy is as defined by
9478 the IRIX implementation of threads.
9479 @end ignore
9480 The policy is the same as that of the underlying threads implementation.
9481
9482 @sp 1
9483 @cartouche
9484 @noindent
9485 @strong{98}. Implementation-defined @code{policy_identifiers} allowed
9486 in a pragma @code{Locking_Policy}. See D.3(4).
9487 @end cartouche
9488 @noindent
9489 The only implementation defined policy permitted in GNAT is
9490 @code{Inheritance_Locking}. On targets that support this policy, locking
9491 is implemented by inheritance, i.e.@: the task owning the lock operates
9492 at a priority equal to the highest priority of any task currently
9493 requesting the lock.
9494
9495 @sp 1
9496 @cartouche
9497 @noindent
9498 @strong{99}. Default ceiling priorities. See D.3(10).
9499 @end cartouche
9500 @noindent
9501 The ceiling priority of protected objects of the type
9502 @code{System.Interrupt_Priority'Last} as described in the Ada
9503 Reference Manual D.3(10),
9504
9505 @sp 1
9506 @cartouche
9507 @noindent
9508 @strong{100}. The ceiling of any protected object used internally by
9509 the implementation. See D.3(16).
9510 @end cartouche
9511 @noindent
9512 The ceiling priority of internal protected objects is
9513 @code{System.Priority'Last}.
9514
9515 @sp 1
9516 @cartouche
9517 @noindent
9518 @strong{101}. Implementation-defined queuing policies. See D.4(1).
9519 @end cartouche
9520 @noindent
9521 There are no implementation-defined queuing policies.
9522
9523 @sp 1
9524 @cartouche
9525 @noindent
9526 @strong{102}. On a multiprocessor, any conditions that cause the
9527 completion of an aborted construct to be delayed later than what is
9528 specified for a single processor. See D.6(3).
9529 @end cartouche
9530 @noindent
9531 The semantics for abort on a multi-processor is the same as on a single
9532 processor, there are no further delays.
9533
9534 @sp 1
9535 @cartouche
9536 @noindent
9537 @strong{103}. Any operations that implicitly require heap storage
9538 allocation. See D.7(8).
9539 @end cartouche
9540 @noindent
9541 The only operation that implicitly requires heap storage allocation is
9542 task creation.
9543
9544 @sp 1
9545 @cartouche
9546 @noindent
9547 @strong{104}. Implementation-defined aspects of pragma
9548 @code{Restrictions}. See D.7(20).
9549 @end cartouche
9550 @noindent
9551 There are no such implementation-defined aspects.
9552
9553 @sp 1
9554 @cartouche
9555 @noindent
9556 @strong{105}. Implementation-defined aspects of package
9557 @code{Real_Time}. See D.8(17).
9558 @end cartouche
9559 @noindent
9560 There are no implementation defined aspects of package @code{Real_Time}.
9561
9562 @sp 1
9563 @cartouche
9564 @noindent
9565 @strong{106}. Implementation-defined aspects of
9566 @code{delay_statements}. See D.9(8).
9567 @end cartouche
9568 @noindent
9569 Any difference greater than one microsecond will cause the task to be
9570 delayed (see D.9(7)).
9571
9572 @sp 1
9573 @cartouche
9574 @noindent
9575 @strong{107}. The upper bound on the duration of interrupt blocking
9576 caused by the implementation. See D.12(5).
9577 @end cartouche
9578 @noindent
9579 The upper bound is determined by the underlying operating system. In
9580 no cases is it more than 10 milliseconds.
9581
9582 @sp 1
9583 @cartouche
9584 @noindent
9585 @strong{108}. The means for creating and executing distributed
9586 programs. See E(5).
9587 @end cartouche
9588 @noindent
9589 The GLADE package provides a utility GNATDIST for creating and executing
9590 distributed programs. See the GLADE reference manual for further details.
9591
9592 @sp 1
9593 @cartouche
9594 @noindent
9595 @strong{109}. Any events that can result in a partition becoming
9596 inaccessible. See E.1(7).
9597 @end cartouche
9598 @noindent
9599 See the GLADE reference manual for full details on such events.
9600
9601 @sp 1
9602 @cartouche
9603 @noindent
9604 @strong{110}. The scheduling policies, treatment of priorities, and
9605 management of shared resources between partitions in certain cases. See
9606 E.1(11).
9607 @end cartouche
9608 @noindent
9609 See the GLADE reference manual for full details on these aspects of
9610 multi-partition execution.
9611
9612 @sp 1
9613 @cartouche
9614 @noindent
9615 @strong{111}. Events that cause the version of a compilation unit to
9616 change. See E.3(5).
9617 @end cartouche
9618 @noindent
9619 Editing the source file of a compilation unit, or the source files of
9620 any units on which it is dependent in a significant way cause the version
9621 to change. No other actions cause the version number to change. All changes
9622 are significant except those which affect only layout, capitalization or
9623 comments.
9624
9625 @sp 1
9626 @cartouche
9627 @noindent
9628 @strong{112}. Whether the execution of the remote subprogram is
9629 immediately aborted as a result of cancellation. See E.4(13).
9630 @end cartouche
9631 @noindent
9632 See the GLADE reference manual for details on the effect of abort in
9633 a distributed application.
9634
9635 @sp 1
9636 @cartouche
9637 @noindent
9638 @strong{113}. Implementation-defined aspects of the PCS@. See E.5(25).
9639 @end cartouche
9640 @noindent
9641 See the GLADE reference manual for a full description of all implementation
9642 defined aspects of the PCS@.
9643
9644 @sp 1
9645 @cartouche
9646 @noindent
9647 @strong{114}. Implementation-defined interfaces in the PCS@. See
9648 E.5(26).
9649 @end cartouche
9650 @noindent
9651 See the GLADE reference manual for a full description of all
9652 implementation defined interfaces.
9653
9654 @sp 1
9655 @cartouche
9656 @noindent
9657 @strong{115}. The values of named numbers in the package
9658 @code{Decimal}. See F.2(7).
9659 @end cartouche
9660 @noindent
9661 @table @code
9662 @item Max_Scale
9663 +18
9664 @item Min_Scale
9665 -18
9666 @item Min_Delta
9667 1.0E-18
9668 @item Max_Delta
9669 1.0E+18
9670 @item Max_Decimal_Digits
9671 18
9672 @end table
9673
9674 @sp 1
9675 @cartouche
9676 @noindent
9677 @strong{116}. The value of @code{Max_Picture_Length} in the package
9678 @code{Text_IO.Editing}. See F.3.3(16).
9679 @end cartouche
9680 @noindent
9681 64
9682
9683 @sp 1
9684 @cartouche
9685 @noindent
9686 @strong{117}. The value of @code{Max_Picture_Length} in the package
9687 @code{Wide_Text_IO.Editing}. See F.3.4(5).
9688 @end cartouche
9689 @noindent
9690 64
9691
9692 @sp 1
9693 @cartouche
9694 @noindent
9695 @strong{118}. The accuracy actually achieved by the complex elementary
9696 functions and by other complex arithmetic operations. See G.1(1).
9697 @end cartouche
9698 @noindent
9699 Standard library functions are used for the complex arithmetic
9700 operations. Only fast math mode is currently supported.
9701
9702 @sp 1
9703 @cartouche
9704 @noindent
9705 @strong{119}. The sign of a zero result (or a component thereof) from
9706 any operator or function in @code{Numerics.Generic_Complex_Types}, when
9707 @code{Real'Signed_Zeros} is True. See G.1.1(53).
9708 @end cartouche
9709 @noindent
9710 The signs of zero values are as recommended by the relevant
9711 implementation advice.
9712
9713 @sp 1
9714 @cartouche
9715 @noindent
9716 @strong{120}. The sign of a zero result (or a component thereof) from
9717 any operator or function in
9718 @code{Numerics.Generic_Complex_Elementary_Functions}, when
9719 @code{Real'Signed_Zeros} is @code{True}. See G.1.2(45).
9720 @end cartouche
9721 @noindent
9722 The signs of zero values are as recommended by the relevant
9723 implementation advice.
9724
9725 @sp 1
9726 @cartouche
9727 @noindent
9728 @strong{121}. Whether the strict mode or the relaxed mode is the
9729 default. See G.2(2).
9730 @end cartouche
9731 @noindent
9732 The strict mode is the default. There is no separate relaxed mode. GNAT
9733 provides a highly efficient implementation of strict mode.
9734
9735 @sp 1
9736 @cartouche
9737 @noindent
9738 @strong{122}. The result interval in certain cases of fixed-to-float
9739 conversion. See G.2.1(10).
9740 @end cartouche
9741 @noindent
9742 For cases where the result interval is implementation dependent, the
9743 accuracy is that provided by performing all operations in 64-bit IEEE
9744 floating-point format.
9745
9746 @sp 1
9747 @cartouche
9748 @noindent
9749 @strong{123}. The result of a floating point arithmetic operation in
9750 overflow situations, when the @code{Machine_Overflows} attribute of the
9751 result type is @code{False}. See G.2.1(13).
9752 @end cartouche
9753 @noindent
9754 Infinite and NaN values are produced as dictated by the IEEE
9755 floating-point standard.
9756
9757 Note that on machines that are not fully compliant with the IEEE
9758 floating-point standard, such as Alpha, the @option{-mieee} compiler flag
9759 must be used for achieving IEEE confirming behavior (although at the cost
9760 of a significant performance penalty), so infinite and NaN values are
9761 properly generated.
9762
9763 @sp 1
9764 @cartouche
9765 @noindent
9766 @strong{124}. The result interval for division (or exponentiation by a
9767 negative exponent), when the floating point hardware implements division
9768 as multiplication by a reciprocal. See G.2.1(16).
9769 @end cartouche
9770 @noindent
9771 Not relevant, division is IEEE exact.
9772
9773 @sp 1
9774 @cartouche
9775 @noindent
9776 @strong{125}. The definition of close result set, which determines the
9777 accuracy of certain fixed point multiplications and divisions. See
9778 G.2.3(5).
9779 @end cartouche
9780 @noindent
9781 Operations in the close result set are performed using IEEE long format
9782 floating-point arithmetic. The input operands are converted to
9783 floating-point, the operation is done in floating-point, and the result
9784 is converted to the target type.
9785
9786 @sp 1
9787 @cartouche
9788 @noindent
9789 @strong{126}. Conditions on a @code{universal_real} operand of a fixed
9790 point multiplication or division for which the result shall be in the
9791 perfect result set. See G.2.3(22).
9792 @end cartouche
9793 @noindent
9794 The result is only defined to be in the perfect result set if the result
9795 can be computed by a single scaling operation involving a scale factor
9796 representable in 64-bits.
9797
9798 @sp 1
9799 @cartouche
9800 @noindent
9801 @strong{127}. The result of a fixed point arithmetic operation in
9802 overflow situations, when the @code{Machine_Overflows} attribute of the
9803 result type is @code{False}. See G.2.3(27).
9804 @end cartouche
9805 @noindent
9806 Not relevant, @code{Machine_Overflows} is @code{True} for fixed-point
9807 types.
9808
9809 @sp 1
9810 @cartouche
9811 @noindent
9812 @strong{128}. The result of an elementary function reference in
9813 overflow situations, when the @code{Machine_Overflows} attribute of the
9814 result type is @code{False}. See G.2.4(4).
9815 @end cartouche
9816 @noindent
9817 IEEE infinite and Nan values are produced as appropriate.
9818
9819 @sp 1
9820 @cartouche
9821 @noindent
9822 @strong{129}. The value of the angle threshold, within which certain
9823 elementary functions, complex arithmetic operations, and complex
9824 elementary functions yield results conforming to a maximum relative
9825 error bound. See G.2.4(10).
9826 @end cartouche
9827 @noindent
9828 Information on this subject is not yet available.
9829
9830 @sp 1
9831 @cartouche
9832 @noindent
9833 @strong{130}. The accuracy of certain elementary functions for
9834 parameters beyond the angle threshold. See G.2.4(10).
9835 @end cartouche
9836 @noindent
9837 Information on this subject is not yet available.
9838
9839 @sp 1
9840 @cartouche
9841 @noindent
9842 @strong{131}. The result of a complex arithmetic operation or complex
9843 elementary function reference in overflow situations, when the
9844 @code{Machine_Overflows} attribute of the corresponding real type is
9845 @code{False}. See G.2.6(5).
9846 @end cartouche
9847 @noindent
9848 IEEE infinite and Nan values are produced as appropriate.
9849
9850 @sp 1
9851 @cartouche
9852 @noindent
9853 @strong{132}. The accuracy of certain complex arithmetic operations and
9854 certain complex elementary functions for parameters (or components
9855 thereof) beyond the angle threshold. See G.2.6(8).
9856 @end cartouche
9857 @noindent
9858 Information on those subjects is not yet available.
9859
9860 @sp 1
9861 @cartouche
9862 @noindent
9863 @strong{133}. Information regarding bounded errors and erroneous
9864 execution. See H.2(1).
9865 @end cartouche
9866 @noindent
9867 Information on this subject is not yet available.
9868
9869 @sp 1
9870 @cartouche
9871 @noindent
9872 @strong{134}. Implementation-defined aspects of pragma
9873 @code{Inspection_Point}. See H.3.2(8).
9874 @end cartouche
9875 @noindent
9876 Pragma @code{Inspection_Point} ensures that the variable is live and can
9877 be examined by the debugger at the inspection point.
9878
9879 @sp 1
9880 @cartouche
9881 @noindent
9882 @strong{135}. Implementation-defined aspects of pragma
9883 @code{Restrictions}. See H.4(25).
9884 @end cartouche
9885 @noindent
9886 There are no implementation-defined aspects of pragma @code{Restrictions}. The
9887 use of pragma @code{Restrictions [No_Exceptions]} has no effect on the
9888 generated code. Checks must suppressed by use of pragma @code{Suppress}.
9889
9890 @sp 1
9891 @cartouche
9892 @noindent
9893 @strong{136}. Any restrictions on pragma @code{Restrictions}. See
9894 H.4(27).
9895 @end cartouche
9896 @noindent
9897 There are no restrictions on pragma @code{Restrictions}.
9898
9899 @node Intrinsic Subprograms
9900 @chapter Intrinsic Subprograms
9901 @cindex Intrinsic Subprograms
9902
9903 @menu
9904 * Intrinsic Operators::
9905 * Enclosing_Entity::
9906 * Exception_Information::
9907 * Exception_Message::
9908 * Exception_Name::
9909 * File::
9910 * Line::
9911 * Rotate_Left::
9912 * Rotate_Right::
9913 * Shift_Left::
9914 * Shift_Right::
9915 * Shift_Right_Arithmetic::
9916 * Source_Location::
9917 @end menu
9918
9919 @noindent
9920 GNAT allows a user application program to write the declaration:
9921
9922 @smallexample @c ada
9923 pragma Import (Intrinsic, name);
9924 @end smallexample
9925
9926 @noindent
9927 providing that the name corresponds to one of the implemented intrinsic
9928 subprograms in GNAT, and that the parameter profile of the referenced
9929 subprogram meets the requirements. This chapter describes the set of
9930 implemented intrinsic subprograms, and the requirements on parameter profiles.
9931 Note that no body is supplied; as with other uses of pragma Import, the
9932 body is supplied elsewhere (in this case by the compiler itself). Note
9933 that any use of this feature is potentially non-portable, since the
9934 Ada standard does not require Ada compilers to implement this feature.
9935
9936 @node Intrinsic Operators
9937 @section Intrinsic Operators
9938 @cindex Intrinsic operator
9939
9940 @noindent
9941 All the predefined numeric operators in package Standard
9942 in @code{pragma Import (Intrinsic,..)}
9943 declarations. In the binary operator case, the operands must have the same
9944 size. The operand or operands must also be appropriate for
9945 the operator. For example, for addition, the operands must
9946 both be floating-point or both be fixed-point, and the
9947 right operand for @code{"**"} must have a root type of
9948 @code{Standard.Integer'Base}.
9949 You can use an intrinsic operator declaration as in the following example:
9950
9951 @smallexample @c ada
9952 type Int1 is new Integer;
9953 type Int2 is new Integer;
9954
9955 function "+" (X1 : Int1; X2 : Int2) return Int1;
9956 function "+" (X1 : Int1; X2 : Int2) return Int2;
9957 pragma Import (Intrinsic, "+");
9958 @end smallexample
9959
9960 @noindent
9961 This declaration would permit ``mixed mode'' arithmetic on items
9962 of the differing types @code{Int1} and @code{Int2}.
9963 It is also possible to specify such operators for private types, if the
9964 full views are appropriate arithmetic types.
9965
9966 @node Enclosing_Entity
9967 @section Enclosing_Entity
9968 @cindex Enclosing_Entity
9969 @noindent
9970 This intrinsic subprogram is used in the implementation of the
9971 library routine @code{GNAT.Source_Info}. The only useful use of the
9972 intrinsic import in this case is the one in this unit, so an
9973 application program should simply call the function
9974 @code{GNAT.Source_Info.Enclosing_Entity} to obtain the name of
9975 the current subprogram, package, task, entry, or protected subprogram.
9976
9977 @node Exception_Information
9978 @section Exception_Information
9979 @cindex Exception_Information'
9980 @noindent
9981 This intrinsic subprogram is used in the implementation of the
9982 library routine @code{GNAT.Current_Exception}. The only useful
9983 use of the intrinsic import in this case is the one in this unit,
9984 so an application program should simply call the function
9985 @code{GNAT.Current_Exception.Exception_Information} to obtain
9986 the exception information associated with the current exception.
9987
9988 @node Exception_Message
9989 @section Exception_Message
9990 @cindex Exception_Message
9991 @noindent
9992 This intrinsic subprogram is used in the implementation of the
9993 library routine @code{GNAT.Current_Exception}. The only useful
9994 use of the intrinsic import in this case is the one in this unit,
9995 so an application program should simply call the function
9996 @code{GNAT.Current_Exception.Exception_Message} to obtain
9997 the message associated with the current exception.
9998
9999 @node Exception_Name
10000 @section Exception_Name
10001 @cindex Exception_Name
10002 @noindent
10003 This intrinsic subprogram is used in the implementation of the
10004 library routine @code{GNAT.Current_Exception}. The only useful
10005 use of the intrinsic import in this case is the one in this unit,
10006 so an application program should simply call the function
10007 @code{GNAT.Current_Exception.Exception_Name} to obtain
10008 the name of the current exception.
10009
10010 @node File
10011 @section File
10012 @cindex File
10013 @noindent
10014 This intrinsic subprogram is used in the implementation of the
10015 library routine @code{GNAT.Source_Info}. The only useful use of the
10016 intrinsic import in this case is the one in this unit, so an
10017 application program should simply call the function
10018 @code{GNAT.Source_Info.File} to obtain the name of the current
10019 file.
10020
10021 @node Line
10022 @section Line
10023 @cindex Line
10024 @noindent
10025 This intrinsic subprogram is used in the implementation of the
10026 library routine @code{GNAT.Source_Info}. The only useful use of the
10027 intrinsic import in this case is the one in this unit, so an
10028 application program should simply call the function
10029 @code{GNAT.Source_Info.Line} to obtain the number of the current
10030 source line.
10031
10032 @node Rotate_Left
10033 @section Rotate_Left
10034 @cindex Rotate_Left
10035 @noindent
10036 In standard Ada, the @code{Rotate_Left} function is available only
10037 for the predefined modular types in package @code{Interfaces}. However, in
10038 GNAT it is possible to define a Rotate_Left function for a user
10039 defined modular type or any signed integer type as in this example:
10040
10041 @smallexample @c ada
10042 function Shift_Left
10043 (Value : My_Modular_Type;
10044 Amount : Natural)
10045 return My_Modular_Type;
10046 @end smallexample
10047
10048 @noindent
10049 The requirements are that the profile be exactly as in the example
10050 above. The only modifications allowed are in the formal parameter
10051 names, and in the type of @code{Value} and the return type, which
10052 must be the same, and must be either a signed integer type, or
10053 a modular integer type with a binary modulus, and the size must
10054 be 8. 16, 32 or 64 bits.
10055
10056 @node Rotate_Right
10057 @section Rotate_Right
10058 @cindex Rotate_Right
10059 @noindent
10060 A @code{Rotate_Right} function can be defined for any user defined
10061 binary modular integer type, or signed integer type, as described
10062 above for @code{Rotate_Left}.
10063
10064 @node Shift_Left
10065 @section Shift_Left
10066 @cindex Shift_Left
10067 @noindent
10068 A @code{Shift_Left} function can be defined for any user defined
10069 binary modular integer type, or signed integer type, as described
10070 above for @code{Rotate_Left}.
10071
10072 @node Shift_Right
10073 @section Shift_Right
10074 @cindex Shift_Right
10075 @noindent
10076 A @code{Shift_Right} function can be defined for any user defined
10077 binary modular integer type, or signed integer type, as described
10078 above for @code{Rotate_Left}.
10079
10080 @node Shift_Right_Arithmetic
10081 @section Shift_Right_Arithmetic
10082 @cindex Shift_Right_Arithmetic
10083 @noindent
10084 A @code{Shift_Right_Arithmetic} function can be defined for any user
10085 defined binary modular integer type, or signed integer type, as described
10086 above for @code{Rotate_Left}.
10087
10088 @node Source_Location
10089 @section Source_Location
10090 @cindex Source_Location
10091 @noindent
10092 This intrinsic subprogram is used in the implementation of the
10093 library routine @code{GNAT.Source_Info}. The only useful use of the
10094 intrinsic import in this case is the one in this unit, so an
10095 application program should simply call the function
10096 @code{GNAT.Source_Info.Source_Location} to obtain the current
10097 source file location.
10098
10099 @node Representation Clauses and Pragmas
10100 @chapter Representation Clauses and Pragmas
10101 @cindex Representation Clauses
10102
10103 @menu
10104 * Alignment Clauses::
10105 * Size Clauses::
10106 * Storage_Size Clauses::
10107 * Size of Variant Record Objects::
10108 * Biased Representation ::
10109 * Value_Size and Object_Size Clauses::
10110 * Component_Size Clauses::
10111 * Bit_Order Clauses::
10112 * Effect of Bit_Order on Byte Ordering::
10113 * Pragma Pack for Arrays::
10114 * Pragma Pack for Records::
10115 * Record Representation Clauses::
10116 * Enumeration Clauses::
10117 * Address Clauses::
10118 * Effect of Convention on Representation::
10119 * Determining the Representations chosen by GNAT::
10120 @end menu
10121
10122 @noindent
10123 @cindex Representation Clause
10124 @cindex Representation Pragma
10125 @cindex Pragma, representation
10126 This section describes the representation clauses accepted by GNAT, and
10127 their effect on the representation of corresponding data objects.
10128
10129 GNAT fully implements Annex C (Systems Programming). This means that all
10130 the implementation advice sections in chapter 13 are fully implemented.
10131 However, these sections only require a minimal level of support for
10132 representation clauses. GNAT provides much more extensive capabilities,
10133 and this section describes the additional capabilities provided.
10134
10135 @node Alignment Clauses
10136 @section Alignment Clauses
10137 @cindex Alignment Clause
10138
10139 @noindent
10140 GNAT requires that all alignment clauses specify a power of 2, and all
10141 default alignments are always a power of 2. The default alignment
10142 values are as follows:
10143
10144 @itemize @bullet
10145 @item @emph{Primitive Types}.
10146 For primitive types, the alignment is the minimum of the actual size of
10147 objects of the type divided by @code{Storage_Unit},
10148 and the maximum alignment supported by the target.
10149 (This maximum alignment is given by the GNAT-specific attribute
10150 @code{Standard'Maximum_Alignment}; see @ref{Maximum_Alignment}.)
10151 @cindex @code{Maximum_Alignment} attribute
10152 For example, for type @code{Long_Float}, the object size is 8 bytes, and the
10153 default alignment will be 8 on any target that supports alignments
10154 this large, but on some targets, the maximum alignment may be smaller
10155 than 8, in which case objects of type @code{Long_Float} will be maximally
10156 aligned.
10157
10158 @item @emph{Arrays}.
10159 For arrays, the alignment is equal to the alignment of the component type
10160 for the normal case where no packing or component size is given. If the
10161 array is packed, and the packing is effective (see separate section on
10162 packed arrays), then the alignment will be one for long packed arrays,
10163 or arrays whose length is not known at compile time. For short packed
10164 arrays, which are handled internally as modular types, the alignment
10165 will be as described for primitive types, e.g.@: a packed array of length
10166 31 bits will have an object size of four bytes, and an alignment of 4.
10167
10168 @item @emph{Records}.
10169 For the normal non-packed case, the alignment of a record is equal to
10170 the maximum alignment of any of its components. For tagged records, this
10171 includes the implicit access type used for the tag. If a pragma @code{Pack}
10172 is used and all components are packable (see separate section on pragma
10173 @code{Pack}), then the resulting alignment is 1, unless the layout of the
10174 record makes it profitable to increase it.
10175
10176 A special case is when:
10177 @itemize @bullet
10178 @item
10179 the size of the record is given explicitly, or a
10180 full record representation clause is given, and
10181 @item
10182 the size of the record is 2, 4, or 8 bytes.
10183 @end itemize
10184 @noindent
10185 In this case, an alignment is chosen to match the
10186 size of the record. For example, if we have:
10187
10188 @smallexample @c ada
10189 type Small is record
10190 A, B : Character;
10191 end record;
10192 for Small'Size use 16;
10193 @end smallexample
10194
10195 @noindent
10196 then the default alignment of the record type @code{Small} is 2, not 1. This
10197 leads to more efficient code when the record is treated as a unit, and also
10198 allows the type to specified as @code{Atomic} on architectures requiring
10199 strict alignment.
10200
10201 @end itemize
10202
10203 @noindent
10204 An alignment clause may specify a larger alignment than the default value
10205 up to some maximum value dependent on the target (obtainable by using the
10206 attribute reference @code{Standard'Maximum_Alignment}). It may also specify
10207 a smaller alignment than the default value for enumeration, integer and
10208 fixed point types, as well as for record types, for example
10209
10210 @smallexample @c ada
10211 type V is record
10212 A : Integer;
10213 end record;
10214
10215 for V'alignment use 1;
10216 @end smallexample
10217
10218 @noindent
10219 @cindex Alignment, default
10220 The default alignment for the type @code{V} is 4, as a result of the
10221 Integer field in the record, but it is permissible, as shown, to
10222 override the default alignment of the record with a smaller value.
10223
10224 @node Size Clauses
10225 @section Size Clauses
10226 @cindex Size Clause
10227
10228 @noindent
10229 The default size for a type @code{T} is obtainable through the
10230 language-defined attribute @code{T'Size} and also through the
10231 equivalent GNAT-defined attribute @code{T'Value_Size}.
10232 For objects of type @code{T}, GNAT will generally increase the type size
10233 so that the object size (obtainable through the GNAT-defined attribute
10234 @code{T'Object_Size})
10235 is a multiple of @code{T'Alignment * Storage_Unit}.
10236 For example
10237
10238 @smallexample @c ada
10239 type Smallint is range 1 .. 6;
10240
10241 type Rec is record
10242 Y1 : integer;
10243 Y2 : boolean;
10244 end record;
10245 @end smallexample
10246
10247 @noindent
10248 In this example, @code{Smallint'Size} = @code{Smallint'Value_Size} = 3,
10249 as specified by the RM rules,
10250 but objects of this type will have a size of 8
10251 (@code{Smallint'Object_Size} = 8),
10252 since objects by default occupy an integral number
10253 of storage units. On some targets, notably older
10254 versions of the Digital Alpha, the size of stand
10255 alone objects of this type may be 32, reflecting
10256 the inability of the hardware to do byte load/stores.
10257
10258 Similarly, the size of type @code{Rec} is 40 bits
10259 (@code{Rec'Size} = @code{Rec'Value_Size} = 40), but
10260 the alignment is 4, so objects of this type will have
10261 their size increased to 64 bits so that it is a multiple
10262 of the alignment (in bits). This decision is
10263 in accordance with the specific Implementation Advice in RM 13.3(43):
10264
10265 @quotation
10266 A @code{Size} clause should be supported for an object if the specified
10267 @code{Size} is at least as large as its subtype's @code{Size}, and corresponds
10268 to a size in storage elements that is a multiple of the object's
10269 @code{Alignment} (if the @code{Alignment} is nonzero).
10270 @end quotation
10271
10272 @noindent
10273 An explicit size clause may be used to override the default size by
10274 increasing it. For example, if we have:
10275
10276 @smallexample @c ada
10277 type My_Boolean is new Boolean;
10278 for My_Boolean'Size use 32;
10279 @end smallexample
10280
10281 @noindent
10282 then values of this type will always be 32 bits long. In the case of
10283 discrete types, the size can be increased up to 64 bits, with the effect
10284 that the entire specified field is used to hold the value, sign- or
10285 zero-extended as appropriate. If more than 64 bits is specified, then
10286 padding space is allocated after the value, and a warning is issued that
10287 there are unused bits.
10288
10289 Similarly the size of records and arrays may be increased, and the effect
10290 is to add padding bits after the value. This also causes a warning message
10291 to be generated.
10292
10293 The largest Size value permitted in GNAT is 2**31@minus{}1. Since this is a
10294 Size in bits, this corresponds to an object of size 256 megabytes (minus
10295 one). This limitation is true on all targets. The reason for this
10296 limitation is that it improves the quality of the code in many cases
10297 if it is known that a Size value can be accommodated in an object of
10298 type Integer.
10299
10300 @node Storage_Size Clauses
10301 @section Storage_Size Clauses
10302 @cindex Storage_Size Clause
10303
10304 @noindent
10305 For tasks, the @code{Storage_Size} clause specifies the amount of space
10306 to be allocated for the task stack. This cannot be extended, and if the
10307 stack is exhausted, then @code{Storage_Error} will be raised (if stack
10308 checking is enabled). Use a @code{Storage_Size} attribute definition clause,
10309 or a @code{Storage_Size} pragma in the task definition to set the
10310 appropriate required size. A useful technique is to include in every
10311 task definition a pragma of the form:
10312
10313 @smallexample @c ada
10314 pragma Storage_Size (Default_Stack_Size);
10315 @end smallexample
10316
10317 @noindent
10318 Then @code{Default_Stack_Size} can be defined in a global package, and
10319 modified as required. Any tasks requiring stack sizes different from the
10320 default can have an appropriate alternative reference in the pragma.
10321
10322 You can also use the @option{-d} binder switch to modify the default stack
10323 size.
10324
10325 For access types, the @code{Storage_Size} clause specifies the maximum
10326 space available for allocation of objects of the type. If this space is
10327 exceeded then @code{Storage_Error} will be raised by an allocation attempt.
10328 In the case where the access type is declared local to a subprogram, the
10329 use of a @code{Storage_Size} clause triggers automatic use of a special
10330 predefined storage pool (@code{System.Pool_Size}) that ensures that all
10331 space for the pool is automatically reclaimed on exit from the scope in
10332 which the type is declared.
10333
10334 A special case recognized by the compiler is the specification of a
10335 @code{Storage_Size} of zero for an access type. This means that no
10336 items can be allocated from the pool, and this is recognized at compile
10337 time, and all the overhead normally associated with maintaining a fixed
10338 size storage pool is eliminated. Consider the following example:
10339
10340 @smallexample @c ada
10341 procedure p is
10342 type R is array (Natural) of Character;
10343 type P is access all R;
10344 for P'Storage_Size use 0;
10345 -- Above access type intended only for interfacing purposes
10346
10347 y : P;
10348
10349 procedure g (m : P);
10350 pragma Import (C, g);
10351
10352 -- @dots{}
10353
10354 begin
10355 -- @dots{}
10356 y := new R;
10357 end;
10358 @end smallexample
10359
10360 @noindent
10361 As indicated in this example, these dummy storage pools are often useful in
10362 connection with interfacing where no object will ever be allocated. If you
10363 compile the above example, you get the warning:
10364
10365 @smallexample
10366 p.adb:16:09: warning: allocation from empty storage pool
10367 p.adb:16:09: warning: Storage_Error will be raised at run time
10368 @end smallexample
10369
10370 @noindent
10371 Of course in practice, there will not be any explicit allocators in the
10372 case of such an access declaration.
10373
10374 @node Size of Variant Record Objects
10375 @section Size of Variant Record Objects
10376 @cindex Size, variant record objects
10377 @cindex Variant record objects, size
10378
10379 @noindent
10380 In the case of variant record objects, there is a question whether Size gives
10381 information about a particular variant, or the maximum size required
10382 for any variant. Consider the following program
10383
10384 @smallexample @c ada
10385 with Text_IO; use Text_IO;
10386 procedure q is
10387 type R1 (A : Boolean := False) is record
10388 case A is
10389 when True => X : Character;
10390 when False => null;
10391 end case;
10392 end record;
10393
10394 V1 : R1 (False);
10395 V2 : R1;
10396
10397 begin
10398 Put_Line (Integer'Image (V1'Size));
10399 Put_Line (Integer'Image (V2'Size));
10400 end q;
10401 @end smallexample
10402
10403 @noindent
10404 Here we are dealing with a variant record, where the True variant
10405 requires 16 bits, and the False variant requires 8 bits.
10406 In the above example, both V1 and V2 contain the False variant,
10407 which is only 8 bits long. However, the result of running the
10408 program is:
10409
10410 @smallexample
10411 8
10412 16
10413 @end smallexample
10414
10415 @noindent
10416 The reason for the difference here is that the discriminant value of
10417 V1 is fixed, and will always be False. It is not possible to assign
10418 a True variant value to V1, therefore 8 bits is sufficient. On the
10419 other hand, in the case of V2, the initial discriminant value is
10420 False (from the default), but it is possible to assign a True
10421 variant value to V2, therefore 16 bits must be allocated for V2
10422 in the general case, even fewer bits may be needed at any particular
10423 point during the program execution.
10424
10425 As can be seen from the output of this program, the @code{'Size}
10426 attribute applied to such an object in GNAT gives the actual allocated
10427 size of the variable, which is the largest size of any of the variants.
10428 The Ada Reference Manual is not completely clear on what choice should
10429 be made here, but the GNAT behavior seems most consistent with the
10430 language in the RM@.
10431
10432 In some cases, it may be desirable to obtain the size of the current
10433 variant, rather than the size of the largest variant. This can be
10434 achieved in GNAT by making use of the fact that in the case of a
10435 subprogram parameter, GNAT does indeed return the size of the current
10436 variant (because a subprogram has no way of knowing how much space
10437 is actually allocated for the actual).
10438
10439 Consider the following modified version of the above program:
10440
10441 @smallexample @c ada
10442 with Text_IO; use Text_IO;
10443 procedure q is
10444 type R1 (A : Boolean := False) is record
10445 case A is
10446 when True => X : Character;
10447 when False => null;
10448 end case;
10449 end record;
10450
10451 V2 : R1;
10452
10453 function Size (V : R1) return Integer is
10454 begin
10455 return V'Size;
10456 end Size;
10457
10458 begin
10459 Put_Line (Integer'Image (V2'Size));
10460 Put_Line (Integer'IMage (Size (V2)));
10461 V2 := (True, 'x');
10462 Put_Line (Integer'Image (V2'Size));
10463 Put_Line (Integer'IMage (Size (V2)));
10464 end q;
10465 @end smallexample
10466
10467 @noindent
10468 The output from this program is
10469
10470 @smallexample
10471 16
10472 8
10473 16
10474 16
10475 @end smallexample
10476
10477 @noindent
10478 Here we see that while the @code{'Size} attribute always returns
10479 the maximum size, regardless of the current variant value, the
10480 @code{Size} function does indeed return the size of the current
10481 variant value.
10482
10483 @node Biased Representation
10484 @section Biased Representation
10485 @cindex Size for biased representation
10486 @cindex Biased representation
10487
10488 @noindent
10489 In the case of scalars with a range starting at other than zero, it is
10490 possible in some cases to specify a size smaller than the default minimum
10491 value, and in such cases, GNAT uses an unsigned biased representation,
10492 in which zero is used to represent the lower bound, and successive values
10493 represent successive values of the type.
10494
10495 For example, suppose we have the declaration:
10496
10497 @smallexample @c ada
10498 type Small is range -7 .. -4;
10499 for Small'Size use 2;
10500 @end smallexample
10501
10502 @noindent
10503 Although the default size of type @code{Small} is 4, the @code{Size}
10504 clause is accepted by GNAT and results in the following representation
10505 scheme:
10506
10507 @smallexample
10508 -7 is represented as 2#00#
10509 -6 is represented as 2#01#
10510 -5 is represented as 2#10#
10511 -4 is represented as 2#11#
10512 @end smallexample
10513
10514 @noindent
10515 Biased representation is only used if the specified @code{Size} clause
10516 cannot be accepted in any other manner. These reduced sizes that force
10517 biased representation can be used for all discrete types except for
10518 enumeration types for which a representation clause is given.
10519
10520 @node Value_Size and Object_Size Clauses
10521 @section Value_Size and Object_Size Clauses
10522 @findex Value_Size
10523 @findex Object_Size
10524 @cindex Size, of objects
10525
10526 @noindent
10527 In Ada 95 and Ada 2005, @code{T'Size} for a type @code{T} is the minimum
10528 number of bits required to hold values of type @code{T}.
10529 Although this interpretation was allowed in Ada 83, it was not required,
10530 and this requirement in practice can cause some significant difficulties.
10531 For example, in most Ada 83 compilers, @code{Natural'Size} was 32.
10532 However, in Ada 95 and Ada 2005,
10533 @code{Natural'Size} is
10534 typically 31. This means that code may change in behavior when moving
10535 from Ada 83 to Ada 95 or Ada 2005. For example, consider:
10536
10537 @smallexample @c ada
10538 type Rec is record;
10539 A : Natural;
10540 B : Natural;
10541 end record;
10542
10543 for Rec use record
10544 at 0 range 0 .. Natural'Size - 1;
10545 at 0 range Natural'Size .. 2 * Natural'Size - 1;
10546 end record;
10547 @end smallexample
10548
10549 @noindent
10550 In the above code, since the typical size of @code{Natural} objects
10551 is 32 bits and @code{Natural'Size} is 31, the above code can cause
10552 unexpected inefficient packing in Ada 95 and Ada 2005, and in general
10553 there are cases where the fact that the object size can exceed the
10554 size of the type causes surprises.
10555
10556 To help get around this problem GNAT provides two implementation
10557 defined attributes, @code{Value_Size} and @code{Object_Size}. When
10558 applied to a type, these attributes yield the size of the type
10559 (corresponding to the RM defined size attribute), and the size of
10560 objects of the type respectively.
10561
10562 The @code{Object_Size} is used for determining the default size of
10563 objects and components. This size value can be referred to using the
10564 @code{Object_Size} attribute. The phrase ``is used'' here means that it is
10565 the basis of the determination of the size. The backend is free to
10566 pad this up if necessary for efficiency, e.g.@: an 8-bit stand-alone
10567 character might be stored in 32 bits on a machine with no efficient
10568 byte access instructions such as the Alpha.
10569
10570 The default rules for the value of @code{Object_Size} for
10571 discrete types are as follows:
10572
10573 @itemize @bullet
10574 @item
10575 The @code{Object_Size} for base subtypes reflect the natural hardware
10576 size in bits (run the compiler with @option{-gnatS} to find those values
10577 for numeric types). Enumeration types and fixed-point base subtypes have
10578 8, 16, 32 or 64 bits for this size, depending on the range of values
10579 to be stored.
10580
10581 @item
10582 The @code{Object_Size} of a subtype is the same as the
10583 @code{Object_Size} of
10584 the type from which it is obtained.
10585
10586 @item
10587 The @code{Object_Size} of a derived base type is copied from the parent
10588 base type, and the @code{Object_Size} of a derived first subtype is copied
10589 from the parent first subtype.
10590 @end itemize
10591
10592 @noindent
10593 The @code{Value_Size} attribute
10594 is the (minimum) number of bits required to store a value
10595 of the type.
10596 This value is used to determine how tightly to pack
10597 records or arrays with components of this type, and also affects
10598 the semantics of unchecked conversion (unchecked conversions where
10599 the @code{Value_Size} values differ generate a warning, and are potentially
10600 target dependent).
10601
10602 The default rules for the value of @code{Value_Size} are as follows:
10603
10604 @itemize @bullet
10605 @item
10606 The @code{Value_Size} for a base subtype is the minimum number of bits
10607 required to store all values of the type (including the sign bit
10608 only if negative values are possible).
10609
10610 @item
10611 If a subtype statically matches the first subtype of a given type, then it has
10612 by default the same @code{Value_Size} as the first subtype. This is a
10613 consequence of RM 13.1(14) (``if two subtypes statically match,
10614 then their subtype-specific aspects are the same''.)
10615
10616 @item
10617 All other subtypes have a @code{Value_Size} corresponding to the minimum
10618 number of bits required to store all values of the subtype. For
10619 dynamic bounds, it is assumed that the value can range down or up
10620 to the corresponding bound of the ancestor
10621 @end itemize
10622
10623 @noindent
10624 The RM defined attribute @code{Size} corresponds to the
10625 @code{Value_Size} attribute.
10626
10627 The @code{Size} attribute may be defined for a first-named subtype. This sets
10628 the @code{Value_Size} of
10629 the first-named subtype to the given value, and the
10630 @code{Object_Size} of this first-named subtype to the given value padded up
10631 to an appropriate boundary. It is a consequence of the default rules
10632 above that this @code{Object_Size} will apply to all further subtypes. On the
10633 other hand, @code{Value_Size} is affected only for the first subtype, any
10634 dynamic subtypes obtained from it directly, and any statically matching
10635 subtypes. The @code{Value_Size} of any other static subtypes is not affected.
10636
10637 @code{Value_Size} and
10638 @code{Object_Size} may be explicitly set for any subtype using
10639 an attribute definition clause. Note that the use of these attributes
10640 can cause the RM 13.1(14) rule to be violated. If two access types
10641 reference aliased objects whose subtypes have differing @code{Object_Size}
10642 values as a result of explicit attribute definition clauses, then it
10643 is erroneous to convert from one access subtype to the other.
10644
10645 At the implementation level, Esize stores the Object_Size and the
10646 RM_Size field stores the @code{Value_Size} (and hence the value of the
10647 @code{Size} attribute,
10648 which, as noted above, is equivalent to @code{Value_Size}).
10649
10650 To get a feel for the difference, consider the following examples (note
10651 that in each case the base is @code{Short_Short_Integer} with a size of 8):
10652
10653 @smallexample
10654 Object_Size Value_Size
10655
10656 type x1 is range 0 .. 5; 8 3
10657
10658 type x2 is range 0 .. 5;
10659 for x2'size use 12; 16 12
10660
10661 subtype x3 is x2 range 0 .. 3; 16 2
10662
10663 subtype x4 is x2'base range 0 .. 10; 8 4
10664
10665 subtype x5 is x2 range 0 .. dynamic; 16 3*
10666
10667 subtype x6 is x2'base range 0 .. dynamic; 8 3*
10668
10669 @end smallexample
10670
10671 @noindent
10672 Note: the entries marked ``3*'' are not actually specified by the Ada
10673 Reference Manual, but it seems in the spirit of the RM rules to allocate
10674 the minimum number of bits (here 3, given the range for @code{x2})
10675 known to be large enough to hold the given range of values.
10676
10677 So far, so good, but GNAT has to obey the RM rules, so the question is
10678 under what conditions must the RM @code{Size} be used.
10679 The following is a list
10680 of the occasions on which the RM @code{Size} must be used:
10681
10682 @itemize @bullet
10683 @item
10684 Component size for packed arrays or records
10685
10686 @item
10687 Value of the attribute @code{Size} for a type
10688
10689 @item
10690 Warning about sizes not matching for unchecked conversion
10691 @end itemize
10692
10693 @noindent
10694 For record types, the @code{Object_Size} is always a multiple of the
10695 alignment of the type (this is true for all types). In some cases the
10696 @code{Value_Size} can be smaller. Consider:
10697
10698 @smallexample
10699 type R is record
10700 X : Integer;
10701 Y : Character;
10702 end record;
10703 @end smallexample
10704
10705 @noindent
10706 On a typical 32-bit architecture, the X component will be four bytes, and
10707 require four-byte alignment, and the Y component will be one byte. In this
10708 case @code{R'Value_Size} will be 40 (bits) since this is the minimum size
10709 required to store a value of this type, and for example, it is permissible
10710 to have a component of type R in an outer array whose component size is
10711 specified to be 48 bits. However, @code{R'Object_Size} will be 64 (bits),
10712 since it must be rounded up so that this value is a multiple of the
10713 alignment (4 bytes = 32 bits).
10714
10715 @noindent
10716 For all other types, the @code{Object_Size}
10717 and Value_Size are the same (and equivalent to the RM attribute @code{Size}).
10718 Only @code{Size} may be specified for such types.
10719
10720 @node Component_Size Clauses
10721 @section Component_Size Clauses
10722 @cindex Component_Size Clause
10723
10724 @noindent
10725 Normally, the value specified in a component size clause must be consistent
10726 with the subtype of the array component with regard to size and alignment.
10727 In other words, the value specified must be at least equal to the size
10728 of this subtype, and must be a multiple of the alignment value.
10729
10730 In addition, component size clauses are allowed which cause the array
10731 to be packed, by specifying a smaller value. A first case is for
10732 component size values in the range 1 through 63. The value specified
10733 must not be smaller than the Size of the subtype. GNAT will accurately
10734 honor all packing requests in this range. For example, if we have:
10735
10736 @smallexample @c ada
10737 type r is array (1 .. 8) of Natural;
10738 for r'Component_Size use 31;
10739 @end smallexample
10740
10741 @noindent
10742 then the resulting array has a length of 31 bytes (248 bits = 8 * 31).
10743 Of course access to the components of such an array is considerably
10744 less efficient than if the natural component size of 32 is used.
10745 A second case is when the subtype of the component is a record type
10746 padded because of its default alignment. For example, if we have:
10747
10748 @smallexample @c ada
10749 type r is record
10750 i : Integer;
10751 j : Integer;
10752 b : Boolean;
10753 end record;
10754
10755 type a is array (1 .. 8) of r;
10756 for a'Component_Size use 72;
10757 @end smallexample
10758
10759 @noindent
10760 then the resulting array has a length of 72 bytes, instead of 96 bytes
10761 if the alignment of the record (4) was obeyed.
10762
10763 Note that there is no point in giving both a component size clause
10764 and a pragma Pack for the same array type. if such duplicate
10765 clauses are given, the pragma Pack will be ignored.
10766
10767 @node Bit_Order Clauses
10768 @section Bit_Order Clauses
10769 @cindex Bit_Order Clause
10770 @cindex bit ordering
10771 @cindex ordering, of bits
10772
10773 @noindent
10774 For record subtypes, GNAT permits the specification of the @code{Bit_Order}
10775 attribute. The specification may either correspond to the default bit
10776 order for the target, in which case the specification has no effect and
10777 places no additional restrictions, or it may be for the non-standard
10778 setting (that is the opposite of the default).
10779
10780 In the case where the non-standard value is specified, the effect is
10781 to renumber bits within each byte, but the ordering of bytes is not
10782 affected. There are certain
10783 restrictions placed on component clauses as follows:
10784
10785 @itemize @bullet
10786
10787 @item Components fitting within a single storage unit.
10788 @noindent
10789 These are unrestricted, and the effect is merely to renumber bits. For
10790 example if we are on a little-endian machine with @code{Low_Order_First}
10791 being the default, then the following two declarations have exactly
10792 the same effect:
10793
10794 @smallexample @c ada
10795 type R1 is record
10796 A : Boolean;
10797 B : Integer range 1 .. 120;
10798 end record;
10799
10800 for R1 use record
10801 A at 0 range 0 .. 0;
10802 B at 0 range 1 .. 7;
10803 end record;
10804
10805 type R2 is record
10806 A : Boolean;
10807 B : Integer range 1 .. 120;
10808 end record;
10809
10810 for R2'Bit_Order use High_Order_First;
10811
10812 for R2 use record
10813 A at 0 range 7 .. 7;
10814 B at 0 range 0 .. 6;
10815 end record;
10816 @end smallexample
10817
10818 @noindent
10819 The useful application here is to write the second declaration with the
10820 @code{Bit_Order} attribute definition clause, and know that it will be treated
10821 the same, regardless of whether the target is little-endian or big-endian.
10822
10823 @item Components occupying an integral number of bytes.
10824 @noindent
10825 These are components that exactly fit in two or more bytes. Such component
10826 declarations are allowed, but have no effect, since it is important to realize
10827 that the @code{Bit_Order} specification does not affect the ordering of bytes.
10828 In particular, the following attempt at getting an endian-independent integer
10829 does not work:
10830
10831 @smallexample @c ada
10832 type R2 is record
10833 A : Integer;
10834 end record;
10835
10836 for R2'Bit_Order use High_Order_First;
10837
10838 for R2 use record
10839 A at 0 range 0 .. 31;
10840 end record;
10841 @end smallexample
10842
10843 @noindent
10844 This declaration will result in a little-endian integer on a
10845 little-endian machine, and a big-endian integer on a big-endian machine.
10846 If byte flipping is required for interoperability between big- and
10847 little-endian machines, this must be explicitly programmed. This capability
10848 is not provided by @code{Bit_Order}.
10849
10850 @item Components that are positioned across byte boundaries
10851 @noindent
10852 but do not occupy an integral number of bytes. Given that bytes are not
10853 reordered, such fields would occupy a non-contiguous sequence of bits
10854 in memory, requiring non-trivial code to reassemble. They are for this
10855 reason not permitted, and any component clause specifying such a layout
10856 will be flagged as illegal by GNAT@.
10857
10858 @end itemize
10859
10860 @noindent
10861 Since the misconception that Bit_Order automatically deals with all
10862 endian-related incompatibilities is a common one, the specification of
10863 a component field that is an integral number of bytes will always
10864 generate a warning. This warning may be suppressed using @code{pragma
10865 Warnings (Off)} if desired. The following section contains additional
10866 details regarding the issue of byte ordering.
10867
10868 @node Effect of Bit_Order on Byte Ordering
10869 @section Effect of Bit_Order on Byte Ordering
10870 @cindex byte ordering
10871 @cindex ordering, of bytes
10872
10873 @noindent
10874 In this section we will review the effect of the @code{Bit_Order} attribute
10875 definition clause on byte ordering. Briefly, it has no effect at all, but
10876 a detailed example will be helpful. Before giving this
10877 example, let us review the precise
10878 definition of the effect of defining @code{Bit_Order}. The effect of a
10879 non-standard bit order is described in section 15.5.3 of the Ada
10880 Reference Manual:
10881
10882 @quotation
10883 2 A bit ordering is a method of interpreting the meaning of
10884 the storage place attributes.
10885 @end quotation
10886
10887 @noindent
10888 To understand the precise definition of storage place attributes in
10889 this context, we visit section 13.5.1 of the manual:
10890
10891 @quotation
10892 13 A record_representation_clause (without the mod_clause)
10893 specifies the layout. The storage place attributes (see 13.5.2)
10894 are taken from the values of the position, first_bit, and last_bit
10895 expressions after normalizing those values so that first_bit is
10896 less than Storage_Unit.
10897 @end quotation
10898
10899 @noindent
10900 The critical point here is that storage places are taken from
10901 the values after normalization, not before. So the @code{Bit_Order}
10902 interpretation applies to normalized values. The interpretation
10903 is described in the later part of the 15.5.3 paragraph:
10904
10905 @quotation
10906 2 A bit ordering is a method of interpreting the meaning of
10907 the storage place attributes. High_Order_First (known in the
10908 vernacular as ``big endian'') means that the first bit of a
10909 storage element (bit 0) is the most significant bit (interpreting
10910 the sequence of bits that represent a component as an unsigned
10911 integer value). Low_Order_First (known in the vernacular as
10912 ``little endian'') means the opposite: the first bit is the
10913 least significant.
10914 @end quotation
10915
10916 @noindent
10917 Note that the numbering is with respect to the bits of a storage
10918 unit. In other words, the specification affects only the numbering
10919 of bits within a single storage unit.
10920
10921 We can make the effect clearer by giving an example.
10922
10923 Suppose that we have an external device which presents two bytes, the first
10924 byte presented, which is the first (low addressed byte) of the two byte
10925 record is called Master, and the second byte is called Slave.
10926
10927 The left most (most significant bit is called Control for each byte, and
10928 the remaining 7 bits are called V1, V2, @dots{} V7, where V7 is the rightmost
10929 (least significant) bit.
10930
10931 On a big-endian machine, we can write the following representation clause
10932
10933 @smallexample @c ada
10934 type Data is record
10935 Master_Control : Bit;
10936 Master_V1 : Bit;
10937 Master_V2 : Bit;
10938 Master_V3 : Bit;
10939 Master_V4 : Bit;
10940 Master_V5 : Bit;
10941 Master_V6 : Bit;
10942 Master_V7 : Bit;
10943 Slave_Control : Bit;
10944 Slave_V1 : Bit;
10945 Slave_V2 : Bit;
10946 Slave_V3 : Bit;
10947 Slave_V4 : Bit;
10948 Slave_V5 : Bit;
10949 Slave_V6 : Bit;
10950 Slave_V7 : Bit;
10951 end record;
10952
10953 for Data use record
10954 Master_Control at 0 range 0 .. 0;
10955 Master_V1 at 0 range 1 .. 1;
10956 Master_V2 at 0 range 2 .. 2;
10957 Master_V3 at 0 range 3 .. 3;
10958 Master_V4 at 0 range 4 .. 4;
10959 Master_V5 at 0 range 5 .. 5;
10960 Master_V6 at 0 range 6 .. 6;
10961 Master_V7 at 0 range 7 .. 7;
10962 Slave_Control at 1 range 0 .. 0;
10963 Slave_V1 at 1 range 1 .. 1;
10964 Slave_V2 at 1 range 2 .. 2;
10965 Slave_V3 at 1 range 3 .. 3;
10966 Slave_V4 at 1 range 4 .. 4;
10967 Slave_V5 at 1 range 5 .. 5;
10968 Slave_V6 at 1 range 6 .. 6;
10969 Slave_V7 at 1 range 7 .. 7;
10970 end record;
10971 @end smallexample
10972
10973 @noindent
10974 Now if we move this to a little endian machine, then the bit ordering within
10975 the byte is backwards, so we have to rewrite the record rep clause as:
10976
10977 @smallexample @c ada
10978 for Data use record
10979 Master_Control at 0 range 7 .. 7;
10980 Master_V1 at 0 range 6 .. 6;
10981 Master_V2 at 0 range 5 .. 5;
10982 Master_V3 at 0 range 4 .. 4;
10983 Master_V4 at 0 range 3 .. 3;
10984 Master_V5 at 0 range 2 .. 2;
10985 Master_V6 at 0 range 1 .. 1;
10986 Master_V7 at 0 range 0 .. 0;
10987 Slave_Control at 1 range 7 .. 7;
10988 Slave_V1 at 1 range 6 .. 6;
10989 Slave_V2 at 1 range 5 .. 5;
10990 Slave_V3 at 1 range 4 .. 4;
10991 Slave_V4 at 1 range 3 .. 3;
10992 Slave_V5 at 1 range 2 .. 2;
10993 Slave_V6 at 1 range 1 .. 1;
10994 Slave_V7 at 1 range 0 .. 0;
10995 end record;
10996 @end smallexample
10997
10998 @noindent
10999 It is a nuisance to have to rewrite the clause, especially if
11000 the code has to be maintained on both machines. However,
11001 this is a case that we can handle with the
11002 @code{Bit_Order} attribute if it is implemented.
11003 Note that the implementation is not required on byte addressed
11004 machines, but it is indeed implemented in GNAT.
11005 This means that we can simply use the
11006 first record clause, together with the declaration
11007
11008 @smallexample @c ada
11009 for Data'Bit_Order use High_Order_First;
11010 @end smallexample
11011
11012 @noindent
11013 and the effect is what is desired, namely the layout is exactly the same,
11014 independent of whether the code is compiled on a big-endian or little-endian
11015 machine.
11016
11017 The important point to understand is that byte ordering is not affected.
11018 A @code{Bit_Order} attribute definition never affects which byte a field
11019 ends up in, only where it ends up in that byte.
11020 To make this clear, let us rewrite the record rep clause of the previous
11021 example as:
11022
11023 @smallexample @c ada
11024 for Data'Bit_Order use High_Order_First;
11025 for Data use record
11026 Master_Control at 0 range 0 .. 0;
11027 Master_V1 at 0 range 1 .. 1;
11028 Master_V2 at 0 range 2 .. 2;
11029 Master_V3 at 0 range 3 .. 3;
11030 Master_V4 at 0 range 4 .. 4;
11031 Master_V5 at 0 range 5 .. 5;
11032 Master_V6 at 0 range 6 .. 6;
11033 Master_V7 at 0 range 7 .. 7;
11034 Slave_Control at 0 range 8 .. 8;
11035 Slave_V1 at 0 range 9 .. 9;
11036 Slave_V2 at 0 range 10 .. 10;
11037 Slave_V3 at 0 range 11 .. 11;
11038 Slave_V4 at 0 range 12 .. 12;
11039 Slave_V5 at 0 range 13 .. 13;
11040 Slave_V6 at 0 range 14 .. 14;
11041 Slave_V7 at 0 range 15 .. 15;
11042 end record;
11043 @end smallexample
11044
11045 @noindent
11046 This is exactly equivalent to saying (a repeat of the first example):
11047
11048 @smallexample @c ada
11049 for Data'Bit_Order use High_Order_First;
11050 for Data use record
11051 Master_Control at 0 range 0 .. 0;
11052 Master_V1 at 0 range 1 .. 1;
11053 Master_V2 at 0 range 2 .. 2;
11054 Master_V3 at 0 range 3 .. 3;
11055 Master_V4 at 0 range 4 .. 4;
11056 Master_V5 at 0 range 5 .. 5;
11057 Master_V6 at 0 range 6 .. 6;
11058 Master_V7 at 0 range 7 .. 7;
11059 Slave_Control at 1 range 0 .. 0;
11060 Slave_V1 at 1 range 1 .. 1;
11061 Slave_V2 at 1 range 2 .. 2;
11062 Slave_V3 at 1 range 3 .. 3;
11063 Slave_V4 at 1 range 4 .. 4;
11064 Slave_V5 at 1 range 5 .. 5;
11065 Slave_V6 at 1 range 6 .. 6;
11066 Slave_V7 at 1 range 7 .. 7;
11067 end record;
11068 @end smallexample
11069
11070 @noindent
11071 Why are they equivalent? Well take a specific field, the @code{Slave_V2}
11072 field. The storage place attributes are obtained by normalizing the
11073 values given so that the @code{First_Bit} value is less than 8. After
11074 normalizing the values (0,10,10) we get (1,2,2) which is exactly what
11075 we specified in the other case.
11076
11077 Now one might expect that the @code{Bit_Order} attribute might affect
11078 bit numbering within the entire record component (two bytes in this
11079 case, thus affecting which byte fields end up in), but that is not
11080 the way this feature is defined, it only affects numbering of bits,
11081 not which byte they end up in.
11082
11083 Consequently it never makes sense to specify a starting bit number
11084 greater than 7 (for a byte addressable field) if an attribute
11085 definition for @code{Bit_Order} has been given, and indeed it
11086 may be actively confusing to specify such a value, so the compiler
11087 generates a warning for such usage.
11088
11089 If you do need to control byte ordering then appropriate conditional
11090 values must be used. If in our example, the slave byte came first on
11091 some machines we might write:
11092
11093 @smallexample @c ada
11094 Master_Byte_First constant Boolean := @dots{};
11095
11096 Master_Byte : constant Natural :=
11097 1 - Boolean'Pos (Master_Byte_First);
11098 Slave_Byte : constant Natural :=
11099 Boolean'Pos (Master_Byte_First);
11100
11101 for Data'Bit_Order use High_Order_First;
11102 for Data use record
11103 Master_Control at Master_Byte range 0 .. 0;
11104 Master_V1 at Master_Byte range 1 .. 1;
11105 Master_V2 at Master_Byte range 2 .. 2;
11106 Master_V3 at Master_Byte range 3 .. 3;
11107 Master_V4 at Master_Byte range 4 .. 4;
11108 Master_V5 at Master_Byte range 5 .. 5;
11109 Master_V6 at Master_Byte range 6 .. 6;
11110 Master_V7 at Master_Byte range 7 .. 7;
11111 Slave_Control at Slave_Byte range 0 .. 0;
11112 Slave_V1 at Slave_Byte range 1 .. 1;
11113 Slave_V2 at Slave_Byte range 2 .. 2;
11114 Slave_V3 at Slave_Byte range 3 .. 3;
11115 Slave_V4 at Slave_Byte range 4 .. 4;
11116 Slave_V5 at Slave_Byte range 5 .. 5;
11117 Slave_V6 at Slave_Byte range 6 .. 6;
11118 Slave_V7 at Slave_Byte range 7 .. 7;
11119 end record;
11120 @end smallexample
11121
11122 @noindent
11123 Now to switch between machines, all that is necessary is
11124 to set the boolean constant @code{Master_Byte_First} in
11125 an appropriate manner.
11126
11127 @node Pragma Pack for Arrays
11128 @section Pragma Pack for Arrays
11129 @cindex Pragma Pack (for arrays)
11130
11131 @noindent
11132 Pragma @code{Pack} applied to an array has no effect unless the component type
11133 is packable. For a component type to be packable, it must be one of the
11134 following cases:
11135
11136 @itemize @bullet
11137 @item
11138 Any scalar type
11139 @item
11140 Any type whose size is specified with a size clause
11141 @item
11142 Any packed array type with a static size
11143 @item
11144 Any record type padded because of its default alignment
11145 @end itemize
11146
11147 @noindent
11148 For all these cases, if the component subtype size is in the range
11149 1 through 63, then the effect of the pragma @code{Pack} is exactly as though a
11150 component size were specified giving the component subtype size.
11151 For example if we have:
11152
11153 @smallexample @c ada
11154 type r is range 0 .. 17;
11155
11156 type ar is array (1 .. 8) of r;
11157 pragma Pack (ar);
11158 @end smallexample
11159
11160 @noindent
11161 Then the component size of @code{ar} will be set to 5 (i.e.@: to @code{r'size},
11162 and the size of the array @code{ar} will be exactly 40 bits.
11163
11164 Note that in some cases this rather fierce approach to packing can produce
11165 unexpected effects. For example, in Ada 95 and Ada 2005,
11166 subtype @code{Natural} typically has a size of 31, meaning that if you
11167 pack an array of @code{Natural}, you get 31-bit
11168 close packing, which saves a few bits, but results in far less efficient
11169 access. Since many other Ada compilers will ignore such a packing request,
11170 GNAT will generate a warning on some uses of pragma @code{Pack} that it guesses
11171 might not be what is intended. You can easily remove this warning by
11172 using an explicit @code{Component_Size} setting instead, which never generates
11173 a warning, since the intention of the programmer is clear in this case.
11174
11175 GNAT treats packed arrays in one of two ways. If the size of the array is
11176 known at compile time and is less than 64 bits, then internally the array
11177 is represented as a single modular type, of exactly the appropriate number
11178 of bits. If the length is greater than 63 bits, or is not known at compile
11179 time, then the packed array is represented as an array of bytes, and the
11180 length is always a multiple of 8 bits.
11181
11182 Note that to represent a packed array as a modular type, the alignment must
11183 be suitable for the modular type involved. For example, on typical machines
11184 a 32-bit packed array will be represented by a 32-bit modular integer with
11185 an alignment of four bytes. If you explicitly override the default alignment
11186 with an alignment clause that is too small, the modular representation
11187 cannot be used. For example, consider the following set of declarations:
11188
11189 @smallexample @c ada
11190 type R is range 1 .. 3;
11191 type S is array (1 .. 31) of R;
11192 for S'Component_Size use 2;
11193 for S'Size use 62;
11194 for S'Alignment use 1;
11195 @end smallexample
11196
11197 @noindent
11198 If the alignment clause were not present, then a 62-bit modular
11199 representation would be chosen (typically with an alignment of 4 or 8
11200 bytes depending on the target). But the default alignment is overridden
11201 with the explicit alignment clause. This means that the modular
11202 representation cannot be used, and instead the array of bytes
11203 representation must be used, meaning that the length must be a multiple
11204 of 8. Thus the above set of declarations will result in a diagnostic
11205 rejecting the size clause and noting that the minimum size allowed is 64.
11206
11207 @cindex Pragma Pack (for type Natural)
11208 @cindex Pragma Pack warning
11209
11210 One special case that is worth noting occurs when the base type of the
11211 component size is 8/16/32 and the subtype is one bit less. Notably this
11212 occurs with subtype @code{Natural}. Consider:
11213
11214 @smallexample @c ada
11215 type Arr is array (1 .. 32) of Natural;
11216 pragma Pack (Arr);
11217 @end smallexample
11218
11219 @noindent
11220 In all commonly used Ada 83 compilers, this pragma Pack would be ignored,
11221 since typically @code{Natural'Size} is 32 in Ada 83, and in any case most
11222 Ada 83 compilers did not attempt 31 bit packing.
11223
11224 In Ada 95 and Ada 2005, @code{Natural'Size} is required to be 31. Furthermore,
11225 GNAT really does pack 31-bit subtype to 31 bits. This may result in a
11226 substantial unintended performance penalty when porting legacy Ada 83 code.
11227 To help prevent this, GNAT generates a warning in such cases. If you really
11228 want 31 bit packing in a case like this, you can set the component size
11229 explicitly:
11230
11231 @smallexample @c ada
11232 type Arr is array (1 .. 32) of Natural;
11233 for Arr'Component_Size use 31;
11234 @end smallexample
11235
11236 @noindent
11237 Here 31-bit packing is achieved as required, and no warning is generated,
11238 since in this case the programmer intention is clear.
11239
11240 @node Pragma Pack for Records
11241 @section Pragma Pack for Records
11242 @cindex Pragma Pack (for records)
11243
11244 @noindent
11245 Pragma @code{Pack} applied to a record will pack the components to reduce
11246 wasted space from alignment gaps and by reducing the amount of space
11247 taken by components. We distinguish between @emph{packable} components and
11248 @emph{non-packable} components.
11249 Components of the following types are considered packable:
11250 @itemize @bullet
11251 @item
11252 All primitive types are packable.
11253
11254 @item
11255 Small packed arrays, whose size does not exceed 64 bits, and where the
11256 size is statically known at compile time, are represented internally
11257 as modular integers, and so they are also packable.
11258
11259 @end itemize
11260
11261 @noindent
11262 All packable components occupy the exact number of bits corresponding to
11263 their @code{Size} value, and are packed with no padding bits, i.e.@: they
11264 can start on an arbitrary bit boundary.
11265
11266 All other types are non-packable, they occupy an integral number of
11267 storage units, and
11268 are placed at a boundary corresponding to their alignment requirements.
11269
11270 For example, consider the record
11271
11272 @smallexample @c ada
11273 type Rb1 is array (1 .. 13) of Boolean;
11274 pragma Pack (rb1);
11275
11276 type Rb2 is array (1 .. 65) of Boolean;
11277 pragma Pack (rb2);
11278
11279 type x2 is record
11280 l1 : Boolean;
11281 l2 : Duration;
11282 l3 : Float;
11283 l4 : Boolean;
11284 l5 : Rb1;
11285 l6 : Rb2;
11286 end record;
11287 pragma Pack (x2);
11288 @end smallexample
11289
11290 @noindent
11291 The representation for the record x2 is as follows:
11292
11293 @smallexample @c ada
11294 for x2'Size use 224;
11295 for x2 use record
11296 l1 at 0 range 0 .. 0;
11297 l2 at 0 range 1 .. 64;
11298 l3 at 12 range 0 .. 31;
11299 l4 at 16 range 0 .. 0;
11300 l5 at 16 range 1 .. 13;
11301 l6 at 18 range 0 .. 71;
11302 end record;
11303 @end smallexample
11304
11305 @noindent
11306 Studying this example, we see that the packable fields @code{l1}
11307 and @code{l2} are
11308 of length equal to their sizes, and placed at specific bit boundaries (and
11309 not byte boundaries) to
11310 eliminate padding. But @code{l3} is of a non-packable float type, so
11311 it is on the next appropriate alignment boundary.
11312
11313 The next two fields are fully packable, so @code{l4} and @code{l5} are
11314 minimally packed with no gaps. However, type @code{Rb2} is a packed
11315 array that is longer than 64 bits, so it is itself non-packable. Thus
11316 the @code{l6} field is aligned to the next byte boundary, and takes an
11317 integral number of bytes, i.e.@: 72 bits.
11318
11319 @node Record Representation Clauses
11320 @section Record Representation Clauses
11321 @cindex Record Representation Clause
11322
11323 @noindent
11324 Record representation clauses may be given for all record types, including
11325 types obtained by record extension. Component clauses are allowed for any
11326 static component. The restrictions on component clauses depend on the type
11327 of the component.
11328
11329 @cindex Component Clause
11330 For all components of an elementary type, the only restriction on component
11331 clauses is that the size must be at least the 'Size value of the type
11332 (actually the Value_Size). There are no restrictions due to alignment,
11333 and such components may freely cross storage boundaries.
11334
11335 Packed arrays with a size up to and including 64 bits are represented
11336 internally using a modular type with the appropriate number of bits, and
11337 thus the same lack of restriction applies. For example, if you declare:
11338
11339 @smallexample @c ada
11340 type R is array (1 .. 49) of Boolean;
11341 pragma Pack (R);
11342 for R'Size use 49;
11343 @end smallexample
11344
11345 @noindent
11346 then a component clause for a component of type R may start on any
11347 specified bit boundary, and may specify a value of 49 bits or greater.
11348
11349 For packed bit arrays that are longer than 64 bits, there are two
11350 cases. If the component size is a power of 2 (1,2,4,8,16,32 bits),
11351 including the important case of single bits or boolean values, then
11352 there are no limitations on placement of such components, and they
11353 may start and end at arbitrary bit boundaries.
11354
11355 If the component size is not a power of 2 (e.g.@: 3 or 5), then
11356 an array of this type longer than 64 bits must always be placed on
11357 on a storage unit (byte) boundary and occupy an integral number
11358 of storage units (bytes). Any component clause that does not
11359 meet this requirement will be rejected.
11360
11361 Any aliased component, or component of an aliased type, must
11362 have its normal alignment and size. A component clause that
11363 does not meet this requirement will be rejected.
11364
11365 The tag field of a tagged type always occupies an address sized field at
11366 the start of the record. No component clause may attempt to overlay this
11367 tag. When a tagged type appears as a component, the tag field must have
11368 proper alignment
11369
11370 In the case of a record extension T1, of a type T, no component clause applied
11371 to the type T1 can specify a storage location that would overlap the first
11372 T'Size bytes of the record.
11373
11374 For all other component types, including non-bit-packed arrays,
11375 the component can be placed at an arbitrary bit boundary,
11376 so for example, the following is permitted:
11377
11378 @smallexample @c ada
11379 type R is array (1 .. 10) of Boolean;
11380 for R'Size use 80;
11381
11382 type Q is record
11383 G, H : Boolean;
11384 L, M : R;
11385 end record;
11386
11387 for Q use record
11388 G at 0 range 0 .. 0;
11389 H at 0 range 1 .. 1;
11390 L at 0 range 2 .. 81;
11391 R at 0 range 82 .. 161;
11392 end record;
11393 @end smallexample
11394
11395 @noindent
11396 Note: the above rules apply to recent releases of GNAT 5.
11397 In GNAT 3, there are more severe restrictions on larger components.
11398 For non-primitive types, including packed arrays with a size greater than
11399 64 bits, component clauses must respect the alignment requirement of the
11400 type, in particular, always starting on a byte boundary, and the length
11401 must be a multiple of the storage unit.
11402
11403 @node Enumeration Clauses
11404 @section Enumeration Clauses
11405
11406 The only restriction on enumeration clauses is that the range of values
11407 must be representable. For the signed case, if one or more of the
11408 representation values are negative, all values must be in the range:
11409
11410 @smallexample @c ada
11411 System.Min_Int .. System.Max_Int
11412 @end smallexample
11413
11414 @noindent
11415 For the unsigned case, where all values are nonnegative, the values must
11416 be in the range:
11417
11418 @smallexample @c ada
11419 0 .. System.Max_Binary_Modulus;
11420 @end smallexample
11421
11422 @noindent
11423 A @emph{confirming} representation clause is one in which the values range
11424 from 0 in sequence, i.e.@: a clause that confirms the default representation
11425 for an enumeration type.
11426 Such a confirming representation
11427 is permitted by these rules, and is specially recognized by the compiler so
11428 that no extra overhead results from the use of such a clause.
11429
11430 If an array has an index type which is an enumeration type to which an
11431 enumeration clause has been applied, then the array is stored in a compact
11432 manner. Consider the declarations:
11433
11434 @smallexample @c ada
11435 type r is (A, B, C);
11436 for r use (A => 1, B => 5, C => 10);
11437 type t is array (r) of Character;
11438 @end smallexample
11439
11440 @noindent
11441 The array type t corresponds to a vector with exactly three elements and
11442 has a default size equal to @code{3*Character'Size}. This ensures efficient
11443 use of space, but means that accesses to elements of the array will incur
11444 the overhead of converting representation values to the corresponding
11445 positional values, (i.e.@: the value delivered by the @code{Pos} attribute).
11446
11447 @node Address Clauses
11448 @section Address Clauses
11449 @cindex Address Clause
11450
11451 The reference manual allows a general restriction on representation clauses,
11452 as found in RM 13.1(22):
11453
11454 @quotation
11455 An implementation need not support representation
11456 items containing nonstatic expressions, except that
11457 an implementation should support a representation item
11458 for a given entity if each nonstatic expression in the
11459 representation item is a name that statically denotes
11460 a constant declared before the entity.
11461 @end quotation
11462
11463 @noindent
11464 In practice this is applicable only to address clauses, since this is the
11465 only case in which a non-static expression is permitted by the syntax. As
11466 the AARM notes in sections 13.1 (22.a-22.h):
11467
11468 @display
11469 22.a Reason: This is to avoid the following sort of thing:
11470
11471 22.b X : Integer := F(@dots{});
11472 Y : Address := G(@dots{});
11473 for X'Address use Y;
11474
11475 22.c In the above, we have to evaluate the
11476 initialization expression for X before we
11477 know where to put the result. This seems
11478 like an unreasonable implementation burden.
11479
11480 22.d The above code should instead be written
11481 like this:
11482
11483 22.e Y : constant Address := G(@dots{});
11484 X : Integer := F(@dots{});
11485 for X'Address use Y;
11486
11487 22.f This allows the expression ``Y'' to be safely
11488 evaluated before X is created.
11489
11490 22.g The constant could be a formal parameter of mode in.
11491
11492 22.h An implementation can support other nonstatic
11493 expressions if it wants to. Expressions of type
11494 Address are hardly ever static, but their value
11495 might be known at compile time anyway in many
11496 cases.
11497 @end display
11498
11499 @noindent
11500 GNAT does indeed permit many additional cases of non-static expressions. In
11501 particular, if the type involved is elementary there are no restrictions
11502 (since in this case, holding a temporary copy of the initialization value,
11503 if one is present, is inexpensive). In addition, if there is no implicit or
11504 explicit initialization, then there are no restrictions. GNAT will reject
11505 only the case where all three of these conditions hold:
11506
11507 @itemize @bullet
11508
11509 @item
11510 The type of the item is non-elementary (e.g.@: a record or array).
11511
11512 @item
11513 There is explicit or implicit initialization required for the object.
11514 Note that access values are always implicitly initialized, and also
11515 in GNAT, certain bit-packed arrays (those having a dynamic length or
11516 a length greater than 64) will also be implicitly initialized to zero.
11517
11518 @item
11519 The address value is non-static. Here GNAT is more permissive than the
11520 RM, and allows the address value to be the address of a previously declared
11521 stand-alone variable, as long as it does not itself have an address clause.
11522
11523 @smallexample @c ada
11524 Anchor : Some_Initialized_Type;
11525 Overlay : Some_Initialized_Type;
11526 for Overlay'Address use Anchor'Address;
11527 @end smallexample
11528
11529 @noindent
11530 However, the prefix of the address clause cannot be an array component, or
11531 a component of a discriminated record.
11532
11533 @end itemize
11534
11535 @noindent
11536 As noted above in section 22.h, address values are typically non-static. In
11537 particular the To_Address function, even if applied to a literal value, is
11538 a non-static function call. To avoid this minor annoyance, GNAT provides
11539 the implementation defined attribute 'To_Address. The following two
11540 expressions have identical values:
11541
11542 @findex Attribute
11543 @findex To_Address
11544 @smallexample @c ada
11545 To_Address (16#1234_0000#)
11546 System'To_Address (16#1234_0000#);
11547 @end smallexample
11548
11549 @noindent
11550 except that the second form is considered to be a static expression, and
11551 thus when used as an address clause value is always permitted.
11552
11553 @noindent
11554 Additionally, GNAT treats as static an address clause that is an
11555 unchecked_conversion of a static integer value. This simplifies the porting
11556 of legacy code, and provides a portable equivalent to the GNAT attribute
11557 @code{To_Address}.
11558
11559 Another issue with address clauses is the interaction with alignment
11560 requirements. When an address clause is given for an object, the address
11561 value must be consistent with the alignment of the object (which is usually
11562 the same as the alignment of the type of the object). If an address clause
11563 is given that specifies an inappropriately aligned address value, then the
11564 program execution is erroneous.
11565
11566 Since this source of erroneous behavior can have unfortunate effects, GNAT
11567 checks (at compile time if possible, generating a warning, or at execution
11568 time with a run-time check) that the alignment is appropriate. If the
11569 run-time check fails, then @code{Program_Error} is raised. This run-time
11570 check is suppressed if range checks are suppressed, or if the special GNAT
11571 check Alignment_Check is suppressed, or if
11572 @code{pragma Restrictions (No_Elaboration_Code)} is in effect.
11573
11574 Finally, GNAT does not permit overlaying of objects of controlled types or
11575 composite types containing a controlled component. In most cases, the compiler
11576 can detect an attempt at such overlays and will generate a warning at compile
11577 time and a Program_Error exception at run time.
11578
11579 @findex Export
11580 An address clause cannot be given for an exported object. More
11581 understandably the real restriction is that objects with an address
11582 clause cannot be exported. This is because such variables are not
11583 defined by the Ada program, so there is no external object to export.
11584
11585 @findex Import
11586 It is permissible to give an address clause and a pragma Import for the
11587 same object. In this case, the variable is not really defined by the
11588 Ada program, so there is no external symbol to be linked. The link name
11589 and the external name are ignored in this case. The reason that we allow this
11590 combination is that it provides a useful idiom to avoid unwanted
11591 initializations on objects with address clauses.
11592
11593 When an address clause is given for an object that has implicit or
11594 explicit initialization, then by default initialization takes place. This
11595 means that the effect of the object declaration is to overwrite the
11596 memory at the specified address. This is almost always not what the
11597 programmer wants, so GNAT will output a warning:
11598
11599 @smallexample
11600 with System;
11601 package G is
11602 type R is record
11603 M : Integer := 0;
11604 end record;
11605
11606 Ext : R;
11607 for Ext'Address use System'To_Address (16#1234_1234#);
11608 |
11609 >>> warning: implicit initialization of "Ext" may
11610 modify overlaid storage
11611 >>> warning: use pragma Import for "Ext" to suppress
11612 initialization (RM B(24))
11613
11614 end G;
11615 @end smallexample
11616
11617 @noindent
11618 As indicated by the warning message, the solution is to use a (dummy) pragma
11619 Import to suppress this initialization. The pragma tell the compiler that the
11620 object is declared and initialized elsewhere. The following package compiles
11621 without warnings (and the initialization is suppressed):
11622
11623 @smallexample @c ada
11624 with System;
11625 package G is
11626 type R is record
11627 M : Integer := 0;
11628 end record;
11629
11630 Ext : R;
11631 for Ext'Address use System'To_Address (16#1234_1234#);
11632 pragma Import (Ada, Ext);
11633 end G;
11634 @end smallexample
11635
11636 @noindent
11637 A final issue with address clauses involves their use for overlaying
11638 variables, as in the following example:
11639 @cindex Overlaying of objects
11640
11641 @smallexample @c ada
11642 A : Integer;
11643 B : Integer;
11644 for B'Address use A'Address;
11645 @end smallexample
11646
11647 @noindent
11648 or alternatively, using the form recommended by the RM:
11649
11650 @smallexample @c ada
11651 A : Integer;
11652 Addr : constant Address := A'Address;
11653 B : Integer;
11654 for B'Address use Addr;
11655 @end smallexample
11656
11657 @noindent
11658 In both of these cases, @code{A}
11659 and @code{B} become aliased to one another via the
11660 address clause. This use of address clauses to overlay
11661 variables, achieving an effect similar to unchecked
11662 conversion was erroneous in Ada 83, but in Ada 95 and Ada 2005
11663 the effect is implementation defined. Furthermore, the
11664 Ada RM specifically recommends that in a situation
11665 like this, @code{B} should be subject to the following
11666 implementation advice (RM 13.3(19)):
11667
11668 @quotation
11669 19 If the Address of an object is specified, or it is imported
11670 or exported, then the implementation should not perform
11671 optimizations based on assumptions of no aliases.
11672 @end quotation
11673
11674 @noindent
11675 GNAT follows this recommendation, and goes further by also applying
11676 this recommendation to the overlaid variable (@code{A}
11677 in the above example) in this case. This means that the overlay
11678 works "as expected", in that a modification to one of the variables
11679 will affect the value of the other.
11680
11681 @node Effect of Convention on Representation
11682 @section Effect of Convention on Representation
11683 @cindex Convention, effect on representation
11684
11685 @noindent
11686 Normally the specification of a foreign language convention for a type or
11687 an object has no effect on the chosen representation. In particular, the
11688 representation chosen for data in GNAT generally meets the standard system
11689 conventions, and for example records are laid out in a manner that is
11690 consistent with C@. This means that specifying convention C (for example)
11691 has no effect.
11692
11693 There are four exceptions to this general rule:
11694
11695 @itemize @bullet
11696
11697 @item Convention Fortran and array subtypes
11698 If pragma Convention Fortran is specified for an array subtype, then in
11699 accordance with the implementation advice in section 3.6.2(11) of the
11700 Ada Reference Manual, the array will be stored in a Fortran-compatible
11701 column-major manner, instead of the normal default row-major order.
11702
11703 @item Convention C and enumeration types
11704 GNAT normally stores enumeration types in 8, 16, or 32 bits as required
11705 to accommodate all values of the type. For example, for the enumeration
11706 type declared by:
11707
11708 @smallexample @c ada
11709 type Color is (Red, Green, Blue);
11710 @end smallexample
11711
11712 @noindent
11713 8 bits is sufficient to store all values of the type, so by default, objects
11714 of type @code{Color} will be represented using 8 bits. However, normal C
11715 convention is to use 32 bits for all enum values in C, since enum values
11716 are essentially of type int. If pragma @code{Convention C} is specified for an
11717 Ada enumeration type, then the size is modified as necessary (usually to
11718 32 bits) to be consistent with the C convention for enum values.
11719
11720 Note that this treatment applies only to types. If Convention C is given for
11721 an enumeration object, where the enumeration type is not Convention C, then
11722 Object_Size bits are allocated. For example, for a normal enumeration type,
11723 with less than 256 elements, only 8 bits will be allocated for the object.
11724 Since this may be a surprise in terms of what C expects, GNAT will issue a
11725 warning in this situation. The warning can be suppressed by giving an explicit
11726 size clause specifying the desired size.
11727
11728 @item Convention C/Fortran and Boolean types
11729 In C, the usual convention for boolean values, that is values used for
11730 conditions, is that zero represents false, and nonzero values represent
11731 true. In Ada, the normal convention is that two specific values, typically
11732 0/1, are used to represent false/true respectively.
11733
11734 Fortran has a similar convention for @code{LOGICAL} values (any nonzero
11735 value represents true).
11736
11737 To accommodate the Fortran and C conventions, if a pragma Convention specifies
11738 C or Fortran convention for a derived Boolean, as in the following example:
11739
11740 @smallexample @c ada
11741 type C_Switch is new Boolean;
11742 pragma Convention (C, C_Switch);
11743 @end smallexample
11744
11745 @noindent
11746 then the GNAT generated code will treat any nonzero value as true. For truth
11747 values generated by GNAT, the conventional value 1 will be used for True, but
11748 when one of these values is read, any nonzero value is treated as True.
11749
11750 @item Access types on OpenVMS
11751 For 64-bit OpenVMS systems, access types (other than those for unconstrained
11752 arrays) are 64-bits long. An exception to this rule is for the case of
11753 C-convention access types where there is no explicit size clause present (or
11754 inherited for derived types). In this case, GNAT chooses to make these
11755 pointers 32-bits, which provides an easier path for migration of 32-bit legacy
11756 code. size clause specifying 64-bits must be used to obtain a 64-bit pointer.
11757
11758 @end itemize
11759
11760 @node Determining the Representations chosen by GNAT
11761 @section Determining the Representations chosen by GNAT
11762 @cindex Representation, determination of
11763 @cindex @option{-gnatR} switch
11764
11765 @noindent
11766 Although the descriptions in this section are intended to be complete, it is
11767 often easier to simply experiment to see what GNAT accepts and what the
11768 effect is on the layout of types and objects.
11769
11770 As required by the Ada RM, if a representation clause is not accepted, then
11771 it must be rejected as illegal by the compiler. However, when a
11772 representation clause or pragma is accepted, there can still be questions
11773 of what the compiler actually does. For example, if a partial record
11774 representation clause specifies the location of some components and not
11775 others, then where are the non-specified components placed? Or if pragma
11776 @code{Pack} is used on a record, then exactly where are the resulting
11777 fields placed? The section on pragma @code{Pack} in this chapter can be
11778 used to answer the second question, but it is often easier to just see
11779 what the compiler does.
11780
11781 For this purpose, GNAT provides the option @option{-gnatR}. If you compile
11782 with this option, then the compiler will output information on the actual
11783 representations chosen, in a format similar to source representation
11784 clauses. For example, if we compile the package:
11785
11786 @smallexample @c ada
11787 package q is
11788 type r (x : boolean) is tagged record
11789 case x is
11790 when True => S : String (1 .. 100);
11791 when False => null;
11792 end case;
11793 end record;
11794
11795 type r2 is new r (false) with record
11796 y2 : integer;
11797 end record;
11798
11799 for r2 use record
11800 y2 at 16 range 0 .. 31;
11801 end record;
11802
11803 type x is record
11804 y : character;
11805 end record;
11806
11807 type x1 is array (1 .. 10) of x;
11808 for x1'component_size use 11;
11809
11810 type ia is access integer;
11811
11812 type Rb1 is array (1 .. 13) of Boolean;
11813 pragma Pack (rb1);
11814
11815 type Rb2 is array (1 .. 65) of Boolean;
11816 pragma Pack (rb2);
11817
11818 type x2 is record
11819 l1 : Boolean;
11820 l2 : Duration;
11821 l3 : Float;
11822 l4 : Boolean;
11823 l5 : Rb1;
11824 l6 : Rb2;
11825 end record;
11826 pragma Pack (x2);
11827 end q;
11828 @end smallexample
11829
11830 @noindent
11831 using the switch @option{-gnatR} we obtain the following output:
11832
11833 @smallexample
11834 Representation information for unit q
11835 -------------------------------------
11836
11837 for r'Size use ??;
11838 for r'Alignment use 4;
11839 for r use record
11840 x at 4 range 0 .. 7;
11841 _tag at 0 range 0 .. 31;
11842 s at 5 range 0 .. 799;
11843 end record;
11844
11845 for r2'Size use 160;
11846 for r2'Alignment use 4;
11847 for r2 use record
11848 x at 4 range 0 .. 7;
11849 _tag at 0 range 0 .. 31;
11850 _parent at 0 range 0 .. 63;
11851 y2 at 16 range 0 .. 31;
11852 end record;
11853
11854 for x'Size use 8;
11855 for x'Alignment use 1;
11856 for x use record
11857 y at 0 range 0 .. 7;
11858 end record;
11859
11860 for x1'Size use 112;
11861 for x1'Alignment use 1;
11862 for x1'Component_Size use 11;
11863
11864 for rb1'Size use 13;
11865 for rb1'Alignment use 2;
11866 for rb1'Component_Size use 1;
11867
11868 for rb2'Size use 72;
11869 for rb2'Alignment use 1;
11870 for rb2'Component_Size use 1;
11871
11872 for x2'Size use 224;
11873 for x2'Alignment use 4;
11874 for x2 use record
11875 l1 at 0 range 0 .. 0;
11876 l2 at 0 range 1 .. 64;
11877 l3 at 12 range 0 .. 31;
11878 l4 at 16 range 0 .. 0;
11879 l5 at 16 range 1 .. 13;
11880 l6 at 18 range 0 .. 71;
11881 end record;
11882 @end smallexample
11883
11884 @noindent
11885 The Size values are actually the Object_Size, i.e.@: the default size that
11886 will be allocated for objects of the type.
11887 The ?? size for type r indicates that we have a variant record, and the
11888 actual size of objects will depend on the discriminant value.
11889
11890 The Alignment values show the actual alignment chosen by the compiler
11891 for each record or array type.
11892
11893 The record representation clause for type r shows where all fields
11894 are placed, including the compiler generated tag field (whose location
11895 cannot be controlled by the programmer).
11896
11897 The record representation clause for the type extension r2 shows all the
11898 fields present, including the parent field, which is a copy of the fields
11899 of the parent type of r2, i.e.@: r1.
11900
11901 The component size and size clauses for types rb1 and rb2 show
11902 the exact effect of pragma @code{Pack} on these arrays, and the record
11903 representation clause for type x2 shows how pragma @code{Pack} affects
11904 this record type.
11905
11906 In some cases, it may be useful to cut and paste the representation clauses
11907 generated by the compiler into the original source to fix and guarantee
11908 the actual representation to be used.
11909
11910 @node Standard Library Routines
11911 @chapter Standard Library Routines
11912
11913 @noindent
11914 The Ada Reference Manual contains in Annex A a full description of an
11915 extensive set of standard library routines that can be used in any Ada
11916 program, and which must be provided by all Ada compilers. They are
11917 analogous to the standard C library used by C programs.
11918
11919 GNAT implements all of the facilities described in annex A, and for most
11920 purposes the description in the Ada Reference Manual, or appropriate Ada
11921 text book, will be sufficient for making use of these facilities.
11922
11923 In the case of the input-output facilities,
11924 @xref{The Implementation of Standard I/O},
11925 gives details on exactly how GNAT interfaces to the
11926 file system. For the remaining packages, the Ada Reference Manual
11927 should be sufficient. The following is a list of the packages included,
11928 together with a brief description of the functionality that is provided.
11929
11930 For completeness, references are included to other predefined library
11931 routines defined in other sections of the Ada Reference Manual (these are
11932 cross-indexed from Annex A).
11933
11934 @table @code
11935 @item Ada (A.2)
11936 This is a parent package for all the standard library packages. It is
11937 usually included implicitly in your program, and itself contains no
11938 useful data or routines.
11939
11940 @item Ada.Calendar (9.6)
11941 @code{Calendar} provides time of day access, and routines for
11942 manipulating times and durations.
11943
11944 @item Ada.Characters (A.3.1)
11945 This is a dummy parent package that contains no useful entities
11946
11947 @item Ada.Characters.Handling (A.3.2)
11948 This package provides some basic character handling capabilities,
11949 including classification functions for classes of characters (e.g.@: test
11950 for letters, or digits).
11951
11952 @item Ada.Characters.Latin_1 (A.3.3)
11953 This package includes a complete set of definitions of the characters
11954 that appear in type CHARACTER@. It is useful for writing programs that
11955 will run in international environments. For example, if you want an
11956 upper case E with an acute accent in a string, it is often better to use
11957 the definition of @code{UC_E_Acute} in this package. Then your program
11958 will print in an understandable manner even if your environment does not
11959 support these extended characters.
11960
11961 @item Ada.Command_Line (A.15)
11962 This package provides access to the command line parameters and the name
11963 of the current program (analogous to the use of @code{argc} and @code{argv}
11964 in C), and also allows the exit status for the program to be set in a
11965 system-independent manner.
11966
11967 @item Ada.Decimal (F.2)
11968 This package provides constants describing the range of decimal numbers
11969 implemented, and also a decimal divide routine (analogous to the COBOL
11970 verb DIVIDE @dots{} GIVING @dots{} REMAINDER @dots{})
11971
11972 @item Ada.Direct_IO (A.8.4)
11973 This package provides input-output using a model of a set of records of
11974 fixed-length, containing an arbitrary definite Ada type, indexed by an
11975 integer record number.
11976
11977 @item Ada.Dynamic_Priorities (D.5)
11978 This package allows the priorities of a task to be adjusted dynamically
11979 as the task is running.
11980
11981 @item Ada.Exceptions (11.4.1)
11982 This package provides additional information on exceptions, and also
11983 contains facilities for treating exceptions as data objects, and raising
11984 exceptions with associated messages.
11985
11986 @item Ada.Finalization (7.6)
11987 This package contains the declarations and subprograms to support the
11988 use of controlled types, providing for automatic initialization and
11989 finalization (analogous to the constructors and destructors of C++)
11990
11991 @item Ada.Interrupts (C.3.2)
11992 This package provides facilities for interfacing to interrupts, which
11993 includes the set of signals or conditions that can be raised and
11994 recognized as interrupts.
11995
11996 @item Ada.Interrupts.Names (C.3.2)
11997 This package provides the set of interrupt names (actually signal
11998 or condition names) that can be handled by GNAT@.
11999
12000 @item Ada.IO_Exceptions (A.13)
12001 This package defines the set of exceptions that can be raised by use of
12002 the standard IO packages.
12003
12004 @item Ada.Numerics
12005 This package contains some standard constants and exceptions used
12006 throughout the numerics packages. Note that the constants pi and e are
12007 defined here, and it is better to use these definitions than rolling
12008 your own.
12009
12010 @item Ada.Numerics.Complex_Elementary_Functions
12011 Provides the implementation of standard elementary functions (such as
12012 log and trigonometric functions) operating on complex numbers using the
12013 standard @code{Float} and the @code{Complex} and @code{Imaginary} types
12014 created by the package @code{Numerics.Complex_Types}.
12015
12016 @item Ada.Numerics.Complex_Types
12017 This is a predefined instantiation of
12018 @code{Numerics.Generic_Complex_Types} using @code{Standard.Float} to
12019 build the type @code{Complex} and @code{Imaginary}.
12020
12021 @item Ada.Numerics.Discrete_Random
12022 This generic package provides a random number generator suitable for generating
12023 uniformly distributed values of a specified discrete subtype.
12024
12025 @item Ada.Numerics.Float_Random
12026 This package provides a random number generator suitable for generating
12027 uniformly distributed floating point values in the unit interval.
12028
12029 @item Ada.Numerics.Generic_Complex_Elementary_Functions
12030 This is a generic version of the package that provides the
12031 implementation of standard elementary functions (such as log and
12032 trigonometric functions) for an arbitrary complex type.
12033
12034 The following predefined instantiations of this package are provided:
12035
12036 @table @code
12037 @item Short_Float
12038 @code{Ada.Numerics.Short_Complex_Elementary_Functions}
12039 @item Float
12040 @code{Ada.Numerics.Complex_Elementary_Functions}
12041 @item Long_Float
12042 @code{Ada.Numerics.Long_Complex_Elementary_Functions}
12043 @end table
12044
12045 @item Ada.Numerics.Generic_Complex_Types
12046 This is a generic package that allows the creation of complex types,
12047 with associated complex arithmetic operations.
12048
12049 The following predefined instantiations of this package exist
12050 @table @code
12051 @item Short_Float
12052 @code{Ada.Numerics.Short_Complex_Complex_Types}
12053 @item Float
12054 @code{Ada.Numerics.Complex_Complex_Types}
12055 @item Long_Float
12056 @code{Ada.Numerics.Long_Complex_Complex_Types}
12057 @end table
12058
12059 @item Ada.Numerics.Generic_Elementary_Functions
12060 This is a generic package that provides the implementation of standard
12061 elementary functions (such as log an trigonometric functions) for an
12062 arbitrary float type.
12063
12064 The following predefined instantiations of this package exist
12065
12066 @table @code
12067 @item Short_Float
12068 @code{Ada.Numerics.Short_Elementary_Functions}
12069 @item Float
12070 @code{Ada.Numerics.Elementary_Functions}
12071 @item Long_Float
12072 @code{Ada.Numerics.Long_Elementary_Functions}
12073 @end table
12074
12075 @item Ada.Real_Time (D.8)
12076 This package provides facilities similar to those of @code{Calendar}, but
12077 operating with a finer clock suitable for real time control. Note that
12078 annex D requires that there be no backward clock jumps, and GNAT generally
12079 guarantees this behavior, but of course if the external clock on which
12080 the GNAT runtime depends is deliberately reset by some external event,
12081 then such a backward jump may occur.
12082
12083 @item Ada.Sequential_IO (A.8.1)
12084 This package provides input-output facilities for sequential files,
12085 which can contain a sequence of values of a single type, which can be
12086 any Ada type, including indefinite (unconstrained) types.
12087
12088 @item Ada.Storage_IO (A.9)
12089 This package provides a facility for mapping arbitrary Ada types to and
12090 from a storage buffer. It is primarily intended for the creation of new
12091 IO packages.
12092
12093 @item Ada.Streams (13.13.1)
12094 This is a generic package that provides the basic support for the
12095 concept of streams as used by the stream attributes (@code{Input},
12096 @code{Output}, @code{Read} and @code{Write}).
12097
12098 @item Ada.Streams.Stream_IO (A.12.1)
12099 This package is a specialization of the type @code{Streams} defined in
12100 package @code{Streams} together with a set of operations providing
12101 Stream_IO capability. The Stream_IO model permits both random and
12102 sequential access to a file which can contain an arbitrary set of values
12103 of one or more Ada types.
12104
12105 @item Ada.Strings (A.4.1)
12106 This package provides some basic constants used by the string handling
12107 packages.
12108
12109 @item Ada.Strings.Bounded (A.4.4)
12110 This package provides facilities for handling variable length
12111 strings. The bounded model requires a maximum length. It is thus
12112 somewhat more limited than the unbounded model, but avoids the use of
12113 dynamic allocation or finalization.
12114
12115 @item Ada.Strings.Fixed (A.4.3)
12116 This package provides facilities for handling fixed length strings.
12117
12118 @item Ada.Strings.Maps (A.4.2)
12119 This package provides facilities for handling character mappings and
12120 arbitrarily defined subsets of characters. For instance it is useful in
12121 defining specialized translation tables.
12122
12123 @item Ada.Strings.Maps.Constants (A.4.6)
12124 This package provides a standard set of predefined mappings and
12125 predefined character sets. For example, the standard upper to lower case
12126 conversion table is found in this package. Note that upper to lower case
12127 conversion is non-trivial if you want to take the entire set of
12128 characters, including extended characters like E with an acute accent,
12129 into account. You should use the mappings in this package (rather than
12130 adding 32 yourself) to do case mappings.
12131
12132 @item Ada.Strings.Unbounded (A.4.5)
12133 This package provides facilities for handling variable length
12134 strings. The unbounded model allows arbitrary length strings, but
12135 requires the use of dynamic allocation and finalization.
12136
12137 @item Ada.Strings.Wide_Bounded (A.4.7)
12138 @itemx Ada.Strings.Wide_Fixed (A.4.7)
12139 @itemx Ada.Strings.Wide_Maps (A.4.7)
12140 @itemx Ada.Strings.Wide_Maps.Constants (A.4.7)
12141 @itemx Ada.Strings.Wide_Unbounded (A.4.7)
12142 These packages provide analogous capabilities to the corresponding
12143 packages without @samp{Wide_} in the name, but operate with the types
12144 @code{Wide_String} and @code{Wide_Character} instead of @code{String}
12145 and @code{Character}.
12146
12147 @item Ada.Strings.Wide_Wide_Bounded (A.4.7)
12148 @itemx Ada.Strings.Wide_Wide_Fixed (A.4.7)
12149 @itemx Ada.Strings.Wide_Wide_Maps (A.4.7)
12150 @itemx Ada.Strings.Wide_Wide_Maps.Constants (A.4.7)
12151 @itemx Ada.Strings.Wide_Wide_Unbounded (A.4.7)
12152 These packages provide analogous capabilities to the corresponding
12153 packages without @samp{Wide_} in the name, but operate with the types
12154 @code{Wide_Wide_String} and @code{Wide_Wide_Character} instead
12155 of @code{String} and @code{Character}.
12156
12157 @item Ada.Synchronous_Task_Control (D.10)
12158 This package provides some standard facilities for controlling task
12159 communication in a synchronous manner.
12160
12161 @item Ada.Tags
12162 This package contains definitions for manipulation of the tags of tagged
12163 values.
12164
12165 @item Ada.Task_Attributes
12166 This package provides the capability of associating arbitrary
12167 task-specific data with separate tasks.
12168
12169 @item Ada.Text_IO
12170 This package provides basic text input-output capabilities for
12171 character, string and numeric data. The subpackages of this
12172 package are listed next.
12173
12174 @item Ada.Text_IO.Decimal_IO
12175 Provides input-output facilities for decimal fixed-point types
12176
12177 @item Ada.Text_IO.Enumeration_IO
12178 Provides input-output facilities for enumeration types.
12179
12180 @item Ada.Text_IO.Fixed_IO
12181 Provides input-output facilities for ordinary fixed-point types.
12182
12183 @item Ada.Text_IO.Float_IO
12184 Provides input-output facilities for float types. The following
12185 predefined instantiations of this generic package are available:
12186
12187 @table @code
12188 @item Short_Float
12189 @code{Short_Float_Text_IO}
12190 @item Float
12191 @code{Float_Text_IO}
12192 @item Long_Float
12193 @code{Long_Float_Text_IO}
12194 @end table
12195
12196 @item Ada.Text_IO.Integer_IO
12197 Provides input-output facilities for integer types. The following
12198 predefined instantiations of this generic package are available:
12199
12200 @table @code
12201 @item Short_Short_Integer
12202 @code{Ada.Short_Short_Integer_Text_IO}
12203 @item Short_Integer
12204 @code{Ada.Short_Integer_Text_IO}
12205 @item Integer
12206 @code{Ada.Integer_Text_IO}
12207 @item Long_Integer
12208 @code{Ada.Long_Integer_Text_IO}
12209 @item Long_Long_Integer
12210 @code{Ada.Long_Long_Integer_Text_IO}
12211 @end table
12212
12213 @item Ada.Text_IO.Modular_IO
12214 Provides input-output facilities for modular (unsigned) types
12215
12216 @item Ada.Text_IO.Complex_IO (G.1.3)
12217 This package provides basic text input-output capabilities for complex
12218 data.
12219
12220 @item Ada.Text_IO.Editing (F.3.3)
12221 This package contains routines for edited output, analogous to the use
12222 of pictures in COBOL@. The picture formats used by this package are a
12223 close copy of the facility in COBOL@.
12224
12225 @item Ada.Text_IO.Text_Streams (A.12.2)
12226 This package provides a facility that allows Text_IO files to be treated
12227 as streams, so that the stream attributes can be used for writing
12228 arbitrary data, including binary data, to Text_IO files.
12229
12230 @item Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (13.9)
12231 This generic package allows arbitrary conversion from one type to
12232 another of the same size, providing for breaking the type safety in
12233 special circumstances.
12234
12235 If the types have the same Size (more accurately the same Value_Size),
12236 then the effect is simply to transfer the bits from the source to the
12237 target type without any modification. This usage is well defined, and
12238 for simple types whose representation is typically the same across
12239 all implementations, gives a portable method of performing such
12240 conversions.
12241
12242 If the types do not have the same size, then the result is implementation
12243 defined, and thus may be non-portable. The following describes how GNAT
12244 handles such unchecked conversion cases.
12245
12246 If the types are of different sizes, and are both discrete types, then
12247 the effect is of a normal type conversion without any constraint checking.
12248 In particular if the result type has a larger size, the result will be
12249 zero or sign extended. If the result type has a smaller size, the result
12250 will be truncated by ignoring high order bits.
12251
12252 If the types are of different sizes, and are not both discrete types,
12253 then the conversion works as though pointers were created to the source
12254 and target, and the pointer value is converted. The effect is that bits
12255 are copied from successive low order storage units and bits of the source
12256 up to the length of the target type.
12257
12258 A warning is issued if the lengths differ, since the effect in this
12259 case is implementation dependent, and the above behavior may not match
12260 that of some other compiler.
12261
12262 A pointer to one type may be converted to a pointer to another type using
12263 unchecked conversion. The only case in which the effect is undefined is
12264 when one or both pointers are pointers to unconstrained array types. In
12265 this case, the bounds information may get incorrectly transferred, and in
12266 particular, GNAT uses double size pointers for such types, and it is
12267 meaningless to convert between such pointer types. GNAT will issue a
12268 warning if the alignment of the target designated type is more strict
12269 than the alignment of the source designated type (since the result may
12270 be unaligned in this case).
12271
12272 A pointer other than a pointer to an unconstrained array type may be
12273 converted to and from System.Address. Such usage is common in Ada 83
12274 programs, but note that Ada.Address_To_Access_Conversions is the
12275 preferred method of performing such conversions in Ada 95 and Ada 2005.
12276 Neither
12277 unchecked conversion nor Ada.Address_To_Access_Conversions should be
12278 used in conjunction with pointers to unconstrained objects, since
12279 the bounds information cannot be handled correctly in this case.
12280
12281 @item Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation (13.11.2)
12282 This generic package allows explicit freeing of storage previously
12283 allocated by use of an allocator.
12284
12285 @item Ada.Wide_Text_IO (A.11)
12286 This package is similar to @code{Ada.Text_IO}, except that the external
12287 file supports wide character representations, and the internal types are
12288 @code{Wide_Character} and @code{Wide_String} instead of @code{Character}
12289 and @code{String}. It contains generic subpackages listed next.
12290
12291 @item Ada.Wide_Text_IO.Decimal_IO
12292 Provides input-output facilities for decimal fixed-point types
12293
12294 @item Ada.Wide_Text_IO.Enumeration_IO
12295 Provides input-output facilities for enumeration types.
12296
12297 @item Ada.Wide_Text_IO.Fixed_IO
12298 Provides input-output facilities for ordinary fixed-point types.
12299
12300 @item Ada.Wide_Text_IO.Float_IO
12301 Provides input-output facilities for float types. The following
12302 predefined instantiations of this generic package are available:
12303
12304 @table @code
12305 @item Short_Float
12306 @code{Short_Float_Wide_Text_IO}
12307 @item Float
12308 @code{Float_Wide_Text_IO}
12309 @item Long_Float
12310 @code{Long_Float_Wide_Text_IO}
12311 @end table
12312
12313 @item Ada.Wide_Text_IO.Integer_IO
12314 Provides input-output facilities for integer types. The following
12315 predefined instantiations of this generic package are available:
12316
12317 @table @code
12318 @item Short_Short_Integer
12319 @code{Ada.Short_Short_Integer_Wide_Text_IO}
12320 @item Short_Integer
12321 @code{Ada.Short_Integer_Wide_Text_IO}
12322 @item Integer
12323 @code{Ada.Integer_Wide_Text_IO}
12324 @item Long_Integer
12325 @code{Ada.Long_Integer_Wide_Text_IO}
12326 @item Long_Long_Integer
12327 @code{Ada.Long_Long_Integer_Wide_Text_IO}
12328 @end table
12329
12330 @item Ada.Wide_Text_IO.Modular_IO
12331 Provides input-output facilities for modular (unsigned) types
12332
12333 @item Ada.Wide_Text_IO.Complex_IO (G.1.3)
12334 This package is similar to @code{Ada.Text_IO.Complex_IO}, except that the
12335 external file supports wide character representations.
12336
12337 @item Ada.Wide_Text_IO.Editing (F.3.4)
12338 This package is similar to @code{Ada.Text_IO.Editing}, except that the
12339 types are @code{Wide_Character} and @code{Wide_String} instead of
12340 @code{Character} and @code{String}.
12341
12342 @item Ada.Wide_Text_IO.Streams (A.12.3)
12343 This package is similar to @code{Ada.Text_IO.Streams}, except that the
12344 types are @code{Wide_Character} and @code{Wide_String} instead of
12345 @code{Character} and @code{String}.
12346
12347 @item Ada.Wide_Wide_Text_IO (A.11)
12348 This package is similar to @code{Ada.Text_IO}, except that the external
12349 file supports wide character representations, and the internal types are
12350 @code{Wide_Character} and @code{Wide_String} instead of @code{Character}
12351 and @code{String}. It contains generic subpackages listed next.
12352
12353 @item Ada.Wide_Wide_Text_IO.Decimal_IO
12354 Provides input-output facilities for decimal fixed-point types
12355
12356 @item Ada.Wide_Wide_Text_IO.Enumeration_IO
12357 Provides input-output facilities for enumeration types.
12358
12359 @item Ada.Wide_Wide_Text_IO.Fixed_IO
12360 Provides input-output facilities for ordinary fixed-point types.
12361
12362 @item Ada.Wide_Wide_Text_IO.Float_IO
12363 Provides input-output facilities for float types. The following
12364 predefined instantiations of this generic package are available:
12365
12366 @table @code
12367 @item Short_Float
12368 @code{Short_Float_Wide_Wide_Text_IO}
12369 @item Float
12370 @code{Float_Wide_Wide_Text_IO}
12371 @item Long_Float
12372 @code{Long_Float_Wide_Wide_Text_IO}
12373 @end table
12374
12375 @item Ada.Wide_Wide_Text_IO.Integer_IO
12376 Provides input-output facilities for integer types. The following
12377 predefined instantiations of this generic package are available:
12378
12379 @table @code
12380 @item Short_Short_Integer
12381 @code{Ada.Short_Short_Integer_Wide_Wide_Text_IO}
12382 @item Short_Integer
12383 @code{Ada.Short_Integer_Wide_Wide_Text_IO}
12384 @item Integer
12385 @code{Ada.Integer_Wide_Wide_Text_IO}
12386 @item Long_Integer
12387 @code{Ada.Long_Integer_Wide_Wide_Text_IO}
12388 @item Long_Long_Integer
12389 @code{Ada.Long_Long_Integer_Wide_Wide_Text_IO}
12390 @end table
12391
12392 @item Ada.Wide_Wide_Text_IO.Modular_IO
12393 Provides input-output facilities for modular (unsigned) types
12394
12395 @item Ada.Wide_Wide_Text_IO.Complex_IO (G.1.3)
12396 This package is similar to @code{Ada.Text_IO.Complex_IO}, except that the
12397 external file supports wide character representations.
12398
12399 @item Ada.Wide_Wide_Text_IO.Editing (F.3.4)
12400 This package is similar to @code{Ada.Text_IO.Editing}, except that the
12401 types are @code{Wide_Character} and @code{Wide_String} instead of
12402 @code{Character} and @code{String}.
12403
12404 @item Ada.Wide_Wide_Text_IO.Streams (A.12.3)
12405 This package is similar to @code{Ada.Text_IO.Streams}, except that the
12406 types are @code{Wide_Character} and @code{Wide_String} instead of
12407 @code{Character} and @code{String}.
12408 @end table
12409
12410 @node The Implementation of Standard I/O
12411 @chapter The Implementation of Standard I/O
12412
12413 @noindent
12414 GNAT implements all the required input-output facilities described in
12415 A.6 through A.14. These sections of the Ada Reference Manual describe the
12416 required behavior of these packages from the Ada point of view, and if
12417 you are writing a portable Ada program that does not need to know the
12418 exact manner in which Ada maps to the outside world when it comes to
12419 reading or writing external files, then you do not need to read this
12420 chapter. As long as your files are all regular files (not pipes or
12421 devices), and as long as you write and read the files only from Ada, the
12422 description in the Ada Reference Manual is sufficient.
12423
12424 However, if you want to do input-output to pipes or other devices, such
12425 as the keyboard or screen, or if the files you are dealing with are
12426 either generated by some other language, or to be read by some other
12427 language, then you need to know more about the details of how the GNAT
12428 implementation of these input-output facilities behaves.
12429
12430 In this chapter we give a detailed description of exactly how GNAT
12431 interfaces to the file system. As always, the sources of the system are
12432 available to you for answering questions at an even more detailed level,
12433 but for most purposes the information in this chapter will suffice.
12434
12435 Another reason that you may need to know more about how input-output is
12436 implemented arises when you have a program written in mixed languages
12437 where, for example, files are shared between the C and Ada sections of
12438 the same program. GNAT provides some additional facilities, in the form
12439 of additional child library packages, that facilitate this sharing, and
12440 these additional facilities are also described in this chapter.
12441
12442 @menu
12443 * Standard I/O Packages::
12444 * FORM Strings::
12445 * Direct_IO::
12446 * Sequential_IO::
12447 * Text_IO::
12448 * Wide_Text_IO::
12449 * Wide_Wide_Text_IO::
12450 * Stream_IO::
12451 * Text Translation::
12452 * Shared Files::
12453 * Filenames encoding::
12454 * Open Modes::
12455 * Operations on C Streams::
12456 * Interfacing to C Streams::
12457 @end menu
12458
12459 @node Standard I/O Packages
12460 @section Standard I/O Packages
12461
12462 @noindent
12463 The Standard I/O packages described in Annex A for
12464
12465 @itemize @bullet
12466 @item
12467 Ada.Text_IO
12468 @item
12469 Ada.Text_IO.Complex_IO
12470 @item
12471 Ada.Text_IO.Text_Streams
12472 @item
12473 Ada.Wide_Text_IO
12474 @item
12475 Ada.Wide_Text_IO.Complex_IO
12476 @item
12477 Ada.Wide_Text_IO.Text_Streams
12478 @item
12479 Ada.Wide_Wide_Text_IO
12480 @item
12481 Ada.Wide_Wide_Text_IO.Complex_IO
12482 @item
12483 Ada.Wide_Wide_Text_IO.Text_Streams
12484 @item
12485 Ada.Stream_IO
12486 @item
12487 Ada.Sequential_IO
12488 @item
12489 Ada.Direct_IO
12490 @end itemize
12491
12492 @noindent
12493 are implemented using the C
12494 library streams facility; where
12495
12496 @itemize @bullet
12497 @item
12498 All files are opened using @code{fopen}.
12499 @item
12500 All input/output operations use @code{fread}/@code{fwrite}.
12501 @end itemize
12502
12503 @noindent
12504 There is no internal buffering of any kind at the Ada library level. The only
12505 buffering is that provided at the system level in the implementation of the
12506 library routines that support streams. This facilitates shared use of these
12507 streams by mixed language programs. Note though that system level buffering is
12508 explicitly enabled at elaboration of the standard I/O packages and that can
12509 have an impact on mixed language programs, in particular those using I/O before
12510 calling the Ada elaboration routine (e.g.@: adainit). It is recommended to call
12511 the Ada elaboration routine before performing any I/O or when impractical,
12512 flush the common I/O streams and in particular Standard_Output before
12513 elaborating the Ada code.
12514
12515 @node FORM Strings
12516 @section FORM Strings
12517
12518 @noindent
12519 The format of a FORM string in GNAT is:
12520
12521 @smallexample
12522 "keyword=value,keyword=value,@dots{},keyword=value"
12523 @end smallexample
12524
12525 @noindent
12526 where letters may be in upper or lower case, and there are no spaces
12527 between values. The order of the entries is not important. Currently
12528 the following keywords defined.
12529
12530 @smallexample
12531 TEXT_TRANSLATION=[YES|NO]
12532 SHARED=[YES|NO]
12533 WCEM=[n|h|u|s|e|8|b]
12534 ENCODING=[UTF8|8BITS]
12535 @end smallexample
12536
12537 @noindent
12538 The use of these parameters is described later in this section.
12539
12540 @node Direct_IO
12541 @section Direct_IO
12542
12543 @noindent
12544 Direct_IO can only be instantiated for definite types. This is a
12545 restriction of the Ada language, which means that the records are fixed
12546 length (the length being determined by @code{@var{type}'Size}, rounded
12547 up to the next storage unit boundary if necessary).
12548
12549 The records of a Direct_IO file are simply written to the file in index
12550 sequence, with the first record starting at offset zero, and subsequent
12551 records following. There is no control information of any kind. For
12552 example, if 32-bit integers are being written, each record takes
12553 4-bytes, so the record at index @var{K} starts at offset
12554 (@var{K}@minus{}1)*4.
12555
12556 There is no limit on the size of Direct_IO files, they are expanded as
12557 necessary to accommodate whatever records are written to the file.
12558
12559 @node Sequential_IO
12560 @section Sequential_IO
12561
12562 @noindent
12563 Sequential_IO may be instantiated with either a definite (constrained)
12564 or indefinite (unconstrained) type.
12565
12566 For the definite type case, the elements written to the file are simply
12567 the memory images of the data values with no control information of any
12568 kind. The resulting file should be read using the same type, no validity
12569 checking is performed on input.
12570
12571 For the indefinite type case, the elements written consist of two
12572 parts. First is the size of the data item, written as the memory image
12573 of a @code{Interfaces.C.size_t} value, followed by the memory image of
12574 the data value. The resulting file can only be read using the same
12575 (unconstrained) type. Normal assignment checks are performed on these
12576 read operations, and if these checks fail, @code{Data_Error} is
12577 raised. In particular, in the array case, the lengths must match, and in
12578 the variant record case, if the variable for a particular read operation
12579 is constrained, the discriminants must match.
12580
12581 Note that it is not possible to use Sequential_IO to write variable
12582 length array items, and then read the data back into different length
12583 arrays. For example, the following will raise @code{Data_Error}:
12584
12585 @smallexample @c ada
12586 package IO is new Sequential_IO (String);
12587 F : IO.File_Type;
12588 S : String (1..4);
12589 @dots{}
12590 IO.Create (F)
12591 IO.Write (F, "hello!")
12592 IO.Reset (F, Mode=>In_File);
12593 IO.Read (F, S);
12594 Put_Line (S);
12595
12596 @end smallexample
12597
12598 @noindent
12599 On some Ada implementations, this will print @code{hell}, but the program is
12600 clearly incorrect, since there is only one element in the file, and that
12601 element is the string @code{hello!}.
12602
12603 In Ada 95 and Ada 2005, this kind of behavior can be legitimately achieved
12604 using Stream_IO, and this is the preferred mechanism. In particular, the
12605 above program fragment rewritten to use Stream_IO will work correctly.
12606
12607 @node Text_IO
12608 @section Text_IO
12609
12610 @noindent
12611 Text_IO files consist of a stream of characters containing the following
12612 special control characters:
12613
12614 @smallexample
12615 LF (line feed, 16#0A#) Line Mark
12616 FF (form feed, 16#0C#) Page Mark
12617 @end smallexample
12618
12619 @noindent
12620 A canonical Text_IO file is defined as one in which the following
12621 conditions are met:
12622
12623 @itemize @bullet
12624 @item
12625 The character @code{LF} is used only as a line mark, i.e.@: to mark the end
12626 of the line.
12627
12628 @item
12629 The character @code{FF} is used only as a page mark, i.e.@: to mark the
12630 end of a page and consequently can appear only immediately following a
12631 @code{LF} (line mark) character.
12632
12633 @item
12634 The file ends with either @code{LF} (line mark) or @code{LF}-@code{FF}
12635 (line mark, page mark). In the former case, the page mark is implicitly
12636 assumed to be present.
12637 @end itemize
12638
12639 @noindent
12640 A file written using Text_IO will be in canonical form provided that no
12641 explicit @code{LF} or @code{FF} characters are written using @code{Put}
12642 or @code{Put_Line}. There will be no @code{FF} character at the end of
12643 the file unless an explicit @code{New_Page} operation was performed
12644 before closing the file.
12645
12646 A canonical Text_IO file that is a regular file (i.e., not a device or a
12647 pipe) can be read using any of the routines in Text_IO@. The
12648 semantics in this case will be exactly as defined in the Ada Reference
12649 Manual, and all the routines in Text_IO are fully implemented.
12650
12651 A text file that does not meet the requirements for a canonical Text_IO
12652 file has one of the following:
12653
12654 @itemize @bullet
12655 @item
12656 The file contains @code{FF} characters not immediately following a
12657 @code{LF} character.
12658
12659 @item
12660 The file contains @code{LF} or @code{FF} characters written by
12661 @code{Put} or @code{Put_Line}, which are not logically considered to be
12662 line marks or page marks.
12663
12664 @item
12665 The file ends in a character other than @code{LF} or @code{FF},
12666 i.e.@: there is no explicit line mark or page mark at the end of the file.
12667 @end itemize
12668
12669 @noindent
12670 Text_IO can be used to read such non-standard text files but subprograms
12671 to do with line or page numbers do not have defined meanings. In
12672 particular, a @code{FF} character that does not follow a @code{LF}
12673 character may or may not be treated as a page mark from the point of
12674 view of page and line numbering. Every @code{LF} character is considered
12675 to end a line, and there is an implied @code{LF} character at the end of
12676 the file.
12677
12678 @menu
12679 * Text_IO Stream Pointer Positioning::
12680 * Text_IO Reading and Writing Non-Regular Files::
12681 * Get_Immediate::
12682 * Treating Text_IO Files as Streams::
12683 * Text_IO Extensions::
12684 * Text_IO Facilities for Unbounded Strings::
12685 @end menu
12686
12687 @node Text_IO Stream Pointer Positioning
12688 @subsection Stream Pointer Positioning
12689
12690 @noindent
12691 @code{Ada.Text_IO} has a definition of current position for a file that
12692 is being read. No internal buffering occurs in Text_IO, and usually the
12693 physical position in the stream used to implement the file corresponds
12694 to this logical position defined by Text_IO@. There are two exceptions:
12695
12696 @itemize @bullet
12697 @item
12698 After a call to @code{End_Of_Page} that returns @code{True}, the stream
12699 is positioned past the @code{LF} (line mark) that precedes the page
12700 mark. Text_IO maintains an internal flag so that subsequent read
12701 operations properly handle the logical position which is unchanged by
12702 the @code{End_Of_Page} call.
12703
12704 @item
12705 After a call to @code{End_Of_File} that returns @code{True}, if the
12706 Text_IO file was positioned before the line mark at the end of file
12707 before the call, then the logical position is unchanged, but the stream
12708 is physically positioned right at the end of file (past the line mark,
12709 and past a possible page mark following the line mark. Again Text_IO
12710 maintains internal flags so that subsequent read operations properly
12711 handle the logical position.
12712 @end itemize
12713
12714 @noindent
12715 These discrepancies have no effect on the observable behavior of
12716 Text_IO, but if a single Ada stream is shared between a C program and
12717 Ada program, or shared (using @samp{shared=yes} in the form string)
12718 between two Ada files, then the difference may be observable in some
12719 situations.
12720
12721 @node Text_IO Reading and Writing Non-Regular Files
12722 @subsection Reading and Writing Non-Regular Files
12723
12724 @noindent
12725 A non-regular file is a device (such as a keyboard), or a pipe. Text_IO
12726 can be used for reading and writing. Writing is not affected and the
12727 sequence of characters output is identical to the normal file case, but
12728 for reading, the behavior of Text_IO is modified to avoid undesirable
12729 look-ahead as follows:
12730
12731 An input file that is not a regular file is considered to have no page
12732 marks. Any @code{Ascii.FF} characters (the character normally used for a
12733 page mark) appearing in the file are considered to be data
12734 characters. In particular:
12735
12736 @itemize @bullet
12737 @item
12738 @code{Get_Line} and @code{Skip_Line} do not test for a page mark
12739 following a line mark. If a page mark appears, it will be treated as a
12740 data character.
12741
12742 @item
12743 This avoids the need to wait for an extra character to be typed or
12744 entered from the pipe to complete one of these operations.
12745
12746 @item
12747 @code{End_Of_Page} always returns @code{False}
12748
12749 @item
12750 @code{End_Of_File} will return @code{False} if there is a page mark at
12751 the end of the file.
12752 @end itemize
12753
12754 @noindent
12755 Output to non-regular files is the same as for regular files. Page marks
12756 may be written to non-regular files using @code{New_Page}, but as noted
12757 above they will not be treated as page marks on input if the output is
12758 piped to another Ada program.
12759
12760 Another important discrepancy when reading non-regular files is that the end
12761 of file indication is not ``sticky''. If an end of file is entered, e.g.@: by
12762 pressing the @key{EOT} key,
12763 then end of file
12764 is signaled once (i.e.@: the test @code{End_Of_File}
12765 will yield @code{True}, or a read will
12766 raise @code{End_Error}), but then reading can resume
12767 to read data past that end of
12768 file indication, until another end of file indication is entered.
12769
12770 @node Get_Immediate
12771 @subsection Get_Immediate
12772 @cindex Get_Immediate
12773
12774 @noindent
12775 Get_Immediate returns the next character (including control characters)
12776 from the input file. In particular, Get_Immediate will return LF or FF
12777 characters used as line marks or page marks. Such operations leave the
12778 file positioned past the control character, and it is thus not treated
12779 as having its normal function. This means that page, line and column
12780 counts after this kind of Get_Immediate call are set as though the mark
12781 did not occur. In the case where a Get_Immediate leaves the file
12782 positioned between the line mark and page mark (which is not normally
12783 possible), it is undefined whether the FF character will be treated as a
12784 page mark.
12785
12786 @node Treating Text_IO Files as Streams
12787 @subsection Treating Text_IO Files as Streams
12788 @cindex Stream files
12789
12790 @noindent
12791 The package @code{Text_IO.Streams} allows a Text_IO file to be treated
12792 as a stream. Data written to a Text_IO file in this stream mode is
12793 binary data. If this binary data contains bytes 16#0A# (@code{LF}) or
12794 16#0C# (@code{FF}), the resulting file may have non-standard
12795 format. Similarly if read operations are used to read from a Text_IO
12796 file treated as a stream, then @code{LF} and @code{FF} characters may be
12797 skipped and the effect is similar to that described above for
12798 @code{Get_Immediate}.
12799
12800 @node Text_IO Extensions
12801 @subsection Text_IO Extensions
12802 @cindex Text_IO extensions
12803
12804 @noindent
12805 A package GNAT.IO_Aux in the GNAT library provides some useful extensions
12806 to the standard @code{Text_IO} package:
12807
12808 @itemize @bullet
12809 @item function File_Exists (Name : String) return Boolean;
12810 Determines if a file of the given name exists.
12811
12812 @item function Get_Line return String;
12813 Reads a string from the standard input file. The value returned is exactly
12814 the length of the line that was read.
12815
12816 @item function Get_Line (File : Ada.Text_IO.File_Type) return String;
12817 Similar, except that the parameter File specifies the file from which
12818 the string is to be read.
12819
12820 @end itemize
12821
12822 @node Text_IO Facilities for Unbounded Strings
12823 @subsection Text_IO Facilities for Unbounded Strings
12824 @cindex Text_IO for unbounded strings
12825 @cindex Unbounded_String, Text_IO operations
12826
12827 @noindent
12828 The package @code{Ada.Strings.Unbounded.Text_IO}
12829 in library files @code{a-suteio.ads/adb} contains some GNAT-specific
12830 subprograms useful for Text_IO operations on unbounded strings:
12831
12832 @itemize @bullet
12833
12834 @item function Get_Line (File : File_Type) return Unbounded_String;
12835 Reads a line from the specified file
12836 and returns the result as an unbounded string.
12837
12838 @item procedure Put (File : File_Type; U : Unbounded_String);
12839 Writes the value of the given unbounded string to the specified file
12840 Similar to the effect of
12841 @code{Put (To_String (U))} except that an extra copy is avoided.
12842
12843 @item procedure Put_Line (File : File_Type; U : Unbounded_String);
12844 Writes the value of the given unbounded string to the specified file,
12845 followed by a @code{New_Line}.
12846 Similar to the effect of @code{Put_Line (To_String (U))} except
12847 that an extra copy is avoided.
12848 @end itemize
12849
12850 @noindent
12851 In the above procedures, @code{File} is of type @code{Ada.Text_IO.File_Type}
12852 and is optional. If the parameter is omitted, then the standard input or
12853 output file is referenced as appropriate.
12854
12855 The package @code{Ada.Strings.Wide_Unbounded.Wide_Text_IO} in library
12856 files @file{a-swuwti.ads} and @file{a-swuwti.adb} provides similar extended
12857 @code{Wide_Text_IO} functionality for unbounded wide strings.
12858
12859 The package @code{Ada.Strings.Wide_Wide_Unbounded.Wide_Wide_Text_IO} in library
12860 files @file{a-szuzti.ads} and @file{a-szuzti.adb} provides similar extended
12861 @code{Wide_Wide_Text_IO} functionality for unbounded wide wide strings.
12862
12863 @node Wide_Text_IO
12864 @section Wide_Text_IO
12865
12866 @noindent
12867 @code{Wide_Text_IO} is similar in most respects to Text_IO, except that
12868 both input and output files may contain special sequences that represent
12869 wide character values. The encoding scheme for a given file may be
12870 specified using a FORM parameter:
12871
12872 @smallexample
12873 WCEM=@var{x}
12874 @end smallexample
12875
12876 @noindent
12877 as part of the FORM string (WCEM = wide character encoding method),
12878 where @var{x} is one of the following characters
12879
12880 @table @samp
12881 @item h
12882 Hex ESC encoding
12883 @item u
12884 Upper half encoding
12885 @item s
12886 Shift-JIS encoding
12887 @item e
12888 EUC Encoding
12889 @item 8
12890 UTF-8 encoding
12891 @item b
12892 Brackets encoding
12893 @end table
12894
12895 @noindent
12896 The encoding methods match those that
12897 can be used in a source
12898 program, but there is no requirement that the encoding method used for
12899 the source program be the same as the encoding method used for files,
12900 and different files may use different encoding methods.
12901
12902 The default encoding method for the standard files, and for opened files
12903 for which no WCEM parameter is given in the FORM string matches the
12904 wide character encoding specified for the main program (the default
12905 being brackets encoding if no coding method was specified with -gnatW).
12906
12907 @table @asis
12908 @item Hex Coding
12909 In this encoding, a wide character is represented by a five character
12910 sequence:
12911
12912 @smallexample
12913 ESC a b c d
12914 @end smallexample
12915
12916 @noindent
12917 where @var{a}, @var{b}, @var{c}, @var{d} are the four hexadecimal
12918 characters (using upper case letters) of the wide character code. For
12919 example, ESC A345 is used to represent the wide character with code
12920 16#A345#. This scheme is compatible with use of the full
12921 @code{Wide_Character} set.
12922
12923 @item Upper Half Coding
12924 The wide character with encoding 16#abcd#, where the upper bit is on
12925 (i.e.@: a is in the range 8-F) is represented as two bytes 16#ab# and
12926 16#cd#. The second byte may never be a format control character, but is
12927 not required to be in the upper half. This method can be also used for
12928 shift-JIS or EUC where the internal coding matches the external coding.
12929
12930 @item Shift JIS Coding
12931 A wide character is represented by a two character sequence 16#ab# and
12932 16#cd#, with the restrictions described for upper half encoding as
12933 described above. The internal character code is the corresponding JIS
12934 character according to the standard algorithm for Shift-JIS
12935 conversion. Only characters defined in the JIS code set table can be
12936 used with this encoding method.
12937
12938 @item EUC Coding
12939 A wide character is represented by a two character sequence 16#ab# and
12940 16#cd#, with both characters being in the upper half. The internal
12941 character code is the corresponding JIS character according to the EUC
12942 encoding algorithm. Only characters defined in the JIS code set table
12943 can be used with this encoding method.
12944
12945 @item UTF-8 Coding
12946 A wide character is represented using
12947 UCS Transformation Format 8 (UTF-8) as defined in Annex R of ISO
12948 10646-1/Am.2. Depending on the character value, the representation
12949 is a one, two, or three byte sequence:
12950
12951 @smallexample
12952 16#0000#-16#007f#: 2#0xxxxxxx#
12953 16#0080#-16#07ff#: 2#110xxxxx# 2#10xxxxxx#
12954 16#0800#-16#ffff#: 2#1110xxxx# 2#10xxxxxx# 2#10xxxxxx#
12955 @end smallexample
12956
12957 @noindent
12958 where the @var{xxx} bits correspond to the left-padded bits of the
12959 16-bit character value. Note that all lower half ASCII characters
12960 are represented as ASCII bytes and all upper half characters and
12961 other wide characters are represented as sequences of upper-half
12962 (The full UTF-8 scheme allows for encoding 31-bit characters as
12963 6-byte sequences, but in this implementation, all UTF-8 sequences
12964 of four or more bytes length will raise a Constraint_Error, as
12965 will all invalid UTF-8 sequences.)
12966
12967 @item Brackets Coding
12968 In this encoding, a wide character is represented by the following eight
12969 character sequence:
12970
12971 @smallexample
12972 [ " a b c d " ]
12973 @end smallexample
12974
12975 @noindent
12976 where @code{a}, @code{b}, @code{c}, @code{d} are the four hexadecimal
12977 characters (using uppercase letters) of the wide character code. For
12978 example, @code{["A345"]} is used to represent the wide character with code
12979 @code{16#A345#}.
12980 This scheme is compatible with use of the full Wide_Character set.
12981 On input, brackets coding can also be used for upper half characters,
12982 e.g.@: @code{["C1"]} for lower case a. However, on output, brackets notation
12983 is only used for wide characters with a code greater than @code{16#FF#}.
12984
12985 Note that brackets coding is not normally used in the context of
12986 Wide_Text_IO or Wide_Wide_Text_IO, since it is really just designed as
12987 a portable way of encoding source files. In the context of Wide_Text_IO
12988 or Wide_Wide_Text_IO, it can only be used if the file does not contain
12989 any instance of the left bracket character other than to encode wide
12990 character values using the brackets encoding method. In practice it is
12991 expected that some standard wide character encoding method such
12992 as UTF-8 will be used for text input output.
12993
12994 If brackets notation is used, then any occurrence of a left bracket
12995 in the input file which is not the start of a valid wide character
12996 sequence will cause Constraint_Error to be raised. It is possible to
12997 encode a left bracket as ["5B"] and Wide_Text_IO and Wide_Wide_Text_IO
12998 input will interpret this as a left bracket.
12999
13000 However, when a left bracket is output, it will be output as a left bracket
13001 and not as ["5B"]. We make this decision because for normal use of
13002 Wide_Text_IO for outputting messages, it is unpleasant to clobber left
13003 brackets. For example, if we write:
13004
13005 @smallexample
13006 Put_Line ("Start of output [first run]");
13007 @end smallexample
13008
13009 @noindent
13010 we really do not want to have the left bracket in this message clobbered so
13011 that the output reads:
13012
13013 @smallexample
13014 Start of output ["5B"]first run]
13015 @end smallexample
13016
13017 @noindent
13018 In practice brackets encoding is reasonably useful for normal Put_Line use
13019 since we won't get confused between left brackets and wide character
13020 sequences in the output. But for input, or when files are written out
13021 and read back in, it really makes better sense to use one of the standard
13022 encoding methods such as UTF-8.
13023
13024 @end table
13025
13026 @noindent
13027 For the coding schemes other than UTF-8, Hex, or Brackets encoding,
13028 not all wide character
13029 values can be represented. An attempt to output a character that cannot
13030 be represented using the encoding scheme for the file causes
13031 Constraint_Error to be raised. An invalid wide character sequence on
13032 input also causes Constraint_Error to be raised.
13033
13034 @menu
13035 * Wide_Text_IO Stream Pointer Positioning::
13036 * Wide_Text_IO Reading and Writing Non-Regular Files::
13037 @end menu
13038
13039 @node Wide_Text_IO Stream Pointer Positioning
13040 @subsection Stream Pointer Positioning
13041
13042 @noindent
13043 @code{Ada.Wide_Text_IO} is similar to @code{Ada.Text_IO} in its handling
13044 of stream pointer positioning (@pxref{Text_IO}). There is one additional
13045 case:
13046
13047 If @code{Ada.Wide_Text_IO.Look_Ahead} reads a character outside the
13048 normal lower ASCII set (i.e.@: a character in the range:
13049
13050 @smallexample @c ada
13051 Wide_Character'Val (16#0080#) .. Wide_Character'Val (16#FFFF#)
13052 @end smallexample
13053
13054 @noindent
13055 then although the logical position of the file pointer is unchanged by
13056 the @code{Look_Ahead} call, the stream is physically positioned past the
13057 wide character sequence. Again this is to avoid the need for buffering
13058 or backup, and all @code{Wide_Text_IO} routines check the internal
13059 indication that this situation has occurred so that this is not visible
13060 to a normal program using @code{Wide_Text_IO}. However, this discrepancy
13061 can be observed if the wide text file shares a stream with another file.
13062
13063 @node Wide_Text_IO Reading and Writing Non-Regular Files
13064 @subsection Reading and Writing Non-Regular Files
13065
13066 @noindent
13067 As in the case of Text_IO, when a non-regular file is read, it is
13068 assumed that the file contains no page marks (any form characters are
13069 treated as data characters), and @code{End_Of_Page} always returns
13070 @code{False}. Similarly, the end of file indication is not sticky, so
13071 it is possible to read beyond an end of file.
13072
13073 @node Wide_Wide_Text_IO
13074 @section Wide_Wide_Text_IO
13075
13076 @noindent
13077 @code{Wide_Wide_Text_IO} is similar in most respects to Text_IO, except that
13078 both input and output files may contain special sequences that represent
13079 wide wide character values. The encoding scheme for a given file may be
13080 specified using a FORM parameter:
13081
13082 @smallexample
13083 WCEM=@var{x}
13084 @end smallexample
13085
13086 @noindent
13087 as part of the FORM string (WCEM = wide character encoding method),
13088 where @var{x} is one of the following characters
13089
13090 @table @samp
13091 @item h
13092 Hex ESC encoding
13093 @item u
13094 Upper half encoding
13095 @item s
13096 Shift-JIS encoding
13097 @item e
13098 EUC Encoding
13099 @item 8
13100 UTF-8 encoding
13101 @item b
13102 Brackets encoding
13103 @end table
13104
13105 @noindent
13106 The encoding methods match those that
13107 can be used in a source
13108 program, but there is no requirement that the encoding method used for
13109 the source program be the same as the encoding method used for files,
13110 and different files may use different encoding methods.
13111
13112 The default encoding method for the standard files, and for opened files
13113 for which no WCEM parameter is given in the FORM string matches the
13114 wide character encoding specified for the main program (the default
13115 being brackets encoding if no coding method was specified with -gnatW).
13116
13117 @table @asis
13118
13119 @item UTF-8 Coding
13120 A wide character is represented using
13121 UCS Transformation Format 8 (UTF-8) as defined in Annex R of ISO
13122 10646-1/Am.2. Depending on the character value, the representation
13123 is a one, two, three, or four byte sequence:
13124
13125 @smallexample
13126 16#000000#-16#00007f#: 2#0xxxxxxx#
13127 16#000080#-16#0007ff#: 2#110xxxxx# 2#10xxxxxx#
13128 16#000800#-16#00ffff#: 2#1110xxxx# 2#10xxxxxx# 2#10xxxxxx#
13129 16#010000#-16#10ffff#: 2#11110xxx# 2#10xxxxxx# 2#10xxxxxx# 2#10xxxxxx#
13130 @end smallexample
13131
13132 @noindent
13133 where the @var{xxx} bits correspond to the left-padded bits of the
13134 21-bit character value. Note that all lower half ASCII characters
13135 are represented as ASCII bytes and all upper half characters and
13136 other wide characters are represented as sequences of upper-half
13137 characters.
13138
13139 @item Brackets Coding
13140 In this encoding, a wide wide character is represented by the following eight
13141 character sequence if is in wide character range
13142
13143 @smallexample
13144 [ " a b c d " ]
13145 @end smallexample
13146
13147 and by the following ten character sequence if not
13148
13149 @smallexample
13150 [ " a b c d e f " ]
13151 @end smallexample
13152
13153 @noindent
13154 where @code{a}, @code{b}, @code{c}, @code{d}, @code{e}, and @code{f}
13155 are the four or six hexadecimal
13156 characters (using uppercase letters) of the wide wide character code. For
13157 example, @code{["01A345"]} is used to represent the wide wide character
13158 with code @code{16#01A345#}.
13159
13160 This scheme is compatible with use of the full Wide_Wide_Character set.
13161 On input, brackets coding can also be used for upper half characters,
13162 e.g.@: @code{["C1"]} for lower case a. However, on output, brackets notation
13163 is only used for wide characters with a code greater than @code{16#FF#}.
13164
13165 @end table
13166
13167 @noindent
13168 If is also possible to use the other Wide_Character encoding methods,
13169 such as Shift-JIS, but the other schemes cannot support the full range
13170 of wide wide characters.
13171 An attempt to output a character that cannot
13172 be represented using the encoding scheme for the file causes
13173 Constraint_Error to be raised. An invalid wide character sequence on
13174 input also causes Constraint_Error to be raised.
13175
13176 @menu
13177 * Wide_Wide_Text_IO Stream Pointer Positioning::
13178 * Wide_Wide_Text_IO Reading and Writing Non-Regular Files::
13179 @end menu
13180
13181 @node Wide_Wide_Text_IO Stream Pointer Positioning
13182 @subsection Stream Pointer Positioning
13183
13184 @noindent
13185 @code{Ada.Wide_Wide_Text_IO} is similar to @code{Ada.Text_IO} in its handling
13186 of stream pointer positioning (@pxref{Text_IO}). There is one additional
13187 case:
13188
13189 If @code{Ada.Wide_Wide_Text_IO.Look_Ahead} reads a character outside the
13190 normal lower ASCII set (i.e.@: a character in the range:
13191
13192 @smallexample @c ada
13193 Wide_Wide_Character'Val (16#0080#) .. Wide_Wide_Character'Val (16#10FFFF#)
13194 @end smallexample
13195
13196 @noindent
13197 then although the logical position of the file pointer is unchanged by
13198 the @code{Look_Ahead} call, the stream is physically positioned past the
13199 wide character sequence. Again this is to avoid the need for buffering
13200 or backup, and all @code{Wide_Wide_Text_IO} routines check the internal
13201 indication that this situation has occurred so that this is not visible
13202 to a normal program using @code{Wide_Wide_Text_IO}. However, this discrepancy
13203 can be observed if the wide text file shares a stream with another file.
13204
13205 @node Wide_Wide_Text_IO Reading and Writing Non-Regular Files
13206 @subsection Reading and Writing Non-Regular Files
13207
13208 @noindent
13209 As in the case of Text_IO, when a non-regular file is read, it is
13210 assumed that the file contains no page marks (any form characters are
13211 treated as data characters), and @code{End_Of_Page} always returns
13212 @code{False}. Similarly, the end of file indication is not sticky, so
13213 it is possible to read beyond an end of file.
13214
13215 @node Stream_IO
13216 @section Stream_IO
13217
13218 @noindent
13219 A stream file is a sequence of bytes, where individual elements are
13220 written to the file as described in the Ada Reference Manual. The type
13221 @code{Stream_Element} is simply a byte. There are two ways to read or
13222 write a stream file.
13223
13224 @itemize @bullet
13225 @item
13226 The operations @code{Read} and @code{Write} directly read or write a
13227 sequence of stream elements with no control information.
13228
13229 @item
13230 The stream attributes applied to a stream file transfer data in the
13231 manner described for stream attributes.
13232 @end itemize
13233
13234 @node Text Translation
13235 @section Text Translation
13236
13237 @noindent
13238 @samp{Text_Translation=@var{xxx}} may be used as the Form parameter
13239 passed to Text_IO.Create and Text_IO.Open:
13240 @samp{Text_Translation=@var{Yes}} is the default, which means to
13241 translate LF to/from CR/LF on Windows systems.
13242 @samp{Text_Translation=@var{No}} disables this translation; i.e. it
13243 uses binary mode. For output files, @samp{Text_Translation=@var{No}}
13244 may be used to create Unix-style files on
13245 Windows. @samp{Text_Translation=@var{xxx}} has no effect on Unix
13246 systems.
13247
13248 @node Shared Files
13249 @section Shared Files
13250
13251 @noindent
13252 Section A.14 of the Ada Reference Manual allows implementations to
13253 provide a wide variety of behavior if an attempt is made to access the
13254 same external file with two or more internal files.
13255
13256 To provide a full range of functionality, while at the same time
13257 minimizing the problems of portability caused by this implementation
13258 dependence, GNAT handles file sharing as follows:
13259
13260 @itemize @bullet
13261 @item
13262 In the absence of a @samp{shared=@var{xxx}} form parameter, an attempt
13263 to open two or more files with the same full name is considered an error
13264 and is not supported. The exception @code{Use_Error} will be
13265 raised. Note that a file that is not explicitly closed by the program
13266 remains open until the program terminates.
13267
13268 @item
13269 If the form parameter @samp{shared=no} appears in the form string, the
13270 file can be opened or created with its own separate stream identifier,
13271 regardless of whether other files sharing the same external file are
13272 opened. The exact effect depends on how the C stream routines handle
13273 multiple accesses to the same external files using separate streams.
13274
13275 @item
13276 If the form parameter @samp{shared=yes} appears in the form string for
13277 each of two or more files opened using the same full name, the same
13278 stream is shared between these files, and the semantics are as described
13279 in Ada Reference Manual, Section A.14.
13280 @end itemize
13281
13282 @noindent
13283 When a program that opens multiple files with the same name is ported
13284 from another Ada compiler to GNAT, the effect will be that
13285 @code{Use_Error} is raised.
13286
13287 The documentation of the original compiler and the documentation of the
13288 program should then be examined to determine if file sharing was
13289 expected, and @samp{shared=@var{xxx}} parameters added to @code{Open}
13290 and @code{Create} calls as required.
13291
13292 When a program is ported from GNAT to some other Ada compiler, no
13293 special attention is required unless the @samp{shared=@var{xxx}} form
13294 parameter is used in the program. In this case, you must examine the
13295 documentation of the new compiler to see if it supports the required
13296 file sharing semantics, and form strings modified appropriately. Of
13297 course it may be the case that the program cannot be ported if the
13298 target compiler does not support the required functionality. The best
13299 approach in writing portable code is to avoid file sharing (and hence
13300 the use of the @samp{shared=@var{xxx}} parameter in the form string)
13301 completely.
13302
13303 One common use of file sharing in Ada 83 is the use of instantiations of
13304 Sequential_IO on the same file with different types, to achieve
13305 heterogeneous input-output. Although this approach will work in GNAT if
13306 @samp{shared=yes} is specified, it is preferable in Ada to use Stream_IO
13307 for this purpose (using the stream attributes)
13308
13309 @node Filenames encoding
13310 @section Filenames encoding
13311
13312 @noindent
13313 An encoding form parameter can be used to specify the filename
13314 encoding @samp{encoding=@var{xxx}}.
13315
13316 @itemize @bullet
13317 @item
13318 If the form parameter @samp{encoding=utf8} appears in the form string, the
13319 filename must be encoded in UTF-8.
13320
13321 @item
13322 If the form parameter @samp{encoding=8bits} appears in the form
13323 string, the filename must be a standard 8bits string.
13324 @end itemize
13325
13326 In the absence of a @samp{encoding=@var{xxx}} form parameter, the
13327 encoding is controlled by the @samp{GNAT_CODE_PAGE} environment
13328 variable. And if not set @samp{utf8} is assumed.
13329
13330 @table @samp
13331 @item CP_ACP
13332 The current system Windows ANSI code page.
13333 @item CP_UTF8
13334 UTF-8 encoding
13335 @end table
13336
13337 This encoding form parameter is only supported on the Windows
13338 platform. On the other Operating Systems the run-time is supporting
13339 UTF-8 natively.
13340
13341 @node Open Modes
13342 @section Open Modes
13343
13344 @noindent
13345 @code{Open} and @code{Create} calls result in a call to @code{fopen}
13346 using the mode shown in the following table:
13347
13348 @sp 2
13349 @center @code{Open} and @code{Create} Call Modes
13350 @smallexample
13351 @b{OPEN } @b{CREATE}
13352 Append_File "r+" "w+"
13353 In_File "r" "w+"
13354 Out_File (Direct_IO) "r+" "w"
13355 Out_File (all other cases) "w" "w"
13356 Inout_File "r+" "w+"
13357 @end smallexample
13358
13359 @noindent
13360 If text file translation is required, then either @samp{b} or @samp{t}
13361 is added to the mode, depending on the setting of Text. Text file
13362 translation refers to the mapping of CR/LF sequences in an external file
13363 to LF characters internally. This mapping only occurs in DOS and
13364 DOS-like systems, and is not relevant to other systems.
13365
13366 A special case occurs with Stream_IO@. As shown in the above table, the
13367 file is initially opened in @samp{r} or @samp{w} mode for the
13368 @code{In_File} and @code{Out_File} cases. If a @code{Set_Mode} operation
13369 subsequently requires switching from reading to writing or vice-versa,
13370 then the file is reopened in @samp{r+} mode to permit the required operation.
13371
13372 @node Operations on C Streams
13373 @section Operations on C Streams
13374 The package @code{Interfaces.C_Streams} provides an Ada program with direct
13375 access to the C library functions for operations on C streams:
13376
13377 @smallexample @c adanocomment
13378 package Interfaces.C_Streams is
13379 -- Note: the reason we do not use the types that are in
13380 -- Interfaces.C is that we want to avoid dragging in the
13381 -- code in this unit if possible.
13382 subtype chars is System.Address;
13383 -- Pointer to null-terminated array of characters
13384 subtype FILEs is System.Address;
13385 -- Corresponds to the C type FILE*
13386 subtype voids is System.Address;
13387 -- Corresponds to the C type void*
13388 subtype int is Integer;
13389 subtype long is Long_Integer;
13390 -- Note: the above types are subtypes deliberately, and it
13391 -- is part of this spec that the above correspondences are
13392 -- guaranteed. This means that it is legitimate to, for
13393 -- example, use Integer instead of int. We provide these
13394 -- synonyms for clarity, but in some cases it may be
13395 -- convenient to use the underlying types (for example to
13396 -- avoid an unnecessary dependency of a spec on the spec
13397 -- of this unit).
13398 type size_t is mod 2 ** Standard'Address_Size;
13399 NULL_Stream : constant FILEs;
13400 -- Value returned (NULL in C) to indicate an
13401 -- fdopen/fopen/tmpfile error
13402 ----------------------------------
13403 -- Constants Defined in stdio.h --
13404 ----------------------------------
13405 EOF : constant int;
13406 -- Used by a number of routines to indicate error or
13407 -- end of file
13408 IOFBF : constant int;
13409 IOLBF : constant int;
13410 IONBF : constant int;
13411 -- Used to indicate buffering mode for setvbuf call
13412 SEEK_CUR : constant int;
13413 SEEK_END : constant int;
13414 SEEK_SET : constant int;
13415 -- Used to indicate origin for fseek call
13416 function stdin return FILEs;
13417 function stdout return FILEs;
13418 function stderr return FILEs;
13419 -- Streams associated with standard files
13420 --------------------------
13421 -- Standard C functions --
13422 --------------------------
13423 -- The functions selected below are ones that are
13424 -- available in UNIX (but not necessarily in ANSI C).
13425 -- These are very thin interfaces
13426 -- which copy exactly the C headers. For more
13427 -- documentation on these functions, see the Microsoft C
13428 -- "Run-Time Library Reference" (Microsoft Press, 1990,
13429 -- ISBN 1-55615-225-6), which includes useful information
13430 -- on system compatibility.
13431 procedure clearerr (stream : FILEs);
13432 function fclose (stream : FILEs) return int;
13433 function fdopen (handle : int; mode : chars) return FILEs;
13434 function feof (stream : FILEs) return int;
13435 function ferror (stream : FILEs) return int;
13436 function fflush (stream : FILEs) return int;
13437 function fgetc (stream : FILEs) return int;
13438 function fgets (strng : chars; n : int; stream : FILEs)
13439 return chars;
13440 function fileno (stream : FILEs) return int;
13441 function fopen (filename : chars; Mode : chars)
13442 return FILEs;
13443 -- Note: to maintain target independence, use
13444 -- text_translation_required, a boolean variable defined in
13445 -- a-sysdep.c to deal with the target dependent text
13446 -- translation requirement. If this variable is set,
13447 -- then b/t should be appended to the standard mode
13448 -- argument to set the text translation mode off or on
13449 -- as required.
13450 function fputc (C : int; stream : FILEs) return int;
13451 function fputs (Strng : chars; Stream : FILEs) return int;
13452 function fread
13453 (buffer : voids;
13454 size : size_t;
13455 count : size_t;
13456 stream : FILEs)
13457 return size_t;
13458 function freopen
13459 (filename : chars;
13460 mode : chars;
13461 stream : FILEs)
13462 return FILEs;
13463 function fseek
13464 (stream : FILEs;
13465 offset : long;
13466 origin : int)
13467 return int;
13468 function ftell (stream : FILEs) return long;
13469 function fwrite
13470 (buffer : voids;
13471 size : size_t;
13472 count : size_t;
13473 stream : FILEs)
13474 return size_t;
13475 function isatty (handle : int) return int;
13476 procedure mktemp (template : chars);
13477 -- The return value (which is just a pointer to template)
13478 -- is discarded
13479 procedure rewind (stream : FILEs);
13480 function rmtmp return int;
13481 function setvbuf
13482 (stream : FILEs;
13483 buffer : chars;
13484 mode : int;
13485 size : size_t)
13486 return int;
13487
13488 function tmpfile return FILEs;
13489 function ungetc (c : int; stream : FILEs) return int;
13490 function unlink (filename : chars) return int;
13491 ---------------------
13492 -- Extra functions --
13493 ---------------------
13494 -- These functions supply slightly thicker bindings than
13495 -- those above. They are derived from functions in the
13496 -- C Run-Time Library, but may do a bit more work than
13497 -- just directly calling one of the Library functions.
13498 function is_regular_file (handle : int) return int;
13499 -- Tests if given handle is for a regular file (result 1)
13500 -- or for a non-regular file (pipe or device, result 0).
13501 ---------------------------------
13502 -- Control of Text/Binary Mode --
13503 ---------------------------------
13504 -- If text_translation_required is true, then the following
13505 -- functions may be used to dynamically switch a file from
13506 -- binary to text mode or vice versa. These functions have
13507 -- no effect if text_translation_required is false (i.e.@: in
13508 -- normal UNIX mode). Use fileno to get a stream handle.
13509 procedure set_binary_mode (handle : int);
13510 procedure set_text_mode (handle : int);
13511 ----------------------------
13512 -- Full Path Name support --
13513 ----------------------------
13514 procedure full_name (nam : chars; buffer : chars);
13515 -- Given a NUL terminated string representing a file
13516 -- name, returns in buffer a NUL terminated string
13517 -- representing the full path name for the file name.
13518 -- On systems where it is relevant the drive is also
13519 -- part of the full path name. It is the responsibility
13520 -- of the caller to pass an actual parameter for buffer
13521 -- that is big enough for any full path name. Use
13522 -- max_path_len given below as the size of buffer.
13523 max_path_len : integer;
13524 -- Maximum length of an allowable full path name on the
13525 -- system, including a terminating NUL character.
13526 end Interfaces.C_Streams;
13527 @end smallexample
13528
13529 @node Interfacing to C Streams
13530 @section Interfacing to C Streams
13531
13532 @noindent
13533 The packages in this section permit interfacing Ada files to C Stream
13534 operations.
13535
13536 @smallexample @c ada
13537 with Interfaces.C_Streams;
13538 package Ada.Sequential_IO.C_Streams is
13539 function C_Stream (F : File_Type)
13540 return Interfaces.C_Streams.FILEs;
13541 procedure Open
13542 (File : in out File_Type;
13543 Mode : in File_Mode;
13544 C_Stream : in Interfaces.C_Streams.FILEs;
13545 Form : in String := "");
13546 end Ada.Sequential_IO.C_Streams;
13547
13548 with Interfaces.C_Streams;
13549 package Ada.Direct_IO.C_Streams is
13550 function C_Stream (F : File_Type)
13551 return Interfaces.C_Streams.FILEs;
13552 procedure Open
13553 (File : in out File_Type;
13554 Mode : in File_Mode;
13555 C_Stream : in Interfaces.C_Streams.FILEs;
13556 Form : in String := "");
13557 end Ada.Direct_IO.C_Streams;
13558
13559 with Interfaces.C_Streams;
13560 package Ada.Text_IO.C_Streams is
13561 function C_Stream (F : File_Type)
13562 return Interfaces.C_Streams.FILEs;
13563 procedure Open
13564 (File : in out File_Type;
13565 Mode : in File_Mode;
13566 C_Stream : in Interfaces.C_Streams.FILEs;
13567 Form : in String := "");
13568 end Ada.Text_IO.C_Streams;
13569
13570 with Interfaces.C_Streams;
13571 package Ada.Wide_Text_IO.C_Streams is
13572 function C_Stream (F : File_Type)
13573 return Interfaces.C_Streams.FILEs;
13574 procedure Open
13575 (File : in out File_Type;
13576 Mode : in File_Mode;
13577 C_Stream : in Interfaces.C_Streams.FILEs;
13578 Form : in String := "");
13579 end Ada.Wide_Text_IO.C_Streams;
13580
13581 with Interfaces.C_Streams;
13582 package Ada.Wide_Wide_Text_IO.C_Streams is
13583 function C_Stream (F : File_Type)
13584 return Interfaces.C_Streams.FILEs;
13585 procedure Open
13586 (File : in out File_Type;
13587 Mode : in File_Mode;
13588 C_Stream : in Interfaces.C_Streams.FILEs;
13589 Form : in String := "");
13590 end Ada.Wide_Wide_Text_IO.C_Streams;
13591
13592 with Interfaces.C_Streams;
13593 package Ada.Stream_IO.C_Streams is
13594 function C_Stream (F : File_Type)
13595 return Interfaces.C_Streams.FILEs;
13596 procedure Open
13597 (File : in out File_Type;
13598 Mode : in File_Mode;
13599 C_Stream : in Interfaces.C_Streams.FILEs;
13600 Form : in String := "");
13601 end Ada.Stream_IO.C_Streams;
13602 @end smallexample
13603
13604 @noindent
13605 In each of these six packages, the @code{C_Stream} function obtains the
13606 @code{FILE} pointer from a currently opened Ada file. It is then
13607 possible to use the @code{Interfaces.C_Streams} package to operate on
13608 this stream, or the stream can be passed to a C program which can
13609 operate on it directly. Of course the program is responsible for
13610 ensuring that only appropriate sequences of operations are executed.
13611
13612 One particular use of relevance to an Ada program is that the
13613 @code{setvbuf} function can be used to control the buffering of the
13614 stream used by an Ada file. In the absence of such a call the standard
13615 default buffering is used.
13616
13617 The @code{Open} procedures in these packages open a file giving an
13618 existing C Stream instead of a file name. Typically this stream is
13619 imported from a C program, allowing an Ada file to operate on an
13620 existing C file.
13621
13622 @node The GNAT Library
13623 @chapter The GNAT Library
13624
13625 @noindent
13626 The GNAT library contains a number of general and special purpose packages.
13627 It represents functionality that the GNAT developers have found useful, and
13628 which is made available to GNAT users. The packages described here are fully
13629 supported, and upwards compatibility will be maintained in future releases,
13630 so you can use these facilities with the confidence that the same functionality
13631 will be available in future releases.
13632
13633 The chapter here simply gives a brief summary of the facilities available.
13634 The full documentation is found in the spec file for the package. The full
13635 sources of these library packages, including both spec and body, are provided
13636 with all GNAT releases. For example, to find out the full specifications of
13637 the SPITBOL pattern matching capability, including a full tutorial and
13638 extensive examples, look in the @file{g-spipat.ads} file in the library.
13639
13640 For each entry here, the package name (as it would appear in a @code{with}
13641 clause) is given, followed by the name of the corresponding spec file in
13642 parentheses. The packages are children in four hierarchies, @code{Ada},
13643 @code{Interfaces}, @code{System}, and @code{GNAT}, the latter being a
13644 GNAT-specific hierarchy.
13645
13646 Note that an application program should only use packages in one of these
13647 four hierarchies if the package is defined in the Ada Reference Manual,
13648 or is listed in this section of the GNAT Programmers Reference Manual.
13649 All other units should be considered internal implementation units and
13650 should not be directly @code{with}'ed by application code. The use of
13651 a @code{with} statement that references one of these internal implementation
13652 units makes an application potentially dependent on changes in versions
13653 of GNAT, and will generate a warning message.
13654
13655 @menu
13656 * Ada.Characters.Latin_9 (a-chlat9.ads)::
13657 * Ada.Characters.Wide_Latin_1 (a-cwila1.ads)::
13658 * Ada.Characters.Wide_Latin_9 (a-cwila9.ads)::
13659 * Ada.Characters.Wide_Wide_Latin_1 (a-chzla1.ads)::
13660 * Ada.Characters.Wide_Wide_Latin_9 (a-chzla9.ads)::
13661 * Ada.Command_Line.Environment (a-colien.ads)::
13662 * Ada.Command_Line.Remove (a-colire.ads)::
13663 * Ada.Command_Line.Response_File (a-clrefi.ads)::
13664 * Ada.Direct_IO.C_Streams (a-diocst.ads)::
13665 * Ada.Exceptions.Is_Null_Occurrence (a-einuoc.ads)::
13666 * Ada.Exceptions.Last_Chance_Handler (a-elchha.ads)::
13667 * Ada.Exceptions.Traceback (a-exctra.ads)::
13668 * Ada.Sequential_IO.C_Streams (a-siocst.ads)::
13669 * Ada.Streams.Stream_IO.C_Streams (a-ssicst.ads)::
13670 * Ada.Strings.Unbounded.Text_IO (a-suteio.ads)::
13671 * Ada.Strings.Wide_Unbounded.Wide_Text_IO (a-swuwti.ads)::
13672 * Ada.Strings.Wide_Wide_Unbounded.Wide_Wide_Text_IO (a-szuzti.ads)::
13673 * Ada.Text_IO.C_Streams (a-tiocst.ads)::
13674 * Ada.Text_IO.Reset_Standard_Files (a-tirsfi.ads)::
13675 * Ada.Wide_Characters.Unicode (a-wichun.ads)::
13676 * Ada.Wide_Text_IO.C_Streams (a-wtcstr.ads)::
13677 * Ada.Wide_Text_IO.Reset_Standard_Files (a-wrstfi.ads)::
13678 * Ada.Wide_Wide_Characters.Unicode (a-zchuni.ads)::
13679 * Ada.Wide_Wide_Text_IO.C_Streams (a-ztcstr.ads)::
13680 * Ada.Wide_Wide_Text_IO.Reset_Standard_Files (a-zrstfi.ads)::
13681 * GNAT.Altivec (g-altive.ads)::
13682 * GNAT.Altivec.Conversions (g-altcon.ads)::
13683 * GNAT.Altivec.Vector_Operations (g-alveop.ads)::
13684 * GNAT.Altivec.Vector_Types (g-alvety.ads)::
13685 * GNAT.Altivec.Vector_Views (g-alvevi.ads)::
13686 * GNAT.Array_Split (g-arrspl.ads)::
13687 * GNAT.AWK (g-awk.ads)::
13688 * GNAT.Bounded_Buffers (g-boubuf.ads)::
13689 * GNAT.Bounded_Mailboxes (g-boumai.ads)::
13690 * GNAT.Bubble_Sort (g-bubsor.ads)::
13691 * GNAT.Bubble_Sort_A (g-busora.ads)::
13692 * GNAT.Bubble_Sort_G (g-busorg.ads)::
13693 * GNAT.Byte_Order_Mark (g-byorma.ads)::
13694 * GNAT.Byte_Swapping (g-bytswa.ads)::
13695 * GNAT.Calendar (g-calend.ads)::
13696 * GNAT.Calendar.Time_IO (g-catiio.ads)::
13697 * GNAT.Case_Util (g-casuti.ads)::
13698 * GNAT.CGI (g-cgi.ads)::
13699 * GNAT.CGI.Cookie (g-cgicoo.ads)::
13700 * GNAT.CGI.Debug (g-cgideb.ads)::
13701 * GNAT.Command_Line (g-comlin.ads)::
13702 * GNAT.Compiler_Version (g-comver.ads)::
13703 * GNAT.Ctrl_C (g-ctrl_c.ads)::
13704 * GNAT.CRC32 (g-crc32.ads)::
13705 * GNAT.Current_Exception (g-curexc.ads)::
13706 * GNAT.Debug_Pools (g-debpoo.ads)::
13707 * GNAT.Debug_Utilities (g-debuti.ads)::
13708 * GNAT.Decode_String (g-decstr.ads)::
13709 * GNAT.Decode_UTF8_String (g-deutst.ads)::
13710 * GNAT.Directory_Operations (g-dirope.ads)::
13711 * GNAT.Directory_Operations.Iteration (g-diopit.ads)::
13712 * GNAT.Dynamic_HTables (g-dynhta.ads)::
13713 * GNAT.Dynamic_Tables (g-dyntab.ads)::
13714 * GNAT.Encode_String (g-encstr.ads)::
13715 * GNAT.Encode_UTF8_String (g-enutst.ads)::
13716 * GNAT.Exception_Actions (g-excact.ads)::
13717 * GNAT.Exception_Traces (g-exctra.ads)::
13718 * GNAT.Exceptions (g-except.ads)::
13719 * GNAT.Expect (g-expect.ads)::
13720 * GNAT.Float_Control (g-flocon.ads)::
13721 * GNAT.Heap_Sort (g-heasor.ads)::
13722 * GNAT.Heap_Sort_A (g-hesora.ads)::
13723 * GNAT.Heap_Sort_G (g-hesorg.ads)::
13724 * GNAT.HTable (g-htable.ads)::
13725 * GNAT.IO (g-io.ads)::
13726 * GNAT.IO_Aux (g-io_aux.ads)::
13727 * GNAT.Lock_Files (g-locfil.ads)::
13728 * GNAT.MBBS_Discrete_Random (g-mbdira.ads)::
13729 * GNAT.MBBS_Float_Random (g-mbflra.ads)::
13730 * GNAT.MD5 (g-md5.ads)::
13731 * GNAT.Memory_Dump (g-memdum.ads)::
13732 * GNAT.Most_Recent_Exception (g-moreex.ads)::
13733 * GNAT.OS_Lib (g-os_lib.ads)::
13734 * GNAT.Perfect_Hash_Generators (g-pehage.ads)::
13735 * GNAT.Random_Numbers (g-rannum.ads)::
13736 * GNAT.Regexp (g-regexp.ads)::
13737 * GNAT.Registry (g-regist.ads)::
13738 * GNAT.Regpat (g-regpat.ads)::
13739 * GNAT.Secondary_Stack_Info (g-sestin.ads)::
13740 * GNAT.Semaphores (g-semaph.ads)::
13741 * GNAT.Serial_Communications (g-sercom.ads)::
13742 * GNAT.SHA1 (g-sha1.ads)::
13743 * GNAT.SHA224 (g-sha224.ads)::
13744 * GNAT.SHA256 (g-sha256.ads)::
13745 * GNAT.SHA384 (g-sha384.ads)::
13746 * GNAT.SHA512 (g-sha512.ads)::
13747 * GNAT.Signals (g-signal.ads)::
13748 * GNAT.Sockets (g-socket.ads)::
13749 * GNAT.Source_Info (g-souinf.ads)::
13750 * GNAT.Spelling_Checker (g-speche.ads)::
13751 * GNAT.Spelling_Checker_Generic (g-spchge.ads)::
13752 * GNAT.Spitbol.Patterns (g-spipat.ads)::
13753 * GNAT.Spitbol (g-spitbo.ads)::
13754 * GNAT.Spitbol.Table_Boolean (g-sptabo.ads)::
13755 * GNAT.Spitbol.Table_Integer (g-sptain.ads)::
13756 * GNAT.Spitbol.Table_VString (g-sptavs.ads)::
13757 * GNAT.SSE (g-sse.ads)::
13758 * GNAT.SSE.Vector_Types (g-ssvety.ads)::
13759 * GNAT.Strings (g-string.ads)::
13760 * GNAT.String_Split (g-strspl.ads)::
13761 * GNAT.Table (g-table.ads)::
13762 * GNAT.Task_Lock (g-tasloc.ads)::
13763 * GNAT.Threads (g-thread.ads)::
13764 * GNAT.Time_Stamp (g-timsta.ads)::
13765 * GNAT.Traceback (g-traceb.ads)::
13766 * GNAT.Traceback.Symbolic (g-trasym.ads)::
13767 * GNAT.UTF_32 (g-utf_32.ads)::
13768 * GNAT.UTF_32_Spelling_Checker (g-u3spch.ads)::
13769 * GNAT.Wide_Spelling_Checker (g-wispch.ads)::
13770 * GNAT.Wide_String_Split (g-wistsp.ads)::
13771 * GNAT.Wide_Wide_Spelling_Checker (g-zspche.ads)::
13772 * GNAT.Wide_Wide_String_Split (g-zistsp.ads)::
13773 * Interfaces.C.Extensions (i-cexten.ads)::
13774 * Interfaces.C.Streams (i-cstrea.ads)::
13775 * Interfaces.CPP (i-cpp.ads)::
13776 * Interfaces.Packed_Decimal (i-pacdec.ads)::
13777 * Interfaces.VxWorks (i-vxwork.ads)::
13778 * Interfaces.VxWorks.IO (i-vxwoio.ads)::
13779 * System.Address_Image (s-addima.ads)::
13780 * System.Assertions (s-assert.ads)::
13781 * System.Memory (s-memory.ads)::
13782 * System.Partition_Interface (s-parint.ads)::
13783 * System.Pool_Global (s-pooglo.ads)::
13784 * System.Pool_Local (s-pooloc.ads)::
13785 * System.Restrictions (s-restri.ads)::
13786 * System.Rident (s-rident.ads)::
13787 * System.Strings.Stream_Ops (s-ststop.ads)::
13788 * System.Task_Info (s-tasinf.ads)::
13789 * System.Wch_Cnv (s-wchcnv.ads)::
13790 * System.Wch_Con (s-wchcon.ads)::
13791 @end menu
13792
13793 @node Ada.Characters.Latin_9 (a-chlat9.ads)
13794 @section @code{Ada.Characters.Latin_9} (@file{a-chlat9.ads})
13795 @cindex @code{Ada.Characters.Latin_9} (@file{a-chlat9.ads})
13796 @cindex Latin_9 constants for Character
13797
13798 @noindent
13799 This child of @code{Ada.Characters}
13800 provides a set of definitions corresponding to those in the
13801 RM-defined package @code{Ada.Characters.Latin_1} but with the
13802 few modifications required for @code{Latin-9}
13803 The provision of such a package
13804 is specifically authorized by the Ada Reference Manual
13805 (RM A.3.3(27)).
13806
13807 @node Ada.Characters.Wide_Latin_1 (a-cwila1.ads)
13808 @section @code{Ada.Characters.Wide_Latin_1} (@file{a-cwila1.ads})
13809 @cindex @code{Ada.Characters.Wide_Latin_1} (@file{a-cwila1.ads})
13810 @cindex Latin_1 constants for Wide_Character
13811
13812 @noindent
13813 This child of @code{Ada.Characters}
13814 provides a set of definitions corresponding to those in the
13815 RM-defined package @code{Ada.Characters.Latin_1} but with the
13816 types of the constants being @code{Wide_Character}
13817 instead of @code{Character}. The provision of such a package
13818 is specifically authorized by the Ada Reference Manual
13819 (RM A.3.3(27)).
13820
13821 @node Ada.Characters.Wide_Latin_9 (a-cwila9.ads)
13822 @section @code{Ada.Characters.Wide_Latin_9} (@file{a-cwila1.ads})
13823 @cindex @code{Ada.Characters.Wide_Latin_9} (@file{a-cwila1.ads})
13824 @cindex Latin_9 constants for Wide_Character
13825
13826 @noindent
13827 This child of @code{Ada.Characters}
13828 provides a set of definitions corresponding to those in the
13829 GNAT defined package @code{Ada.Characters.Latin_9} but with the
13830 types of the constants being @code{Wide_Character}
13831 instead of @code{Character}. The provision of such a package
13832 is specifically authorized by the Ada Reference Manual
13833 (RM A.3.3(27)).
13834
13835 @node Ada.Characters.Wide_Wide_Latin_1 (a-chzla1.ads)
13836 @section @code{Ada.Characters.Wide_Wide_Latin_1} (@file{a-chzla1.ads})
13837 @cindex @code{Ada.Characters.Wide_Wide_Latin_1} (@file{a-chzla1.ads})
13838 @cindex Latin_1 constants for Wide_Wide_Character
13839
13840 @noindent
13841 This child of @code{Ada.Characters}
13842 provides a set of definitions corresponding to those in the
13843 RM-defined package @code{Ada.Characters.Latin_1} but with the
13844 types of the constants being @code{Wide_Wide_Character}
13845 instead of @code{Character}. The provision of such a package
13846 is specifically authorized by the Ada Reference Manual
13847 (RM A.3.3(27)).
13848
13849 @node Ada.Characters.Wide_Wide_Latin_9 (a-chzla9.ads)
13850 @section @code{Ada.Characters.Wide_Wide_Latin_9} (@file{a-chzla9.ads})
13851 @cindex @code{Ada.Characters.Wide_Wide_Latin_9} (@file{a-chzla9.ads})
13852 @cindex Latin_9 constants for Wide_Wide_Character
13853
13854 @noindent
13855 This child of @code{Ada.Characters}
13856 provides a set of definitions corresponding to those in the
13857 GNAT defined package @code{Ada.Characters.Latin_9} but with the
13858 types of the constants being @code{Wide_Wide_Character}
13859 instead of @code{Character}. The provision of such a package
13860 is specifically authorized by the Ada Reference Manual
13861 (RM A.3.3(27)).
13862
13863 @node Ada.Command_Line.Environment (a-colien.ads)
13864 @section @code{Ada.Command_Line.Environment} (@file{a-colien.ads})
13865 @cindex @code{Ada.Command_Line.Environment} (@file{a-colien.ads})
13866 @cindex Environment entries
13867
13868 @noindent
13869 This child of @code{Ada.Command_Line}
13870 provides a mechanism for obtaining environment values on systems
13871 where this concept makes sense.
13872
13873 @node Ada.Command_Line.Remove (a-colire.ads)
13874 @section @code{Ada.Command_Line.Remove} (@file{a-colire.ads})
13875 @cindex @code{Ada.Command_Line.Remove} (@file{a-colire.ads})
13876 @cindex Removing command line arguments
13877 @cindex Command line, argument removal
13878
13879 @noindent
13880 This child of @code{Ada.Command_Line}
13881 provides a mechanism for logically removing
13882 arguments from the argument list. Once removed, an argument is not visible
13883 to further calls on the subprograms in @code{Ada.Command_Line} will not
13884 see the removed argument.
13885
13886 @node Ada.Command_Line.Response_File (a-clrefi.ads)
13887 @section @code{Ada.Command_Line.Response_File} (@file{a-clrefi.ads})
13888 @cindex @code{Ada.Command_Line.Response_File} (@file{a-clrefi.ads})
13889 @cindex Response file for command line
13890 @cindex Command line, response file
13891 @cindex Command line, handling long command lines
13892
13893 @noindent
13894 This child of @code{Ada.Command_Line} provides a mechanism facilities for
13895 getting command line arguments from a text file, called a "response file".
13896 Using a response file allow passing a set of arguments to an executable longer
13897 than the maximum allowed by the system on the command line.
13898
13899 @node Ada.Direct_IO.C_Streams (a-diocst.ads)
13900 @section @code{Ada.Direct_IO.C_Streams} (@file{a-diocst.ads})
13901 @cindex @code{Ada.Direct_IO.C_Streams} (@file{a-diocst.ads})
13902 @cindex C Streams, Interfacing with Direct_IO
13903
13904 @noindent
13905 This package provides subprograms that allow interfacing between
13906 C streams and @code{Direct_IO}. The stream identifier can be
13907 extracted from a file opened on the Ada side, and an Ada file
13908 can be constructed from a stream opened on the C side.
13909
13910 @node Ada.Exceptions.Is_Null_Occurrence (a-einuoc.ads)
13911 @section @code{Ada.Exceptions.Is_Null_Occurrence} (@file{a-einuoc.ads})
13912 @cindex @code{Ada.Exceptions.Is_Null_Occurrence} (@file{a-einuoc.ads})
13913 @cindex Null_Occurrence, testing for
13914
13915 @noindent
13916 This child subprogram provides a way of testing for the null
13917 exception occurrence (@code{Null_Occurrence}) without raising
13918 an exception.
13919
13920 @node Ada.Exceptions.Last_Chance_Handler (a-elchha.ads)
13921 @section @code{Ada.Exceptions.Last_Chance_Handler} (@file{a-elchha.ads})
13922 @cindex @code{Ada.Exceptions.Last_Chance_Handler} (@file{a-elchha.ads})
13923 @cindex Null_Occurrence, testing for
13924
13925 @noindent
13926 This child subprogram is used for handling otherwise unhandled
13927 exceptions (hence the name last chance), and perform clean ups before
13928 terminating the program. Note that this subprogram never returns.
13929
13930 @node Ada.Exceptions.Traceback (a-exctra.ads)
13931 @section @code{Ada.Exceptions.Traceback} (@file{a-exctra.ads})
13932 @cindex @code{Ada.Exceptions.Traceback} (@file{a-exctra.ads})
13933 @cindex Traceback for Exception Occurrence
13934
13935 @noindent
13936 This child package provides the subprogram (@code{Tracebacks}) to
13937 give a traceback array of addresses based on an exception
13938 occurrence.
13939
13940 @node Ada.Sequential_IO.C_Streams (a-siocst.ads)
13941 @section @code{Ada.Sequential_IO.C_Streams} (@file{a-siocst.ads})
13942 @cindex @code{Ada.Sequential_IO.C_Streams} (@file{a-siocst.ads})
13943 @cindex C Streams, Interfacing with Sequential_IO
13944
13945 @noindent
13946 This package provides subprograms that allow interfacing between
13947 C streams and @code{Sequential_IO}. The stream identifier can be
13948 extracted from a file opened on the Ada side, and an Ada file
13949 can be constructed from a stream opened on the C side.
13950
13951 @node Ada.Streams.Stream_IO.C_Streams (a-ssicst.ads)
13952 @section @code{Ada.Streams.Stream_IO.C_Streams} (@file{a-ssicst.ads})
13953 @cindex @code{Ada.Streams.Stream_IO.C_Streams} (@file{a-ssicst.ads})
13954 @cindex C Streams, Interfacing with Stream_IO
13955
13956 @noindent
13957 This package provides subprograms that allow interfacing between
13958 C streams and @code{Stream_IO}. The stream identifier can be
13959 extracted from a file opened on the Ada side, and an Ada file
13960 can be constructed from a stream opened on the C side.
13961
13962 @node Ada.Strings.Unbounded.Text_IO (a-suteio.ads)
13963 @section @code{Ada.Strings.Unbounded.Text_IO} (@file{a-suteio.ads})
13964 @cindex @code{Ada.Strings.Unbounded.Text_IO} (@file{a-suteio.ads})
13965 @cindex @code{Unbounded_String}, IO support
13966 @cindex @code{Text_IO}, extensions for unbounded strings
13967
13968 @noindent
13969 This package provides subprograms for Text_IO for unbounded
13970 strings, avoiding the necessity for an intermediate operation
13971 with ordinary strings.
13972
13973 @node Ada.Strings.Wide_Unbounded.Wide_Text_IO (a-swuwti.ads)
13974 @section @code{Ada.Strings.Wide_Unbounded.Wide_Text_IO} (@file{a-swuwti.ads})
13975 @cindex @code{Ada.Strings.Wide_Unbounded.Wide_Text_IO} (@file{a-swuwti.ads})
13976 @cindex @code{Unbounded_Wide_String}, IO support
13977 @cindex @code{Text_IO}, extensions for unbounded wide strings
13978
13979 @noindent
13980 This package provides subprograms for Text_IO for unbounded
13981 wide strings, avoiding the necessity for an intermediate operation
13982 with ordinary wide strings.
13983
13984 @node Ada.Strings.Wide_Wide_Unbounded.Wide_Wide_Text_IO (a-szuzti.ads)
13985 @section @code{Ada.Strings.Wide_Wide_Unbounded.Wide_Wide_Text_IO} (@file{a-szuzti.ads})
13986 @cindex @code{Ada.Strings.Wide_Wide_Unbounded.Wide_Wide_Text_IO} (@file{a-szuzti.ads})
13987 @cindex @code{Unbounded_Wide_Wide_String}, IO support
13988 @cindex @code{Text_IO}, extensions for unbounded wide wide strings
13989
13990 @noindent
13991 This package provides subprograms for Text_IO for unbounded
13992 wide wide strings, avoiding the necessity for an intermediate operation
13993 with ordinary wide wide strings.
13994
13995 @node Ada.Text_IO.C_Streams (a-tiocst.ads)
13996 @section @code{Ada.Text_IO.C_Streams} (@file{a-tiocst.ads})
13997 @cindex @code{Ada.Text_IO.C_Streams} (@file{a-tiocst.ads})
13998 @cindex C Streams, Interfacing with @code{Text_IO}
13999
14000 @noindent
14001 This package provides subprograms that allow interfacing between
14002 C streams and @code{Text_IO}. The stream identifier can be
14003 extracted from a file opened on the Ada side, and an Ada file
14004 can be constructed from a stream opened on the C side.
14005
14006 @node Ada.Text_IO.Reset_Standard_Files (a-tirsfi.ads)
14007 @section @code{Ada.Text_IO.Reset_Standard_Files} (@file{a-tirsfi.ads})
14008 @cindex @code{Ada.Text_IO.Reset_Standard_Files} (@file{a-tirsfi.ads})
14009 @cindex @code{Text_IO} resetting standard files
14010
14011 @noindent
14012 This procedure is used to reset the status of the standard files used
14013 by Ada.Text_IO. This is useful in a situation (such as a restart in an
14014 embedded application) where the status of the files may change during
14015 execution (for example a standard input file may be redefined to be
14016 interactive).
14017
14018 @node Ada.Wide_Characters.Unicode (a-wichun.ads)
14019 @section @code{Ada.Wide_Characters.Unicode} (@file{a-wichun.ads})
14020 @cindex @code{Ada.Wide_Characters.Unicode} (@file{a-wichun.ads})
14021 @cindex Unicode categorization, Wide_Character
14022
14023 @noindent
14024 This package provides subprograms that allow categorization of
14025 Wide_Character values according to Unicode categories.
14026
14027 @node Ada.Wide_Text_IO.C_Streams (a-wtcstr.ads)
14028 @section @code{Ada.Wide_Text_IO.C_Streams} (@file{a-wtcstr.ads})
14029 @cindex @code{Ada.Wide_Text_IO.C_Streams} (@file{a-wtcstr.ads})
14030 @cindex C Streams, Interfacing with @code{Wide_Text_IO}
14031
14032 @noindent
14033 This package provides subprograms that allow interfacing between
14034 C streams and @code{Wide_Text_IO}. The stream identifier can be
14035 extracted from a file opened on the Ada side, and an Ada file
14036 can be constructed from a stream opened on the C side.
14037
14038 @node Ada.Wide_Text_IO.Reset_Standard_Files (a-wrstfi.ads)
14039 @section @code{Ada.Wide_Text_IO.Reset_Standard_Files} (@file{a-wrstfi.ads})
14040 @cindex @code{Ada.Wide_Text_IO.Reset_Standard_Files} (@file{a-wrstfi.ads})
14041 @cindex @code{Wide_Text_IO} resetting standard files
14042
14043 @noindent
14044 This procedure is used to reset the status of the standard files used
14045 by Ada.Wide_Text_IO. This is useful in a situation (such as a restart in an
14046 embedded application) where the status of the files may change during
14047 execution (for example a standard input file may be redefined to be
14048 interactive).
14049
14050 @node Ada.Wide_Wide_Characters.Unicode (a-zchuni.ads)
14051 @section @code{Ada.Wide_Wide_Characters.Unicode} (@file{a-zchuni.ads})
14052 @cindex @code{Ada.Wide_Wide_Characters.Unicode} (@file{a-zchuni.ads})
14053 @cindex Unicode categorization, Wide_Wide_Character
14054
14055 @noindent
14056 This package provides subprograms that allow categorization of
14057 Wide_Wide_Character values according to Unicode categories.
14058
14059 @node Ada.Wide_Wide_Text_IO.C_Streams (a-ztcstr.ads)
14060 @section @code{Ada.Wide_Wide_Text_IO.C_Streams} (@file{a-ztcstr.ads})
14061 @cindex @code{Ada.Wide_Wide_Text_IO.C_Streams} (@file{a-ztcstr.ads})
14062 @cindex C Streams, Interfacing with @code{Wide_Wide_Text_IO}
14063
14064 @noindent
14065 This package provides subprograms that allow interfacing between
14066 C streams and @code{Wide_Wide_Text_IO}. The stream identifier can be
14067 extracted from a file opened on the Ada side, and an Ada file
14068 can be constructed from a stream opened on the C side.
14069
14070 @node Ada.Wide_Wide_Text_IO.Reset_Standard_Files (a-zrstfi.ads)
14071 @section @code{Ada.Wide_Wide_Text_IO.Reset_Standard_Files} (@file{a-zrstfi.ads})
14072 @cindex @code{Ada.Wide_Wide_Text_IO.Reset_Standard_Files} (@file{a-zrstfi.ads})
14073 @cindex @code{Wide_Wide_Text_IO} resetting standard files
14074
14075 @noindent
14076 This procedure is used to reset the status of the standard files used
14077 by Ada.Wide_Wide_Text_IO. This is useful in a situation (such as a
14078 restart in an embedded application) where the status of the files may
14079 change during execution (for example a standard input file may be
14080 redefined to be interactive).
14081
14082 @node GNAT.Altivec (g-altive.ads)
14083 @section @code{GNAT.Altivec} (@file{g-altive.ads})
14084 @cindex @code{GNAT.Altivec} (@file{g-altive.ads})
14085 @cindex AltiVec
14086
14087 @noindent
14088 This is the root package of the GNAT AltiVec binding. It provides
14089 definitions of constants and types common to all the versions of the
14090 binding.
14091
14092 @node GNAT.Altivec.Conversions (g-altcon.ads)
14093 @section @code{GNAT.Altivec.Conversions} (@file{g-altcon.ads})
14094 @cindex @code{GNAT.Altivec.Conversions} (@file{g-altcon.ads})
14095 @cindex AltiVec
14096
14097 @noindent
14098 This package provides the Vector/View conversion routines.
14099
14100 @node GNAT.Altivec.Vector_Operations (g-alveop.ads)
14101 @section @code{GNAT.Altivec.Vector_Operations} (@file{g-alveop.ads})
14102 @cindex @code{GNAT.Altivec.Vector_Operations} (@file{g-alveop.ads})
14103 @cindex AltiVec
14104
14105 @noindent
14106 This package exposes the Ada interface to the AltiVec operations on
14107 vector objects. A soft emulation is included by default in the GNAT
14108 library. The hard binding is provided as a separate package. This unit
14109 is common to both bindings.
14110
14111 @node GNAT.Altivec.Vector_Types (g-alvety.ads)
14112 @section @code{GNAT.Altivec.Vector_Types} (@file{g-alvety.ads})
14113 @cindex @code{GNAT.Altivec.Vector_Types} (@file{g-alvety.ads})
14114 @cindex AltiVec
14115
14116 @noindent
14117 This package exposes the various vector types part of the Ada binding
14118 to AltiVec facilities.
14119
14120 @node GNAT.Altivec.Vector_Views (g-alvevi.ads)
14121 @section @code{GNAT.Altivec.Vector_Views} (@file{g-alvevi.ads})
14122 @cindex @code{GNAT.Altivec.Vector_Views} (@file{g-alvevi.ads})
14123 @cindex AltiVec
14124
14125 @noindent
14126 This package provides public 'View' data types from/to which private
14127 vector representations can be converted via
14128 GNAT.Altivec.Conversions. This allows convenient access to individual
14129 vector elements and provides a simple way to initialize vector
14130 objects.
14131
14132 @node GNAT.Array_Split (g-arrspl.ads)
14133 @section @code{GNAT.Array_Split} (@file{g-arrspl.ads})
14134 @cindex @code{GNAT.Array_Split} (@file{g-arrspl.ads})
14135 @cindex Array splitter
14136
14137 @noindent
14138 Useful array-manipulation routines: given a set of separators, split
14139 an array wherever the separators appear, and provide direct access
14140 to the resulting slices.
14141
14142 @node GNAT.AWK (g-awk.ads)
14143 @section @code{GNAT.AWK} (@file{g-awk.ads})
14144 @cindex @code{GNAT.AWK} (@file{g-awk.ads})
14145 @cindex Parsing
14146 @cindex AWK
14147
14148 @noindent
14149 Provides AWK-like parsing functions, with an easy interface for parsing one
14150 or more files containing formatted data. The file is viewed as a database
14151 where each record is a line and a field is a data element in this line.
14152
14153 @node GNAT.Bounded_Buffers (g-boubuf.ads)
14154 @section @code{GNAT.Bounded_Buffers} (@file{g-boubuf.ads})
14155 @cindex @code{GNAT.Bounded_Buffers} (@file{g-boubuf.ads})
14156 @cindex Parsing
14157 @cindex Bounded Buffers
14158
14159 @noindent
14160 Provides a concurrent generic bounded buffer abstraction. Instances are
14161 useful directly or as parts of the implementations of other abstractions,
14162 such as mailboxes.
14163
14164 @node GNAT.Bounded_Mailboxes (g-boumai.ads)
14165 @section @code{GNAT.Bounded_Mailboxes} (@file{g-boumai.ads})
14166 @cindex @code{GNAT.Bounded_Mailboxes} (@file{g-boumai.ads})
14167 @cindex Parsing
14168 @cindex Mailboxes
14169
14170 @noindent
14171 Provides a thread-safe asynchronous intertask mailbox communication facility.
14172
14173 @node GNAT.Bubble_Sort (g-bubsor.ads)
14174 @section @code{GNAT.Bubble_Sort} (@file{g-bubsor.ads})
14175 @cindex @code{GNAT.Bubble_Sort} (@file{g-bubsor.ads})
14176 @cindex Sorting
14177 @cindex Bubble sort
14178
14179 @noindent
14180 Provides a general implementation of bubble sort usable for sorting arbitrary
14181 data items. Exchange and comparison procedures are provided by passing
14182 access-to-procedure values.
14183
14184 @node GNAT.Bubble_Sort_A (g-busora.ads)
14185 @section @code{GNAT.Bubble_Sort_A} (@file{g-busora.ads})
14186 @cindex @code{GNAT.Bubble_Sort_A} (@file{g-busora.ads})
14187 @cindex Sorting
14188 @cindex Bubble sort
14189
14190 @noindent
14191 Provides a general implementation of bubble sort usable for sorting arbitrary
14192 data items. Move and comparison procedures are provided by passing
14193 access-to-procedure values. This is an older version, retained for
14194 compatibility. Usually @code{GNAT.Bubble_Sort} will be preferable.
14195
14196 @node GNAT.Bubble_Sort_G (g-busorg.ads)
14197 @section @code{GNAT.Bubble_Sort_G} (@file{g-busorg.ads})
14198 @cindex @code{GNAT.Bubble_Sort_G} (@file{g-busorg.ads})
14199 @cindex Sorting
14200 @cindex Bubble sort
14201
14202 @noindent
14203 Similar to @code{Bubble_Sort_A} except that the move and sorting procedures
14204 are provided as generic parameters, this improves efficiency, especially
14205 if the procedures can be inlined, at the expense of duplicating code for
14206 multiple instantiations.
14207
14208 @node GNAT.Byte_Order_Mark (g-byorma.ads)
14209 @section @code{GNAT.Byte_Order_Mark} (@file{g-byorma.ads})
14210 @cindex @code{GNAT.Byte_Order_Mark} (@file{g-byorma.ads})
14211 @cindex UTF-8 representation
14212 @cindex Wide characte representations
14213
14214 @noindent
14215 Provides a routine which given a string, reads the start of the string to
14216 see whether it is one of the standard byte order marks (BOM's) which signal
14217 the encoding of the string. The routine includes detection of special XML
14218 sequences for various UCS input formats.
14219
14220 @node GNAT.Byte_Swapping (g-bytswa.ads)
14221 @section @code{GNAT.Byte_Swapping} (@file{g-bytswa.ads})
14222 @cindex @code{GNAT.Byte_Swapping} (@file{g-bytswa.ads})
14223 @cindex Byte swapping
14224 @cindex Endian
14225
14226 @noindent
14227 General routines for swapping the bytes in 2-, 4-, and 8-byte quantities.
14228 Machine-specific implementations are available in some cases.
14229
14230 @node GNAT.Calendar (g-calend.ads)
14231 @section @code{GNAT.Calendar} (@file{g-calend.ads})
14232 @cindex @code{GNAT.Calendar} (@file{g-calend.ads})
14233 @cindex @code{Calendar}
14234
14235 @noindent
14236 Extends the facilities provided by @code{Ada.Calendar} to include handling
14237 of days of the week, an extended @code{Split} and @code{Time_Of} capability.
14238 Also provides conversion of @code{Ada.Calendar.Time} values to and from the
14239 C @code{timeval} format.
14240
14241 @node GNAT.Calendar.Time_IO (g-catiio.ads)
14242 @section @code{GNAT.Calendar.Time_IO} (@file{g-catiio.ads})
14243 @cindex @code{Calendar}
14244 @cindex Time
14245 @cindex @code{GNAT.Calendar.Time_IO} (@file{g-catiio.ads})
14246
14247 @node GNAT.CRC32 (g-crc32.ads)
14248 @section @code{GNAT.CRC32} (@file{g-crc32.ads})
14249 @cindex @code{GNAT.CRC32} (@file{g-crc32.ads})
14250 @cindex CRC32
14251 @cindex Cyclic Redundancy Check
14252
14253 @noindent
14254 This package implements the CRC-32 algorithm. For a full description
14255 of this algorithm see
14256 ``Computation of Cyclic Redundancy Checks via Table Look-Up'',
14257 @cite{Communications of the ACM}, Vol.@: 31 No.@: 8, pp.@: 1008-1013,
14258 Aug.@: 1988. Sarwate, D.V@.
14259
14260 @node GNAT.Case_Util (g-casuti.ads)
14261 @section @code{GNAT.Case_Util} (@file{g-casuti.ads})
14262 @cindex @code{GNAT.Case_Util} (@file{g-casuti.ads})
14263 @cindex Casing utilities
14264 @cindex Character handling (@code{GNAT.Case_Util})
14265
14266 @noindent
14267 A set of simple routines for handling upper and lower casing of strings
14268 without the overhead of the full casing tables
14269 in @code{Ada.Characters.Handling}.
14270
14271 @node GNAT.CGI (g-cgi.ads)
14272 @section @code{GNAT.CGI} (@file{g-cgi.ads})
14273 @cindex @code{GNAT.CGI} (@file{g-cgi.ads})
14274 @cindex CGI (Common Gateway Interface)
14275
14276 @noindent
14277 This is a package for interfacing a GNAT program with a Web server via the
14278 Common Gateway Interface (CGI)@. Basically this package parses the CGI
14279 parameters, which are a set of key/value pairs sent by the Web server. It
14280 builds a table whose index is the key and provides some services to deal
14281 with this table.
14282
14283 @node GNAT.CGI.Cookie (g-cgicoo.ads)
14284 @section @code{GNAT.CGI.Cookie} (@file{g-cgicoo.ads})
14285 @cindex @code{GNAT.CGI.Cookie} (@file{g-cgicoo.ads})
14286 @cindex CGI (Common Gateway Interface) cookie support
14287 @cindex Cookie support in CGI
14288
14289 @noindent
14290 This is a package to interface a GNAT program with a Web server via the
14291 Common Gateway Interface (CGI). It exports services to deal with Web
14292 cookies (piece of information kept in the Web client software).
14293
14294 @node GNAT.CGI.Debug (g-cgideb.ads)
14295 @section @code{GNAT.CGI.Debug} (@file{g-cgideb.ads})
14296 @cindex @code{GNAT.CGI.Debug} (@file{g-cgideb.ads})
14297 @cindex CGI (Common Gateway Interface) debugging
14298
14299 @noindent
14300 This is a package to help debugging CGI (Common Gateway Interface)
14301 programs written in Ada.
14302
14303 @node GNAT.Command_Line (g-comlin.ads)
14304 @section @code{GNAT.Command_Line} (@file{g-comlin.ads})
14305 @cindex @code{GNAT.Command_Line} (@file{g-comlin.ads})
14306 @cindex Command line
14307
14308 @noindent
14309 Provides a high level interface to @code{Ada.Command_Line} facilities,
14310 including the ability to scan for named switches with optional parameters
14311 and expand file names using wild card notations.
14312
14313 @node GNAT.Compiler_Version (g-comver.ads)
14314 @section @code{GNAT.Compiler_Version} (@file{g-comver.ads})
14315 @cindex @code{GNAT.Compiler_Version} (@file{g-comver.ads})
14316 @cindex Compiler Version
14317 @cindex Version, of compiler
14318
14319 @noindent
14320 Provides a routine for obtaining the version of the compiler used to
14321 compile the program. More accurately this is the version of the binder
14322 used to bind the program (this will normally be the same as the version
14323 of the compiler if a consistent tool set is used to compile all units
14324 of a partition).
14325
14326 @node GNAT.Ctrl_C (g-ctrl_c.ads)
14327 @section @code{GNAT.Ctrl_C} (@file{g-ctrl_c.ads})
14328 @cindex @code{GNAT.Ctrl_C} (@file{g-ctrl_c.ads})
14329 @cindex Interrupt
14330
14331 @noindent
14332 Provides a simple interface to handle Ctrl-C keyboard events.
14333
14334 @node GNAT.Current_Exception (g-curexc.ads)
14335 @section @code{GNAT.Current_Exception} (@file{g-curexc.ads})
14336 @cindex @code{GNAT.Current_Exception} (@file{g-curexc.ads})
14337 @cindex Current exception
14338 @cindex Exception retrieval
14339
14340 @noindent
14341 Provides access to information on the current exception that has been raised
14342 without the need for using the Ada 95 / Ada 2005 exception choice parameter
14343 specification syntax.
14344 This is particularly useful in simulating typical facilities for
14345 obtaining information about exceptions provided by Ada 83 compilers.
14346
14347 @node GNAT.Debug_Pools (g-debpoo.ads)
14348 @section @code{GNAT.Debug_Pools} (@file{g-debpoo.ads})
14349 @cindex @code{GNAT.Debug_Pools} (@file{g-debpoo.ads})
14350 @cindex Debugging
14351 @cindex Debug pools
14352 @cindex Memory corruption debugging
14353
14354 @noindent
14355 Provide a debugging storage pools that helps tracking memory corruption
14356 problems. @xref{The GNAT Debug Pool Facility,,, gnat_ugn,
14357 @value{EDITION} User's Guide}.
14358
14359 @node GNAT.Debug_Utilities (g-debuti.ads)
14360 @section @code{GNAT.Debug_Utilities} (@file{g-debuti.ads})
14361 @cindex @code{GNAT.Debug_Utilities} (@file{g-debuti.ads})
14362 @cindex Debugging
14363
14364 @noindent
14365 Provides a few useful utilities for debugging purposes, including conversion
14366 to and from string images of address values. Supports both C and Ada formats
14367 for hexadecimal literals.
14368
14369 @node GNAT.Decode_String (g-decstr.ads)
14370 @section @code{GNAT.Decode_String} (@file{g-decstr.ads})
14371 @cindex @code{GNAT.Decode_String} (@file{g-decstr.ads})
14372 @cindex Decoding strings
14373 @cindex String decoding
14374 @cindex Wide character encoding
14375 @cindex UTF-8
14376 @cindex Unicode
14377
14378 @noindent
14379 A generic package providing routines for decoding wide character and wide wide
14380 character strings encoded as sequences of 8-bit characters using a specified
14381 encoding method. Includes validation routines, and also routines for stepping
14382 to next or previous encoded character in an encoded string.
14383 Useful in conjunction with Unicode character coding. Note there is a
14384 preinstantiation for UTF-8. See next entry.
14385
14386 @node GNAT.Decode_UTF8_String (g-deutst.ads)
14387 @section @code{GNAT.Decode_UTF8_String} (@file{g-deutst.ads})
14388 @cindex @code{GNAT.Decode_UTF8_String} (@file{g-deutst.ads})
14389 @cindex Decoding strings
14390 @cindex Decoding UTF-8 strings
14391 @cindex UTF-8 string decoding
14392 @cindex Wide character decoding
14393 @cindex UTF-8
14394 @cindex Unicode
14395
14396 @noindent
14397 A preinstantiation of GNAT.Decode_Strings for UTF-8 encoding.
14398
14399 @node GNAT.Directory_Operations (g-dirope.ads)
14400 @section @code{GNAT.Directory_Operations} (@file{g-dirope.ads})
14401 @cindex @code{GNAT.Directory_Operations} (@file{g-dirope.ads})
14402 @cindex Directory operations
14403
14404 @noindent
14405 Provides a set of routines for manipulating directories, including changing
14406 the current directory, making new directories, and scanning the files in a
14407 directory.
14408
14409 @node GNAT.Directory_Operations.Iteration (g-diopit.ads)
14410 @section @code{GNAT.Directory_Operations.Iteration} (@file{g-diopit.ads})
14411 @cindex @code{GNAT.Directory_Operations.Iteration} (@file{g-diopit.ads})
14412 @cindex Directory operations iteration
14413
14414 @noindent
14415 A child unit of GNAT.Directory_Operations providing additional operations
14416 for iterating through directories.
14417
14418 @node GNAT.Dynamic_HTables (g-dynhta.ads)
14419 @section @code{GNAT.Dynamic_HTables} (@file{g-dynhta.ads})
14420 @cindex @code{GNAT.Dynamic_HTables} (@file{g-dynhta.ads})
14421 @cindex Hash tables
14422
14423 @noindent
14424 A generic implementation of hash tables that can be used to hash arbitrary
14425 data. Provided in two forms, a simple form with built in hash functions,
14426 and a more complex form in which the hash function is supplied.
14427
14428 @noindent
14429 This package provides a facility similar to that of @code{GNAT.HTable},
14430 except that this package declares a type that can be used to define
14431 dynamic instances of the hash table, while an instantiation of
14432 @code{GNAT.HTable} creates a single instance of the hash table.
14433
14434 @node GNAT.Dynamic_Tables (g-dyntab.ads)
14435 @section @code{GNAT.Dynamic_Tables} (@file{g-dyntab.ads})
14436 @cindex @code{GNAT.Dynamic_Tables} (@file{g-dyntab.ads})
14437 @cindex Table implementation
14438 @cindex Arrays, extendable
14439
14440 @noindent
14441 A generic package providing a single dimension array abstraction where the
14442 length of the array can be dynamically modified.
14443
14444 @noindent
14445 This package provides a facility similar to that of @code{GNAT.Table},
14446 except that this package declares a type that can be used to define
14447 dynamic instances of the table, while an instantiation of
14448 @code{GNAT.Table} creates a single instance of the table type.
14449
14450 @node GNAT.Encode_String (g-encstr.ads)
14451 @section @code{GNAT.Encode_String} (@file{g-encstr.ads})
14452 @cindex @code{GNAT.Encode_String} (@file{g-encstr.ads})
14453 @cindex Encoding strings
14454 @cindex String encoding
14455 @cindex Wide character encoding
14456 @cindex UTF-8
14457 @cindex Unicode
14458
14459 @noindent
14460 A generic package providing routines for encoding wide character and wide
14461 wide character strings as sequences of 8-bit characters using a specified
14462 encoding method. Useful in conjunction with Unicode character coding.
14463 Note there is a preinstantiation for UTF-8. See next entry.
14464
14465 @node GNAT.Encode_UTF8_String (g-enutst.ads)
14466 @section @code{GNAT.Encode_UTF8_String} (@file{g-enutst.ads})
14467 @cindex @code{GNAT.Encode_UTF8_String} (@file{g-enutst.ads})
14468 @cindex Encoding strings
14469 @cindex Encoding UTF-8 strings
14470 @cindex UTF-8 string encoding
14471 @cindex Wide character encoding
14472 @cindex UTF-8
14473 @cindex Unicode
14474
14475 @noindent
14476 A preinstantiation of GNAT.Encode_Strings for UTF-8 encoding.
14477
14478 @node GNAT.Exception_Actions (g-excact.ads)
14479 @section @code{GNAT.Exception_Actions} (@file{g-excact.ads})
14480 @cindex @code{GNAT.Exception_Actions} (@file{g-excact.ads})
14481 @cindex Exception actions
14482
14483 @noindent
14484 Provides callbacks when an exception is raised. Callbacks can be registered
14485 for specific exceptions, or when any exception is raised. This
14486 can be used for instance to force a core dump to ease debugging.
14487
14488 @node GNAT.Exception_Traces (g-exctra.ads)
14489 @section @code{GNAT.Exception_Traces} (@file{g-exctra.ads})
14490 @cindex @code{GNAT.Exception_Traces} (@file{g-exctra.ads})
14491 @cindex Exception traces
14492 @cindex Debugging
14493
14494 @noindent
14495 Provides an interface allowing to control automatic output upon exception
14496 occurrences.
14497
14498 @node GNAT.Exceptions (g-except.ads)
14499 @section @code{GNAT.Exceptions} (@file{g-expect.ads})
14500 @cindex @code{GNAT.Exceptions} (@file{g-expect.ads})
14501 @cindex Exceptions, Pure
14502 @cindex Pure packages, exceptions
14503
14504 @noindent
14505 Normally it is not possible to raise an exception with
14506 a message from a subprogram in a pure package, since the
14507 necessary types and subprograms are in @code{Ada.Exceptions}
14508 which is not a pure unit. @code{GNAT.Exceptions} provides a
14509 facility for getting around this limitation for a few
14510 predefined exceptions, and for example allow raising
14511 @code{Constraint_Error} with a message from a pure subprogram.
14512
14513 @node GNAT.Expect (g-expect.ads)
14514 @section @code{GNAT.Expect} (@file{g-expect.ads})
14515 @cindex @code{GNAT.Expect} (@file{g-expect.ads})
14516
14517 @noindent
14518 Provides a set of subprograms similar to what is available
14519 with the standard Tcl Expect tool.
14520 It allows you to easily spawn and communicate with an external process.
14521 You can send commands or inputs to the process, and compare the output
14522 with some expected regular expression. Currently @code{GNAT.Expect}
14523 is implemented on all native GNAT ports except for OpenVMS@.
14524 It is not implemented for cross ports, and in particular is not
14525 implemented for VxWorks or LynxOS@.
14526
14527 @node GNAT.Float_Control (g-flocon.ads)
14528 @section @code{GNAT.Float_Control} (@file{g-flocon.ads})
14529 @cindex @code{GNAT.Float_Control} (@file{g-flocon.ads})
14530 @cindex Floating-Point Processor
14531
14532 @noindent
14533 Provides an interface for resetting the floating-point processor into the
14534 mode required for correct semantic operation in Ada. Some third party
14535 library calls may cause this mode to be modified, and the Reset procedure
14536 in this package can be used to reestablish the required mode.
14537
14538 @node GNAT.Heap_Sort (g-heasor.ads)
14539 @section @code{GNAT.Heap_Sort} (@file{g-heasor.ads})
14540 @cindex @code{GNAT.Heap_Sort} (@file{g-heasor.ads})
14541 @cindex Sorting
14542
14543 @noindent
14544 Provides a general implementation of heap sort usable for sorting arbitrary
14545 data items. Exchange and comparison procedures are provided by passing
14546 access-to-procedure values. The algorithm used is a modified heap sort
14547 that performs approximately N*log(N) comparisons in the worst case.
14548
14549 @node GNAT.Heap_Sort_A (g-hesora.ads)
14550 @section @code{GNAT.Heap_Sort_A} (@file{g-hesora.ads})
14551 @cindex @code{GNAT.Heap_Sort_A} (@file{g-hesora.ads})
14552 @cindex Sorting
14553
14554 @noindent
14555 Provides a general implementation of heap sort usable for sorting arbitrary
14556 data items. Move and comparison procedures are provided by passing
14557 access-to-procedure values. The algorithm used is a modified heap sort
14558 that performs approximately N*log(N) comparisons in the worst case.
14559 This differs from @code{GNAT.Heap_Sort} in having a less convenient
14560 interface, but may be slightly more efficient.
14561
14562 @node GNAT.Heap_Sort_G (g-hesorg.ads)
14563 @section @code{GNAT.Heap_Sort_G} (@file{g-hesorg.ads})
14564 @cindex @code{GNAT.Heap_Sort_G} (@file{g-hesorg.ads})
14565 @cindex Sorting
14566
14567 @noindent
14568 Similar to @code{Heap_Sort_A} except that the move and sorting procedures
14569 are provided as generic parameters, this improves efficiency, especially
14570 if the procedures can be inlined, at the expense of duplicating code for
14571 multiple instantiations.
14572
14573 @node GNAT.HTable (g-htable.ads)
14574 @section @code{GNAT.HTable} (@file{g-htable.ads})
14575 @cindex @code{GNAT.HTable} (@file{g-htable.ads})
14576 @cindex Hash tables
14577
14578 @noindent
14579 A generic implementation of hash tables that can be used to hash arbitrary
14580 data. Provides two approaches, one a simple static approach, and the other
14581 allowing arbitrary dynamic hash tables.
14582
14583 @node GNAT.IO (g-io.ads)
14584 @section @code{GNAT.IO} (@file{g-io.ads})
14585 @cindex @code{GNAT.IO} (@file{g-io.ads})
14586 @cindex Simple I/O
14587 @cindex Input/Output facilities
14588
14589 @noindent
14590 A simple preelaborable input-output package that provides a subset of
14591 simple Text_IO functions for reading characters and strings from
14592 Standard_Input, and writing characters, strings and integers to either
14593 Standard_Output or Standard_Error.
14594
14595 @node GNAT.IO_Aux (g-io_aux.ads)
14596 @section @code{GNAT.IO_Aux} (@file{g-io_aux.ads})
14597 @cindex @code{GNAT.IO_Aux} (@file{g-io_aux.ads})
14598 @cindex Text_IO
14599 @cindex Input/Output facilities
14600
14601 Provides some auxiliary functions for use with Text_IO, including a test
14602 for whether a file exists, and functions for reading a line of text.
14603
14604 @node GNAT.Lock_Files (g-locfil.ads)
14605 @section @code{GNAT.Lock_Files} (@file{g-locfil.ads})
14606 @cindex @code{GNAT.Lock_Files} (@file{g-locfil.ads})
14607 @cindex File locking
14608 @cindex Locking using files
14609
14610 @noindent
14611 Provides a general interface for using files as locks. Can be used for
14612 providing program level synchronization.
14613
14614 @node GNAT.MBBS_Discrete_Random (g-mbdira.ads)
14615 @section @code{GNAT.MBBS_Discrete_Random} (@file{g-mbdira.ads})
14616 @cindex @code{GNAT.MBBS_Discrete_Random} (@file{g-mbdira.ads})
14617 @cindex Random number generation
14618
14619 @noindent
14620 The original implementation of @code{Ada.Numerics.Discrete_Random}. Uses
14621 a modified version of the Blum-Blum-Shub generator.
14622
14623 @node GNAT.MBBS_Float_Random (g-mbflra.ads)
14624 @section @code{GNAT.MBBS_Float_Random} (@file{g-mbflra.ads})
14625 @cindex @code{GNAT.MBBS_Float_Random} (@file{g-mbflra.ads})
14626 @cindex Random number generation
14627
14628 @noindent
14629 The original implementation of @code{Ada.Numerics.Float_Random}. Uses
14630 a modified version of the Blum-Blum-Shub generator.
14631
14632 @node GNAT.MD5 (g-md5.ads)
14633 @section @code{GNAT.MD5} (@file{g-md5.ads})
14634 @cindex @code{GNAT.MD5} (@file{g-md5.ads})
14635 @cindex Message Digest MD5
14636
14637 @noindent
14638 Implements the MD5 Message-Digest Algorithm as described in RFC 1321.
14639
14640 @node GNAT.Memory_Dump (g-memdum.ads)
14641 @section @code{GNAT.Memory_Dump} (@file{g-memdum.ads})
14642 @cindex @code{GNAT.Memory_Dump} (@file{g-memdum.ads})
14643 @cindex Dump Memory
14644
14645 @noindent
14646 Provides a convenient routine for dumping raw memory to either the
14647 standard output or standard error files. Uses GNAT.IO for actual
14648 output.
14649
14650 @node GNAT.Most_Recent_Exception (g-moreex.ads)
14651 @section @code{GNAT.Most_Recent_Exception} (@file{g-moreex.ads})
14652 @cindex @code{GNAT.Most_Recent_Exception} (@file{g-moreex.ads})
14653 @cindex Exception, obtaining most recent
14654
14655 @noindent
14656 Provides access to the most recently raised exception. Can be used for
14657 various logging purposes, including duplicating functionality of some
14658 Ada 83 implementation dependent extensions.
14659
14660 @node GNAT.OS_Lib (g-os_lib.ads)
14661 @section @code{GNAT.OS_Lib} (@file{g-os_lib.ads})
14662 @cindex @code{GNAT.OS_Lib} (@file{g-os_lib.ads})
14663 @cindex Operating System interface
14664 @cindex Spawn capability
14665
14666 @noindent
14667 Provides a range of target independent operating system interface functions,
14668 including time/date management, file operations, subprocess management,
14669 including a portable spawn procedure, and access to environment variables
14670 and error return codes.
14671
14672 @node GNAT.Perfect_Hash_Generators (g-pehage.ads)
14673 @section @code{GNAT.Perfect_Hash_Generators} (@file{g-pehage.ads})
14674 @cindex @code{GNAT.Perfect_Hash_Generators} (@file{g-pehage.ads})
14675 @cindex Hash functions
14676
14677 @noindent
14678 Provides a generator of static minimal perfect hash functions. No
14679 collisions occur and each item can be retrieved from the table in one
14680 probe (perfect property). The hash table size corresponds to the exact
14681 size of the key set and no larger (minimal property). The key set has to
14682 be know in advance (static property). The hash functions are also order
14683 preserving. If w2 is inserted after w1 in the generator, their
14684 hashcode are in the same order. These hashing functions are very
14685 convenient for use with realtime applications.
14686
14687 @node GNAT.Random_Numbers (g-rannum.ads)
14688 @section @code{GNAT.Random_Numbers} (@file{g-rannum.ads})
14689 @cindex @code{GNAT.Random_Numbers} (@file{g-rannum.ads})
14690 @cindex Random number generation
14691
14692 @noindent
14693 Provides random number capabilities which extend those available in the
14694 standard Ada library and are more convenient to use.
14695
14696 @node GNAT.Regexp (g-regexp.ads)
14697 @section @code{GNAT.Regexp} (@file{g-regexp.ads})
14698 @cindex @code{GNAT.Regexp} (@file{g-regexp.ads})
14699 @cindex Regular expressions
14700 @cindex Pattern matching
14701
14702 @noindent
14703 A simple implementation of regular expressions, using a subset of regular
14704 expression syntax copied from familiar Unix style utilities. This is the
14705 simples of the three pattern matching packages provided, and is particularly
14706 suitable for ``file globbing'' applications.
14707
14708 @node GNAT.Registry (g-regist.ads)
14709 @section @code{GNAT.Registry} (@file{g-regist.ads})
14710 @cindex @code{GNAT.Registry} (@file{g-regist.ads})
14711 @cindex Windows Registry
14712
14713 @noindent
14714 This is a high level binding to the Windows registry. It is possible to
14715 do simple things like reading a key value, creating a new key. For full
14716 registry API, but at a lower level of abstraction, refer to the Win32.Winreg
14717 package provided with the Win32Ada binding
14718
14719 @node GNAT.Regpat (g-regpat.ads)
14720 @section @code{GNAT.Regpat} (@file{g-regpat.ads})
14721 @cindex @code{GNAT.Regpat} (@file{g-regpat.ads})
14722 @cindex Regular expressions
14723 @cindex Pattern matching
14724
14725 @noindent
14726 A complete implementation of Unix-style regular expression matching, copied
14727 from the original V7 style regular expression library written in C by
14728 Henry Spencer (and binary compatible with this C library).
14729
14730 @node GNAT.Secondary_Stack_Info (g-sestin.ads)
14731 @section @code{GNAT.Secondary_Stack_Info} (@file{g-sestin.ads})
14732 @cindex @code{GNAT.Secondary_Stack_Info} (@file{g-sestin.ads})
14733 @cindex Secondary Stack Info
14734
14735 @noindent
14736 Provide the capability to query the high water mark of the current task's
14737 secondary stack.
14738
14739 @node GNAT.Semaphores (g-semaph.ads)
14740 @section @code{GNAT.Semaphores} (@file{g-semaph.ads})
14741 @cindex @code{GNAT.Semaphores} (@file{g-semaph.ads})
14742 @cindex Semaphores
14743
14744 @noindent
14745 Provides classic counting and binary semaphores using protected types.
14746
14747 @node GNAT.Serial_Communications (g-sercom.ads)
14748 @section @code{GNAT.Serial_Communications} (@file{g-sercom.ads})
14749 @cindex @code{GNAT.Serial_Communications} (@file{g-sercom.ads})
14750 @cindex Serial_Communications
14751
14752 @noindent
14753 Provides a simple interface to send and receive data over a serial
14754 port. This is only supported on GNU/Linux and Windows.
14755
14756 @node GNAT.SHA1 (g-sha1.ads)
14757 @section @code{GNAT.SHA1} (@file{g-sha1.ads})
14758 @cindex @code{GNAT.SHA1} (@file{g-sha1.ads})
14759 @cindex Secure Hash Algorithm SHA-1
14760
14761 @noindent
14762 Implements the SHA-1 Secure Hash Algorithm as described in FIPS PUB 180-3
14763 and RFC 3174.
14764
14765 @node GNAT.SHA224 (g-sha224.ads)
14766 @section @code{GNAT.SHA224} (@file{g-sha224.ads})
14767 @cindex @code{GNAT.SHA224} (@file{g-sha224.ads})
14768 @cindex Secure Hash Algorithm SHA-224
14769
14770 @noindent
14771 Implements the SHA-224 Secure Hash Algorithm as described in FIPS PUB 180-3.
14772
14773 @node GNAT.SHA256 (g-sha256.ads)
14774 @section @code{GNAT.SHA256} (@file{g-sha256.ads})
14775 @cindex @code{GNAT.SHA256} (@file{g-sha256.ads})
14776 @cindex Secure Hash Algorithm SHA-256
14777
14778 @noindent
14779 Implements the SHA-256 Secure Hash Algorithm as described in FIPS PUB 180-3.
14780
14781 @node GNAT.SHA384 (g-sha384.ads)
14782 @section @code{GNAT.SHA384} (@file{g-sha384.ads})
14783 @cindex @code{GNAT.SHA384} (@file{g-sha384.ads})
14784 @cindex Secure Hash Algorithm SHA-384
14785
14786 @noindent
14787 Implements the SHA-384 Secure Hash Algorithm as described in FIPS PUB 180-3.
14788
14789 @node GNAT.SHA512 (g-sha512.ads)
14790 @section @code{GNAT.SHA512} (@file{g-sha512.ads})
14791 @cindex @code{GNAT.SHA512} (@file{g-sha512.ads})
14792 @cindex Secure Hash Algorithm SHA-512
14793
14794 @noindent
14795 Implements the SHA-512 Secure Hash Algorithm as described in FIPS PUB 180-3.
14796
14797 @node GNAT.Signals (g-signal.ads)
14798 @section @code{GNAT.Signals} (@file{g-signal.ads})
14799 @cindex @code{GNAT.Signals} (@file{g-signal.ads})
14800 @cindex Signals
14801
14802 @noindent
14803 Provides the ability to manipulate the blocked status of signals on supported
14804 targets.
14805
14806 @node GNAT.Sockets (g-socket.ads)
14807 @section @code{GNAT.Sockets} (@file{g-socket.ads})
14808 @cindex @code{GNAT.Sockets} (@file{g-socket.ads})
14809 @cindex Sockets
14810
14811 @noindent
14812 A high level and portable interface to develop sockets based applications.
14813 This package is based on the sockets thin binding found in
14814 @code{GNAT.Sockets.Thin}. Currently @code{GNAT.Sockets} is implemented
14815 on all native GNAT ports except for OpenVMS@. It is not implemented
14816 for the LynxOS@ cross port.
14817
14818 @node GNAT.Source_Info (g-souinf.ads)
14819 @section @code{GNAT.Source_Info} (@file{g-souinf.ads})
14820 @cindex @code{GNAT.Source_Info} (@file{g-souinf.ads})
14821 @cindex Source Information
14822
14823 @noindent
14824 Provides subprograms that give access to source code information known at
14825 compile time, such as the current file name and line number.
14826
14827 @node GNAT.Spelling_Checker (g-speche.ads)
14828 @section @code{GNAT.Spelling_Checker} (@file{g-speche.ads})
14829 @cindex @code{GNAT.Spelling_Checker} (@file{g-speche.ads})
14830 @cindex Spell checking
14831
14832 @noindent
14833 Provides a function for determining whether one string is a plausible
14834 near misspelling of another string.
14835
14836 @node GNAT.Spelling_Checker_Generic (g-spchge.ads)
14837 @section @code{GNAT.Spelling_Checker_Generic} (@file{g-spchge.ads})
14838 @cindex @code{GNAT.Spelling_Checker_Generic} (@file{g-spchge.ads})
14839 @cindex Spell checking
14840
14841 @noindent
14842 Provides a generic function that can be instantiated with a string type for
14843 determining whether one string is a plausible near misspelling of another
14844 string.
14845
14846 @node GNAT.Spitbol.Patterns (g-spipat.ads)
14847 @section @code{GNAT.Spitbol.Patterns} (@file{g-spipat.ads})
14848 @cindex @code{GNAT.Spitbol.Patterns} (@file{g-spipat.ads})
14849 @cindex SPITBOL pattern matching
14850 @cindex Pattern matching
14851
14852 @noindent
14853 A complete implementation of SNOBOL4 style pattern matching. This is the
14854 most elaborate of the pattern matching packages provided. It fully duplicates
14855 the SNOBOL4 dynamic pattern construction and matching capabilities, using the
14856 efficient algorithm developed by Robert Dewar for the SPITBOL system.
14857
14858 @node GNAT.Spitbol (g-spitbo.ads)
14859 @section @code{GNAT.Spitbol} (@file{g-spitbo.ads})
14860 @cindex @code{GNAT.Spitbol} (@file{g-spitbo.ads})
14861 @cindex SPITBOL interface
14862
14863 @noindent
14864 The top level package of the collection of SPITBOL-style functionality, this
14865 package provides basic SNOBOL4 string manipulation functions, such as
14866 Pad, Reverse, Trim, Substr capability, as well as a generic table function
14867 useful for constructing arbitrary mappings from strings in the style of
14868 the SNOBOL4 TABLE function.
14869
14870 @node GNAT.Spitbol.Table_Boolean (g-sptabo.ads)
14871 @section @code{GNAT.Spitbol.Table_Boolean} (@file{g-sptabo.ads})
14872 @cindex @code{GNAT.Spitbol.Table_Boolean} (@file{g-sptabo.ads})
14873 @cindex Sets of strings
14874 @cindex SPITBOL Tables
14875
14876 @noindent
14877 A library level of instantiation of @code{GNAT.Spitbol.Patterns.Table}
14878 for type @code{Standard.Boolean}, giving an implementation of sets of
14879 string values.
14880
14881 @node GNAT.Spitbol.Table_Integer (g-sptain.ads)
14882 @section @code{GNAT.Spitbol.Table_Integer} (@file{g-sptain.ads})
14883 @cindex @code{GNAT.Spitbol.Table_Integer} (@file{g-sptain.ads})
14884 @cindex Integer maps
14885 @cindex Maps
14886 @cindex SPITBOL Tables
14887
14888 @noindent
14889 A library level of instantiation of @code{GNAT.Spitbol.Patterns.Table}
14890 for type @code{Standard.Integer}, giving an implementation of maps
14891 from string to integer values.
14892
14893 @node GNAT.Spitbol.Table_VString (g-sptavs.ads)
14894 @section @code{GNAT.Spitbol.Table_VString} (@file{g-sptavs.ads})
14895 @cindex @code{GNAT.Spitbol.Table_VString} (@file{g-sptavs.ads})
14896 @cindex String maps
14897 @cindex Maps
14898 @cindex SPITBOL Tables
14899
14900 @noindent
14901 A library level of instantiation of @code{GNAT.Spitbol.Patterns.Table} for
14902 a variable length string type, giving an implementation of general
14903 maps from strings to strings.
14904
14905 @node GNAT.SSE (g-sse.ads)
14906 @section @code{GNAT.SSE} (@file{g-sse.ads})
14907 @cindex @code{GNAT.SSE} (@file{g-sse.ads})
14908
14909 @noindent
14910 Root of a set of units aimed at offering Ada bindings to a subset of
14911 the Intel(r) Streaming SIMD Extensions with GNAT on the x86 family of
14912 targets. It exposes vector component types together with a general
14913 introduction to the binding contents and use.
14914
14915 @node GNAT.SSE.Vector_Types (g-ssvety.ads)
14916 @section @code{GNAT.SSE.Vector_Types} (@file{g-ssvety.ads})
14917 @cindex @code{GNAT.SSE.Vector_Types} (@file{g-ssvety.ads})
14918
14919 @noindent
14920 SSE vector types for use with SSE related intrinsics.
14921
14922 @node GNAT.Strings (g-string.ads)
14923 @section @code{GNAT.Strings} (@file{g-string.ads})
14924 @cindex @code{GNAT.Strings} (@file{g-string.ads})
14925
14926 @noindent
14927 Common String access types and related subprograms. Basically it
14928 defines a string access and an array of string access types.
14929
14930 @node GNAT.String_Split (g-strspl.ads)
14931 @section @code{GNAT.String_Split} (@file{g-strspl.ads})
14932 @cindex @code{GNAT.String_Split} (@file{g-strspl.ads})
14933 @cindex String splitter
14934
14935 @noindent
14936 Useful string manipulation routines: given a set of separators, split
14937 a string wherever the separators appear, and provide direct access
14938 to the resulting slices. This package is instantiated from
14939 @code{GNAT.Array_Split}.
14940
14941 @node GNAT.Table (g-table.ads)
14942 @section @code{GNAT.Table} (@file{g-table.ads})
14943 @cindex @code{GNAT.Table} (@file{g-table.ads})
14944 @cindex Table implementation
14945 @cindex Arrays, extendable
14946
14947 @noindent
14948 A generic package providing a single dimension array abstraction where the
14949 length of the array can be dynamically modified.
14950
14951 @noindent
14952 This package provides a facility similar to that of @code{GNAT.Dynamic_Tables},
14953 except that this package declares a single instance of the table type,
14954 while an instantiation of @code{GNAT.Dynamic_Tables} creates a type that can be
14955 used to define dynamic instances of the table.
14956
14957 @node GNAT.Task_Lock (g-tasloc.ads)
14958 @section @code{GNAT.Task_Lock} (@file{g-tasloc.ads})
14959 @cindex @code{GNAT.Task_Lock} (@file{g-tasloc.ads})
14960 @cindex Task synchronization
14961 @cindex Task locking
14962 @cindex Locking
14963
14964 @noindent
14965 A very simple facility for locking and unlocking sections of code using a
14966 single global task lock. Appropriate for use in situations where contention
14967 between tasks is very rarely expected.
14968
14969 @node GNAT.Time_Stamp (g-timsta.ads)
14970 @section @code{GNAT.Time_Stamp} (@file{g-timsta.ads})
14971 @cindex @code{GNAT.Time_Stamp} (@file{g-timsta.ads})
14972 @cindex Time stamp
14973 @cindex Current time
14974
14975 @noindent
14976 Provides a simple function that returns a string YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS.SS that
14977 represents the current date and time in ISO 8601 format. This is a very simple
14978 routine with minimal code and there are no dependencies on any other unit.
14979
14980 @node GNAT.Threads (g-thread.ads)
14981 @section @code{GNAT.Threads} (@file{g-thread.ads})
14982 @cindex @code{GNAT.Threads} (@file{g-thread.ads})
14983 @cindex Foreign threads
14984 @cindex Threads, foreign
14985
14986 @noindent
14987 Provides facilities for dealing with foreign threads which need to be known
14988 by the GNAT run-time system. Consult the documentation of this package for
14989 further details if your program has threads that are created by a non-Ada
14990 environment which then accesses Ada code.
14991
14992 @node GNAT.Traceback (g-traceb.ads)
14993 @section @code{GNAT.Traceback} (@file{g-traceb.ads})
14994 @cindex @code{GNAT.Traceback} (@file{g-traceb.ads})
14995 @cindex Trace back facilities
14996
14997 @noindent
14998 Provides a facility for obtaining non-symbolic traceback information, useful
14999 in various debugging situations.
15000
15001 @node GNAT.Traceback.Symbolic (g-trasym.ads)
15002 @section @code{GNAT.Traceback.Symbolic} (@file{g-trasym.ads})
15003 @cindex @code{GNAT.Traceback.Symbolic} (@file{g-trasym.ads})
15004 @cindex Trace back facilities
15005
15006 @node GNAT.UTF_32 (g-utf_32.ads)
15007 @section @code{GNAT.UTF_32} (@file{g-table.ads})
15008 @cindex @code{GNAT.UTF_32} (@file{g-table.ads})
15009 @cindex Wide character codes
15010
15011 @noindent
15012 This is a package intended to be used in conjunction with the
15013 @code{Wide_Character} type in Ada 95 and the
15014 @code{Wide_Wide_Character} type in Ada 2005 (available
15015 in @code{GNAT} in Ada 2005 mode). This package contains
15016 Unicode categorization routines, as well as lexical
15017 categorization routines corresponding to the Ada 2005
15018 lexical rules for identifiers and strings, and also a
15019 lower case to upper case fold routine corresponding to
15020 the Ada 2005 rules for identifier equivalence.
15021
15022 @node GNAT.UTF_32_Spelling_Checker (g-u3spch.ads)
15023 @section @code{GNAT.Wide_Spelling_Checker} (@file{g-u3spch.ads})
15024 @cindex @code{GNAT.Wide_Spelling_Checker} (@file{g-u3spch.ads})
15025 @cindex Spell checking
15026
15027 @noindent
15028 Provides a function for determining whether one wide wide string is a plausible
15029 near misspelling of another wide wide string, where the strings are represented
15030 using the UTF_32_String type defined in System.Wch_Cnv.
15031
15032 @node GNAT.Wide_Spelling_Checker (g-wispch.ads)
15033 @section @code{GNAT.Wide_Spelling_Checker} (@file{g-wispch.ads})
15034 @cindex @code{GNAT.Wide_Spelling_Checker} (@file{g-wispch.ads})
15035 @cindex Spell checking
15036
15037 @noindent
15038 Provides a function for determining whether one wide string is a plausible
15039 near misspelling of another wide string.
15040
15041 @node GNAT.Wide_String_Split (g-wistsp.ads)
15042 @section @code{GNAT.Wide_String_Split} (@file{g-wistsp.ads})
15043 @cindex @code{GNAT.Wide_String_Split} (@file{g-wistsp.ads})
15044 @cindex Wide_String splitter
15045
15046 @noindent
15047 Useful wide string manipulation routines: given a set of separators, split
15048 a wide string wherever the separators appear, and provide direct access
15049 to the resulting slices. This package is instantiated from
15050 @code{GNAT.Array_Split}.
15051
15052 @node GNAT.Wide_Wide_Spelling_Checker (g-zspche.ads)
15053 @section @code{GNAT.Wide_Wide_Spelling_Checker} (@file{g-zspche.ads})
15054 @cindex @code{GNAT.Wide_Wide_Spelling_Checker} (@file{g-zspche.ads})
15055 @cindex Spell checking
15056
15057 @noindent
15058 Provides a function for determining whether one wide wide string is a plausible
15059 near misspelling of another wide wide string.
15060
15061 @node GNAT.Wide_Wide_String_Split (g-zistsp.ads)
15062 @section @code{GNAT.Wide_Wide_String_Split} (@file{g-zistsp.ads})
15063 @cindex @code{GNAT.Wide_Wide_String_Split} (@file{g-zistsp.ads})
15064 @cindex Wide_Wide_String splitter
15065
15066 @noindent
15067 Useful wide wide string manipulation routines: given a set of separators, split
15068 a wide wide string wherever the separators appear, and provide direct access
15069 to the resulting slices. This package is instantiated from
15070 @code{GNAT.Array_Split}.
15071
15072 @node Interfaces.C.Extensions (i-cexten.ads)
15073 @section @code{Interfaces.C.Extensions} (@file{i-cexten.ads})
15074 @cindex @code{Interfaces.C.Extensions} (@file{i-cexten.ads})
15075
15076 @noindent
15077 This package contains additional C-related definitions, intended
15078 for use with either manually or automatically generated bindings
15079 to C libraries.
15080
15081 @node Interfaces.C.Streams (i-cstrea.ads)
15082 @section @code{Interfaces.C.Streams} (@file{i-cstrea.ads})
15083 @cindex @code{Interfaces.C.Streams} (@file{i-cstrea.ads})
15084 @cindex C streams, interfacing
15085
15086 @noindent
15087 This package is a binding for the most commonly used operations
15088 on C streams.
15089
15090 @node Interfaces.CPP (i-cpp.ads)
15091 @section @code{Interfaces.CPP} (@file{i-cpp.ads})
15092 @cindex @code{Interfaces.CPP} (@file{i-cpp.ads})
15093 @cindex C++ interfacing
15094 @cindex Interfacing, to C++
15095
15096 @noindent
15097 This package provides facilities for use in interfacing to C++. It
15098 is primarily intended to be used in connection with automated tools
15099 for the generation of C++ interfaces.
15100
15101 @node Interfaces.Packed_Decimal (i-pacdec.ads)
15102 @section @code{Interfaces.Packed_Decimal} (@file{i-pacdec.ads})
15103 @cindex @code{Interfaces.Packed_Decimal} (@file{i-pacdec.ads})
15104 @cindex IBM Packed Format
15105 @cindex Packed Decimal
15106
15107 @noindent
15108 This package provides a set of routines for conversions to and
15109 from a packed decimal format compatible with that used on IBM
15110 mainframes.
15111
15112 @node Interfaces.VxWorks (i-vxwork.ads)
15113 @section @code{Interfaces.VxWorks} (@file{i-vxwork.ads})
15114 @cindex @code{Interfaces.VxWorks} (@file{i-vxwork.ads})
15115 @cindex Interfacing to VxWorks
15116 @cindex VxWorks, interfacing
15117
15118 @noindent
15119 This package provides a limited binding to the VxWorks API.
15120 In particular, it interfaces with the
15121 VxWorks hardware interrupt facilities.
15122
15123 @node Interfaces.VxWorks.IO (i-vxwoio.ads)
15124 @section @code{Interfaces.VxWorks.IO} (@file{i-vxwoio.ads})
15125 @cindex @code{Interfaces.VxWorks.IO} (@file{i-vxwoio.ads})
15126 @cindex Interfacing to VxWorks' I/O
15127 @cindex VxWorks, I/O interfacing
15128 @cindex VxWorks, Get_Immediate
15129 @cindex Get_Immediate, VxWorks
15130
15131 @noindent
15132 This package provides a binding to the ioctl (IO/Control)
15133 function of VxWorks, defining a set of option values and
15134 function codes. A particular use of this package is
15135 to enable the use of Get_Immediate under VxWorks.
15136
15137 @node System.Address_Image (s-addima.ads)
15138 @section @code{System.Address_Image} (@file{s-addima.ads})
15139 @cindex @code{System.Address_Image} (@file{s-addima.ads})
15140 @cindex Address image
15141 @cindex Image, of an address
15142
15143 @noindent
15144 This function provides a useful debugging
15145 function that gives an (implementation dependent)
15146 string which identifies an address.
15147
15148 @node System.Assertions (s-assert.ads)
15149 @section @code{System.Assertions} (@file{s-assert.ads})
15150 @cindex @code{System.Assertions} (@file{s-assert.ads})
15151 @cindex Assertions
15152 @cindex Assert_Failure, exception
15153
15154 @noindent
15155 This package provides the declaration of the exception raised
15156 by an run-time assertion failure, as well as the routine that
15157 is used internally to raise this assertion.
15158
15159 @node System.Memory (s-memory.ads)
15160 @section @code{System.Memory} (@file{s-memory.ads})
15161 @cindex @code{System.Memory} (@file{s-memory.ads})
15162 @cindex Memory allocation
15163
15164 @noindent
15165 This package provides the interface to the low level routines used
15166 by the generated code for allocation and freeing storage for the
15167 default storage pool (analogous to the C routines malloc and free.
15168 It also provides a reallocation interface analogous to the C routine
15169 realloc. The body of this unit may be modified to provide alternative
15170 allocation mechanisms for the default pool, and in addition, direct
15171 calls to this unit may be made for low level allocation uses (for
15172 example see the body of @code{GNAT.Tables}).
15173
15174 @node System.Partition_Interface (s-parint.ads)
15175 @section @code{System.Partition_Interface} (@file{s-parint.ads})
15176 @cindex @code{System.Partition_Interface} (@file{s-parint.ads})
15177 @cindex Partition interfacing functions
15178
15179 @noindent
15180 This package provides facilities for partition interfacing. It
15181 is used primarily in a distribution context when using Annex E
15182 with @code{GLADE}.
15183
15184 @node System.Pool_Global (s-pooglo.ads)
15185 @section @code{System.Pool_Global} (@file{s-pooglo.ads})
15186 @cindex @code{System.Pool_Global} (@file{s-pooglo.ads})
15187 @cindex Storage pool, global
15188 @cindex Global storage pool
15189
15190 @noindent
15191 This package provides a storage pool that is equivalent to the default
15192 storage pool used for access types for which no pool is specifically
15193 declared. It uses malloc/free to allocate/free and does not attempt to
15194 do any automatic reclamation.
15195
15196 @node System.Pool_Local (s-pooloc.ads)
15197 @section @code{System.Pool_Local} (@file{s-pooloc.ads})
15198 @cindex @code{System.Pool_Local} (@file{s-pooloc.ads})
15199 @cindex Storage pool, local
15200 @cindex Local storage pool
15201
15202 @noindent
15203 This package provides a storage pool that is intended for use with locally
15204 defined access types. It uses malloc/free for allocate/free, and maintains
15205 a list of allocated blocks, so that all storage allocated for the pool can
15206 be freed automatically when the pool is finalized.
15207
15208 @node System.Restrictions (s-restri.ads)
15209 @section @code{System.Restrictions} (@file{s-restri.ads})
15210 @cindex @code{System.Restrictions} (@file{s-restri.ads})
15211 @cindex Run-time restrictions access
15212
15213 @noindent
15214 This package provides facilities for accessing at run time
15215 the status of restrictions specified at compile time for
15216 the partition. Information is available both with regard
15217 to actual restrictions specified, and with regard to
15218 compiler determined information on which restrictions
15219 are violated by one or more packages in the partition.
15220
15221 @node System.Rident (s-rident.ads)
15222 @section @code{System.Rident} (@file{s-rident.ads})
15223 @cindex @code{System.Rident} (@file{s-rident.ads})
15224 @cindex Restrictions definitions
15225
15226 @noindent
15227 This package provides definitions of the restrictions
15228 identifiers supported by GNAT, and also the format of
15229 the restrictions provided in package System.Restrictions.
15230 It is not normally necessary to @code{with} this generic package
15231 since the necessary instantiation is included in
15232 package System.Restrictions.
15233
15234 @node System.Strings.Stream_Ops (s-ststop.ads)
15235 @section @code{System.Strings.Stream_Ops} (@file{s-ststop.ads})
15236 @cindex @code{System.Strings.Stream_Ops} (@file{s-ststop.ads})
15237 @cindex Stream operations
15238 @cindex String stream operations
15239
15240 @noindent
15241 This package provides a set of stream subprograms for standard string types.
15242 It is intended primarily to support implicit use of such subprograms when
15243 stream attributes are applied to string types, but the subprograms in this
15244 package can be used directly by application programs.
15245
15246 @node System.Task_Info (s-tasinf.ads)
15247 @section @code{System.Task_Info} (@file{s-tasinf.ads})
15248 @cindex @code{System.Task_Info} (@file{s-tasinf.ads})
15249 @cindex Task_Info pragma
15250
15251 @noindent
15252 This package provides target dependent functionality that is used
15253 to support the @code{Task_Info} pragma
15254
15255 @node System.Wch_Cnv (s-wchcnv.ads)
15256 @section @code{System.Wch_Cnv} (@file{s-wchcnv.ads})
15257 @cindex @code{System.Wch_Cnv} (@file{s-wchcnv.ads})
15258 @cindex Wide Character, Representation
15259 @cindex Wide String, Conversion
15260 @cindex Representation of wide characters
15261
15262 @noindent
15263 This package provides routines for converting between
15264 wide and wide wide characters and a representation as a value of type
15265 @code{Standard.String}, using a specified wide character
15266 encoding method. It uses definitions in
15267 package @code{System.Wch_Con}.
15268
15269 @node System.Wch_Con (s-wchcon.ads)
15270 @section @code{System.Wch_Con} (@file{s-wchcon.ads})
15271 @cindex @code{System.Wch_Con} (@file{s-wchcon.ads})
15272
15273 @noindent
15274 This package provides definitions and descriptions of
15275 the various methods used for encoding wide characters
15276 in ordinary strings. These definitions are used by
15277 the package @code{System.Wch_Cnv}.
15278
15279 @node Interfacing to Other Languages
15280 @chapter Interfacing to Other Languages
15281 @noindent
15282 The facilities in annex B of the Ada Reference Manual are fully
15283 implemented in GNAT, and in addition, a full interface to C++ is
15284 provided.
15285
15286 @menu
15287 * Interfacing to C::
15288 * Interfacing to C++::
15289 * Interfacing to COBOL::
15290 * Interfacing to Fortran::
15291 * Interfacing to non-GNAT Ada code::
15292 @end menu
15293
15294 @node Interfacing to C
15295 @section Interfacing to C
15296
15297 @noindent
15298 Interfacing to C with GNAT can use one of two approaches:
15299
15300 @itemize @bullet
15301 @item
15302 The types in the package @code{Interfaces.C} may be used.
15303 @item
15304 Standard Ada types may be used directly. This may be less portable to
15305 other compilers, but will work on all GNAT compilers, which guarantee
15306 correspondence between the C and Ada types.
15307 @end itemize
15308
15309 @noindent
15310 Pragma @code{Convention C} may be applied to Ada types, but mostly has no
15311 effect, since this is the default. The following table shows the
15312 correspondence between Ada scalar types and the corresponding C types.
15313
15314 @table @code
15315 @item Integer
15316 @code{int}
15317 @item Short_Integer
15318 @code{short}
15319 @item Short_Short_Integer
15320 @code{signed char}
15321 @item Long_Integer
15322 @code{long}
15323 @item Long_Long_Integer
15324 @code{long long}
15325 @item Short_Float
15326 @code{float}
15327 @item Float
15328 @code{float}
15329 @item Long_Float
15330 @code{double}
15331 @item Long_Long_Float
15332 This is the longest floating-point type supported by the hardware.
15333 @end table
15334
15335 @noindent
15336 Additionally, there are the following general correspondences between Ada
15337 and C types:
15338 @itemize @bullet
15339 @item
15340 Ada enumeration types map to C enumeration types directly if pragma
15341 @code{Convention C} is specified, which causes them to have int
15342 length. Without pragma @code{Convention C}, Ada enumeration types map to
15343 8, 16, or 32 bits (i.e.@: C types @code{signed char}, @code{short},
15344 @code{int}, respectively) depending on the number of values passed.
15345 This is the only case in which pragma @code{Convention C} affects the
15346 representation of an Ada type.
15347
15348 @item
15349 Ada access types map to C pointers, except for the case of pointers to
15350 unconstrained types in Ada, which have no direct C equivalent.
15351
15352 @item
15353 Ada arrays map directly to C arrays.
15354
15355 @item
15356 Ada records map directly to C structures.
15357
15358 @item
15359 Packed Ada records map to C structures where all members are bit fields
15360 of the length corresponding to the @code{@var{type}'Size} value in Ada.
15361 @end itemize
15362
15363 @node Interfacing to C++
15364 @section Interfacing to C++
15365
15366 @noindent
15367 The interface to C++ makes use of the following pragmas, which are
15368 primarily intended to be constructed automatically using a binding generator
15369 tool, although it is possible to construct them by hand. No suitable binding
15370 generator tool is supplied with GNAT though.
15371
15372 Using these pragmas it is possible to achieve complete
15373 inter-operability between Ada tagged types and C++ class definitions.
15374 See @ref{Implementation Defined Pragmas}, for more details.
15375
15376 @table @code
15377 @item pragma CPP_Class ([Entity =>] @var{LOCAL_NAME})
15378 The argument denotes an entity in the current declarative region that is
15379 declared as a tagged or untagged record type. It indicates that the type
15380 corresponds to an externally declared C++ class type, and is to be laid
15381 out the same way that C++ would lay out the type.
15382
15383 Note: Pragma @code{CPP_Class} is currently obsolete. It is supported
15384 for backward compatibility but its functionality is available
15385 using pragma @code{Import} with @code{Convention} = @code{CPP}.
15386
15387 @item pragma CPP_Constructor ([Entity =>] @var{LOCAL_NAME})
15388 This pragma identifies an imported function (imported in the usual way
15389 with pragma @code{Import}) as corresponding to a C++ constructor.
15390 @end table
15391
15392 @node Interfacing to COBOL
15393 @section Interfacing to COBOL
15394
15395 @noindent
15396 Interfacing to COBOL is achieved as described in section B.4 of
15397 the Ada Reference Manual.
15398
15399 @node Interfacing to Fortran
15400 @section Interfacing to Fortran
15401
15402 @noindent
15403 Interfacing to Fortran is achieved as described in section B.5 of the
15404 Ada Reference Manual. The pragma @code{Convention Fortran}, applied to a
15405 multi-dimensional array causes the array to be stored in column-major
15406 order as required for convenient interface to Fortran.
15407
15408 @node Interfacing to non-GNAT Ada code
15409 @section Interfacing to non-GNAT Ada code
15410
15411 It is possible to specify the convention @code{Ada} in a pragma
15412 @code{Import} or pragma @code{Export}. However this refers to
15413 the calling conventions used by GNAT, which may or may not be
15414 similar enough to those used by some other Ada 83 / Ada 95 / Ada 2005
15415 compiler to allow interoperation.
15416
15417 If arguments types are kept simple, and if the foreign compiler generally
15418 follows system calling conventions, then it may be possible to integrate
15419 files compiled by other Ada compilers, provided that the elaboration
15420 issues are adequately addressed (for example by eliminating the
15421 need for any load time elaboration).
15422
15423 In particular, GNAT running on VMS is designed to
15424 be highly compatible with the DEC Ada 83 compiler, so this is one
15425 case in which it is possible to import foreign units of this type,
15426 provided that the data items passed are restricted to simple scalar
15427 values or simple record types without variants, or simple array
15428 types with fixed bounds.
15429
15430 @node Specialized Needs Annexes
15431 @chapter Specialized Needs Annexes
15432
15433 @noindent
15434 Ada 95 and Ada 2005 define a number of Specialized Needs Annexes, which are not
15435 required in all implementations. However, as described in this chapter,
15436 GNAT implements all of these annexes:
15437
15438 @table @asis
15439 @item Systems Programming (Annex C)
15440 The Systems Programming Annex is fully implemented.
15441
15442 @item Real-Time Systems (Annex D)
15443 The Real-Time Systems Annex is fully implemented.
15444
15445 @item Distributed Systems (Annex E)
15446 Stub generation is fully implemented in the GNAT compiler. In addition,
15447 a complete compatible PCS is available as part of the GLADE system,
15448 a separate product. When the two
15449 products are used in conjunction, this annex is fully implemented.
15450
15451 @item Information Systems (Annex F)
15452 The Information Systems annex is fully implemented.
15453
15454 @item Numerics (Annex G)
15455 The Numerics Annex is fully implemented.
15456
15457 @item Safety and Security / High-Integrity Systems (Annex H)
15458 The Safety and Security Annex (termed the High-Integrity Systems Annex
15459 in Ada 2005) is fully implemented.
15460 @end table
15461
15462 @node Implementation of Specific Ada Features
15463 @chapter Implementation of Specific Ada Features
15464
15465 @noindent
15466 This chapter describes the GNAT implementation of several Ada language
15467 facilities.
15468
15469 @menu
15470 * Machine Code Insertions::
15471 * GNAT Implementation of Tasking::
15472 * GNAT Implementation of Shared Passive Packages::
15473 * Code Generation for Array Aggregates::
15474 * The Size of Discriminated Records with Default Discriminants::
15475 * Strict Conformance to the Ada Reference Manual::
15476 @end menu
15477
15478 @node Machine Code Insertions
15479 @section Machine Code Insertions
15480 @cindex Machine Code insertions
15481
15482 @noindent
15483 Package @code{Machine_Code} provides machine code support as described
15484 in the Ada Reference Manual in two separate forms:
15485 @itemize @bullet
15486 @item
15487 Machine code statements, consisting of qualified expressions that
15488 fit the requirements of RM section 13.8.
15489 @item
15490 An intrinsic callable procedure, providing an alternative mechanism of
15491 including machine instructions in a subprogram.
15492 @end itemize
15493
15494 @noindent
15495 The two features are similar, and both are closely related to the mechanism
15496 provided by the asm instruction in the GNU C compiler. Full understanding
15497 and use of the facilities in this package requires understanding the asm
15498 instruction, see @ref{Extended Asm,, Assembler Instructions with C Expression
15499 Operands, gcc, Using the GNU Compiler Collection (GCC)}.
15500
15501 Calls to the function @code{Asm} and the procedure @code{Asm} have identical
15502 semantic restrictions and effects as described below. Both are provided so
15503 that the procedure call can be used as a statement, and the function call
15504 can be used to form a code_statement.
15505
15506 The first example given in the GCC documentation is the C @code{asm}
15507 instruction:
15508 @smallexample
15509 asm ("fsinx %1 %0" : "=f" (result) : "f" (angle));
15510 @end smallexample
15511
15512 @noindent
15513 The equivalent can be written for GNAT as:
15514
15515 @smallexample @c ada
15516 Asm ("fsinx %1 %0",
15517 My_Float'Asm_Output ("=f", result),
15518 My_Float'Asm_Input ("f", angle));
15519 @end smallexample
15520
15521 @noindent
15522 The first argument to @code{Asm} is the assembler template, and is
15523 identical to what is used in GNU C@. This string must be a static
15524 expression. The second argument is the output operand list. It is
15525 either a single @code{Asm_Output} attribute reference, or a list of such
15526 references enclosed in parentheses (technically an array aggregate of
15527 such references).
15528
15529 The @code{Asm_Output} attribute denotes a function that takes two
15530 parameters. The first is a string, the second is the name of a variable
15531 of the type designated by the attribute prefix. The first (string)
15532 argument is required to be a static expression and designates the
15533 constraint for the parameter (e.g.@: what kind of register is
15534 required). The second argument is the variable to be updated with the
15535 result. The possible values for constraint are the same as those used in
15536 the RTL, and are dependent on the configuration file used to build the
15537 GCC back end. If there are no output operands, then this argument may
15538 either be omitted, or explicitly given as @code{No_Output_Operands}.
15539
15540 The second argument of @code{@var{my_float}'Asm_Output} functions as
15541 though it were an @code{out} parameter, which is a little curious, but
15542 all names have the form of expressions, so there is no syntactic
15543 irregularity, even though normally functions would not be permitted
15544 @code{out} parameters. The third argument is the list of input
15545 operands. It is either a single @code{Asm_Input} attribute reference, or
15546 a list of such references enclosed in parentheses (technically an array
15547 aggregate of such references).
15548
15549 The @code{Asm_Input} attribute denotes a function that takes two
15550 parameters. The first is a string, the second is an expression of the
15551 type designated by the prefix. The first (string) argument is required
15552 to be a static expression, and is the constraint for the parameter,
15553 (e.g.@: what kind of register is required). The second argument is the
15554 value to be used as the input argument. The possible values for the
15555 constant are the same as those used in the RTL, and are dependent on
15556 the configuration file used to built the GCC back end.
15557
15558 If there are no input operands, this argument may either be omitted, or
15559 explicitly given as @code{No_Input_Operands}. The fourth argument, not
15560 present in the above example, is a list of register names, called the
15561 @dfn{clobber} argument. This argument, if given, must be a static string
15562 expression, and is a space or comma separated list of names of registers
15563 that must be considered destroyed as a result of the @code{Asm} call. If
15564 this argument is the null string (the default value), then the code
15565 generator assumes that no additional registers are destroyed.
15566
15567 The fifth argument, not present in the above example, called the
15568 @dfn{volatile} argument, is by default @code{False}. It can be set to
15569 the literal value @code{True} to indicate to the code generator that all
15570 optimizations with respect to the instruction specified should be
15571 suppressed, and that in particular, for an instruction that has outputs,
15572 the instruction will still be generated, even if none of the outputs are
15573 used. @xref{Extended Asm,, Assembler Instructions with C Expression Operands,
15574 gcc, Using the GNU Compiler Collection (GCC)}, for the full description.
15575 Generally it is strongly advisable to use Volatile for any ASM statement
15576 that is missing either input or output operands, or when two or more ASM
15577 statements appear in sequence, to avoid unwanted optimizations. A warning
15578 is generated if this advice is not followed.
15579
15580 The @code{Asm} subprograms may be used in two ways. First the procedure
15581 forms can be used anywhere a procedure call would be valid, and
15582 correspond to what the RM calls ``intrinsic'' routines. Such calls can
15583 be used to intersperse machine instructions with other Ada statements.
15584 Second, the function forms, which return a dummy value of the limited
15585 private type @code{Asm_Insn}, can be used in code statements, and indeed
15586 this is the only context where such calls are allowed. Code statements
15587 appear as aggregates of the form:
15588
15589 @smallexample @c ada
15590 Asm_Insn'(Asm (@dots{}));
15591 Asm_Insn'(Asm_Volatile (@dots{}));
15592 @end smallexample
15593
15594 @noindent
15595 In accordance with RM rules, such code statements are allowed only
15596 within subprograms whose entire body consists of such statements. It is
15597 not permissible to intermix such statements with other Ada statements.
15598
15599 Typically the form using intrinsic procedure calls is more convenient
15600 and more flexible. The code statement form is provided to meet the RM
15601 suggestion that such a facility should be made available. The following
15602 is the exact syntax of the call to @code{Asm}. As usual, if named notation
15603 is used, the arguments may be given in arbitrary order, following the
15604 normal rules for use of positional and named arguments)
15605
15606 @smallexample
15607 ASM_CALL ::= Asm (
15608 [Template =>] static_string_EXPRESSION
15609 [,[Outputs =>] OUTPUT_OPERAND_LIST ]
15610 [,[Inputs =>] INPUT_OPERAND_LIST ]
15611 [,[Clobber =>] static_string_EXPRESSION ]
15612 [,[Volatile =>] static_boolean_EXPRESSION] )
15613
15614 OUTPUT_OPERAND_LIST ::=
15615 [PREFIX.]No_Output_Operands
15616 | OUTPUT_OPERAND_ATTRIBUTE
15617 | (OUTPUT_OPERAND_ATTRIBUTE @{,OUTPUT_OPERAND_ATTRIBUTE@})
15618
15619 OUTPUT_OPERAND_ATTRIBUTE ::=
15620 SUBTYPE_MARK'Asm_Output (static_string_EXPRESSION, NAME)
15621
15622 INPUT_OPERAND_LIST ::=
15623 [PREFIX.]No_Input_Operands
15624 | INPUT_OPERAND_ATTRIBUTE
15625 | (INPUT_OPERAND_ATTRIBUTE @{,INPUT_OPERAND_ATTRIBUTE@})
15626
15627 INPUT_OPERAND_ATTRIBUTE ::=
15628 SUBTYPE_MARK'Asm_Input (static_string_EXPRESSION, EXPRESSION)
15629 @end smallexample
15630
15631 @noindent
15632 The identifiers @code{No_Input_Operands} and @code{No_Output_Operands}
15633 are declared in the package @code{Machine_Code} and must be referenced
15634 according to normal visibility rules. In particular if there is no
15635 @code{use} clause for this package, then appropriate package name
15636 qualification is required.
15637
15638 @node GNAT Implementation of Tasking
15639 @section GNAT Implementation of Tasking
15640
15641 @noindent
15642 This chapter outlines the basic GNAT approach to tasking (in particular,
15643 a multi-layered library for portability) and discusses issues related
15644 to compliance with the Real-Time Systems Annex.
15645
15646 @menu
15647 * Mapping Ada Tasks onto the Underlying Kernel Threads::
15648 * Ensuring Compliance with the Real-Time Annex::
15649 @end menu
15650
15651 @node Mapping Ada Tasks onto the Underlying Kernel Threads
15652 @subsection Mapping Ada Tasks onto the Underlying Kernel Threads
15653
15654 @noindent
15655 GNAT's run-time support comprises two layers:
15656
15657 @itemize @bullet
15658 @item GNARL (GNAT Run-time Layer)
15659 @item GNULL (GNAT Low-level Library)
15660 @end itemize
15661
15662 @noindent
15663 In GNAT, Ada's tasking services rely on a platform and OS independent
15664 layer known as GNARL@. This code is responsible for implementing the
15665 correct semantics of Ada's task creation, rendezvous, protected
15666 operations etc.
15667
15668 GNARL decomposes Ada's tasking semantics into simpler lower level
15669 operations such as create a thread, set the priority of a thread,
15670 yield, create a lock, lock/unlock, etc. The spec for these low-level
15671 operations constitutes GNULLI, the GNULL Interface. This interface is
15672 directly inspired from the POSIX real-time API@.
15673
15674 If the underlying executive or OS implements the POSIX standard
15675 faithfully, the GNULL Interface maps as is to the services offered by
15676 the underlying kernel. Otherwise, some target dependent glue code maps
15677 the services offered by the underlying kernel to the semantics expected
15678 by GNARL@.
15679
15680 Whatever the underlying OS (VxWorks, UNIX, Windows, etc.) the
15681 key point is that each Ada task is mapped on a thread in the underlying
15682 kernel. For example, in the case of VxWorks, one Ada task = one VxWorks task.
15683
15684 In addition Ada task priorities map onto the underlying thread priorities.
15685 Mapping Ada tasks onto the underlying kernel threads has several advantages:
15686
15687 @itemize @bullet
15688 @item
15689 The underlying scheduler is used to schedule the Ada tasks. This
15690 makes Ada tasks as efficient as kernel threads from a scheduling
15691 standpoint.
15692
15693 @item
15694 Interaction with code written in C containing threads is eased
15695 since at the lowest level Ada tasks and C threads map onto the same
15696 underlying kernel concept.
15697
15698 @item
15699 When an Ada task is blocked during I/O the remaining Ada tasks are
15700 able to proceed.
15701
15702 @item
15703 On multiprocessor systems Ada tasks can execute in parallel.
15704 @end itemize
15705
15706 @noindent
15707 Some threads libraries offer a mechanism to fork a new process, with the
15708 child process duplicating the threads from the parent.
15709 GNAT does not
15710 support this functionality when the parent contains more than one task.
15711 @cindex Forking a new process
15712
15713 @node Ensuring Compliance with the Real-Time Annex
15714 @subsection Ensuring Compliance with the Real-Time Annex
15715 @cindex Real-Time Systems Annex compliance
15716
15717 @noindent
15718 Although mapping Ada tasks onto
15719 the underlying threads has significant advantages, it does create some
15720 complications when it comes to respecting the scheduling semantics
15721 specified in the real-time annex (Annex D).
15722
15723 For instance the Annex D requirement for the @code{FIFO_Within_Priorities}
15724 scheduling policy states:
15725
15726 @quotation
15727 @emph{When the active priority of a ready task that is not running
15728 changes, or the setting of its base priority takes effect, the
15729 task is removed from the ready queue for its old active priority
15730 and is added at the tail of the ready queue for its new active
15731 priority, except in the case where the active priority is lowered
15732 due to the loss of inherited priority, in which case the task is
15733 added at the head of the ready queue for its new active priority.}
15734 @end quotation
15735
15736 @noindent
15737 While most kernels do put tasks at the end of the priority queue when
15738 a task changes its priority, (which respects the main
15739 FIFO_Within_Priorities requirement), almost none keep a thread at the
15740 beginning of its priority queue when its priority drops from the loss
15741 of inherited priority.
15742
15743 As a result most vendors have provided incomplete Annex D implementations.
15744
15745 The GNAT run-time, has a nice cooperative solution to this problem
15746 which ensures that accurate FIFO_Within_Priorities semantics are
15747 respected.
15748
15749 The principle is as follows. When an Ada task T is about to start
15750 running, it checks whether some other Ada task R with the same
15751 priority as T has been suspended due to the loss of priority
15752 inheritance. If this is the case, T yields and is placed at the end of
15753 its priority queue. When R arrives at the front of the queue it
15754 executes.
15755
15756 Note that this simple scheme preserves the relative order of the tasks
15757 that were ready to execute in the priority queue where R has been
15758 placed at the end.
15759
15760 @node GNAT Implementation of Shared Passive Packages
15761 @section GNAT Implementation of Shared Passive Packages
15762 @cindex Shared passive packages
15763
15764 @noindent
15765 GNAT fully implements the pragma @code{Shared_Passive} for
15766 @cindex pragma @code{Shared_Passive}
15767 the purpose of designating shared passive packages.
15768 This allows the use of passive partitions in the
15769 context described in the Ada Reference Manual; i.e., for communication
15770 between separate partitions of a distributed application using the
15771 features in Annex E.
15772 @cindex Annex E
15773 @cindex Distribution Systems Annex
15774
15775 However, the implementation approach used by GNAT provides for more
15776 extensive usage as follows:
15777
15778 @table @emph
15779 @item Communication between separate programs
15780
15781 This allows separate programs to access the data in passive
15782 partitions, using protected objects for synchronization where
15783 needed. The only requirement is that the two programs have a
15784 common shared file system. It is even possible for programs
15785 running on different machines with different architectures
15786 (e.g.@: different endianness) to communicate via the data in
15787 a passive partition.
15788
15789 @item Persistence between program runs
15790
15791 The data in a passive package can persist from one run of a
15792 program to another, so that a later program sees the final
15793 values stored by a previous run of the same program.
15794
15795 @end table
15796
15797 @noindent
15798 The implementation approach used is to store the data in files. A
15799 separate stream file is created for each object in the package, and
15800 an access to an object causes the corresponding file to be read or
15801 written.
15802
15803 The environment variable @code{SHARED_MEMORY_DIRECTORY} should be
15804 @cindex @code{SHARED_MEMORY_DIRECTORY} environment variable
15805 set to the directory to be used for these files.
15806 The files in this directory
15807 have names that correspond to their fully qualified names. For
15808 example, if we have the package
15809
15810 @smallexample @c ada
15811 package X is
15812 pragma Shared_Passive (X);
15813 Y : Integer;
15814 Z : Float;
15815 end X;
15816 @end smallexample
15817
15818 @noindent
15819 and the environment variable is set to @code{/stemp/}, then the files created
15820 will have the names:
15821
15822 @smallexample
15823 /stemp/x.y
15824 /stemp/x.z
15825 @end smallexample
15826
15827 @noindent
15828 These files are created when a value is initially written to the object, and
15829 the files are retained until manually deleted. This provides the persistence
15830 semantics. If no file exists, it means that no partition has assigned a value
15831 to the variable; in this case the initial value declared in the package
15832 will be used. This model ensures that there are no issues in synchronizing
15833 the elaboration process, since elaboration of passive packages elaborates the
15834 initial values, but does not create the files.
15835
15836 The files are written using normal @code{Stream_IO} access.
15837 If you want to be able
15838 to communicate between programs or partitions running on different
15839 architectures, then you should use the XDR versions of the stream attribute
15840 routines, since these are architecture independent.
15841
15842 If active synchronization is required for access to the variables in the
15843 shared passive package, then as described in the Ada Reference Manual, the
15844 package may contain protected objects used for this purpose. In this case
15845 a lock file (whose name is @file{___lock} (three underscores)
15846 is created in the shared memory directory.
15847 @cindex @file{___lock} file (for shared passive packages)
15848 This is used to provide the required locking
15849 semantics for proper protected object synchronization.
15850
15851 As of January 2003, GNAT supports shared passive packages on all platforms
15852 except for OpenVMS.
15853
15854 @node Code Generation for Array Aggregates
15855 @section Code Generation for Array Aggregates
15856
15857 @menu
15858 * Static constant aggregates with static bounds::
15859 * Constant aggregates with unconstrained nominal types::
15860 * Aggregates with static bounds::
15861 * Aggregates with non-static bounds::
15862 * Aggregates in assignment statements::
15863 @end menu
15864
15865 @noindent
15866 Aggregates have a rich syntax and allow the user to specify the values of
15867 complex data structures by means of a single construct. As a result, the
15868 code generated for aggregates can be quite complex and involve loops, case
15869 statements and multiple assignments. In the simplest cases, however, the
15870 compiler will recognize aggregates whose components and constraints are
15871 fully static, and in those cases the compiler will generate little or no
15872 executable code. The following is an outline of the code that GNAT generates
15873 for various aggregate constructs. For further details, you will find it
15874 useful to examine the output produced by the -gnatG flag to see the expanded
15875 source that is input to the code generator. You may also want to examine
15876 the assembly code generated at various levels of optimization.
15877
15878 The code generated for aggregates depends on the context, the component values,
15879 and the type. In the context of an object declaration the code generated is
15880 generally simpler than in the case of an assignment. As a general rule, static
15881 component values and static subtypes also lead to simpler code.
15882
15883 @node Static constant aggregates with static bounds
15884 @subsection Static constant aggregates with static bounds
15885
15886 @noindent
15887 For the declarations:
15888 @smallexample @c ada
15889 type One_Dim is array (1..10) of integer;
15890 ar0 : constant One_Dim := (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 0);
15891 @end smallexample
15892
15893 @noindent
15894 GNAT generates no executable code: the constant ar0 is placed in static memory.
15895 The same is true for constant aggregates with named associations:
15896
15897 @smallexample @c ada
15898 Cr1 : constant One_Dim := (4 => 16, 2 => 4, 3 => 9, 1 => 1, 5 .. 10 => 0);
15899 Cr3 : constant One_Dim := (others => 7777);
15900 @end smallexample
15901
15902 @noindent
15903 The same is true for multidimensional constant arrays such as:
15904
15905 @smallexample @c ada
15906 type two_dim is array (1..3, 1..3) of integer;
15907 Unit : constant two_dim := ( (1,0,0), (0,1,0), (0,0,1));
15908 @end smallexample
15909
15910 @noindent
15911 The same is true for arrays of one-dimensional arrays: the following are
15912 static:
15913
15914 @smallexample @c ada
15915 type ar1b is array (1..3) of boolean;
15916 type ar_ar is array (1..3) of ar1b;
15917 None : constant ar1b := (others => false); -- fully static
15918 None2 : constant ar_ar := (1..3 => None); -- fully static
15919 @end smallexample
15920
15921 @noindent
15922 However, for multidimensional aggregates with named associations, GNAT will
15923 generate assignments and loops, even if all associations are static. The
15924 following two declarations generate a loop for the first dimension, and
15925 individual component assignments for the second dimension:
15926
15927 @smallexample @c ada
15928 Zero1: constant two_dim := (1..3 => (1..3 => 0));
15929 Zero2: constant two_dim := (others => (others => 0));
15930 @end smallexample
15931
15932 @node Constant aggregates with unconstrained nominal types
15933 @subsection Constant aggregates with unconstrained nominal types
15934
15935 @noindent
15936 In such cases the aggregate itself establishes the subtype, so that
15937 associations with @code{others} cannot be used. GNAT determines the
15938 bounds for the actual subtype of the aggregate, and allocates the
15939 aggregate statically as well. No code is generated for the following:
15940
15941 @smallexample @c ada
15942 type One_Unc is array (natural range <>) of integer;
15943 Cr_Unc : constant One_Unc := (12,24,36);
15944 @end smallexample
15945
15946 @node Aggregates with static bounds
15947 @subsection Aggregates with static bounds
15948
15949 @noindent
15950 In all previous examples the aggregate was the initial (and immutable) value
15951 of a constant. If the aggregate initializes a variable, then code is generated
15952 for it as a combination of individual assignments and loops over the target
15953 object. The declarations
15954
15955 @smallexample @c ada
15956 Cr_Var1 : One_Dim := (2, 5, 7, 11, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0);
15957 Cr_Var2 : One_Dim := (others > -1);
15958 @end smallexample
15959
15960 @noindent
15961 generate the equivalent of
15962
15963 @smallexample @c ada
15964 Cr_Var1 (1) := 2;
15965 Cr_Var1 (2) := 3;
15966 Cr_Var1 (3) := 5;
15967 Cr_Var1 (4) := 11;
15968
15969 for I in Cr_Var2'range loop
15970 Cr_Var2 (I) := -1;
15971 end loop;
15972 @end smallexample
15973
15974 @node Aggregates with non-static bounds
15975 @subsection Aggregates with non-static bounds
15976
15977 @noindent
15978 If the bounds of the aggregate are not statically compatible with the bounds
15979 of the nominal subtype of the target, then constraint checks have to be
15980 generated on the bounds. For a multidimensional array, constraint checks may
15981 have to be applied to sub-arrays individually, if they do not have statically
15982 compatible subtypes.
15983
15984 @node Aggregates in assignment statements
15985 @subsection Aggregates in assignment statements
15986
15987 @noindent
15988 In general, aggregate assignment requires the construction of a temporary,
15989 and a copy from the temporary to the target of the assignment. This is because
15990 it is not always possible to convert the assignment into a series of individual
15991 component assignments. For example, consider the simple case:
15992
15993 @smallexample @c ada
15994 A := (A(2), A(1));
15995 @end smallexample
15996
15997 @noindent
15998 This cannot be converted into:
15999
16000 @smallexample @c ada
16001 A(1) := A(2);
16002 A(2) := A(1);
16003 @end smallexample
16004
16005 @noindent
16006 So the aggregate has to be built first in a separate location, and then
16007 copied into the target. GNAT recognizes simple cases where this intermediate
16008 step is not required, and the assignments can be performed in place, directly
16009 into the target. The following sufficient criteria are applied:
16010
16011 @itemize @bullet
16012 @item
16013 The bounds of the aggregate are static, and the associations are static.
16014 @item
16015 The components of the aggregate are static constants, names of
16016 simple variables that are not renamings, or expressions not involving
16017 indexed components whose operands obey these rules.
16018 @end itemize
16019
16020 @noindent
16021 If any of these conditions are violated, the aggregate will be built in
16022 a temporary (created either by the front-end or the code generator) and then
16023 that temporary will be copied onto the target.
16024
16025 @node The Size of Discriminated Records with Default Discriminants
16026 @section The Size of Discriminated Records with Default Discriminants
16027
16028 @noindent
16029 If a discriminated type @code{T} has discriminants with default values, it is
16030 possible to declare an object of this type without providing an explicit
16031 constraint:
16032
16033 @smallexample @c ada
16034 @group
16035 type Size is range 1..100;
16036
16037 type Rec (D : Size := 15) is record
16038 Name : String (1..D);
16039 end T;
16040
16041 Word : Rec;
16042 @end group
16043 @end smallexample
16044
16045 @noindent
16046 Such an object is said to be @emph{unconstrained}.
16047 The discriminant of the object
16048 can be modified by a full assignment to the object, as long as it preserves the
16049 relation between the value of the discriminant, and the value of the components
16050 that depend on it:
16051
16052 @smallexample @c ada
16053 @group
16054 Word := (3, "yes");
16055
16056 Word := (5, "maybe");
16057
16058 Word := (5, "no"); -- raises Constraint_Error
16059 @end group
16060 @end smallexample
16061
16062 @noindent
16063 In order to support this behavior efficiently, an unconstrained object is
16064 given the maximum size that any value of the type requires. In the case
16065 above, @code{Word} has storage for the discriminant and for
16066 a @code{String} of length 100.
16067 It is important to note that unconstrained objects do not require dynamic
16068 allocation. It would be an improper implementation to place on the heap those
16069 components whose size depends on discriminants. (This improper implementation
16070 was used by some Ada83 compilers, where the @code{Name} component above
16071 would have
16072 been stored as a pointer to a dynamic string). Following the principle that
16073 dynamic storage management should never be introduced implicitly,
16074 an Ada compiler should reserve the full size for an unconstrained declared
16075 object, and place it on the stack.
16076
16077 This maximum size approach
16078 has been a source of surprise to some users, who expect the default
16079 values of the discriminants to determine the size reserved for an
16080 unconstrained object: ``If the default is 15, why should the object occupy
16081 a larger size?''
16082 The answer, of course, is that the discriminant may be later modified,
16083 and its full range of values must be taken into account. This is why the
16084 declaration:
16085
16086 @smallexample
16087 @group
16088 type Rec (D : Positive := 15) is record
16089 Name : String (1..D);
16090 end record;
16091
16092 Too_Large : Rec;
16093 @end group
16094 @end smallexample
16095
16096 @noindent
16097 is flagged by the compiler with a warning:
16098 an attempt to create @code{Too_Large} will raise @code{Storage_Error},
16099 because the required size includes @code{Positive'Last}
16100 bytes. As the first example indicates, the proper approach is to declare an
16101 index type of ``reasonable'' range so that unconstrained objects are not too
16102 large.
16103
16104 One final wrinkle: if the object is declared to be @code{aliased}, or if it is
16105 created in the heap by means of an allocator, then it is @emph{not}
16106 unconstrained:
16107 it is constrained by the default values of the discriminants, and those values
16108 cannot be modified by full assignment. This is because in the presence of
16109 aliasing all views of the object (which may be manipulated by different tasks,
16110 say) must be consistent, so it is imperative that the object, once created,
16111 remain invariant.
16112
16113 @node Strict Conformance to the Ada Reference Manual
16114 @section Strict Conformance to the Ada Reference Manual
16115
16116 @noindent
16117 The dynamic semantics defined by the Ada Reference Manual impose a set of
16118 run-time checks to be generated. By default, the GNAT compiler will insert many
16119 run-time checks into the compiled code, including most of those required by the
16120 Ada Reference Manual. However, there are three checks that are not enabled
16121 in the default mode for efficiency reasons: arithmetic overflow checking for
16122 integer operations (including division by zero), checks for access before
16123 elaboration on subprogram calls, and stack overflow checking (most operating
16124 systems do not perform this check by default).
16125
16126 Strict conformance to the Ada Reference Manual can be achieved by adding
16127 three compiler options for overflow checking for integer operations
16128 (@option{-gnato}), dynamic checks for access-before-elaboration on subprogram
16129 calls and generic instantiations (@option{-gnatE}), and stack overflow
16130 checking (@option{-fstack-check}).
16131
16132 Note that the result of a floating point arithmetic operation in overflow and
16133 invalid situations, when the @code{Machine_Overflows} attribute of the result
16134 type is @code{False}, is to generate IEEE NaN and infinite values. This is the
16135 case for machines compliant with the IEEE floating-point standard, but on
16136 machines that are not fully compliant with this standard, such as Alpha, the
16137 @option{-mieee} compiler flag must be used for achieving IEEE confirming
16138 behavior (although at the cost of a significant performance penalty), so
16139 infinite and and NaN values are properly generated.
16140
16141 @node Obsolescent Features
16142 @chapter Obsolescent Features
16143
16144 @noindent
16145 This chapter describes features that are provided by GNAT, but are
16146 considered obsolescent since there are preferred ways of achieving
16147 the same effect. These features are provided solely for historical
16148 compatibility purposes.
16149
16150 @menu
16151 * pragma No_Run_Time::
16152 * pragma Ravenscar::
16153 * pragma Restricted_Run_Time::
16154 @end menu
16155
16156 @node pragma No_Run_Time
16157 @section pragma No_Run_Time
16158
16159 The pragma @code{No_Run_Time} is used to achieve an affect similar
16160 to the use of the "Zero Foot Print" configurable run time, but without
16161 requiring a specially configured run time. The result of using this
16162 pragma, which must be used for all units in a partition, is to restrict
16163 the use of any language features requiring run-time support code. The
16164 preferred usage is to use an appropriately configured run-time that
16165 includes just those features that are to be made accessible.
16166
16167 @node pragma Ravenscar
16168 @section pragma Ravenscar
16169
16170 The pragma @code{Ravenscar} has exactly the same effect as pragma
16171 @code{Profile (Ravenscar)}. The latter usage is preferred since it
16172 is part of the new Ada 2005 standard.
16173
16174 @node pragma Restricted_Run_Time
16175 @section pragma Restricted_Run_Time
16176
16177 The pragma @code{Restricted_Run_Time} has exactly the same effect as
16178 pragma @code{Profile (Restricted)}. The latter usage is
16179 preferred since the Ada 2005 pragma @code{Profile} is intended for
16180 this kind of implementation dependent addition.
16181
16182 @include fdl.texi
16183 @c GNU Free Documentation License
16184
16185 @node Index,,GNU Free Documentation License, Top
16186 @unnumbered Index
16187
16188 @printindex cp
16189
16190 @contents
16191
16192 @bye